P6 New

Intermediate
Financial
Accounting
Paper
6
The Institute of Cost Accountants of India
Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament
www.icmai.in
About the Institute
T
he Institute of Cost Accountants of India is a Statutory Body set up under an Act of Parliament in the
year 1959. The Institute as a part of its obligation, regulates the profession of Cost and Management
Accountancy, enrols students for its courses, provides coaching facilities to the students, organizes
professional development programmes for the members and undertakes research programmes in
the ield of Cost and Management Accountancy. The Institute pursues the vision of cost competitiveness, cost
management, ef icient use of resources and structured approach to cost accounting as the key drivers of the
profession.
With the current emphasis on management of resources, the specialized knowledge of evaluating operating
ef iciency and strategic management the professionals are known as ''Cost and Management Accountants
(CMAs)''. The Institute is the 2ⁿ largest Cost & Management Accounting body in the world and the largest in
Asia, having more than 5,00,000 students and 90,000 members all over the globe. The Institute operates
through four regional councils at Kolkata, Delhi, Mumbai and Chennai and 113 Chapters situated at important
cities in the country as well as 11 Overseas Centres, headquartered at Kolkata. It is under the administrative
control of the Ministry of Corporate Aﬀairs, Government of India.
Vision Statement
T he Institute of Cost Accountants of India would be the preferred source of resources and
professionals for the inancial leadership of enterprises globally.”
Mission Statement
T he Cost and Management Accountant professionals would ethically drive enterprises globally by
creating value to stakeholders in the socio-economic context through competencies drawn from
the integration of strategy, management and accounting.”
Motto
From ignorance, lead me to truth

From darkness, lead me to light
From death, lead me to immortality
Peace, Peace, Peace
Cover Image Source: https://www.istockphoto.com/search/2/image?phrase=FINANCIAL%20ACCOUNTING%20
Behind Every Successful Business Decision, there is always a CMA

INTERMEDIATE
Paper 6
Financial Accounting
Study Notes
SYLLABUS 2022

CMA Bhawan, 12, Sudder Street, Kolkata - 700 016
www.icmai.in
First Edition : August 2022
Published by :
Directorate of Studies
CMA Bhawan, 12, Sudder Street, Kolkata - 700 016
studies@icmai.in
Printed at:
M/S. Infinity Advertising Services Pvt. Ltd.

Plot No. 171 & 172, Sector-58, Faridabad,
Haryana - 121004
Copyright of these Study Notes is reserved by the Institute of Cost Accountants of India and prior permission
from the Institute is necessary for reproduction of the whole or any part thereof.
Copyright © 2022 by The Institute of Cost Accountants of India
PAPER 6 : FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Syllabus Structure:
The syllabus comprises the following topics and study weightage:
Module No. Module Description Weight

Section A: Accounting Fundamentals 15%
1 Accounting Fundamentals 15%
Section B: Accounting for Special Transactions 10%
2 Bills of Exchange, Consignment, Joint Venture 10%
Section C: Preparation of Financial Statements 20%
Preparation of Final Accounts of Commercial Organisations, Not-for-Profit 20%
3
Organisations and from Incomplete Records
Section D: Partnership Accounting 20%
4 Partnership Accounting 20%
Section E: Lease, Branch and Departmental Accounts etc. 15%
5 Lease Accounting
6 Branch (including Foreign Branch) and Departmental Accounts
15%
7 Insurance Claim for Loss of Stock and Loss of Profit
8 Hire Purchase and Installment Sale Transactions
Section F: Accounting Standards 20%
9 Accounting Standards 20%
A
F 15%
20% B
10%
E
15% C
20%
D
20%
Learning Environment – Paper 6
Subject Title FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Subject Code FA
Paper No. 6
Course This subject highlights the fundamental concepts of financial accounting, discusses accounting
Descriptionof certain special transactions and focuses on the preparation of financial statements of various
forms of organisations viz. non-corporate commercial organisations and also not-for-profit
organisations. It also focuses on accounting of various aspects of partnership form of business
and gives an overview of selected accounting standards.
CMA Course 1. Interpret and appreciate emerging national and global concerns affecting organizations and
Learning be in a state of readiness for business management.
Objectives a. Identify emerging national and global forces responsible for enhanced/varied business
(CMLOs) challenges.
b. Assess how far these forces pose threats to the status-quo and creating new opportunities.
c. Find out ways and means to convert challenges into opportunities
2. Acquire skill sets for critical thinking, analyses and evaluations, comprehension, syntheses,
and applications for optimization of sustainable goals.
a. Be equipped with the appropriate tools for analyses of business risks and hurdles.
b. Learn to apply tools and systems for evaluation of decision alternatives with a 360-degree
approach.
c. Develop solutions through critical thinking to optimize sustainable goals.
3. Develop an understanding of strategic, financial, cost and risk-enabled performance
management in a dynamic business environment.
a. Study the impacts of dynamic business environment on existing business strategies.
b. Learn to adopt, adapt and innovate financial, cost and operating strategies to cope up with
the dynamic business environment.
c. Come up with strategies and tactics that create sustainable competitive advantages.
4. Learn to design the optimal approach for management of legal, institutional, regulatory
and ESG frameworks, stakeholders’ dynamics; monitoring, control, and reporting with
application-oriented knowledge.
a. Develop an understanding of the legal, institutional and regulatory and ESG frameworks
within which a firm operates.
b. Learn to articulate optimal responses to the changes in the above frameworks.
c. Appreciate stakeholders’ dynamics and expectations, and develop appropriate reporting
mechanisms to address their concerns.
5. Prepare to adopt an integrated cross functional approach for decision management and
execution with cost leadership, optimized value creations and deliveries.
a. Acquire knowledge of cross functional tools for decision management.
b. Take an industry specific approach towards cost optimization, and control to achieve
sustainable cost leadership.
c. Attain exclusive knowledge of data science and engineering to analyze and create value.
Subject 1. To obtain in-depth knowledge on the four frameworks within which accounting operates and
Learning the principles on which accounting theories and practices are based. (CMLO 4a, b)
Objectives 2. To develop detail application-oriented knowledge on various stages of accounting right from
[SLOB(s)] the identification of transactions up to finalisation of accounts. (CMLO 4a, b)
3. To equip oneself with the detail understanding of accounting of certain special transactions
to determine surplus, ensure control on resources, for divisional performance evaluation or
acquisition of assets through deferred payments. (CMLO 2a, 4c)
4. To develop application-oriented knowledge to prepare financial statements of profit seeking
and not-for-profit entities and from incomplete records. (CMLO 3a and 4c)
5. To develop detail understanding of accounting for changes in partnership structure and
accounting in an LLP. (CMLO 4a, c)
6. To gain application-oriented knowledge on identifying the impact of various standards on
treatment of certain transactions to ensure appropriate reporting. (CMLO 4a, c)
Subject SLOC(s)
Learning 1. Students will be able to record transactions in a systematic manner in compliance with the
Outcome four frameworks of accounting and reporting.
(SLOC) and
Application 2. They will be able to perform periodical finalization of accounts and prepare financial
Skill (APS) statements for reporting to stakeholders.
3. They will guide management on divisional performance evaluation, responsibility accounting
and control of resources based on the outcome of accounting records and reports on special
transactions.
4. They will be able to handle accounting of various restructuring events in partnership form of
business.
5. They will ensure compliance to the standards of accounting with respect to the treatment of
certain specified transactions.
APS
1. Students will develop appropriate skills to record transactions systematically within the
given organisational set-up.
2. They will be able to independently draft mandatory financial statements and other reports of
various types of organisations.
3. They will acquire necessary skill sets to prepare customised internal reports on resource
utilisation and control, divisional performance evaluation and claim management.
Module wise Mapping of SLOB(s)

Additional Resources
Module
Topics (Research articles, books, SLOB Mapped
No.
case studies, blogs)
Section A: Accounting Fundamentals
1. Accounting Toward a Science of 1. To obtain in-depth knowledge on the four
Fundamentals Accounting – Sterling frameworks within which accounting
https://www.tandfonline. operates and the principles on which
com/doi/abs/10.2469/faj.v31. accounting theories and practices are based.
n5.28?journalCode=ufaj20 2. To develop detail application-oriented
Module
No.
knowledge on various stages of accounting
right from the identification of transactions
up to finalisation of accounts.
Section B: Accounting for Special Transactions
2. Accounting The Negotiable Instruments To equip oneself with the detail understanding
for Special Act, 1881 of accounting of certain special transactions to
Transactions https://legislative.gov.in/sites/ determine surplus, ensure control on resources,
default/files/A1881-26.pdf for divisional performance evaluation or
acquisition of assets through deferred payments.
Section C: Preparation of Financial Statements

3. Preparation Understanding Financial To develop application-oriented knowledge to
of Financial Statements – Fraser prepare financial statements of profit seeking
Statements and not-for-profit entities and from incomplete
records.
Section D: Partnership Accounting

4. Partnership The Partnership Act, 1932 To develop detail understanding of accounting
Accounting h t t p s : / / w w w. m c a . g o v. i n / for changes in partnership structure and
M i n i s t r y / a c t s b i l l s / p d f / accounting in an LLP.
Partnership_Act_1932.pdf
The LLP Act, 2008
h t t p s : / / w w w. m c a . g o v. i n /
content/mca/global/en/acts-
rules/llp-act-2008.html
Section E: Lease, Branch and Departmental Accounts etc.
5. Lease Accounting Lease Accounting: Theory
and Practice – Kaur
6. Branch and Financial Accounting –
Departmental Tulsian – Person education To equip oneself with the detail understanding
Accounting of accounting of certain special transactions to
7. Insurance Claim Financial Accounting – Hanif determine surplus, ensure control on resources,
for Loss of stock and Mukherjee – McGraw for divisional performance evaluation or
and Loss of profit Hill acquisition of assets through deferred payments.
8. Hire Purchase Financial Accounting –
and Installment Tulsian
Sale Transactions
Module
No.
Section F: Accounting Standards
9. Accounting Accounting Standards To gain application-oriented knowledge on
Standards h t t p s : / / w w w. m c a . g o v. i n / identifying the impact of various standards
content/mca/global/en/acts- on treatment of certain transactions to ensure
rules/ebooks/accounting- appropriate reporting.
standards.html
Contents as per Syllabus
SECTION A: ACCOUNTING FUNDAMENTALS 01 - 82
Module 1. Accounting Fundamentals 3-82
1.1 Four Frameworks of Accounting (Conceptual, Legal, Institutional and
Regulatory)
1.2 Accounting Principles, Concepts and Conventions
1.3 Capital and Revenue Transactions - Capital and Revenue Expenditures,
Capital and Revenue Receipts
1.4 Accounting Cycle – Charts of Accounts and Codification Structure,
Analysis of Transaction – Accounting Equation, Double Entry System,
Books of Original Entry, Subsidiary Books and Finalisation of Accounts
1.5 Journal (Day Books and Journal Proper - Opening Entries, Transfer
Entries, Closing Entries, Adjustment Entries, Rectification Entries),
Ledger
1.6 Cash Book, Bank Book, Bank Reconciliation Statement
1.7 Trial Balance (Preparation and Scrutiny)
1.8 Adjustments and Rectifications
1.8.1 Depreciation and Amortisation
1.8.2 Adjustment Entries and Rectification of Errors
1.8.3 Accounting Treatment of Bad Debts and Provision for Doubtful
Debts, Provision for Discount on Debtors and Provision for
Discount on Creditors
SECTION B: ACCOUNTING FOR SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS 83-162

Module 2. Bills of Exchange, Consignment, Joint Venture 85-162
SECTION C: PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 163-266

Module 3. Preparation of Final Accounts of Commercial Organisations, Not-for-Profit 165-266
Organisations and from Incomplete Records
3.1 Preparation of Financial Statements of Commercial Organisations (other
than Corporate Form of Organisation)
3.1.1 Income Statement
3.1.2 Balance Sheet
3.2 Preparation of Financial Statements of Not-for-Profit Organisation
3.2.1 Preparation of Receipts and Payments Account
3.2.2 Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account
3.2.3 Preparation of Balance Sheet
3.3 Preparation of Financial Statements from Incomplete Records
SECTION D: PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTING 267-424

Module 4. Partnership Accounting 269-424
4.1 Admission of Partner
4.2 Retirement of Partner
4.3 Death of Partner
4.4 Treatment of Joint Life Policy
4.5 Dissolution of Partnership Firms including Piecemeal Distribution
4.6 Amalgamation of Partnership Firms
4.7 Conversion of Partnership Firm into a Company and Sale of Partnership
Firm to a Company
4.8 Accounting of Limited Liability Partnership
SECTION E: LEASE, BRANCH AND DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTS ETC. 425-580

Module 5. Lease Accounting 427-438
Module 6. Branch (including Foreign Branch) and Departmental Accounts 439-504
Module 7. Insurance Claim for Loss of Stock and Loss of Profit 505-530
Module 8. Hire Purchase and Installment Sale Transactions 531-580
SECTION F: ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 581-622

Module 9. Accounting Standards 583-622
9.1 Introduction to Accounting Standards
9.1.1 GAAP
9.1.2 AS
9.1.3 Convergence to Ind AS – Applicability and Scope
9.2 Specified Accounting Standards with Comparative Provisions under Ind AS
9.2.1 Disclosure of Accounting Policies (AS 1)
9.2.2 Property Plant and Equipment (AS 10)
9.2.3 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rate (AS 11)
9.2.4 Accounting for Government Grants (AS 12)
9.2.5 Borrowing Costs (AS 16)
9.2.6 Accounting for Taxes on Income (AS 22)

SECTION-A
Accounting Fundamentals
Accounting Fundamentals 1
This Module Includes
1.1 Four Frameworks of Accounting (Conceptual, Legal, Institutional and Regulatory)
1.2 Accounting Principles, Concepts and Conventions
1.3 Capital and Revenue Transactions - Capital and Revenue Expenditures, Capital and Revenue
Receipts
1.4 Accounting Cycle – Charts of Accounts and Codification Structure, Analysis of Transaction –
Accounting Equation, Double Entry System, Books of Original Entry, Subsidiary Books and
Finalisation of Accounts
1.5 Journal (Day Books and Journal Proper - Opening Entries, Transfer Entries, Closing Entries,
Adjustment Entries, Rectification Entries), Ledger
1.6 Cash Book, Bank Book, Bank Reconciliation Statement
1.7 Trial Balance (Preparation and Scrutiny)
1.8 Adjustments and Rectifications
The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 3

SLOB Mapped against the Module
●● To obtain in-depth knowledge on the four frameworks within which accounting operates and the principles
on which accounting theories and practices are based. (CMLO 4a, b)
●● To develop detail application-oriented knowledge on various stages of accounting right from the
identification of transactions up to finalisation of accounts. (CMLO 4a, b)
Module Learning Objectives:

After studying this module, the students will be able to:
~~ Understand the frameworks of accounting;
~~ Know the principles of accounting i.e. Accounting concepts and Accounting conventions;
~~ Understand the concept transaction and its different types;
~~ Understandthe Accounting cycle;
~~ Gettheknowledge of different books of accounts and related concepts;
~~ Learn the preparation and scrutiny of trial balance;
~~ Pass adjustment entries and rectification entries;
~~ Do accounting for depreciation, amortisation, bad debts and provisions thereof
4 The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

Four Frameworks of
Accounting 1.1
A
ccording to Collins Dictionary, the term ‘framework’ refers to ‘a structure that forms a support or frame
for something’. In the context of any system, it is ‘a particular set of rules, ideas, or beliefs which you use
in order to deal with problems or to decide what to do’.
In accounting, ‘framework’ provides a common set of rules and guidelines that is used to measure, recognize,
present, and disclose the information appearing in an entity’s financial statements.
Four Frameworks of Accounting

The framework of accounting has four pillars – Conceptual, Legal, Institutional and Legal. These are discussed
below.
a. Conceptual Framework
The Conceptual Framework is a body of interrelated objectives and fundamentals. The objectives identify the
goals and purposes of financial reporting and the fundamentals are the underlying concepts that help achieve
those objectives. Those concepts provide guidance in selecting transactions, events and circumstances to
be accounted for, how they should be recognized and measured, and how they should be summarized and
reported. It states the objectives of General-Purpose Financial Reporting and the information provided by
it. Conceptual Framework also guides on the qualitative characteristics that the financial statements must
possess.
Conceptual Framework often plays an important role in the development of Institutional Framework
and assists preparers to develop consistent accounting policies when no accounting standard applies to a
particular transaction or other event, or when a standard allows a choice of accounting policy.
b. Legal Framework
Businesses are often controlled by various statutes under which they are formed. For example, in India,
partnership organisations are governed by Indian Partnership Act, 1932 or Limited Liability Partnership
Act, 2008, co-operatives are controlled by the Co-operative Societies Act, 1912, companies are governed
by the Companies Act, 2013. In addition, banks are controlled by Banking Regulation Act, 1949, insurance
companies are under the Insurance Act, 1938, electricity companies are also governed by the Central
Electricity Act, 2003. All these statutes (including various Rules framed under them) not only govern the
administrative set up of these organisations, but also provide important guidelines regarding use of resources,
financing and also on the maintenance of books of accounts and treatment of specified transactions. For
example, the Companies Act, 2013 and Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 provide useful provisions on
maintenance of accounting records, accounting for issue and redemption of securities, investments to be
done, consolidation and even winding up of the company. Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility)
Rules, 2014 provides the guidelines regarding accounting of CSR expenses as well as carry forward and set-

off of excess amount spent. Thus, legal framework plays an important role in accounting. The Schedules of
this Act also provide important guidelines on the form and contents of financial statements.
c. Institutional Framework
Institutional framework refers to the guidelines issued in form of certain pronouncements by institutions
entrusted by the sovereign authorities to oversee the development of the respective field. In India, the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India has been entrusted to develop standards in the field of accounting
to ensure comparability and consistency in accounting information. The Indian Accounting Standard Board
of ICAI thus develops quality accounting standards on different areas of accounting. Currently, there are
two sets of accounting standards in India – Accounting Standards as per Companies (Accounting Standards)
Rules, 2021 and Ind ASs under Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015. In addition, the Cost
Accounting Standards Board (CASB) of the Institute of Cost Accountants of India has, so far, developed 24
Cost Accounting Standards to facilitate cost accounting and reporting.
d. Regulatory Framework
The activities of organisations often come under the regulatory ambit of various regulators. In India, there
are different regulatory authorities in different segments of financial market, such as RBI in money market
operations, SEBI in capital market operations, IRDAI in insurance sector, PFRDA in pension funds. In
addition, there are Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI), Competition Commission etc. The
regulations imposed by these authorities may also have important bearing on accounting of a concerned entity.
For example, regulations issued by SEBI largely shape the accounting and, more importantly, reporting by a
listed firm in India. Similarly, regulations framed by IRDAI affect the accounting and reporting in insurance
companies. In banking, BASEL Norms and other guidelines issued by RBI largely determine the accounting
of NPA (Non-Performing Assets). Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Terms and Conditions of
Tariff) Regulations, 2009 affect the determination of tariff and accounting in an electricity company in India.
The above four frameworks provide the foundation on which accounting and more specifically corporate
accounting is based in India. They help to streamline the accounting process and help to improve the quality
of the reports generated and thereby contribute in the overall development of accounting.

Accounting Principles,
1.2
Concepts and Conventions
T
he responsibility of the discipline of accounting is to provide financial information to the users of
accounting information. For this purpose, it keeps records of the various transactions in its books of
accounts. The practice of record keeping may be practiced differently by different organisations. In
order to ensure uniformity and consistency in record keeping, the accounting profession has developed
rules, conventions, standards, and procedures which are generally accepted and universally practiced. This
common set of rules, conventions, standards, and procedures is referred to as Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP).
The GAAPs indicate how to report economic events and are thus, used by organisations in drafting their financial
statements. They are to be followed by organisations so that the users of accounting information have an optimum
level of consistency in the financial statements they use, when analyzing companies for investment purposes.
Such accounting principles have been developed from research, accepted accounting practices, and
pronouncements of regulators.
In India, financial statements are prepared on the basis of accounting standards issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India (ICAI) and the law laid down in the respective applicable statutes (like, Schedule III to
Companies Act, 2013 is required to be followed by all companies).
Concept of Accounting Principles, Accounting Concepts, and Accounting Conventions

Accounting Principles are the basic rules which act as a primary standard for recording business transactions and
maintaining books of accounts. They provide standards for scientific accounting practices and procedures. They
guide as to how the transactions are to be recorded and reported. They assure uniformity and understandability.
Accounting principles are accepted as such if they happen to be (1) objective (2) usable in practical situations (3)
reliable (4) feasible (they can be applied without incurring high costs); and (5) comprehensible to those with a basic
knowledge of accounting and finance.
The accounting principles can be split into – [A] Accounting Concepts and [B] Accounting Conventions.
[A] Accounting Concepts refer to the assumptions and conditions that define the parameters and constraints
within which the accounting operates. They lay down the foundation for accounting principles, and
ensure recording of financial facts on sound bases and logical considerations. The common accounting
concepts are:
(a) Entity Concept
(b) Going Concern Concept
(c) Periodicity Concept
(d) Money Measurement Concept

(e) Accrual Concept

(f) Dual Aspect Concept
(g) Matching Concept
(h) Realisation Concept
(i) Cost Concept
[B] Accounting Conventions are customs, methods, procedures or guidelines associated with the practical
application of accounting principles. These are widely accepted, and are the common practices which are used
as a guideline when recording transactions. Accounting conventions are a necessary part of the accounting
profession, since they result in transactions being recorded in the same way by multiple organizations. This
allows for the reliable comparison of the financial facts and figures. However, accounting conventions may
change over a period of time, thus reflecting shifts in the general opinion and/ or practice of dealing with a
transaction. The different accounting conventions are:
(a) Convention of Conservatism
(b) Convention of Consistency
(c) Convention of Materiality
(d) Convention of Full Disclosure.
Accounting Concepts
(a) Entity Concept: As per this concept, an organisation is treated as distinct and separate from the persons who
own or manage it. In other words, this concept assumes that the organization and business owners are two
independent entities. Hence, the personal transaction of its owner is different from the transactions of the
organisation. Application of this concept enables recording of transactions between the entity and its owners
and/ or other stakeholders. The entity concept requires that all the transactions are to be viewed, interpreted
and recorded from organisation’s point of view.
For example, if the owner pays his personal expenses from business cash, this transaction can be recorded in
the books of business entity. This transaction will take the cash out of business and also reduce the obligation
of the business towards the owner.
(b) Going Concern Concept: The basic assumption of this concept is that an organisation is assumed to
continue to exist for an indefinite period of time. This simply means that every concern has continuity of
life. Unless, there is good evidence to the contrary, the accountant assumes that an organisation is a ‘going
concern’. This concept enables the accountant to carry forward the values of assets and liabilities from one
accounting period to the other without asking the question about usefulness and worth of the assets and
recoverability of the receivables. The going concern concept forms the basis for preparation of Balance
Sheet of an organisation.
(c) Accounting Period Concept: Accounting period concepts assumes that the infinite life of an organisation
can be split into smaller periods of equal duration (viz. a quarter, half-year or year). Due to this concept, the
operating results are ascertained for a specific period, the financial position is reflected (through the balance
sheet) at regular intervals.
(d) Money Measurement Concept: Any event which can be expressed in terms of money is always recorded in
the books of accounts. The advantage of this concept is that different types of transactions could be recorded
as homogenous entries with money as common denominator. A business may own ` 3 Lacs cash, 1500 kg of
raw material, 10 vehicles, 3 computers etc. Unless each of these is expressed in terms of money, the assets
owned by the business cannot ascertained. When expressed in the common measure of money, transactions
could be added or subtracted to find out the combined effect. However, the limitation of this concept is that

only the absolute value of the money is considered, whereas the real value may fluctuate from time to time
due to inflation, exchange rate changes, etc.
(e) Accrual Concept: This concept is based on recognition of both cash and credit transactions. In case of a
cash transaction, owner’s equity is instantly affected as cash either is received or paid. In a credit transaction,
however, a mere obligation towards or by the organisation is created. When credit transactions exist (which
is generally the case), revenues are not the same as cash receipts and expenses are not same as cash paid
during the period.
(f) Dual Aspect Concept: The dual aspect concept assumes that every transaction recorded in the books of
accounts is based on two aspects (technically called ‘Debit’ and ‘Credit’). This concept provides the basis
for recording business transactions in the books of accounts. This implies that the transaction that is recorded
affects two (or more) accounts on their respective opposite sides. Hence, the transaction should be recorded
in atleast two accounts. For example, goods purchased in cash have two aspects such as ‘paying cash’ and
‘receiving goods’. Such duality of the transaction is commonly expressed in the terms of an equation as:
Assets = Liabilities + Capital.
(g) Matching Concept: This concept states that the revenues and expenses must be recorded at the same time
at which they are incurred. In general, the revenues earned should be matched with the expenses incurred
during the accounting period. For the application of this concept several adjustments are made for prepaid
expenses, accrued incomes, etc. The operating result of an accounting period can be measured only when
incomes are compared with the related expenses incurred.
(h) Realisation Concept: The concept of realisation talks about how much of the revenue should be recognized
in the books of accounts. It says, amount should be recognized only to the tune of which it is certainly
realizable. Thus, mere getting an order from the customer won’t make it eligible to be recognized as revenue.
The reasonable certainty of realizing the money will come only when the goods ordered are actually supplied
to the customer and he is billed. This concept ensures that any income which is unearned or unrealized will
not be considered as revenue.
(i) Cost Concept: The cost concept states all the business assets should be written down in the book of accounts
at the costs incurred for their acquisition, including any capital cost incurred in relation to installation. The
assets are not to be recorded at their market price. For example, a packing machine was purchased by Bharat
Ltd. for ` 40,00,000. An amount of ` 30,000 was spent on transporting the machine to the factory site, and
further ` 20,000 was additionally spent on its installation. Hence, the total amount at which the machine will
be recorded in the books of accounts would be the aggregate of all these costs i.e. ` 40,50,000. This cost is
also termed as ‘Historical Cost’.
Accounting Conventions
(a) Convention of Conservatism: The convention of conservatism essentially assumes an uncertain future and
as such, advocates providing for all possible losses, but never for possible future gains. As such, application
of this convention would always result in understatement of incomes, profits and thus, resources.
(b) Convention of Consistency: This convention advocates the continuous observation and application of the
rules and practices of accounting. The uniformity and consistency of accounting rules is vital to profit and
loss calculations as well as comparisons of company performance. Frequent changes in the treatment of
accounts would result in inconsistency and hence, make the accounting information less reliable. It would
result in making accounting information truthful, accurate and complete.
(c) Convention of Materiality: The convention of materiality advocates the recording and reflection of all
material facts (i.e. those pieces of information that can potentially influence the decision of informed
investor) in the accounting records, and elimination of insignificant information. It should be noted that

any item of fact which is considered material by on organisation may be treated as unimportant by another
organisation. In the same way, an item that is considered material during a particular time period may be
treated as unimportant in subsequent time periods.
(d) Convention of Full disclosure: This convention advocates the full disclosure of all material information,
whether favourable or otherwise, in the accounting statements of a business enterprise. This convention
requires that all accounting statements must be prepared honestly. The convention of disclosure holds greater
importance in the case of businesses where the ownership is separate from the management.
Conclusion
Accounting principle, concepts and conventions are very vital to the accounting profession, since they bring
about uniformity in the process of recording transactions. Such uniformity makes it possible to reliably compare
the financial results, financial position, and cash flows of different organizations and also over different periods.
These, thus go a long way in helping to standardize the financial reporting process.

Capital and Revenue

1.3
Transactions
P
roper distinction between transactions of capital and revenue nature is one of the fundamental requirements
of accounting. It is very significant as without this being done properly, the very objective of accounting
gets affected. The application of accounting concepts of periodicity, accrual and matching leads to the
identification of a transaction as either capital natured transaction or revenue natured transaction.
When transactions get properly classified between capital and revenue nature, it achieves the following purposes:
1. Ensures proper accounting of transactions by identifying them either as income or as liability, and expense
or asset;
2. Determination of true operating result by correct identification of incomes and expenses;
3. Proper disclosure of financial position in the balance sheet of the entity by correct disclosure of its assets and
liabilities.
1.3.1 Capital and Revenue Expenditures

After the incurrence of an expenditure by an entity, that expenditure has to be recognized as either a capital
expenditure or a revenue expenditure before being recorded in the books of accounts.
Capital Expenditure refers to that expenditure, benefit from which can be enjoyed by an entity over a number
of accounting periods. This type of expenditure happens to be non-recurring in nature. A capital expenditure takes
place when an asset or service is acquired or improvement of a fixed asset is affected. These assets resulting from
such expenditure are not intended for resale in the ordinary course of business.
Example: Purchase of machinery; Construction of building; Development of website; Heavy repairs of a non-
current asset etc.
Accounting Treatment: An expenditure of capital nature is not written off completely (i.e. charged) against
income in the accounting period in which it is acquired. Rather, it is capitalised (i.e. recorded) as an asset and gets
reflected in the balance sheet. However, over time the amount of capital expenditure sliced for being recognized as
revenue expenditure i.e. it gets gradually charged against the profit. For example, the acquisition of a machinery is
a capital expenditure, but charging regular depreciation on this machinery is a revenue expenditure.
Revenue Expenditure refers to that expenditure, benefit from which can be enjoyed by an entity in the current
accounting period. This type of expenditure happens to be recurring in nature. Revenue expenditures are incurred
to carry on the regular course of operations by an organisation.
Example: Purchase of goods for sale; payment of recurring expenses (like salaries, wages, rent, depreciation,
conveyance charges, monthly internet charges etc.); Repairs and maintenance of non-current assets etc.
Accounting Treatment: An expenditure of revenue nature charged as an expense against profit of the accounting
period in which it is incurred or recognised.

The following are the points of distinction between Capital Expenditure and Revenue Expenditure:
Capital Expenditure Revenue Expenditure

1. The economic benefits from capital expenditure 1. The economic benefits from revenue expenditure
are enjoyed for more than one accounting period. are enjoyed for only one accounting period.
2. It is non-recurring in nature. 2. It is recurring in nature.
3. Normally, it involves heavy cash outlay. 3. Normally, it involves lower cash outlay.
4. It is reflected in the Balance Sheet. 4. It is debited to Income Statement.
5. It may be incurred before or after the 5. It is always incurred after the commencement of
commencement of operations of an entity. operations of an entity.
6. It tends to increase the earning capacity or, reduce 6. It helps in carrying on the activities in the current
the operating expenses of an entity. accounting period.
7. A portion of capital expenditure may get matched 7. Entire amount of such expenditure is matched
against the revenue to determine the operating against the revenue to determine the operating
result. result.
Certain Rules for Identification of Capital Expenditure

An expenditure can be recognised as capital if it is incurred for the following purposes:
~~ An expenditure incurred for the purpose of acquiring long term assets (useful life is at least more than one
accounting period) for use in the organisation to carry on its operations (and not meant for resale) will be
treated as a capital expenditure. For example, if a second hand motor car dealer buys a piece of furniture
with a view to use it in business; it will be a capital expenditure. But if he buys second hand motor cars, for
re-sale, then it will be a revenue expenditure because he deals in second hand motor cars.
~~ When an expenditure is incurred to improve the present condition of a machine or putting an old asset into
working condition, it is recognised as a capital expenditure. The expenditure is capitalised and added to the
cost of the asset. Likewise, any expenditure incurred to put an asset into working condition is also a capital
expenditure. For example, if one acquires a machine for ` 5,00,000 and pays ` 20,000 as transportation
charges and ` 40,000 as installation charges, the total cost of the machine coming to ` 5,60,000. Similarly,
if a building is purchased for ` 40,00,000 and ` 2,00,000 is spent on registration and stamp duty, the capital
expenditure on the building stands at ` 42,00,000.
~~ An expenditure incurred for improving the earning capacity of an organisation will be considered to be of
capital nature. For example, expenditure incurred for shifting the factory for easy supply of raw materials
will be a capital expenditure.
~~ Preliminary expenses incurred before the commencement of business is considered capital expenditure.
For example, legal charges incurred by a company for drafting the memorandum of association, articles
of association of a company or brokerage paid to brokers, or commission paid to underwriters for raising
capital etc.
Deferred Revenue Expenditures

Deferred Revenue Expenditure is the expenditure for which payment has been made or a liability has been
incurred but which is carried forward on the presumption that will be of benefit over a subsequent period or periods.
[As per guidance Note on Terms used in Financial Statements issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of

India]. Deferred revenue expenditures are a combination of capital and revenue expenses whose usefulness does
not expire in the year of their occurrence, but generally expires in the near future. These type of expenditures are
carried forward and are written-off in future accounting periods. A portion of such expenditure is capitalised even
though it is revenue in nature, and hence is also referred to as Capitalised Revenue Expenditure.
Example: Heavy advertisement expenditure incurred prior to launching a new product; Development expenses
of a product etc.
Accounting Treatment: A part of such expenditure (the expense portion) is recorded in the debit-side of the
Income Statement, while the unwritten-off portion appears as an asset in the Balance Sheet.
NB: After the issuance of AS-26, the expenditures which were recognised as deferred revenue expenditure has
to be treated as simple revenue expense. The accounting standard has specifically mentioned that any expenditure
incurred for research, training, advertising and promotional activities should be recognised as an expense of the
accounting period in which it has been incurred.
1.3.2 Capital and Revenue Receipts

A receipt of money may be of a capital or revenue nature depending upon the source of the receipt. A clear
distinction should be made between capital receipts and revenue receipts to ensure proper determination of
operating results.
Capital Receipts refer to the receipts which are obtained by an entity from operations other than the regular
operations of the entity. Capital receipts do not have any effect on the operating result (i.e. profits earned or losses
incurred) during the course of a year.
Example: Additional capital introduced by proprietor/ partners; receipts from issue of fresh shares, by a company;
proceeds from sale of long-term assets etc.
Accounting Treatment: Such receipt is credited to the respective account of capital nature, and gets reflected
in the Balance Sheet.
Revenue Receipts refer to the receipts which are obtained by an entity from its regular course of operations.
Receipts of money in the revenue nature increase the profits or decrease the losses of a business and must be set
against the revenue expenses in order to ascertain the profit for the period.
Example: Collection from customers for goods sold on credit; Fees received for services rendered in the ordinary
course of business; Recovery from customers earlier written-off as bad etc.
Accounting Treatment: These are recognised as income and should be credited to the Income Statement.
The following are the points of difference between capital receipts and revenue receipts:
Capital Receipt Revenue Receipt

1. These receipts are obtained by an entity from 1. These receipts are obtained by an entity from
operations other than from the regular operations. regular day-to-day operations.
2. It is irregular and hence, non-recurring in nature. 2. It is recurring in nature.

3. It is not recognised as an income. 3. It is recognised as an income.
4. It gets reflected in the Balance Sheet. 4. It is credited to Income Statement.

Capital Receipt Revenue Receipt

5. It does not affect the operating result of an entity. 5. It affects the operating result of an entity.
6. It may result in creation of liability. 6. It does not create any liability.
The matching of revenues and expenses result in either profit or loss. As such, an extension of the discussion on
expenditures and receipts of capital and revenue nature naturally leads to the concepts of ‘Capital and Revenue
Profits’ and ‘Capital and Revenue Losses’.
1.3.3 Capital and Revenue Profits

While ascertaining the operating result of an entity in relation to an accounting period, proper distinction is to be
made between capital profits and revenue profits.
Capital Profit refers to a profit which arises out of the non-operating activities of an entity. It is non-recurring in
nature. Generally, capital profits arise out of the sale of assets other than inventory, or in connection with the raising
of capital or at the time of purchasing an existing business.
Examples: Profit prior to incorporation; Premium received on issue of shares; Profit made on re-issue of forfeited
shares; Redemption of Debenture at a discount; Profit made on sale or revaluation of a non-current tangible asset
etc.
Accounting Treatment: Capital profits are generally capitalised i.e. transferred to a Capital Reserve Account.
Revenue Profit refers to a profit which arises out of the regular operating activities of an entity. It is recurring
in nature.
Example: Profit arising out of the sale of the merchandise that the business deals in; Profit made by rendering
regular services to clients; Surplus earned by a non-profit organisation etc.
Accounting Treatment: Revenue profits, which get determined in the Income Statement, are distributed to the
owners of the business or transferred to any Reserve Account.
1.3.4 Capital and Revenue Losses

While ascertaining losses, revenue losses are differentiated from capital losses, just as revenue profits are
distinguished from capital profits.
Capital Loss refers to a loss which does not arise to an entity in the regular course of its operations.
Example: Capital losses may result from the sale of assets other than inventory for less than written down value;
Diminution/ elimination of assets other than as the result of use or sale i.e. from extra-ordinary activities (viz. loss
by flood, fire etc.) or in connection with raising debt capital by a company (issue of debentures at a discount) or
on the settlement of liabilities for a consideration more than its book value (debenture issued at par but redeemed
at a premium).
Accounting Treatment: It is either charged against the revenue i.e. debit-side of Income Statement or reflected
in the asset-side of Balance Sheet (as fictitious assets).
Revenue Loss arise to an entity from the normal course of business.
Example: Discount allowed to customers for prompt payment; loss due to bad debts etc.
Accounting Treatment: Such loss is to be recorded in the debit-side of Income Statement.

Accounting Cycle, Analysis of

1.4
Transaction etc.
T
he Accounting Cycle is a sequence of activities performed by an accountant to document and report an
organisation’s financial transactions during an accounting period. This cycle follows financial transactions
from when they occur to how they affect financial documents. The entire process starting with identification
of transactions, their recording and processing all transactions of an organisation, to its representation on
the financial statements, and also to closing the accounts, if applicable, is referred to as Accounting Cycle. To keep
track of the full accounting cycle from start to finish is one of the main duties of a bookkeeper.
Stages of Accounting Cycle

The accounting cycle consists of the following sequential steps:
1. Identifying transactions: The first step in the accounting cycle is to analyze events to determine if they are
“transactions”. Transactions are the starting point from which the rest of the accounting cycle will follow.
2. Recording transactions in Books of Original Entry: The second step in the accounting cycle is to record
the identified transactions in the relevant Books of Original Entry as journal entries.
3. Posting to the ledger: The next step is to record a summary of the activities in relevant account in the ledger
(referred to as Posting).
4. Drafting of Unadjusted Trial Balance: At the end of an accounting period, data from the ledger accounts
may be taken to draft a trial balance. It is prepared for identifying any errors that may have occurred during
the initial stages of the accounting cycle. However, this step is not mandatory.
5. Passing of adjustment entries: Identification of necessary adjustments and passing of adjusting entries
make up the fifth step in the cycle.
6. Drafting of Adjusted Trial Balance: Once all adjusting entries are completed, then an Adjusted Trial
Balance can be prepared. This happens to be the last step before the preparation of the financial statements.
7. Closing of books: In this stage of the accounting cycle, the ledger accounts are closed and balanced (also
referred to as “zeroed out”) at the end of every accounting period.
8. Drafting the Financial Statements: In the last stage of the accounting cycle, the Income Statement is
prepared with the closing balances of the nominal accounts, while the balances of real and personal accounts
gets reflected in the Balance Sheet.Financial statements are prepared in the following order: Income
Statement, Statement of Retained Earnings, Balance Sheet and Statement of Cash Flows.

Identifying
Transactions
Drafting Financial Recording in

Statements Journal
Closing the Books

The Accounting Posting to
Cycle
Ledger
Drafting Adjusted Drafting Unadjusted

Trial Balance Trial Balance
Adjustment
Entries
Fig: 1.1 Accounting Cycle
Events & Transactions

The primary purpose of financial accounting is to record the transactions entered into by an organisation during
an accounting period. So, transactions are the staring point of the accounting cycle.Transactions are created through
events, but all events are not transactions.
~~ Events: Everything that is happening in every moment of human life is an event. Simply stated, any
happening is an event. As such, events can be financial (like, purchasing a book, paying cab fare, receiving
a cheque etc.) and non-financial (like, visiting a book store, going for morning walk etc.). An event may
involve any number of parties, and may be complete and may be incomplete.
~~ Transactions: An accounting transaction is an event which has a monetary impact on the financial position
of the organisation. In order to be considered as a transaction, an event has to satisfy the following conditions:
1. It must be measurable in terms of money.
2. It must involve atleast two parties.
3. It involves a monetary exchange for a goods or service.
4. It must cause a change in the financial position of the entity.
Analysis of Transactions
An organisation enters into various transactions during the course of its operations. These transactions cause
changes in financial position of the organisation. Analysis of transactions implies observing the changes in
financial position of the organisation caused by the transactions entered into by it during an accounting period.
A change in financial position means change in one or more of the five basic elements of accounting, they being:
Assets, Liabilities, Capital/ Equity, Expenses, and Revenue.

In the following example of a trading proprietorship business, various illustrative transactions are used to
understand the changes in different elements of accounting:
Transaction 1: Mr. Suman De commences his business by investing ` 5,00,000 in cash.

Changes brought about by this transaction are:
Cash increases in the business by ` 5,00,000; (Element changed: Asset increase)
Capital increases by ` 5,00,000 (Element changed: Capital/ Equity increase)
Transaction 2: Mr. De opened a current account with the bank by depositing ` 2,00,000.
Cash balance decreases by ` 2,00,000; (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Bank balance increases by ` 2,00,000 (Element changed: Asset increase)
Transaction 3: He borrows ` 1,20,000 from bank interest @ 10% p.a.
Bank balance increases by ` 1,20,000 (Element changed: Asset increase);
Bank loan increases by ` 1,20,000 (Element changed: Liability increase)
Transaction 4: Mr. De purchases equipments worth ` 80,000 for cash.
Equipments increase by ` 80,000; (Element changed: Asset increase)
Cash decrease by ` 80,000 (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Transaction 5: He purchased goods worth ` 1,00,000 for resale, out of which 60% was paid in cash, 30%
by cheque and balance was due.
Purchases increases by ` 1,00,000; (Element changed: Expenses increase)
Cash balance decreases by ` 60,000 (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Bank balance decreases by ` 30,000 (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Creditors/ Payables increases by ` 10,000 (Element changed: Liability increase)
Transaction 6: Goods sold in cash ` 1,70,000.
Cash increases by ` 1,70,000; (Element changed: Asset increase)
Sales increase by ` 1,70,000 (Element changed: Revenue increase)

Transaction 7: Goods sold on credit for ` 80,000.

Debtors/ Receivables increases by ` 80,000 (Element changed: Asset increase)
Sales increase by ` 80,000 (Element changed: Revenue increase)
Transaction 8: Mr. De incurred ` 20,000 as wages.
Wages increases by ` 20,000; (Element changed: Expenses increase)
Cash decreases by ` 20,000 (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Transaction 9: Interest on bank loan charged ` 3,000.
Bank interest increased by ` 3,000; (Element changed: Expenses increase)
Bank balance decreased by ` 3,000 (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Transaction 10: He collected cash ` 20,000 from his customer.
Cash increases by ` 20,000; (Element changed: Asset increase)
Debtors/ Receivables decreases by ` 20,000 (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Transaction 11: Mr. De paid ` 8,000 to his supplier.
Cash decreases by ` 8,000; (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Creditors/ Payables decreases by ` 8,000 (Element changed: Liability decrease)
Transaction 12: He withdrew cash ` 7,000 for his personal use.
Cash decreases by ` 7,000; (Element changed: Asset decrease)
Capital decreases by ` 7,000 (Element changed: Capital/ Equity decrease)
Such analysis of the transactions helps in identification of the accounts which would be involved for accounting
purposes and also helps in identification of the debit and credit aspects of every transaction.
Charts of Accounts and Codification Structure

The primary purpose of financial accounting is to record the transactions entered into by an organisation
during an accounting period. To achieve this, various accounts are opened and after the classification exercise the

transactions get posted in the ledger (which itself is classified as personal and impersonal). These happen to be the
building blocks for developing the financial statements and other management reports of the organisation.
However, with the increase in the complexity of business and flow of data, it has become quite a challenge to
retrieve the information stored in the accounting records. It is for the purpose of effective management and retrieval
of the already recorded accounting information, Chart of Accounts are developed and they are codified.
Charts of Accounts
~~ A Chart of Accounts (COA) is a listing of all accounts in the general ledger, each account accompanied by
a reference number. It is a financial organizational tool that provides a complete listing of every account
in the general ledger of a company, broken down into subcategories.Specifically, it is an index of all the
financial accounts in the general ledger of an organisation.
~~ Chart of Accounts is the driving force behind an organisation’s book-keeping and accounting systems, and
is considered to be the foundation of financial reporting.
~~ The basic purpose of such charting is to organize the accounts and group similar ones together.
~~ It is used to organize finances and give the stakeholders (viz. investors and shareholders) a clearer insight into
a company’s financial health. This process makes it easier for the users to locate specific accounts.A well-
structured chart of accounts is often the single best and most effective way to raise the financial reporting of
an organization to the next level.
Codification Structure
~~ A Chart of Accounts provides the structure for the general ledger accounts of a concern. It lists specific types
of accounts, describes each account, and includes account numbers. A chart of accounts typically lists asset
accounts first, followed by liability and capital accounts, and then by revenue and expense accounts.
~~ Setting up of a Chart of Accounts: To set up a chart of accounts, the first is to define the various accounts
to be used by the organisation. Each account should have a number to identify it. Each chart of accounts
typically contains a name, brief description, and an identification code.
~~ Ordering of Accounts: Balance Sheet Accounts tend to follow a standard that lists the most liquid assets
first. Revenue Accounts and Expense Accounts tend to follow the standard of first listing the items most
closely related to the operations of the business. For example, sales would be listed before non-operating
income. In some cases, part of all the expense accounts simply may be listed in alphabetical order.
~~ Designing of Chart of Accounts: The designing of a detailed chart of accounts would typically begin with
an initial design which would reflect the major headings of the accounts. Thereafter, the detailed descriptions
of the transaction are added, which may act as future references.
Illustration of Account Codification for a small business organisation:

For a small business, three digits code may suffice for the account number, although more digits are desirable.
However, in order to allow for new accounts to be added as the business grows with more digits, new accounts can
be added while maintaining the logical order. Complex businesses may have thousands of accounts, and require
longer account reference numbers.As such, it is worthwhile to put thought into assigning the account numbers in a
logical way and to follow any specific industry standards.
The following is an example of some of the accounts that may be included in a chart of accounts and reflecting
how the digits might be coded:

Account Numbering & Description of Accounts

1000 to 1999: Asset accounts
2000 to 2999: Liability accounts
3000 to 3999: Equity accounts
4000 to 4999: Revenue accounts
5000 to 5999: Cost of goods sold accounts
6000 to 6999: Expense account
7000 to 7999: Other revenue (for example rent received, bad debt recovery etc.)
8000 to 8999:Other expenses (for example depreciation income taxes etc.)
An alternative presentation of a typical Chart of Accounts is as follows:
Balance Sheet Accounts Income Statement Accounts

Assets (1000 – 1999) Operating Revenues (4000 – 4999)
Liabilities (2000 – 2999) Operating Expense (5000 – 5999)
Owner’s Equity (3000 -3999) Overhead Costs or Expenses (6000 – 6999)
Non-operating revenue and gains (7000 – 7999)
Non- operating expenses and Losses (8000 – 8999)
It is to be noted that by separating each account by several numbers many new accounts can be added between
any two while maintaining the logical order.
Accounting Equation
The accounting equation is a representation of how the three important components of accounting namely Assets,
Liabilities and Equity are associated with each other.
In the most simplistic form, the accounting equation is presented as: Assets = Liabilities + Equity.
Assets represent the valuable resources controlled by the companysuch as cash, accounts receivable, fixed assets,
inventory etc. Liabilities represent its obligations of an organisation to its external stakeholders, while Equity
represents owners net claim on the assets. It is to be noted that, the liabilities and equity represent how the assets
of the organisation has been financed.
All three components of the accounting equation appear in the balance sheet, which reveals the financial position
of an entity at any given point in time.
Expanded Accounting Equation: The above equation can be further expanded by incorporating the various
elements of the Equity component as under:
Assets = Liabilities + Equity
or, Assets = Liabilities + [Capital + (Revenue – Expenses) – Drawings]
or, Assets + Expenses + Drawings = Liabilities + Capital + Revenue
This equation is considered to be the foundation of the double-entry accounting system.At a general level,
this means that whenever there is a recordable transaction, the choices for recording it all involve keeping the
accounting equation in balance.

Illustrative Accounting Equation Transactions

The following table shows a few of the common accounting transactions and their recording within the framework
of the accounting equation:
Transaction Assets + Expenses + Drawings Liabilities + Capital + Revenue

1. Cash introduced by proprietor Cash (Assets) increases Capital increases
2. Purchase of goods in cash Inventory (Asset) increases; N.A.
Cash (Assets) decreases
3. Purchase of goods in credit Inventory (Asset) increases Creditors/ Payables (Liabilities)
increases
4. Sale of goods in cash Cash (Assets) increases; N.A.
Inventory (Assets) decreases
5. Sale of goods in credit Debtors/ Receivables (Assets) N.A.
increases;
Inventory (Assets) decreases
6. Salaries paid Salaries (Expenses) increases; N.A.
Cash/ Bank (Assets) decreases
7. Rent received Cash/ Bank (Assets) increases Rent received (Revenue) increases
8. Goods withdrawn by proprietor Inventory (Assets) decreases Capital decreases
Double Entry System

Double Entry System of Bookkeeping is an accounting system which recognizes the fact that every transaction
has two aspects and both aspects of the transaction are recorded in the books of accounts.It is a fundamental
concept encompassing accounting and book-keeping in present times.
Double entry system records the transactions by understanding them as a Debit item or Credit item. A debit entry
in one account gives the opposite effect in another account by credit entry. This means that the sum of all Debit
accounts must be equal to the sum of Credit accounts.
This system is based on the accounting equation and requires:
1. Every business transaction to be recorded in at least two accounts.
2. The total debits recorded for each transaction to be equal to the total credits recorded.
Rules of Debit and Credit under Double Entry System

The double-entry accounting system is based on specific rules of debit and credit for recording transactions in the
accounts. The rules of debit and credit can be explained by applying two methods:
1. Golden Rules; and
2. Accounting Equation
Successive Processes of the Double Entry System
~~ Firstly, transactions are recorded in the Books of Original Entry (i.e. Journal and other Subsidiary
Books).

~~ Secondly, the transactions are classified in a suitable manner and recorded in another book of account known
as Ledger.
~~ Thirdly, the arithmetical accuracy of the books of account maychecked by means of drafting a Trial Balance.
~~ Finally, the result of the operations of the accounting period is ascertained through the drafting of Income
Statementand financial position of the entity at the end of the accounting period is reflected through the
Balance Sheet.
Books of Original Entry& Subsidiary Books

~~ Simply stated, Books of original entry refer to the accounting books (technically called Journals) in which
transactions entered into by an organisation are initially recorded. These are the primary books of accounts
which are used by the accountants for recording the transactions in the first place. These are also referred to
as Books of Primary Entry or Books of First Entry.
~~ Whenever an event is recognised as a transaction, it is entered into the accounting system of an entity by first
recording it in the journal (with their description and detailed reference to supporting documents).
~~ The transactions are recorded in the journals in the form of individual entries (referred to as Journal Entries)
as and when they occur in chronological order. As because the transactions are recorded on daily basis, the
books of original entry are also referred to as Day Books.
~~ The information in these books is thereafter summarized and posted into the ledger accounts.
Types of Books of Original Entry
The books of original entry are broadly classified into two categories:– Special Journals (Day Books) and
General Journal. (Refer to para 1.5- Types of Journal).
Posting in Ledger & Finalization of Accounts

~~ After the transactions relating to a particular accounting period have been recorded in the journal and/ or
subsidiary books, they are posted in respective accounts in the ledger (the Book of Final entry). At the end of
the accounting period (viz. quarter, half-year or year), the ledger accounts are balanced and closed.
~~ The closure of the ledger accounts is based on the nature of the respective accounts. Specifically, the
nominal accounts (viz. accounts representing incomes, expenses, gains and losses) are closed by transfer
to the Income Statement (namely, Trading A/c and Profit & Loss A/c for a profit-oriented organisation, and
Income & Expenditure A/c for a non-profit organisation). The income statement is prepared to ascertain the
operating results (viz. profit/ loss or surplus/ deficit) in relation to a specific accounting period.
~~ The balances of the accounts of real and personal nature are carried forward to the next accounting period.
Their balances are reflected in a specific financial statement called the Balance Sheet. It shows the financial
position of an organisation at the end of a specific accounting period by reflecting the different assets owned,
liabilities and equity of the organisation.

Journal and Ledger 1.5

The first step in the accounting cycle, after the identification of transactions happens to be recording of transactions
in the journal, followed by their posting in respective accounts in the ledger.
Journal
Journal is the book of original entry in which financial transactions are firstly recorded after their occurrence in
chronological order. It is in this book of accounts where the transactions are recorded in the first place.
The word ‘Journal means’ a daily record. Journal is derived from French word ‘Jour’ which means a day. This
book of account is also referred to as the Book of Prime Entry or Books of First Entry.
The process of recording the transactions in a journal is called ‘Journalizing’. This is the first activity that a
book-keeper performs after identification of the transactions which has to be recorded in the books of accounts of
a concern.
The entry made in this book is called a ‘Journal Entry’. Every entry in the journal is followed by a short summary
which describes the particular transaction. This short summary is referred to as ‘Narration’. Every entry in the book
of original entry must be followed by such a narration.
Example of a Transaction and its Journal Entry:

As per voucher no. 31 of Roy Brothers, on 09.02.2022 goods of ` 50,000 were purchased. Cash was paid
immediately. The folios of the Purchase A/c and Cash A/c in the ledger are 5 and 17 respectively. Journal entry of
the above transaction is given below:
In the books of Roy Brothers
Journal Dr. Cr.
Voucher Ledger
Date Particulars (`) (`)
No. Folio
09.02.2022 Purchase A/c Dr. 31 5 50,000
To Cash A/c 17 50,000
(Being goods purchased for cash)
~~ Each journal entry is passed in the books on the basis of some source documents. Some of the common
source documents are: purchase invoices (also called inward invoices), sales receipts (also called outward
invoices), debit notes, credit notes etc. The process of accounting does not end after recording of transactions
in the journal. Rather, with the objective of classification, the transactions are summarized and posted to
respective accounts in the ledger(s).

~~ A journal entry can be a Simple journal entry or a Compound journal entry. When in a journal entry only two
accounts are affected – one account is debited and another account is credited, it is called a Simple journal
entry. For example, the journal entry for the transaction ‘Goods worth ` 44,000 sold by Ramesh to Rajesh
for cash’ will be a simple journal entry as in this case Cash A/c will be debited with ` 44,000 and Sales A/c
will get credited with ` 44,000.
~~ While in case of a Compound journal entry at least two debits and at least one credit or at least one debit
and two or more credit items are involved. For example, the journal entry for the transaction ‘Goods worth
` 54,000 sold by Ramesh to Rajesh involving cash sale ` 44,000 and balance on credit’ will be a compound
journal entry as in this case Cash A/c as-well as Debtors A/c will be debited with ` 44,000 and ` 10,000
respectively, and Sales A/c will get credited with ` 54,000.
Types of Journal
The books of original entry are broadly classified into two categories:
1. Special Journal:
2. General Journal
1. Special Journal:
A Special Journal is a book of primary entry in which transactions of a specific type viz. credit purchases,
credit sales, return inwards etc. are first recorded before being posted in the respective ledger account. These are
also referred to as Subsidiary Books. During the lifecycle of and organisation, when the volume of transactions
increases to an extent that a single journal may no longer be adequate to record the transactions effectively, then
special purpose books or subsidiary books are required for more efficient record keeping purposes. The different
special journals that are usually maintained by an organisation for primary recording of its transactions are:
(a) Cash Journal or Cash Book is a special journal which is maintained for recording all transactions which
involve cash, whether cash inflows or cash outflows.
(b) Purchase journal is a special journal which is used by an organization to record all the credit purchases
made by it during an accounting period. It is also known as Purchase Book or Purchase Daybook.
(c) Sales Journal is a type of special journal that is used to record credit sale transactions of an organisation. It
is also known as Sales Book or Sales Daybook.
(d) Purchase Return Journal is the special journal that is used for recording the goods which have been
returned by an organisation to its suppliers, for any reason. It is also known as Purchase Return Book or
Purchase Daybook.
(e) Sales Return Journal is the special journal that is used for recording the goods which have been returned to
an organisation by its customers, for any reason. It is also known as Sales Return Book or Sales Daybook.
(f) Bills Receivable Journal is the special journal which is used to record the details of bills of exchange
received by an entity from its customers during an accounting period. It is also known as Bills Receivable
Book or Bills Receivable Daybook.
(g) Bills Payable Journal is the special journal which is used to record the details of bills of exchange accepted
by an entity towards its suppliers during an accounting period. It is also known as Bills Payable Book or Bills
Payable Daybook.
2. General Journal:
This is a book of original entry in which those transactions are recorded for which no specific day book is
maintained are recorded.

In the following section, the important subsidiary books have been discussed.
1(a): Cash Journal or Cash Book

Cash Journal or Cash Book is a special journal which is maintained for recording all transactions which
involve cash, whether cash inflows or cash outflows. In this book of original entry, transactions of every type
(whether capital natured transactions or revenue natured transactions) are entered. This journal records the
details of each transaction effected in cash by an organisation. Such details include the date, particulars,
voucher number, ledger folio and the amount of the transaction.
The various aspects of the Cash Book has been discussed in detail in Para 1.6 of the study material.
1(b): Purchase Journal

The Purchase Journal is a book of original entry which is meant for recording credit purchase of goods.
It is also known as Purchase Day Book or simply, Purchase Book. It is to be noted that cash purchases of
goods are not recorded in this day book. Also purchase of other long term assets (like equipment, furniture,
machinery etc.) on credit does not find place in purchase day book.
The Purchase journal records the details of the credit purchase of goods made by an organisation. Such
details include the date of purchase, particulars of items purchased, inward invoice number, ledger folio and
the amount of purchase.
The format of a purchase journal is as given below:
Inward Invoice Ledger Folio

Date Particulars (`)
No. No.
Source document for entry in purchase journal:

All entries in this book are made from the Purchase invoices. A purchase invoice is a statement which is
issued by the seller of goods to the buyer of goods reflecting the details of the goods like the date of purchase,
the quantity of purchase, the rate per unit, the total amount and also the terms of payment, if any.
Posting from Purchase Journal to Ledger
The Purchase Journal, being a book of original entry, transactions entered here are thereafter required to be
posted to the respective ledger accounts in the ledger. The total of the purchases made during a period is
posted to Purchases Account in the general ledger, while the individual credit purchase transactions posted
in the personal ledger accounts of the respective suppliers (in the suppliers ledger).
1(c): Sales Journal

Sales Journal is the book of original entry which records credit sales of goods. It is also known as Sales Day
Book or simply, Sales Book. It is to be noted that sale of goods for cash are not recorded in this day book.
Also sale of other long term assets (like equipment, furniture, machinery etc.) does not find place in this book
of original entry.
The Sales journal records the details of the credit sales of goods made by an organisation during a period.
Such details include the date of sale, particulars of items sold, outward invoice number, ledger folio and the
amount of sales.

The format of a typical sales journal is as given below:
Outward Ledger Folio

Invoice No. No.
Source Document for Entry in Sales Journal:

All entries in this book are made from the Sales invoices. A sales invoice is a statement which is issued by
the seller of goods to the buyer of goods reflecting the details of the goods like the date of sale, the quantity
of sale, the rate per unit, the total amount and also the terms of payment, if any.
Posting from Sales Journal to Ledger
The Sales Journal, being a book of original entry, transactions entered here are thereafter required to be
posted to the respective ledger accounts in the ledger. The total amount of sales made during a period is
posted to Sales Account in the general ledger, while the individual entries of credit sale are posted in the
personal ledger accounts of the respective customers/ debtors (in the debtors ledger).
1(d): Purchase Returns Journal

The Purchase Returns Journal is a book of original entry which is meant for recording returns of goods
purchased on credit from the suppliers. It is also known as Returns Outward Day Book. It is to be noted that
returns arising out of cash purchases of goods, or return of any assets other than merchandising goods on
credit does not find place in this day book.
The Purchase returns journal records the details of the returns arising out of credit purchase of goods viz.
the date of return, particulars of items returned, name of supplier, debit note number, ledger folio and
the total amount.
The format of a purchase returns journal is as given below:
Debit Note Ledger Folio

No. No.
Source Document for Entry in Purchase Returns Journal:

All entries in this book are made from the debit notes issued to respective suppliers or credit notes received
from the respective suppliers.
Posting from Purchase Returns Journal to Ledger
The Purchase Returns Book, being a book of original entry, transactions entered here are thereafter required
to be posted to the respective ledger accounts in the ledger. The total of the purchase returns made during a
period is posted to Purchase Returns or Return Outwards Account in the general ledger, while the individual
purchase return transactions posted in the personal ledger accounts of the respective suppliers (in the
Creditors Ledger).

1(e): Sales Returns Journal

Sales Return Journal is the book of original entry which records returns of goods earlier sold on credit basis.
It is also known as Sales Returns Day Book or simply, Sales Returns Book.
The Sales Returns Book records the details of the goods returned out of credit sales made by an organisation
during a period. Such details include the date of return, particulars of items returned, credit note number,
ledger folio and the amount of sales returns.
The format of the sales return journal is as given below:
Ledger Folio
Date Particulars Credit Note No. (`)
No.
Source Document for Entry in Sales Returns Journal:

All entries in this day book are made from the Credit Note issued by the seller of goods. A sales invoice is a
statement which is issued by the seller of goods to the buyer of goods reflecting the details of the goods like
the date of sale, the quantity of sale, the rate per unit, the total amount and also the terms of payment, if any.
Posting from Sales Returns Journal to Ledger
As the Sales Return Journal is a book of original entry, and so transactions recorded here are thereafter
required to be posted to the respective accounts in the ledger. The total amount of sales returns made during
a period is posted to Returns Inward (or Sales Returns) Account in the general ledger, while the individual
entries of sale returns are posted in the personal ledger accounts of the respective customers/ debtors (in the
Debtors ledger).
1(f): Bill Receivable Journal

The Bill Receivable Journal is a book of original entry which is meant for recording the bills of exchange
received from the customers to whom goods have been sold on credit. This journal records the details like
the details of the customer, name of drawer, name of acceptor, date of receipt of the bill, date of drawing
of the bill, date of acceptance of the bill, tenure of the bill, date of maturity, ledger folio and the amount
of the bill.
All entries in this book are made from the bills of exchanges received from the customers.
Posting from Bill Receivable Journal to Ledger
The Bill Receivable Journal, being a book of original entry, transactions entered here are thereafter required
to be posted to the respective ledger accounts in the ledger. The total of the bill of exchanges received during
a period is posted to Bills Receivable Account in the general ledger, while the individual transactions posted
in the personal ledger accounts of the respective customers (in the Debtors Ledger).
1(g): Bill Payable Journal

The Bill Payable Journal is a book of original entry which is meant for recording the bills of exchange issued
to the suppliers from whom goods have been purchased on credit. This journal records the details like the
details of the supplier, name of drawer, name of acceptor, date of issue of the bill, date of drawing of the bill,
date of acceptance of the bill, tenure of the bill, date of maturity, ledger folio and the amount of the bill.


All entries in this book are made from the bills of exchanges issued to the suppliers.
Posting from Bill Payable Journal to Ledger
The Bill Payable Journal, being a book of original entry, transactions entered here are thereafter required to
be posted to the respective ledger accounts in the ledger. The total of the bill of exchanges issued during a
period is posted to Bills Payable Account in the general ledger, while the individual transactions posted in
the personal ledger accounts of the respective customers (in the Creditors Ledger).
2. General Journal or Journal Proper
General Journal is the book of original entry in which those transactions for which no special journal is maintained
are recorded. In other words, transactions like credit purchases, credit sales, purchase returns, sales returns etc. (for
which specific subsidiary books are maintained) are recorded in this book of primary entry. This book of original
entry is also known as Journal Proper. The following transactions are recorded in this book of original entry:
~~ Purchase of a non-current asset on credit,
~~ Sale of a non-current asset on credit,
~~ Entries passed to rectify errors made in books of accounts (rectification entries),
~~ Entries passed to adjust ledger balances (adjustment entries),
~~ Entries passed to open accounts passed when the business starts operations (opening entries),
~~ Entries passed when the business ceases operations etc.
Types of Entries Recorded in Journal Proper

Opening entries: These entries are passed for bringing the balances of certain accounts in the books of the
current accounting period. The different accounts whose balances are brought forwards are the assets, liabilities
and equity accounts appearing the Balance Sheet of the preceding accounting period.
Transfer entries: In accounting, it is sometimes necessary to transfer an amount or balance of one account to
some other account. The journal entries through which the amount of an account are transferred to another account
are referred to as Transfer entries. Such entries are used when a wrong booking has been made in respect of any
account or to allocate an expense/ revenue from one account to another.
Closing entries: All the expenses and gains or income related nominal accounts must be closed at the end of
the year. The entries which are passed at the end of an accounting period for closing the nominal accounts by
transferring them to the profit determining accounts like Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account, Consignment
Account, Joint Venture Account, Income & Expenditure Account etc.
Adjustment entries: These entries are passed at the time of finalization of accounts for honouring the different
generally accepted accounting principles i.e. accounting concepts and accounting conventions.
Rectification entries: These entries are passed for correcting the different errors that get committed while
recording, posting, casting, balancing etc. in the books of accounts.
Rules of Journalising
~~ The process of passing an entry in a journal is called Journalising. The rule for journalising is same as that
of rules of debit and credit. The debiting and crediting of the accounts are done on the basis of certain rules.
There are two alternative bases for the rules of debit and credit such as follows.

1. Rules of Debit and Credit based on the types of account; and

2. Rules of Debit and credit based on the accounting equation.
Rules of Debit and Credit Based on the Types of Account (Golden Rules Approach)
~~ Under double-entry system every account can be classified into any of the following three types: Personal
account, Real account and Nominal account. For each of these types of account, there are separate rules of
debiting and crediting the transactions. The rules of debit and credit under different types of account are as
follows:
Nature of Account Rule of Debit and Credit

Nominal Account Debit Expenses and Losses
Credit Incomes and Gains
Real Account Debit What comes in
Credit What goes out
Personal Account Debit The receiver
Credit The giver
Rules of Debit and credit Based on the Accounting Equation (Accounting Equation Approach)
Accounting equation is a statement of equality between the three basic elements of accounting viz. assets,
liabilities and equity. Each and every financial transaction affects any one or more of these three basic elements.
However, the total of all assets is always equal to the total of liabilities and equity at any point in time. The rules of
debiting and crediting an account based on the accounting equation have been summarized hereunder:
Components of Accounting
Rule of Debit and Credit
Equation
Assets Debit Increase
Credit Decrease
Liabilities Debit Decrease
Credit Increase
Capital Debit Decrease
Credit Increase
Drawings Debit Increase
Credit Decrease
Expenses Debit Increase
Credit Decrease
Revenue Debit Decrease
Credit Increase

Steps in Journalising
The process of journalising involves the following steps:
1. Determination of the accounts involved in the transaction.
2. Classifying the accounts either as ‘Nominal, Real and Personal’ or into ‘Assets, Liabilities, Capital, drawings,
Expenses and Revenue’.
3. Appling the rules of debit and credit for the identified accounts for identifying which account is to be debited
and which accounts is to be credited.
4. Recording the details of the transaction viz. date, particulars and its narration, and also the amount to be
debited and credited.
5. Writing a brief summary of the transactions (called narration) at the end.
Functions of Journal
The functions performed by the book of original entry are:
●● Historical Function: It contains a chronological record of the transactions for future references.
●● Recording Function: Accountancy is a business language which helps to record the transactions based
on the principles. Each such recording entry is supported by a narration, which explains the transaction in
simple language.
●● Analytical Function: Each transaction is analysed into the debit aspect and the credit aspect. This helps to
find out how each transaction will financially affect the business.
Advantages of Journal
The book of original entry provides the following advantages:
~~ Chronological Record: It records transactions as and when it happens. So it is possible to get detailed day-
to-day information, and also acts as a future reference.
~~ Minimising the possibility of errors: The nature of transaction and its effect on the financial position of the
business is determined by recording and analyzing into debit and credit aspect.
~~ Narrative explanation of the recorded transactions: It maintains the detailed record of transactions
written immediately after passing the entry, thus provides a highlight of the transaction done.
~~ Helps to classify the accounts: Journal is the basis of ledger posting and the ultimate Trial Balance.
~~ Evidence in court: Information recorded in the journal which certainly serves as a proof or evidence in the
court of law.
Limitations of Journal
~~ When a single journal is maintained, it becomes unsuitable for organizations that enter into a large number
of transactions.
~~ It is not a simple system of recording of transactions.
~~ The process of journalising is a time consuming process.
~~ It does not facilitate internal control, because in journal transactions are recorded in chronological order.

Ledger
The book of account in which transactions are recorded in respective account, after they have been entered in
the journal is called the Ledger. It is the book of account in which the transactions are recorded in a classified and
permanent manner. It is the final destination of all the accounts, and hence, it is also called the Book of Final Entry.
The process of recording the entry in the ledger is technically known as Posting. It is the book of account in which
transactions are recorded from the journal. It contains various ‘ledger accounts’. The transactions are recorded in
each of the relevant ledger accounts in a chronological order. It reflects the final position of each account on any
particular date. It forms the basis for preparation of Trial Balance. . A ledger account has a specific format, as under:
Dr. ………………. Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. (`) Date Particulars J.F. (`)
Functions of Ledger
~~ It acts as a permanent store-house of all the transactions of a concern arranged for ready reference.
~~ It summarizes the effects of business transactions in terms of the individual accounts, so that a conclusion
concerning the status of each account may be drawn periodically. In other words, it shows under each
account heading all positive and negative changes pertaining to that account as a result of operations to date,
and the balance of the account, if any, at the end of each significant period.
~~ It is like a ‘mirror’ reflecting the image of the concern which enables it to analyse business operations for the
purpose of deciding future plan of action
Subdivisions of Ledger
On the basis of the nature of accounts maintained, ledger can be classified into Personal Ledger and General
Ledger.
1. Personal Ledger: The ledger which contains the personal accounts of the debtors and creditors is called
Personal Ledger. It can be further sub-divided into:
(a) Debtors’/Customers’/Sales ledger: It contains the personal accounts of all the customers/trade debtors.
(b) Creditors’/Suppliers’/Purchase/Bought ledger: It contains the personal accounts of all the suppliers/
trade creditors.
2. Impersonal Ledger or General Ledger: The ledger which contains the accounts other than those contained
in the ‘Personal Ledger’ is called Impersonal/General Ledger. The types of accounts maintained in this
ledger are Real, Nominal and Personal (except Trade Debtors and Trade Creditors).
The advantages of such sub-division are:
●● It provides complete and detailed information of all accounts of similar nature in one book.
●● It discloses the summarised information by getting the ledger accounts balanced.

Ledger Posting
As and when the transaction takes place, it is recorded in the journal in the form of journal entry. This entry is posted
again in the respective ledger accounts under double entry principle from the journal. This is called ledger posting.
The rules for writing up accounts of various types are as follows:
Assets: Increases on the left hand side or the debit side and decreases on the credit side.
Liabilities: Increases on the credit side and decreases on the debit side.
Capitals: The same as liabilities.
Expenses: Increases on the debit side and decreases on the credit side.
Incomes or Gains: Increases on the credit side and decrease on the debit side.
To summarise
Dr. Assets Cr. Dr. Liabilities & Capital Cr.

Increase Decrease Decrease Increase
Dr. Expenses or Loses Cr. Dr. Income or Gains Cr.

Increase Decrease Decrease Increase
Concepts of Debit and Credit

A debit denotes:
(a) In the case of a person that he has received some benefit against which he has already rendered some service
or will render service in future. When a person becomes liable to do something in favour of the firm, the fact
is recorded by debiting that person’s account : (relating to Personal Account)
(b) In case of goods or properties, that the value and the stock of such goods or properties has increased,
(relating to Real Accounts)
(c) In case of other accounts like losses or expenses, that the firm has incurred certain expenses or has lost
money. (relating to Nominal Account)
A credit denotes:
(a) In case of a person, that some benefit has been received from him, entitling him to claim from the firm a
return benefit in the form of cash or goods or service. When a person becomes entitled to money or money’s
worth for any reason. The fact is recorded by crediting him (relating to Personal Account)
(b) In the case of goods or properties, that the stock and value of such goods or properties has decreased.
(relating to Real Accounts).
(c) In case of other accounts like interest or dividend or commission received, or discount received, that the firm
has made a gain (relating to Nominal Account)
Balancing of Ledger Accounts

After all the transactions of a period get posted in the ledger, the net effect of these transactions is ascertained.
This process of ascertaining the net effect of all the transactions posted in a particular ledger account for a period

is called Balancing of a ledger account. The process of balancing an account involves totaling both the sides (i.e.
debit side and credit side) of an account and ascertaining the difference between the two.
An account can show debit balance, or credit balance or nil balance. An account is said to be having a debit
balance when its debit-side total is higher than the credit side total; while an account is said to have a credit balance
when its credit-side total is higher than the debit-side total. When both side have same total, the account is said to
have nil balance. This is very significant function of accounting as the finalization of accounts is done with the
balances of the ledger accounts.
Illustration 1
For the following transactions pass the journal entries and post them in Ledger:
2022
April 1 – Mr. Vikas and Mrs. Vaibhavi who are husband and wife start consulting business by bringing in their
personal cash of ` 5,00,000 and ` 2,50,000 respectively.
April 10 – Bought office furniture of ` 25,000 for cash.
April 11 – Opened a Current Account with Bank of BB by depositing ` 1,00,000
April 15 – Paid office rent of ` 15,000 for the month by cheque.
April 20 – Bought a motor car for ` 4,50,000 from Millenium Motors by making a down payment of ` 50,000
by cheque and the balance by taking a loan from HH Bank.
April 25 – Vikas and Vaibhabi carried out a consulting assignment for AA Pharmaceuticals and raised a bill for
` 10,00,000 as consultancy fees. AA Pharmaceuticals have immediately settled ` 2,50,000 by way of cheque and
the balance will be paid after 30 days. The cheque received is deposited into bank.
April 30 – Salary of a receptionist at the rate ` 5,000 per month and an officer at the rate ` 10,000 per month the
salary for the current month is payable to them.
Solution: Books of Vikas and Vaibhavi

Journal Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars L.F. V.N. (`) (`)

2022 Cash A/c……. Dr. 7,50,000
April 1 To, Vikas’s Capital A/c 5,00,000
To, Vaibhavi’s Capital A/c 2,50,000
(Being capital brought by the partner)
April Furniture A/c………. Dr. 25,000
10 To, Cash A/c 25,000
(Being furniture purchased in cash)
April Bank of BB A/c……. Dr. 1,00,000
11 To, Cash A/c 1,00,000
(Being current account opened with Bank of BB)

Date Particulars L.F. V.N. (`) (`)

April Rent A/c……………. Dr. 15,000
15 To, Bank of BB A/c 15,000
(Being Rent paid)
April Motor Car A/c ……. Dr. 4,50,000
20 To, Bank of BB A/c 50,000
To, Loan from HH Bank A/c 4,00,000
(Being car purchased from Millenium Motors by making a
down payment and Loan arrangements)
April Bank of BB A/c……. Dr. 2,50,000
25 AA Pharmaceuticals A/c….. Dr. 7,50,000
To, Consultancy Fees A/c 10,00,000
(Being amount received and revenue recognized for fees
charged)
April Salary A/c………. Dr. 15,000
30 To, Salary Payable A/c 15,000
(Being the entry to record salary obligation for the month.)
Ledger
Dr. Cash Account Cr.
1.4.22 To, Vikas’s Capital A/c 5,00,000 10.4.22 By, Furniture A/c 25,000
1.4.22 To, Vaibhavi’s Capital 2,50,000 11.4.22 By, Bank of BB A/c 1,00,000
A/c
30.4.22 By, Bal c/d 6,25,000

7,50,000 7,50,000
1.5.22 To, Bal b/d 6,25,000
Dr. Mr.Vikas’s Capital Account Cr.

30.4.22 To, Bal c/d 5,00,000 1.4.22 By, Cash A/c 5,00,000
1.5.22 By, Bal b/d 5,00,000

Dr. Mrs.Vaibhavi’s Capital Account Cr.

30.4.22 To, Bal c/d 2,50,000 1.4.22 By, Cash A/c 2,50,000
1.5.22 By, Bal b/d 2,50,000
Dr. Furniture Account Cr.

1.4.22 To, Cash A/c 25,000 30.4.22 By, Bal b/d 25,000
1.5.22 To, Bal b/d 25,000
Dr. Bank of BB Account Cr.

11.4.22 To, Cash A/c 1,00,000 15.4.22 By, Rent A/c 15,000
25.4.22 To, Consultancy Fees A/c 2,50,000 20.4.22 By, Motor Car A/c 50,000
30.4.22 By, Bal c/d 2,85,000
3,50,000 3,50,000
1.5.22 To, Bal b/d 2,85,000
Dr. Rent Account Cr.

15.4.22 To, Bank of BB A/c 15,000 30.4.22 By, Bal c/d 15,000
1.5.22 To, Bal b/d 15,000
Dr. Motor Car Account Cr.

20.4.22 To, Bank of Baroda A/c 50,000

“ To, Loan from HH Bank 4,00,000 30.4.22 By, Bal c/d 4,50,000
A/c
4,50,000 4,50,000
1.5.22 To, Bal b/d 4,50,000

Dr. Loan from HDFC Bank Account Cr.

30.4.22 To, Bal c/d 4,00,000 20.4.22 By, Motor Car A/c 4,00,000
1.5.22 By, Bal b/d 4,00,000
Dr. Avon Pharmaceuticals Account Cr.

25.4.22 To, Consultancy Fees A/c 7,50,000 30.4.22 By, Bal c/d 7,50,000
7,50,000
Dr. Consultancy Fees Account Cr.

25.4.22 By, Bank of BB A/c 2,50,000

30.4.22 To, Bal c/d 10,00,000 “ By, AA Pharmaceuticals A/c 7,50,000
10,00,000 10,00,000
1.5.22 By Bal b/d 10,00,000
Dr. Salary Account Cr.

30.4.22 To, Salary Payable A/c 15,000 30.4.22 By, Bal c/d 15,000
15,000
Dr. Salary Payable Account Cr.

30.4.22 To, Bal c/d 15,000 30.4.22 By, Salary A/c 15,000
15,000
1.5.22 By Bal b/d

Cash Book, Bank Book, Bank

1.6
Reconciliation Statement
Cash Book
Any organisation enters into numerous transactions during an accounting period, and amongst those a majority
of the transactions get settled (either received or paid) involving cash. For this purpose, a separate book of account
is maintained for recording only the cash transactions (whether effected in liquid cash, cheque or online transfers).
The book of account that records all cash receipts and cash payments of an organisation is referred to as cash
book. The receipts are entered on the debit side, while the payments are recorded in the credit side of the cash book.
Features of Cash Book

~~ This is the book of account in which only cash transactions are recorded.
~~ All receipts of cash and payments involving cash are recoded in this book of account.
~~ Transactions are recorded in this book in chronological order.
~~ The proforma of the cash book is similar to that of a ledger account i.e. having two sides – Debit side and
Credit side.
~~ It is a book of account which is a book of primary entry as-well-as a book of final entry. So, it is referred to
as journalized ledger.
~~ Its balance reflect the balance of cash available.
Types of Cash Book

For the purpose of recording cash and bank related transactions at one place cash book is maintained. These cash
books can be broadly classified into two categories – Regular Cash Book and Petty Cash Book.
1. Regular Cash Book: The cash book which records all cash and sometimes bank related transactions of
an entity is called the Regular Cash Book or simply Cash Book. Such cash book can be classified into the
following categories based on the number of amount columns maintained on each side of the cash book.
●● Single Column Cash Book: In this cash book, only one amount column is maintained on each side to record
transactions involving liquid cash. This type of cash book is usually maintained by the small organisations
which do not have any bank account.Sometimes an organisation having a bank account can also maintain a
single column cash book and open a separate bank account in the ledger. This cash book is actually the cash
account of the entity.The balance of this cash book represent cash-in-hand at a particular point of time. The
proforma of the single column cash book is a under:
Dr. Cash Book (Single Column) Cr.

Date Particulars L.F. Cash (`) Date Particulars L.F. Cash (`)

●● Double Column Cash Book: In many cases, two amount columns are maintained by organisation on each
side of the cash book. This type of a cash book is called Double Column Cash Book. It is a popular practice
to add an amount column to each side – the additional column to record the banking transactions entered
into by an entity, instead of opening a separate bank account in the ledger.The balance of this cash book
reflects the amounts of Cash-in-hand as-well-as Cash-at-bank at a particular point of time. The proforma of
the double column cash book is a under:
Dr. Cash Book (Double Column) Cr.
Cash Bank Cash Bank

Date Particulars L.F. Date Particulars L.F.
(`) (`) (`) (`)
This type of cash book gives rise to a unique type of entry referred to as the Contra Entry. When any
transaction takes place involving Bank A/c and Cash A/c, the posting will happen on both side of the same
account (here, the Double Colum Cash Book). Examples of such transactions are: Deposit of cash into bank,
Withdrawal of cash from bank etc. For recording such a transaction, the letter ‘C’ is written on both sides in
the Ledger Folio (L.F.) column.
●● Triple Column Cash Book: A Cash book with three amount columns on each side (namely Cash, Bank
and Discount columns) is called the Triple Column Cash Book. The discount columns of each side represent
separate discount accounts. Specifically, the discount column of the debit side of cash book represent
Discount Allowed and that on the credit side represent Discount Received.
Conceptually, there are two types of discounts – Trade Discount and Cash Discount. The former discount
is allowed by the seller to the buyer for making bulk purchases, while the later is allowed to encourage the
buyer to make prompt payment. Trade discount is never recorded in the books of account. It is the Cash
Discount which is recorded in the discount columns of the treble column cash book.
Further it is to be noted that unlike the cash and bank columns, the discount columns are not balanced; rather
they are transferred to the respective discount accounts in general ledger. To be specific, the total of the debit
side discount column represents the total discount allowed during a period and it is transferred to Discount
Allowed Account in the general ledger, while the total of the credit side discount column represents the total
discount received during a period and it is transferred to Discount Received Account in the general ledger.
The proforma of the double column cash book is a under:
Dr. Cash Book (Treble Column) Cr.
Cash Bank Discount Cash Bank Discount

Date Particulars L.F. Date Particulars L.F.
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)

Multi-columnar Cash Book: This is a customized form of cash book that is maintained by organisations
where huge cash transactions take place under certain fixed heads. Generally, organisations like clubs,
schools, colleges etc. maintain this type of cash book. The proforma of the multi-columnar cash book
is a under:
Dr. Multi-columnar Cash Book Cr.

Salaries Rent
Interest Misc. Communication Misc.
Date Particulars Subscription Donation Date Particulars & &
Received Income charges Expenses
wages Taxes
2. Petty Cash Book: In organisations where the number of cash transactions are numerous, it becomes tough
for one personnel to handle and record all cash and bank related transactions. In such a case, the cash
handling is split between two groups – one group handling petty cash transactions and the other handing
transactions other than petty cash. This gives rise to a specific type of cash book called the Petty Cash Book.
This book of account records only those cash transactions which are not of heavy amount, but the type of
transactions are frequently entered into by an entity. The cashier in charge of the petty cash book is known
as the Petty Cashier, the cashier of the other group is called the Principal Cashier or Chief Cashier.
The amount of petty cash is provided to the petty cashier either on Ordinary System or on Imprest System.
Under the Ordinary System, a pre-decided amount of cash is given in lump sum by the chief cashier to the
petty cashier. When the entire amount of petty cash gets spent, the petty cashier submits the details of petty
expenditures to the chief cashier for review, and reimbursement.
Under theImprest System, the total amount of petty expenses for a particular period is estimated beforehand.
This amount if referred to as Imprest Cash or Imprest Float. The imprest cash is advanced by the principal
cashier to the petty cashier out of which the later meets all the petty expenses incurred during the period. At
the end of the fixed period, petty cashier prepares a State of Petty Cash reflecting the petty expenses incurred
and submits the same to the chief cashier. The chief cashier after examination of the petty transactions remit
an amount equal to the total petty expenses incurred to the petty cashier. Thus, at the beginning of the next
accounting period, the petty cashier will have the same amount of imprest cash to meet the petty expenses of
the period. Thus, the amount lying with the petty cashier will never exceed the amount of imprest cash. The
proforma of petty cash book is exactly similar to that of a single column cash book. Some organisations, also
maintain the petty cash book in multi-columnar format. In such a case, the credit side of the petty cash book
has pre-specified columns of the common expenses usually incurred by the organisation.
Illustration 2
Prepare a triple column cash book from the following transactions in the books of Mr.Ratanlal:
1.3.2022 Opening cash balance 20,000
Bank balance in S.B.I 26,000
2.3.2022 Purchase of printer in cash 12,000
5.3.2022 Sold goods for cash. 34,000
7.3.2022 Received from Hriday on account 32,000

8.3.2022 A laptop purchase for the personal use of the proprietor by cheque 22,000
10.3.2022 Amount deposited into Bank 31,000
17.3.2022 Mr. Sen settled his account against a gross claim of ` 24 500. 24000
Office rent paid by cheque 2,000
19.3.2022 Cash withdrawn from bank for personal use 3,400
Receive from Mr. Ratul against his account of ` 23000. 22,800
Goods purchased on credit from Sneha 24,000
24.3.2022 Salaries paid to employees 12,000
Cheque received from Sandeep and kept in cash box 12,800
25.3.2022 The cheque of Sandeep deposited in the bank account
Bank charges shown in the bank statement 300
Interest received from the savings account of bank 200
28.3.2022 The cheque of Sandeep was returned dishonoured by the bank
Amount paid to Sneha in full settlement of her claim 23,700
Solution:
Books of Mr. Ratanlal
Dr. Cash Book (Triple Column) Cr.
Date Particulars VN LF Cash Bank Disc. Date Particulars VN LF Cash Bank Disc.
2022 To bal b/f 20,000 26,000 Mar- By Office 12,000

Mar- 3 Equipment
1 A/c
Mar- To SalesA/c 34,000 Mar- By Drawings 22,000

5 8 A/c
Mar- To Hriday A/c 32,000 Mar- By Bank A/c C 31,000
7 10
Mar- To Cash A/c C 31,000 Mar- By Rent A/c 2,000
10 17
Mar- To Mr.Sen A/c 24,000 500 Mar- By Drawings 3,400
17 19 A/c
Mar- To Mr. Ratul 22,800 200 Mar- By Salaries 12,000
19 A/c 24 A/c
Mar- To Sandeep 12,800 Mar- By Bank A/c C 12,800
24 A/c 25
Mar- To Cash A/c C 12,800 Mar- By Bank 300
25 27 Charges A/c

Date Particulars VN LF Cash Bank Disc. Date Particulars VN LF Cash Bank Disc.
Mar- To Interest A/c 200 Mar- By Sneha A/c 23,700

27 28
Mar- By bal c/f 54,100 42,300
28
145,600 70,000 700 145,600 70,000 300
Illustration 3
Prepare an Analytical Petty Cash Book on the Imprest System of Ashutosh, Kolkata from the following
transactions:
2022 Received Cash for Petty Expenses 20,000

Jan. 1
Jan. 2 Paid Bus fare 100
Jan. 2 Paid cartage 500
Jan. 3 Paid for postage 1000
Jan. 3 Paid wages for casual labourers. 1200
Jan. 4 Paid for stationery. 800
Jan. 4 Paid auto charges 400
Jan. 5 Paid for repairs of chairs 3000
Jan. 5 Paid Bus fare. 200
Jan. 6 Paid Conveyance charges 600
Jan. 6 Paid cartage. 600
Jan. 6 Paid for Stationery 400
Jan. 6 Refreshment to customers 1000
In the Books of Ashutosh, Kolkata

Petty Cash Book
Total
Conveyance Cartage Stationery Postage Wages Sundries
Receipts Date V/N Particulars Payment
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
(`)
20,000 2022 To Cash A/c

Jan. 1
Jan. 2 By Conveyance A/c 100 100
Jan. 2 By Cartage A/c 500 500

Total
Conveyance Cartage Stationery Postage Wages Sundries
Receipts Date V/N Particulars Payment
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
(`)
Jan. 3 By Postage A/c 1,000 1,000
Jan. 3 By Wages A/c 1,200 1,200
Jan. 4 By Stationery A/c 800 800
Jan. 5 By Repairs of Furniture 3,000 3,000

A/c
Jan. 6 By Cartage A/c 600 600
Jan. 6 By Stationery A/c 400 400
Jan. 6 By General Expenses 1,000 1,000

A/c
9,800 1,300 1,100 1,200 1,000 1,200 4,000
Jan. 6 By Bal. c/d 10,200
20,000 20,000
10,200 Jan. 7 To bal B/d
98,00 Jan. 7 To Cash A/c
Bank Book
Deviating from the traditional method of keeping an additional column for bank transactions in a double and
triple column cash book, today organisations keep a separate subsidiary book similar to cash book to record all
receipts and payments made through the bank. This is known as Bank Book or Bank Journal.
Usually, big companies maintain this book where the volume of bank transactions is very high. Small businesses
may still continue to record their bank transactions along with the cash book in an additional column.
Similar to a Single Column Cash Book, a Bank Book consists of two sides, receipts side and payment side.
Receipts are debited and payments are credited in the bank book.
Maintaining a Bank Book or Bank Journal helps to ease the process of bank reconciliation. It also helps

to decrease the chances of missing entries or any mistake. Separate Bank Books can be maintained for
each bank account.
Thus, Bank Book can be distinguished from a Pass Book and a Bank Statement. These are basically the copy of
a client’s account (as it appears in the book’s personal ledger).
Bank Reconciliation Statement

At any point of time, the balances as per cash book (bank column) and pass book should be equal in amount. But,
in reality it rarely happens due to certain specific reasons. To reconcile the balances as reflected by these two related
books a statement is prepared, which is referred to as the Bank Reconciliation Statement.
This statement is not a part of the books of accounts of an organisation. These are prepared at periodical intervals
for verification of the accuracy of cash book and pass book. It is to be noted that this statement does not rectify
any error that may exist in the books. Its primary objective is to identify the causes of discrepancy between the two
books as on a particular date.
The main reason for disagreement between the balances of cash book and pass book is caused by time gap and or
communication gap between the entries made at the end of the client and bank. Some of the common transactions
which cause disagreement between the cash book (bank cloumn) and pass book are:
●● Cheque issued but not presented at the bank;
●● Cheque deposited in bank, but not yet collected;
●● Amount deposited directly in bank by other parties;
●● Incidental charges, interest on overdraft etc. debited by bank;
●● Interest on deposits credited by bank;
●● Dishonor of cheque deposited;
●● Clerical errors made in recording of transactions etc.
It is worth mentioning at this point that in this technologically advanced era many of the abovementioned causes
of disagreement has been done away with the emergence of digital transactions.
Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement

~~ Without Amended Cash Book Method: The preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement can start with
any of the available balances viz. balance of cash book (bank column) or balance of pass book. To this
logical adjustments must be made of the transactions that has caused the disagreement – either by making
addition or subtraction of the relevant items. Once all the items of disagreement gets adjusted, the balances
as per the two books should get tallied.
~~ Amended Cash Book Method: Alternatively, the cash book (amended) can be prepared for ascertaining the
correct balance of the cash book (bank column) and thereafter the Bank Reconciliation Statement is to be
drafted to reconcile this correct balance of cash book with the balance as per pass book. The amended cash
book is drafted with the items that have been correctly recorded in the pass book but is yet to be recorded
in the cash book. Moreover, any error committed and appearing in the cash book should also be considered
while drafting the amended cash book.

Illustration 4
On comparing the Cash Book of Saksham with the Bank Pass Book for the year ended 31st March, 2022,
following discrepancies were noticed:
(a) Out of ` 82,000 paid in by cheques into the bank on 25th March, cheques amounting to ` 30,000 were
collected on 5th April.
(b) Out of cheques drawn amounting to ` 31,200 on 28th March a cheque for ` 10,000 was presented on 3rd
April.
(c) A cheque for ` 4,000 entered in Cash Book but omitted to be banked on 31st March.
(d) A cheque for ` 2,400 deposited into bank but omitted to be recorded in Cash Book and was collected by
the bank on 29th March.
(e) A bill receivable for ` 2,080 previously discounted (discount ` 80) with the bank had been dishonoured but
advice was received on 3rd April.
(f) A bill for ` 40,000 was retired/paid by the bank under a rebate of ` 600 but the full amount of the bill was
credited in the bank column of the Cash Book.
(g) A cheque of ` 10,000 wrongly credited in the Pass Book on 29th March was reversed on 2nd April.
(h) Bank had wrongly debited ` 20,000 in the account on 31st March and reversed it on 10th April, 2022.
(i) A cheque of ` 800 drawn on the Savings Account has been shown as drawn on Current Account in Cash
Book.
Prepare a Bank Reconciliation Statement as on 31st March, 2022, if the Balance as per Cash Book on 31st March
was ` 1,58,280.
Solution:
as on 31st March 2022
Particulars (`) (`)
Balance as per Cash Book (Dr.) 1,58,280
Add: (b) Cheques issued on 28th March but not yet presented for payment 10,000
(d) A cheque deposited into bank but not recorded in Cash Book 2,400
(f) Rebate on bill not entered in Cash Book (Note) 600
(g) Cheque wrongly credited by bank 10,000
(i) Cheque drawn on Savings Bank A/c but wrongly recorded in Current A/c 800 23,800
1,82,080
Less: (a) Cheques deposited on 25th March but not yet collected till 31st March 30,000
(c) A cheque entered in Cash Book but not yet banked 4,000
(e) Discounted Bills Receivable dishonoured but not recorded in Cash Book 2,080 56,080
(h) Amount Wrongly debited by the Bank 20,000
Balance as per Bank Pass Book (Cr.) 1,26,000

Illustration 5
On 31st January, 2022, Sethi’s cash book showed a bank overdraft of ` 2,50,000. On comparing with the pass
book, the following differences were noted.
(a) Cash and cheques amounting to ` 26,800 were sent to the bank on 27th January, but cheques worth 4600
were credited on 2nd February and one cheque for 900 was returned by them as dishonoured on 4th February.
(b) During the month of January, Sethi issued cheques worth ` 33,400 to his creditors. Out of these, cheques
worth 27,400 were presented for payment on 5th February.
(c) According to Sethi’s standing orders, the bankers have made the following payments during the month of
January:
i. Life insurance premium ` 3,840
ii. Television license fee ` 2,400
(d) Sethi’s bankers have collected ` 3,000 as dividend on his shares.
(e) Interest charged by the bank ` 2,500
(f) A bill receivable of ` 2,000 discounted with the bank in December, 2021, was dishonoured on 31st January,
2022.
You are required to:
(i) Ascertain the amended cash book balance as on 31st January, 2022
(ii) Prepare a Bank Reconciliation Statement from the amended cash book as on 31st January 2022
Solution:
In the Books of Sethi

Dr. Cash Book (Bank column only) Cr.
Date Particulars (`) Date Particulars (`)
2022 To, Dividend on shares 3,000 2022 By, Balance b/f 2,50,000
Jan- Jan-
31 31
To Bal c/d 2,59,740 By, Drawings (` 3840 + ` 2400) 6,240
By, Interest 2500
By, Debtors- discounted bill 2000
dishonoured
2,60,740 2,60,740
2022 By, Bal b/d 2,59,740
Feb:1


as on 31.01.2022
Particulars (`) (`)
Bank balance as per Cash Book (overdrawn) 2,59,740

Add: Cheques deposited but not credited in the Pass Book (4600+ 900) 5,500
2,65,240
Less: Cheques issued but not presented for payment 27,400
Bank balance as per Pass Book (overdrawn) 2,37,840

Trial Balance
1.7
(Preparation and Scrutiny)
T
he process of accounting involves recording transactions in the journal and thereafter posting them in the
respective accounts in the ledger. At the end of an accounting period, these ledger accounts are balanced
and now they are ready to be used for drafting of the financial statements. However, before starting the
process of finalization of accounts, for ensuring the accuracy of the accounting a document is prepared
using the balances of the ledger accounts after they have been closed. This document is called the Trail Balance.
Concept
The Trial Balance is a statement drawn up using the ledger balances to test of the arithmetical accuracy of the
ledger account. The primary purpose of drafting a Trial Balance is to ensure that there are no arithmetical errors.
However, it is to be noted that after the use of computers in accounting, the requirement of drafting trial balance
has substantially reduced. It is a columnar statement having five columns – Serial number, Name of ledger account,
Ledger Folio (L.F.), Debit amount, and Credit amount. In case the accounting happen to be correct and complete,
the two amount columns of the Trial Balance should tally i.e. be of equal amount. The proforma of a Trail Balance
is as under:
Trial Balance of …….. as on ……..
Sl. No. Ledger Accounts L.F. Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
Features
●● A trial balance is just a statement, and not an account.
●● It forms no part of the double entry system.
●● It does not appear in the actual books of accounts. It is usually prepared as a separate document.
●● It is prepared as on a particular date, and not for a period.
●● A trial balance may be prepared at any time, say, on monthly, quarterly, half-yearly or on annual basis.
However, it is to be noted that the Trial Balance must be drafted at the end of every accounting year before
the preparation of financial statements.
●● If the books are arithmetically accurate, the total of the debit balances must agree with the total of the credit
balances.
●● The agreement of a trial balance is only a prima facie evidence of the arithmetical accuracy of the books of
accounts but not a conclusive proof of absolute accuracy.

Advantages of a Trial Balance

~~ The agreement of the trial balance provides a useful check upon the ledger postings. It proves that both
the aspects of each transaction have been posted into the ledger – debit aspects on the debit side and
corresponding credit aspects on the credit side.
~~ It proves that the accounts are arithmetically correct, i.e., correct amount has been written against each
posting in the ledger.
~~ It facilitates the preparation of financial statements by presenting the ledger balances in a summarised form.
~~ It acts as a connecting link between ledger accounts and the financial statements of an entity.
Limitations of a Trial Balance

Some of the limitations of trial balance are:
●● Trial balance can be drafted only when books are maintained under double entry system of book keeping. As
such, smaller concerns who do not follow double entry system cannot draft the trial balance.
●● The agreement of a trial balance is not a conclusive proof of absolute accuracy of the books of accounts. It
is only a prima facie proof. Certain errors do not get disclosed by the trial balance.
Errors Not Identified by Trial Balance

The errors and omissions not revealed by the trial balance are:
~~ Error of Omission or Duplication: An entry has been completely omitted to be recorded in the book of
original entry.
~~ Error of Commission: When a wrong amount has been entered in the correct accounts, or a account is
involved while recording the transactions.
~~ Errors of Principle: recording not in accordance with accounting principles, e.g., the purchase of office
furniture debited to purchases account, instead of furniture and fittings account.
~~ Errors of Original Entry – if the amount of a transaction is entered incorrectly in a subsidiary book.
~~ Compensating Errors – two or more mistakes in the books which result in cancelling each other out.
Preparation of Trial Balance

There are two recognised methods of preparing Trial Balance. They are (1) Total Method, and (2) Balance
Method.
(1) Total Method: In this method, for each ledger account the total of debit side and total of credit side are
collected and placed on the debit and credit columns of the Trial Balance. Trial Balance can be drafted under
this method even though the ledger accounts have not been balanced.
(2) Balance Method: Under this method, Trial Balance is prepared only after each ledger account has been
balanced. So, for each ledger account only one amount is posted in the Trial Balance.
Illustration 6
From the following ledger account balances, prepare a Trial Balance of Mr. Sen for the year ended 31st March,
2022.
Capital ` 80,000 ; Sales ` 10,00,000; Adjusted Purchase ` 8,00,000; Current A/c(Cr) ` 10,000; Petty Cash ` 10,000;
Sales Ledger Balance ` 1,20,000; Purchase Ledger Balance ` 60,000; Salaries ` 24,000; Carriage Inwards ` 4,000;
Carriage Outward ` 6,000; Discount Allowed ` 10,000; Building ` 80,000; Outstanding Expenses ` 10,000; Prepaid

Insurance ` 2,000 ; Depreciation ` 4,000 ; Cash at Bank ` 80,000 ; Loan A/c (Cr) ` 66,000; Profit & Loss A/c(Cr)
` 20,000; Bad Debts Recovered ` 2,000 ; Stock at 31.03.2022 ` 1,20,000; Interest Received ` 10,000; Accrued
Interest 4,000; Investment 20,000; Provision for Bad Debts (01.04.2021) ` 6,000 ; General Reserve ` 20,000.
Solution:
Trial Balance of Mr. Sen
Dr. as on 31st March, 2022 Cr.
Heads of Accounts (`) Heads of Accounts (`)
Adjusted Purchase 8,00,000 Capital 80,000

Petty Cash 10,000 Sales 10,00,000
Sales Ledger Balance 1,20,000 Current A/c 10,000
Salaries 24,000 Purchase Ledger Balance 60,000
Carriage Inward 4,000 Outstanding Expenses 10,000
Discount Allowed 10,000 Loan A/c 66,000
Building 80,000 Profit & Loss A/c (Cr.) 20,000
Prepaid Insurance 2,000 Bad Debts Recovered 2,000
Depreciation 4,000 Interest Received 10,000
Cash at Bank 80,000 Provision for Bad debts 6,000
Stock (31.03.2022) 1,20,000 General Reserve 20,000
Accrued Interest 4,000
Investment 20,000
Carriage outward 6,000
12,84,000 12,84,000
Note: Closing Stock will appear in Trial Balance since there is adjusted purchase.
Adjusted purchase = Opening Stock + Purchase - Closing Stock.
It may be noted that if only adjusted purchase is considered then the matching concept is affected. Hence, to
satisfy the matching concept, closing stock is also considered in Trial Balance.
Illustration 7
The given trial balance of MM Bakery for the quarter January to March, 2022 has been prepared by an intern.
Ledger Accounts Dr. (`) Cr. (`)

Cost of Goods Sold 7,50,000
Closing Stock 1,20,000
Sundry Debtors 1,80,000

Ledger Accounts Dr. (`) Cr. (`)

Sundry Creditors 90,000
Fixed assets 1,50,000
Opening Stock 1,80,000
Expenses 60,000
Sales 9,00,000
Capital 2,70,000
13,50,000 13,50,000
You are the senior accountant of the concern and has been given responsibility to check the same and redraft it
if required.
Solution:
The Trial Balance drafted by the intern has tallied, but it has some errors. The correct Trial Balance is redrafted
and presented hereunder:
Redrafted Trial Balance of MM bakery as on 31.03.2022
Sl. No. Ledger Accounts Dr. (`) Cr. (`) Remarks

1 Cost of Goods Sold. 7,50,000 Expense
2 Closing Stock 1,20,000 Asset
3 Sundry Debtors. 1,80,000 Asset
4 Sundry Creditors 90,000 Liability
5 Fixed assets 1,50,000 Asset
6 Wages, Salaries & other expenses 60,000 Expenses
7 Sales 9,00,000 Income
8 Capital 2,70,000 Equity
12,60,000 12,60,000

Adjustments and
1.8
Rectifications
1.8.1 Depreciation and Amortisation
Fixed Assets are purchased in the business for long-term use. During the course of their use, every year a
part of fixed assets expires (i.e., is consumed or utilised or lost) due to physical wear and tear, passage of time,
obsolescence etc. The gradual decline in the value of a tangible asset is termed as Depreciation. Thus, it can
be stated that depreciation is a part of cost of tangible fixed asset which has expired because of its usage, lapse
of time etc.
The purpose of providing for depreciation is to write off cost of fixed assets over their estimated useful life.
It is important to note that depreciation is charged on all fixed assets except freehold land. The reason is that
unlike other fixed assets like machinery and furniture, useful life of land (because it has infinite life) is not limited
to few years.
Characteristics of Depreciation
~~ Depreciation is a reduction in the book value of fixed assets (except freehold land).
~~ Such reduction in the book value of a fixed asset is permanent, gradual and of continuing nature.
~~ Depreciation is a continuous process i.e. provided every year because the book value is reduced either due
to use or with the passage of time.
~~ It occurs gradually unless there is a quick physical deterioration or obsolescence due to technological
developments.
Depreciation, Amortisation and Depletion

Depreciation: The term ‘Depreciation’ is a measure of wearing out, consumption or other loss of value of a
depreciable asset, arising from use, efflux of time or obsolescence through technology and market changes. It is
an allocation of cost of fixed asset as expense over its estimated useful life. Depreciation expense is charged on all
tangible fixed assets whose useful life is limited. For example, cost of the machine is written off over its estimated
useful life. On the other hand, useful life of freehold land is normally infinite. As a result, it is not depreciated.
Amortisation: Amortisation is a gradual and systematic writing-off of intangible asset over its estimated
useful life. For example, patents, purchased goodwill, copyrights are amortised over their useful life being
intangible assets.
Depletion: Depletion is the value of wasting asset extracted from quarry, mine, etc. Extraction reduces the
available quantity of material. For example, extraction of coal from a coal mine is depletion of coal stock.

Methods of Recording (Accounting) Depreciation

There are two alternative methods of recording depreciation.
1. When depreciation is charged to the Asset Account; and They are:

2. When Provision for Depreciation/Accumulated Depreciation Account is opened.
1. When Depreciation is charged against asset
Under this method, the amount of depreciation is credited to the concernedAssetAccount. DepreciationAccount,
being a nominal account, is transferred to the Profit and Loss Account at the end of every accounting period.
In the Balance Sheet, asset is shown at its written down value (i.e., cost less depreciation provided till date).
Journal entries for charging depreciation and transferring it to Profit and Loss Account are:
●● Depreciation A/c Dr
To, Asset A/c.
(Being the depreciation on asset charged)
Profit and Loss A/c

●● Dr.
To Depreciation A/c
(Being the depreciation transferred to Profit and Loss A/c)
2. When Provision for Depreciation/Accumulated Depreciation Account is maintained
Under this method, depreciation is not credited to the Asset Account but is credited to Provision for
Depreciation Account or Accumulated Depreciation Account.
●● s a result, Asset Account continues to be shown at its cost. The balance of Provision for Depreciation/
A
Accumulated Depreciation Account shows total depreciation till date (year after year). In the Balance
Sheet, asset is shown at Cost less Provision for Depreciation.
Journal entries for charging depreciation and closing the Depreciation Account are as follows:
●● Depreciation A/c Dr.
To, Provision for Depreciation A/c
(Being the depreciation on asset charged)
●● Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To, Depreciation A/c
(Being the depreciation transferred to Profit and Loss Account)
Methods of calculating depreciation

There are a number of methods that have been developed from calculating the amount of depreciation. Some of
the most commonly used methods are:
1. Fixed Installment Method or Straight Line Method
2. Reducing Balance Method/ Diminishing Balance Method
3. Sum of Years’ Digit Method
4. Sinking Fund Method
5. Annuity Method
6. Insurance Policy Method

Straight Line Method

Under this method, a fixed portion of the cost of a fixed asset is allocated and charged as periodic depreciation.
Such depreciation becomes an equal amount in each period. The formula for calculation of depreciation is as under:
Depreciation = (V-S)/n
where,
V = Cost of the asset
S = Residual value or the expected scrap value of the asset
n = Estimated life of the asset
Reducing Balance Method/ Diminishing Balance Method/ Written Down Value Method
Under this method, depreciation is calculated at a fixed percentage on the original cost in the first year, and
in subsequent years it is calculated at the same percentage on the written down values i.e. book value over the
expected working life of the asset. In this case, the rate of allocation is constant (usually a fixed percentage) but the
amount allocated for every year gradually decreases.
Under this method, Depreciation p.a. is calculated as under:
For newly acquired Fixed Asset = Original Cost × Rate of Depreciation
For existing Fixed Asset = Opening WDV × Rate of Depreciation
Provision for Depreciation Account

Provision of depreciation is the collected value of all depreciation. Provision of depreciation account is the
account of provision of depreciation. With making of this account we are not crediting depreciation in asset account,
but transfer every year depreciation to provision of depreciation account. Every year we adopt this procedure and
when assets are sold we will transfer sold asset’s ‘total depreciation’ to credit side of asset account, for calculating
correct profit or loss on fixed asset. This provision uses with any method of calculating depreciation.
There are the following features of provision for depreciation account:
●● Fixed asset is made on its original cost and every year depreciation is not transfer to fixed asset account.
●● Provision of depreciation account is Conglomerated value of all old depreciation.
●● This system can be used both in straight line and diminishing method of providing depreciation. The journal
entries will be :
(i) For purchase of asset
Asset A/c Dr.
To, Cash/Bank A/c
(ii) For providing depreciation at end of year
Depreciation A/c Dr.
To, Provision for depreciation A/c
(iii) For sale of assets
Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
To, Asset Sales A/c
(iv) Cost of assets sold transferred from Assets Account to Sale of Assets Account.
Assets Sales A/c Dr.
To, Asset’s A/c.

(v) Total depreciation on asset sold transferred from provision for depreciation account.
Provision for depreciation A/c Dr.
To, Asset Sales A/c
(vi) Profit or loss on sale of assets will be transferred from asset sale account to Profit or Loss Account.
Disposal of an Asset
When an asset is sold because of obsolescence or inadequacy or any other reason, the cost of the asset is
transferred to a temporary account called “Asset Disposal Account”. The following entries are to be made:
(i) When the cost of the asset is transferred:
Asset Disposal A/c Dr.
To, Asset A/c (original cost)
(ii) When depreciation provided on the asset is transferred:
Provision for Depreciation A/c Dr.
To, Asset Disposal A/c
(iii) For charging depreciation for the year of sale:
Depreciation A/c Dr.
To Asset Disposal A/c
(iv) When cash received on sale of asset:
Bank/Cash A/c Dr.
(v) When loss on disposal is transferred to Profit & Loss A/c:
Profit & Loss A/c Dr.
(vi) When profit on disposal is transferred to Profit & Loss A/c:
To, Profit & Loss A/c
Illustration 8
Machine Cost of Expenses incurred at the time of Estimated Residual Expected Useful
No. Machine (`) purchase to be capitalized (`) Value (`) Life in years
1 90,000 10,000 20,000 8
2 24,000 7,000 3,100 6
3 1,05,000 20,000 12,500 3
4 2,50,000 30,000 56,000 5
Compute the amount of depreciations to be charged and the rate of depreciations under SLM method.

Solution:
Expenses incurred Total Expected Rate of
Cost of Estimated
Machine at the time of Cost of Useful Depreciation Depreciation
Machine Residual
No purchase to be Asset = Life in = (d-e)/f (`) under SLM =
(`) Value (`)
capitalize (`) (b+c) (`) years (g/d)×100
a b c d e f g h
1 90,000 10,000 1,00,000 20,000 8 10,000 10%
2 24,000 7,000 31,000 3,100 6 4,650 15%
3 1,05,000 20,000 1,25,000 12,500 5 22,500 18%
4 2,50,000 30,000 2,80,000 56,000 10 22,400 8%
Illustration 9
A machine is purchased for ` 7,00,000. Expenses incurred on its cartage and installation ` 3,00,000. Calculate
the amount of depreciation @ 20% p.a. according to Straight Line Method for the first year ending on 31st March,
2022 if this machine is purchased on:
(a) 1st April, 2021
(b) 1st July, 2021
(c) 1st October, 2021
(d) 1st January, 2022
Solution:
Here, Total Cost of Asset = Purchased Price + Cost of Cartage and Installation
= ` 7,00,000 + ` 3,00,000 = ` 10,00,000
Amount of Depreciation:
Period from the date of purchase to date of closing accounts
= Total Cost of Asset × Rate of Depreciation ×
12
(a) The machine was purchased on 1st April, 2021:

12
Amount of Depreciation = ` 10,00,000 × 20% × = ` 2,00,000
12
(b) 1st July, 2021
9
12
(c) 1st October, 2021
6
12
(d) 1st January, 2022
3
Amount of Depreciation = ` 10,00,000 × 20% × = ` 50,000
12

Reducing / Diminishing Balance Method or Written Down Value Method

Features:
(i) Depreciation is calculated at a fixed percentage on the original cost in the first year. But in subsequent years
it is calculated at the same percentage on the written down values gradually reducing during the expected
working life of the asset.
(ii) The rate of allocation is constant (usually a fixed percentage) but the amount allocated for every year
gradually decreases.
Illustration 10
On 1.1.2019 a machine was purchased for ` 1,00,000 and ` 50,000 was paid for installation. Assuming that the
rate of depreciation was 10% on Reducing Balance Method, calculate amount of depreciation upto 31.12.2021.
Solution:
Year Opening Book Value (`) Rate Depreciation (`) Closing Book Value (`)
2011 1,50,000 10% 15,000 1,35,000
2012 1,35,000 10% 13,500 1,21,500
2013 1,21,500 10% 12,150 1,09,350
Note: Cost of the machine (i.e. Opening Book Value for the year 2019)
= Cost of Purchase + Cost of Installation
= ` 1,00,000 + ` 50,000 = ` 1,50,000
Sum of the Units Method:
Depreciation for the period —
Production during the year / Estimated Total Production
Illustration 11
A machine is purchased for `60,00,000, estimated life of which is 10 years residual value is ` 4,00,000. Expected
production of the machine is 2,00,000 during its useful life.
Production pattern is as follows:
Year Units
1-2 20,000 per year
3-6 15,000 per year
7-10 25,000 per year
Compute the amount of depreciation for each year applying Sum of the Units Method.
Solution:
Year Computation Depreciation (`)
1-2 20, 000
60, 00, 000 4, 00, 000 5,60,000
2, 00, 000

Year Computation Depreciation (`)

3-6 15, 000 4,20,000
60, 00, 000 4, 00, 000
2, 00, 000
7-10 25, 000 7,00,000
60, 00, 000 4, 00, 000
2, 00, 000
Illustration 12
On 1.1.2019 machinery was purchased for ` 80,000. On 01.07.2020 additions were made to the amount of `
40,000. On 31.3.2021, machinery purchased on 1.7.2020, costing ` 12,000 was sold for ` 11,000 and on 30.06.2021
machinery purchased on 01.01.2022 costing ` 32,000 was sold for ` 26,700. On 1.10.2021, additions were made to
the amount of ` 20,000. Depreciation was provided at 10% p.a. on the Diminishing Balance Method.
Show the Machinery Accounts for three years from 2019-2021. (year ended 31st December)
Solution:
Statement of Depreciation.
Machines – I Machines – II Machines – III Total
Date Particulars Cost = ` 80,000 Cost = ` 40,000 Cost = ` 20,000 Depreciation
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)

01.01.2019 Book Value 48,000 32,000
31.12.2019 Depreciation 4,800 3,200 8,000
01.01.2020 W.D.V. 43,200 28,800
01.07.2020 Purchase 28,000 12,000
31.12.2020 Depreciation 4,320 2,880 1,400 600 9,200
01.01.2021 W.D.V. 38,880 25,920 26,600 11,400
31.03.2021 Depreciation 285 285
W.D.V. 11,115
Sold For 11,000
Loss on sale 115
30.06.2021 Depreciation 1,296 1,296
W.D.V. 24,624
Sold For 26,700
Profit on Sale 2,076
01.10.2021 Purchase 20,000
31.12.2021 Depreciation 3,888 2,660 500 7,048
01.01.2022 W.D.V. 34,992 23,940 19,500

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

01.01.11 To, Bank A/c 80,000 31.12.11 By, Depreciation A/c 8,000
,, Balance c/d 72,000
80,000 80,000
01.01.12 To, Balance b/d 72,000 31.12.12 By, Depreciation A/c 9,200
01.07.12 “ Bank A/c 40,000 ,, Balance c/d 1,02,800
1,12,000 1,12,000
01.01.13 To, Balance b/d 1,02,800 31.3.13 By, Bank (Sale) A/c 11,000
30.06.13 “ P & L A/c (Profit on Sale) 2,076 ,, Depreciation A/c 285
“ Bank A/c 20,000 30.6.13 ,, P & L A/c (Loss on Sale) 115
,, Bank A/c (Sale) 26,700
31.12.13 ,, Depreciation A/c 1,296
,, Depreciation A/c 7,048
1,24,876 1,24,876
Illustration 13
S & Co. purchased a machine for ` 1,00,000 on 1.1.2019. Another machine costing ` 1,50,000 was purchased
on 1.7.2020. On 31.12.2021, the machine purchased on 1.1.2019 was sold for ` 50,000. The company provides
depreciation at 15% on Straight Line Method. The company closes its accounts on 31st December every year.
Prepare – (i) Machinery A/c, (ii) Machinery Disposal A/c and (iii) Provision for Depreciation A/c.
Solution:
S & Co.
01.01.19 To, Bank A/c 1,00,000 31.12.19 By, Balance c/d 1,00,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
01.01.20 To, Balance b/d 1,00,000

01.07.20 To, Bank A/c 1,50,000 31.12.20 By, Balance c/d 2,50,000
2,50,000 2,50,000
01.01.21 To, Balance b/d 2,50,000 31.12.21 By, Machinery Disposal A/c 1,00,000
31.12.21 By, Balance c/d 1,50,000


2,50,000 2,50,000
01.01.22 To, Balance b/d 1,50,000
Dr. Provision for Depreciation Account Cr.

31.12.19 To, Balance c/d 15,000 31.12.19 By, Depreciation A/c 15,000
15,000 15,000
31.12.20 To, Balance c/d 41,250 01.01.20 By, Balance b/d 15,000
31.12.20 By, Depreciation A/c 26,250
(` 15,000 + ` 11,250)
41,250 41,250
31.12.21 To, Machinery Disposal A/c 30,000 01.01.21 By, Balance b/d 41,250
31.12.21 To, Balance c/d 33,750 31.12.21 By, Depreciation A/c 22,500
63,750 63,750
01.01.22 By, Balance b/d 33,750
Dr. Machinery Disposal Account Cr.
31.12.21 To, Machinery A/c 1,00,000 31.12.21 By, Provision for Depreciation A/c 30,000
By, Depreciation A/c 15,000
By, Bank A/c 50,000
By, Profit & Loss A/c(Loss on Sale) 5,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
Working Notes:
1. Depreciation for the machine purchased on 1.7.2020
For the year 2020 (used for 6 months) = ` 1,50,000 × 15% × 6/12 = ` 11,250
For the year 2021 (used for full year) = ` 1,50,000 × 15% = ` 22,500
2. Depreciation for the machine purchased on 1.1.2019
Depreciation = ` 1,00,000 × 15% = ` 15,000
So, Depreciation for 2 years = ` 15,000 × 2 = ` 30,000

Profit or Loss on Sale of Assets – Method of Depreciation Calculation

Sometimes an asset is sold before the completion of its useful life for some unavoidable circumstances (due to
obsolescence etc.) including a part of the asset which is no longer required in future. If the sale price is less than the
WDV, there will be loss, and vice versa. The profit & loss on sale of asset is adjusted in the year of Sale in Profit
& Loss Account.
Accounting Treatment
a. Where no provision for depreciation account is maintained:
WDV of the amount sold will be transferred to ‘Assets Disposal Account’. The entries will be as follows:
(i) WDV of asset has been transferred to Asset Disposal A/c
To, Asset A/c
(ii) In case of Sale of an Asset
Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
(iii) For depreciation (if any)
Depreciation (P & L A/c) Dr.
(iv) In case of Profit on Sale of Asset
(v) In case of Loss on Sale of Asset
To Asset Disposal A/c
b. Alternative Approach
In this situations, all adjustments are to be prepared through the assets account. The entries are as follows:
(i) In case of Assets sold
Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
To, Assets A/c
(ii) In case of Depreciation
Depreciation (Profit & Loss ) A/c Dr.
To Assets A/c
(iii) In case of Profit on Sale
Assets A/c Dr.
To, Profit & Loss
(iv) In case of Loss on Sale
To, Assets A/c

Illustration 14
On 1st April, 2019, Som Ltd. purchased a machine for `66,000 and spent `5,000 on shipping and forwarding
charges, `7,000 as import duty, `1,000 for carriage and installation, `500 as brokerage and `500 for an iron pad. It
was estimated that the machine will have a scrap value of ` 5,000 at the end of its useful life which is 15 years. On
1st January, 2020 repairs and renewals of ` 3,000 were carried out. On 1st October, 2021 this machine was sold for
` 50,000. Prepare Machinery Account for the 3 years.
Solution:
In the books of Som Ltd.
01.04.19 To, Bank A/c 66,000 31.03.20 By, Depreciation A/c 5,000
To, Bank A/c 14,000 By, Balance c/d 75,000
80,000 80,000
By, Balance c/d 70,000
75,000 75,000
By, Bank A/c (sale) 50,000
By, Profit & Loss A/c (Loss) 17,500
70,000 70,000
Working Note:
1. Total Cost = ` 66,000 + ` 5,000 + ` 7,000 + ` 1,000 + ` 500 + ` 500 = ` 80,000
Total Cost – Scrap Value 80,000 – 5,000
Depreciation = = = ` 5,000
Expected life 15
The amount spent on repairs and renewals on 1st January, 2020 is of revenue nature and hence, does not form
part of the cost of asset.
Change of Method
As per AS-6, the depreciation method selected should be applied consistently from period to period. Change in
depreciation method should be made only in the following situations:
(i) For compliance of statute.
(ii) For compliance of accounting standards.
(iii) For more appropriate presentation of the financial statement.
Procedure to be followed in this case:

(i) Depreciation should be recalculated applying the new method from the date of its acquisition/ installation till
the date of change of method.

(ii) Difference between the total depreciation under the new method and the accumulated depreciation under
previous method till the date of change may be surplus/ deficiency.
(iii) The said surplus is credited to Profit & Loss Account under the head “depreciation written Back”.
(iv) Deficiency is charged to Profit & Loss Account.
(v) The journal entries will be :
(a) If old value is less
Profit and Loss A/c. Dr.
To, Assets A/c.
(b) If old value is more
Asset A/c. Dr.
To, Profit and Loss A/c.
(vi) The above change of depreciation method should be treated as change in accounting policy and its post effect
should be disclosed and quantified.
Illustration 15
Ram Ltd. which depreciates its machinery at 10% p.a. on Diminishing Balance Method, had on 1st January,
2022 ` 9,72,000 on the debit side of Machinery Account.
During the year 2013 machinery purchased on 1st January, 2020 for ` 80,000 was sold for ` 45,000 on 1st July,
2022 and a new machinery at a cost of ` 1,50,000 was purchased and installed on the same date, installation
charges being ` 8,000.
The company wanted to change the method of depreciation from Diminishing Balance Method to Straight Line
Method with effect from 1st January, 2019. Difference of depreciation up to 31st December, 2022 to be adjusted.
The rate of depreciation remains the same as before. Prepare the Machinery Account.
Solution:
In the books of Ram Ltd.
01.01.22 To, Balance b/d 9,72,000 01.07.22 By, Depreciation A/c [W.N.3] 3,240
(9,07,200+64,800) By, Bank A/c - Sale 45,000
By, Loss on sale of Machine A/c
01.07.22 To, Bank A/c 1,58,000 [W.N.4] 16,560
(1,50,000 + 8,000)
31.12.22 By, Depreciation A/c:
- For the year 2012 1,12,000
- For ½ year [1,58,000×10%×½] 7,900
By, Profit & Loss A/c :
Adjustment 11,200


By, Balance c/d :
- M1 (9,07,200 – 1,12,000 – 11,200) 7,84,000
- M2 Nil
- M3 (1,58,000 – 7,900) 1,50,100
11,30,000 11,30,000
Working Notes:
(1) At 10% depreciation on Diminishing Balance Method :
Particulars (`)
If balance of machinery in the beginning of the year is 10
Depreciation for the year is 1
Balance of Machinery at the end of the year 2
By using the formula, balance of asset on 1st January 2019 will be calculated as follows:
Particulars (`)
Balance as on 1st January, 2022 9,72,000
Balance as on 1st January, 2021 is 9,72,000 × 10/9 = 10,80,000
Balance as on 1st January, 2020 is 10,80,000 × 10/9 = 12,00,000
This balance, ` 12,00,000 is composed of 2 machines, one of ` 11,20,000 and another of ` 80,000.
Particulars (`)
Depreciation at 10% p.a. on Straight Line Method on ` 11,20,000 1,12,000
Total Depreciation for 2020 and 2021 (` 1,12,000 × 2) 2,24,000
Total Depreciation charged for 2020 and 2021 on Diminishing Balance Method 2,12,800
(1,12,000 + 1,00,800)
Balance to be charged in 2022 to change from Diminishing Balance Method to Straight 11,200
Line Method
(2) Machine purchased on 1st January, 2020 for ` 80,000 shows the balance of ` 64,800 on 1st January
2013 as follows :
Particulars (`)
Purchase price 80,000

Particulars (`)
Less : Depreciation for 2020 8,000
72,000
Less : Depreciation for 2021 7,200
Balance as on Jan. 1, 2022 64,800
(3) On second machine (original purchase price ` 80,000), depreciation at 10% p.a. on ` 64,800 for 6 months,
viz., ` 3,240 has been charged to the machine on July 1, 2022 i.e., on date of sale.
(4) Loss on sale of (ii) machine has been computed as under:
Particulars (`)
Balance of the machine as on 1.1.2022 64,800
Less : Depreciation for 6 months up to date of sale 3,240
Balance on date of sale 61,560
Less : Sale proceeds 45,000
Loss on sale 16,560
Illustration 16
M/s. Hot and Cold commenced business on 01.07.2017. When they purchased a new machinery at a cost of
` 8,00,000. On 01.01.2019 they purchased another machinery for ` 6,00,000 and again on 01.10.2021 machinery
costing ` 15,00,000 was purchased. They adopted a method of charging depreciation @ 20% p.a. on diminishing
balance basis.
On 01.07.2021, they changed the method of providing depreciation and adopted the method of writing off
the Machinery Account at 15% p.a. under straight line method with retrospective effect from 01.07.2017, the
adjustment being made in the accounts for the year ended 30.06.2020.
The depreciation has been charged on time basis. You are required to calculate the difference in depreciation
to be adjusted in the Machinery on 01.07.2021, and show the Machinery Account for the year ended 30.06.2022.
Solution:
In the books of M/s Hot and Cold
01.07.21 To, Balance b/d 6,73,280 30.06.22 By Depreciation A/c 3,78,750
To, Profit and Loss A/c 21,720 By Balance c/d 18,16,250
(Depreciation Overcharged)
01.10.21 To, Bank A/c (Purchase) 15,00,000
21,95,000 21,95,000

Working Notes:
1. Statement of Depreciation:
Machine – I Machine – II Total Depreciation
Date Particulars
(`) (`) (`)
01.07.2017 Book Value 8,00,000
30.06.2018 Depreciation @ 20% 1,60,000 1,60,000
01.07.2018 W.D.V. 6,40,000
01.01.2019 Bank (Purchase) 6,00,000
30.06.2019 Depreciation @ 20% 1,28,000 60,000 1,88,000
01.07.2019 W.D.V. 5,12,000 5,40,000
30.06.2020 Depreciation @ 20% 1,02,400 1,08,000 2,10,400
01.07.2020 W.D.V. 4,09,600 4,32,000
30.06.2021 Depreciation @ 20% 81,920 86,400 1,68,320
01.07.2021 W.D.V. 3,27,680 3,45,600
6,73,280 7,26,720
2. Depreciation Overcharged:
Now depreciation under Straight Line Method
On ` 8,00,000 @ 15% = ` 1,20,000 × 4 years (from 01.07.2017 to 30.06.2021) ` 4,80,000
On ` 6,00,000 @ 15% = ` 90,000 × 2.5 years (from 01.01.2019 to 30.06.2021) ` 2,25,000
` 7,05,000
Depreciation overcharged = Reducing Balance Basis – Straight Line Basis

= ` (7,26,720 – 7,05,000) = ` 21,720
3. Depreciation for the year:
On ` 14,00,000 @ 15% for the year ` 2,10,000
On ` 15,00,000 @ 15% for the 9 months ` 1,68,750
` 3,78,750
1.8.2 Adjustment Entries and Rectifications of Errors

Adjustment Entries
~~ The financial statements are prepared at the end of an accounting period by considering the ledger balances
appearing in the books of accounts. But, in many cases, the balances reflected by the ledger accounts are not
true. Certain adjustments are required to reflect the true picture of the actual happenings in the organisation.
These journal entries are referred to as adjustment entries as they adjust the ledger account balances to reflect
the reality. These entries update accounting records at the end of a period for any transactions that have not
yet been properly reflected.

~~ The passing of adjusting entry(s) is a fundamental book keeping and accounting process. The primary
purpose for the adjusting process is to reflect true essence of the transactions and the proper situation of the
organisation as on the date of passing of such entries. It happens to be a necessary part of the accounting
cycle and has to be built into the accounting system.
~~ The adjustment entries are passed at the end of an accounting period, and these entries usually have
reflections in the income statement as-well-as the balance sheet. These entries are not passed on the basis of
source documents like invoice, bill etc.
~~ Once the adjusting entries are complete, the adjusted trial balance can be drafted, which can ultimately be
used to prepare the financial statements, the balance sheet, the income statement, and the statement of equity.
Features of Adjustment Entries

The features of adjustment entries are:
●● These are a special type of journal entries.
●● These entries are recorded on the General Journal/ Journal Proper.
●● They are passed to reflect the reality.
●● These entries are passed to comply with the accounting principles.
●● Adjustment entries are passed at the end of an accounting period.
Classification of Adjustment Entries

Adjustment entries are classified into three main types:
●● re-payments and Pre-receipts: The transactions under pre-payments category involve – Prepaid expenses
P
and Unearned revenues. The former refers to money paid in advance for expenses not yet incurred, while the
later are money received in advance but yet to be earned.
Example : Prepaid insurance, subscription received by a club in advance.
●● ccruals: The accrual transactions can be either accrued expenses or accrued incomes. Accrued expenses,
A
also referred to as outstanding expenses, are expenses which have actually taken place, but for which no
payment has yet been made. As such, they are not accounted for in the books. On the other hand, accrued
incomes are incomes earned, but not yet recorded nor money received.
Example 3: Monthly electricity bill outstandings 31.03.2022 expense.
●● Non-cash expenses (Estimates):
Adjustment Adjustment Entry

Closing stock Stock-in-trade A/c Dr.
To, Purchases/ Trading A/c
Goods withdrawn by owner for personal use Drawing A/c Dr.
To, Purchases A/c
Goods distributed as free samples to public Advertisement A/c Dr.
To, Purchases A/c
Goods distributed as free samples to employees Wages/ Salaries A/c Dr.
To, Purchases A/c

Adjustment Adjustment Entry

Goods-in-Transit Goods-in-transit A/c Dr.
Abnormal loss of stock Abnormal Loss A/c Dr.
To, Purchase/ Trading A/c
Stock used as stationary Stationery A/c Dr.
To, Purchases/ Stock A/c
Materials used for constructing Fixed Assets Fixed Assets A/c Dr.
To, Purchases/ Stock A/c
Goods sent on approval basis, pending approval on Sales A/c Dr.
Balance Sheet date To, Sale or Return Suspense A/c
Stock on Sale or Return A/c Dr.
To, Trading A/c
Outstanding expenses Expenses A/c Dr.
To, Outstanding Expenses A/c
Prepaid expenses Prepaid Expenses A/c Dr.
To, Expenses A/c
Pre-received Incomes Income A/c Dr.
To, Pre-received Income A/c
Accrued Incomes Accrued Income A/c Dr.
To, Income A/c
Depreciation/Amortisation on fixed assets Depreciation/Amortisation A/c Dr.
To, Fixed Assets A/c
Provision for Bad Debts P/L A/c Dr.
To, Provision for Bad Debts A/c
Provision for Discount on Debtors P/L A/c Dr.
To, Provision for Discount on Debtors A/c
Mutual Set-off between debtors and creditors Creditors A/c Dr.
To, Debtors A/c
1.8.3 Accounting Treatment of Bad Debts, Provision for Doubtful Debts, Provision for
Discount on Debtors and Provision for Discount on Creditors
For any business, purchase and sales are the most regular and main activity. This attracts business connection
with lots of people either giving or taking benefits of credit. Debtors refer to those entities who take the benefit of
delayed payment and creditors allow credit period to pay later. That means in each case there is a time gap between
the date of sale or purchase and the date of recovery of cash or payment of cash.

The amount which is receivable from a person or a concern for supplying goods or services is called Debt. On
the basis of the chances of collection from the debtors, debts may be classified into the following three categories:
Good debts, Doubtful debts and Bad debts.
Good Debts: The debts which are not bad i.e., there is neither any possibility of bad debts nor any doubts about
its realization, is called good debts. As such, no provision is necessary for it.
Doubtful Debts: The debts which will be receivable or cannot be ascertainable at the date of preparing the final
accounts (i.e., the debts which are doubtful to realise) is known as doubtful debts. Practically it cannot be treated
as a loss on that particular date, as such, it cannot be written off. But, it should be charged against Profit and Loss
Account on the basis of past experience of the firm.
Bad Debts: Bad debts are uncollectable or irrecoverable debt or debts which are impossible to collect is called
Bad Debts. If it is definitely known that amount recoverable from a customer cannot be realized at all, it should
be treated as a business loss and should be adjusted against profit. In short, the amount of bad debt should be
transferred to Profit and Loss Account for the current year to confirm the principles of matching.
Bad Debts Account is by nature a nominal account. For recording the bad debt in the journal, Bad Debts A/c is
debited and Debtors A/c is credited. At the end of an accounting period the total amount of bad debts may be either
transferred to Profit & Loss Account or Provision for Doubtful debts A/c as the case may be.
Provisions for Doubtful Debts

The amount charged against the profit by an entity to provide for the possible collection loss from customers is
known as Provision for Doubtful Debts. Provision for Doubtful debts account is a credit balance account and it
reflected in the Balance Sheet by deduction from the balance of Debtors/ Accounts Receivable.
The accounting for bad debts and provision for doubtful debts is as under:
In the 1st year
(a) For Bad Debts
Bad Debts A/c Dr.
To, Sundry Debtors A/c
(b) For creating provision for Doubtful Debts
Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To, Provision for Doubtful Debts A/c
(c) For Transferring Bad Debts
To, Bad Debts A/c
In Second/ Subsequent Year
(a) (i) For Bad Debts
Bad Debts A/c Dr.
(ii) Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To, Bad Debts A/c

(b) For provision of Doubtful Debts

(i) If closing provision is more than the opening provision-
To, Provision for Doubtful debts A/c
(ii) If Closing Balance is less than opening provision –
Provision for Doubtful Debts A/c Dr.
To, Profit and Loss A/c
Illustration 17
M/s Adhuna & Co. had a provision for bad debts of `13,000 against their book debts on 1st April, 2015. During
the year ended 31st March, 2022, `8,500 proved irrecoverable and it was desired to maintain the provision for bad
debts @5% on Debtors which stood at `3,90,000 before writing off Bad Debts.
Prepare the provision for Bad Debt Account for the year ended March 31, 2022.
Solution
Books of M/s Adhuna & Co.
Dr. Provision for Bad Debt Account Cr.
31.03.22 To Bad Debts A/c 8,500 01.04.21 By Balance b/d 13,000
31.03.22 To Balance c/d 19,075 31.03.22 By Profit& Loss A/c 14,575
5% of (3,90,000-8,500) (further provn. required)
27,575 27,575
Illustration 18
On 1st April, 2021 the balance of provision for bad and doubtful debts was `13,000. The bad debts during the
year 2021-22 were `9,500. The sundry debtors as on 31st March, 2022 stood at `3,25,000 out of these debtors of
`2,500 are bad and cannot be realized. The provision for bad and doubtful debts is to be raised to 5% on sundry
debtors. You are required to:
(i) Pass necessary adjustment entries for bad debts and its provision on 31st March, 2022.
(ii) Prepare the necessary ledger accounts.
(iii) Show the relevant items in the Profit & Loss Account and Balance Sheet.
Solution
(i) In the books of ……………….
Journal
Debit Credit
Date Particulars
(`) (`)
31.03.22 Bad Debts A/c Dr. 2,500
To, Sundry Debtors A/c 2,500
(Being Bad Debts)

Debit Credit
Date Particulars
(`) (`)
31.03.22 Provision for Bad & Doubtful Debts A/c Dr. 12,000
To, Bad Debts A/c 12,000
(Being Bad Debts during the year)
31.03.22 Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 15,125
To, Provision for Bad & Doubtful Debts A/c 15,125
(Being Provision for Bad Debts transferred to Profit & Loss A/c)
(ii) Ledger Accounts

Dr. Bad Debts Account Cr.
31.03.22 To Balance b/d 9,500 31.03.22 By Provision for Bad & 12,000
31.03.22 To Sundry Debtors A/c 2,500 Doubtful Debts A/c
12,000 12,000
Dr. Provision for Bad & Doubtful Debts Account Cr.

31.03.22 To Bad Debts A/c 12,000 01.04.21 By Balance b/d 13,000
31.03.22 To Balance c/d [5% on 16,125 31.03.22 By Profit and Loss A/c (b/fig) 15,125
(3,25,000 - 2,500)]
28,125 28,125
Dr. Sundry Debtors Account (includes) Cr.

31.03.22 To Balance b/d 3,25,000 31.03.22 By Bad Debts A/c 2,500
31.03.22 By Balance c/d 3,22,500
3,25,000 3,25,000
(iii) Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 (includes)
Particulars (`) (`)

To Provision for Bad & Doubtful Debts:
Provision as on 31.3.2022 16,125
Add: Bad Debts (9,500 + 2,500) 12,000
28,125
Less: Provision as on 1.4.2021 13,000 15,125

Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2022 (includes)

Liabilities (`) Assets (`)
Less: Further Bad Debts 2,500
3,22,500
Provision for Bad Debts 16,125 3,06,375
Provisions for Discount on Debtors

It is a common practice of the suppliers to allow cash discount to its customers for prompt settlement of cash.
For such loss, it would be prudent to create a provision. Thus, the provision which is created on Sundry Debtors for
allowing discount on receipt of cash in that accounting period is called Provision for Discount on Debtors.
It is needless to say that if the customer pays their debts before the due dates, they may claim discounts and that is
why it would be prudent to create a separate provision for the amount of discount that might be allowed to debtors
for prompt settlement. The provision for discount on debtors is made on the basis of past experience and predicting
at an estimate rate on the balance of Sundry Debtors.
Provision for discount allowed should be calculated at a specified rate on of debtors (i.e. after deducting bad
debts and provision for bad debts). The debtors becoming bad are deleted from the list of debtors and the amount
is deducted for the amount of gross debtors. The balance remains is all doubtful and hence provision for doubtful
debt is maintained on the amount of doubtful debt. When such provision is also deducted from the net debtors the
balance remains is expected to be good and are supposed to clear their dues in due time. Therefore a provision for
discount allowed is made on such amount.
The accounting for provision for discount on debtors’ as follows:
For the First year:
(a) (i) For Discount Allowed-
Discount Allowed A/c Dr.
(ii) When Discount Allowed is transferred
To, Discount Allowed A/c
(b) For Provision for Discount on Debtors –
To, Provision for Disc on Debtors A/c
For the Second/ Subsequent year
(a) (i) For Discount Allowed-
Discount Allowed A/c Dr.
To, Sundry Debtor A/c

(ii) For Provision for Discount on Debtors –

Provision for Discount on Debtor A/c Dr.
To, Discount Allowed A/c
(b) Next year provision is estimated-
(i) If new provision is more than old one-
To, Provision for Discount on Debtor A/c
(ii) If new provision is less than old one-
Provision for Discount on Debtor A/c Dr.
Illustration 19
A company maintains its provision for bad debts @ 5% and a provision for discount on debtors @ 2%. You are
given the following details: (in ‘000s)
Particulars 2020 (`) 2021 (`)

Bad debts 800 1,500
Discount allowed 1,200 500
Sundry debtors (before providing all Bad debts and discounts) 60,000 42,000
On 01.01.2021, Provision for bad debts and Provision of discount on debtors had balance of `4,550 and `800
respectively.
Show Provision for Bad Debts and Provision for Discount on Debtors Account for the year 2020 and 2021.
Solution:
In the Books of ……
Dr. Provision for Bad Debts A/c Cr. (in ‘000s)
Date Particulars ` ‘000 Date Particulars ` ‘000
31.12.20 To, Bad Debts A/c 800 01.01.20 By, Balance b/d 4,550
31.12.20 To, Profit & Loss A/c 850
31.12.20 To, Balance c/d 2,900
5% of (`58,000)
4,550 4,550
31.12.21 To, Bad Debts A/c 1,500 01.01.21 By, Balance b/d 2,900
31.12.21 To, Balance c/d 3,500 31.12.21 By, Profit & Loss A/c 600
5% of (`40,000)
3,500 3,500

Dr. Provision for Discount on Debtors Account Cr. (in ‘000s)

Date Particulars ` ‘000 Date Particulars ` ‘000
31.12.20 To, Discount A/c 1,200 01.01.20 By, Balance b/d 800
31.12.20 To, Balance c/d 1,102 31.12.20 By, Profit & Loss A/c 1,502
[2% on (`58,000 – `2,900)]
2,302 2,302
31.12.21 To, Discount 500 01.01.21 By, Balance b/d 1,102
31.12.21 To, Balance c/d 760 31.12.21 By, Profit & Loss A/c 158
[2% on (`40,000 – `2,000)]
1,260 1,260
Recovery of Bad Debts

We know that bad debt is a loss and as such, transferred to current year’s Profit and Loss Account, either directly
or indirectly. However, if in any case the amount of bad debt is received from any debtor in any succeeding
accounting period, the same is referred to as Bad Debt Recovery. This happens to be an item of income for the
organisation and as such is credited to Profit and Loss of the year of receipt. It is accounted for as under:
(a) When bad debts are recovered
Cash/Bank A/c. Dr.
To, Bad Debts Recovery A/c.
(b) When the same is transferred
Bad Debts Recovery A/c. Dr.
To, Profit & Loss A/c.
Illustration 20
On 31.12.2020, Sundry Debtors and Provision for Doubtful Debts are `50,000 and `5,000 respectively. During
the year 2021, `3,000 are bad and written off on 30.9.2021, an amount of `400 was received on account of a debt
which was written off as bad last year on 31.12.2021, the debtors left was verified and it was found that sundry
debtors stood in the books were `40,000 out of which a customer Mr. X who owed `800 was to be written off as bad.
Prepare Bad Debt A/c and Provision for Doubtful A/c assuming that some percentage should be maintained for
provision for Doubtful debt as it was on 31.12.2021.
Also show how the illustration appear in Profit & Loss A/c and Balance Sheet.
Solution:
In the Books of ……….
Dr. Bad Debt Account Cr.
2021 To, Sundry Debtors A/c 3,000 2021 By, Provision for Bad Debt A/c 3,800
Sept. 30 Dec. 31


Dec. 31 To, X A/c. 800
3,800 3,800
Dr. Provision for Doubtful Debt Account Cr.

2013 To, Bad Debt A/c 3,800 2013 By, Balance b/d 5,000
Dec. 31 “ Balance c/d 3,920 Dec. 31
[10% on ` 39,200 “ Profit & Loss A/c 2,720
(` 40,000 - ` 800)] -for the provision required
7,720 7,720
Profit & Loss Account (Extract)
Dr. For the year ended 31.12.2022 Cr.
Particulars (`) (`) Particulars (`) (`)
To, Bad Debts 3,400 By Bad Debts Recovery A/c 400
”
Provision for Bad Debts: Existing 5,000
Less: Provision Required
3,920 1,080
Balance Sheet (Extract) as at 31.12.2021 (includes)
Liabilities (`) Assets (`) (`)
Sundry Debtors 40,000
Less: Bad Debts 800
39,200
35,280
Less: Provision for Bad Debts 3,920
Working Notes:
Calculation of Rate of Provision for bad debts — (5,000/50,000 × 100) = 10%
Provision for Discount on Creditors

On the purchase of goods/ services by an entity on credit basis, payment is required to be made at a future date.
In such a case, the party to whom amount remains payable is referred to as Creditors or Trade Payables. With the
object of ensuring prompt collection, many times discount may be allowed by the suppliers. This option, when
availed by the customer happens to be Discount Received for the customer, and is a gain to the paying organisation.
In line with discount that is allowed by a seller to its customers, as this anticipated income may accrue in a

future accounting period, some organisations may create and maintain a provision for discount received from
the creditors. This provision account is known as Provision for Discount Received or Provision for Discount on
Creditors. The closing balance of this account is usually maintained at a fixed percentage on the closing creditors
balance. It is accounted for as under:
Provision for Discount Received A/c Dr.
Provision for Discount on Creditors Account is shown in the liabilities-side of Balance Sheet as deduction from
the balance of Sundry Creditors.
However, creation and maintenance of provision on creditors is a violation to the conservatism convention or the
doctrine of prudence.

EXERCISE
A. Theoretical Questions:
~~ Multiple Choice Questions
1. __________ concept assumes that the infinite life of an organisation can be split into smaller periods of
equal duration.
(a) Accounting Period
(b) Entity
(c) Going concern
(d) None of the above
2. The accounts related to expenses or losses and incomes or gains are called __________.
(a) Personal Account
(b) Representative Personal Account
(c) Nominal Account
(d) Real Account
3. The accounting equation is presented as:
(a) Assets = Liabilities + Equity
(b) Assets = Liabilities + [Capital + (Revenue – Expenses) – Drawings]
(c) Assets + Expenses + Drawings = Liabilities + Capital + Revenue
(d) All of the above
4. The book of account which records only those cash transactions which are not of heavy amount, but the
type of transactions is frequently entered into by an entity is ___________.
(a) Triple Column Cash Book
(b) Petty Cash Book
(c) Ledger
5. Which of the following is/ are true regarding Trial Balance?
(a) It is prepared for a particular period.
(b) A trial balance is just a statement.
(c) The agreement of a trial balance is a conclusive proof of absolute accuracy of the books of accounts.
(d) All of the above
6. A resource owned by the business with purpose of using it for generating future profit, is known as -----
---------------.
(a) Capital
(b) Asset
(c) Liability
(d) Surplus

7. Which of the following transaction is of capital nature?

(a) Commission on purchases
(b) Cost of repairs
(c) Rent of factory
(d) Wages paid for installation of machinery
8. At the end of the accounting year the capital expenditures are shown in the:
(a) assets side of the Balance Sheet.
(b) liabilities side of the Balance Sheet.
(c) debit side of the Profit and Loss A/c.
(d) credit side of the Profit and Loss A/c.
9. Which of the following book is both a journal and a ledger?
(a) Cash Book
(b) Sales Day Book
(c) Bills Receivable Book
(d) Journal Proper
10. Purchase of a laptop for office use wrongly debited to Purchase Account. It is an error of ___________ .
(a) Omission
(b) Commission
(c) Principle
(d) Misposting
Answer:
1 a 2 c 3 d 4 b 5 b
6 b 7 d 8 a 9 a 10 c
~~ State True or False
1. There are four frameworks of accounting.

2. Revenue Expenditures are recognised as expenses and losses in the debit-side of the income statements.
3. Provision for depreciation account is a debit balance account.
4. Cash Book is a book of account which is, by nature, a book of primary entry as-well-as a book of final
entry.
5. Errors which are identified and rectified before the preparation of Trial Balance may involve Suspense
Account.
6. One of the objectives achieved by providing depreciation is saving cash resources for future replacement
of assets.
7. As per full disclosure principle, the financial statements should disclose all irrelevant information.
8. Trade discount is recorded in the books of original entry.

9. Bad debts recovered is credited to debtor’s personal account.

10. Mistake in balancing an account will affect the agreement of a Trial balance.
Answer:
1 True 2 True 3 False 4 True 5 False

6 True 7 False 8 False 9 True 10 True
~~ Fill in the Blanks
1. _________ are the assumptions and conditions that define the parameters and constraints within which
the accounting operates.
2. ________ is a listing of all accounts in the general ledger, each account being accompanied by a reference
number.
3. ________ is prepared to reconcile the balances as reflected by two related books, namely Cash Book and
Pass Book.
4. The method of preparing Trial Balance under which the Trial Balance can be prepared only after each
ledger account has been balanced is called the ________ method.
5. The amount charged by an entity against the profits to provide for the possible collection loss from
customers is known as ________.
6. The___________ discount is never entered in the books of accounts.
7. The Bank A/c is a ________ Account.
8. While posting an opening entry in the ledger, in case of an Account having debit balance, in ‘Particulars’
column the words ___________ are written on debit side.
Answer:
1 Accounting Concepts 2 Chart of Accounts
3 Bank Reconciliation Statement 4 Balance

5 Provision for bad& doubtful debts 6 Trade
7 Personal 8 To, Balance b/f
~~ Short Essay Type Questions
1. What is capital loss? How is it reflected in the financial statements of an entity?

2. What is meant by Accounting Cycle? Discuss the different stages of an accounting cycle.
3. State the conditions which an event has to satisfy to be considered as a transaction.
4. What do you mean by Compensating Error? Give an example.
5. State the features of adjustment entries.

~~ Essay Type Questions
1. What are Accounting Conventions? Discuss the different conventions of accounting.

2. Distinguish between capital expenditure and revenue expenditure.
3. Give an overview of the different types of cash book that are prepared by a large organisation.
4. Discuss the advantages of a Trial Balance.
5. What do you mean by Depreciation? Differentiate depreciation from amortization and depletion.
B. Numerical Questions
1. Provision for Doubtful Debt on 1st April, 2021 was ` 13,000.During the year 2021-22 the Bad-debt was
` 9,500 . The Sundry Debtors on 31st March, 2022 were ₹3,25,000. Provision is to be made @ 5% on
Debtors. If on 31st March, 2022, there was additional Bad debt of ₹2,500 then Provision for doubtful-
debt will be:
(a) debited to Profit & Loss Account by ₹ 16,125.
(b) debited to Profit & Loss Account by ₹15,125.
(c) debited to Profit & Loss Account by ₹ 3,000.
(d) debited to Profit & Loss Account by ₹ 900.
2. Original cost of a machine is ` 1,50,000, residual value ` 10,000, if depreciation is charged @ 10% per
annum under WDV method then depreciation for 3rd year will be
(a) `12,240
(b) `11,340
(c) `12,150
(d) `14,000
3. Purchased goods from Mr. R for ` 3,600 but wrongly recorded as `6,300 to the debit of Mr. R. In the
rectification entry, Mr. R’s account will be credited with —
(a) `9,900
(b) `2,700
(c) `2,600
(d) `6,300
Answer:
1 b 2 c 3 a
~~ Comprehensive Numerical Problems
1. Classify the following transactions between capital and revenue:

(a) A plant constructed for ` 10,50,000.
(b) Profit earned by sale of fixed assets ` 25,000.

(c) Amount received from customers for services rendered ` 2,00,000

(d) Regular repairs and maintenance incurred on old machine ` 24,000.
(e) Annual rates and taxes paid to local authority ` 2,000.
2. KK Transport Co. of Ludhiana purchased 4 Trucks at ` 12,50,000 each on July 1, 2018. On Jan. 1,
2021 one of the trucks met with a massive accident and as a result was completely destroyed. Insurance
company paid ` 7,00,000 in full and final settlement of the claim. On the same day the company
purchased a used truck for ` 8,70,000 and spent ` 1,30,000 on its overhauling.
You are required to show the treatment of these transactions in the final accounts and Balance Sheet
of KK Transport Co. for the three years ending on March 31,2021, given that the company writes off
depreciation @ 20% p.a. on straight line basis.
Ans: Written Down Value as on 31.03.2021 - `26,37,500
3. The following errors were detected in the books of M/s S R Traders while preparing the Trial Balance.
a. Freight paid for bringing purchased goods wrongly debited to Machinery Account ` 72,600.
b. Equipments purchased worth ` 8,50,000 wrongly passed through Purchases A/c.
c. Returns Outward book was overcast by ` 54,000.
d. Goods purchased from Rohan worth ` 79,000 has been debited to his account.
e. An amount of rent outstanding ` 13,000 in the previous year, had not been brought forward as an
opening balance in the current year.
f. Fresh cash introduced by the proprietor of ` 44,000 was not posted in ledger account.
You are required to pass necessary journal entries to rectify the errors.
4. The total of debit side of the Trial Balance of SR Ltd. as at 31.3.2021 is ` 2,92,000 and that of the credit
side is ` 1,80,800. After detailed checking, the following errors were identified:
Correct Figures Figures as it appears

Name of Accounts
(as it should be) in the Trial Balance
Opening stock 12,000 8,000
Salaries 28,800 50,400
Accounts Receivable 83,200 1,26,400
Trade Creditors 64,800 14,400
You are required to ascertain the correct total of the Trial Balance.
Ans: `2,31,200

Unsolved Case
Mr. Rishan Chaudhury is a trader engaged in retailing of computer hardware items. The name of his business is
M/s TechnoLink, which is a proprietary form of business. The business procures the different items and goods of
trade from a number of wholesalers, both on cash as-well-as on credit. The primary customers of TechnoLink were
different academic institutions like schools and colleges. The books of accounts of the business are maintained by
two accountants, and at the end of the financial year 2021-22, after balancing the ledger accounts, they drafted the
Trial Balance to check the arithmetical accuracy of the books. But to their discomfort the Trial Balance did not tally
and reflected excess credit ` 37,200. The difference in books was posted to Suspense Account. On critical checking
of the books, the accountants could identify the following three errors:
(i) Purchase of four office chairs (costing ` 10,000 each) and two office tables (costing ` 40,000 each) from
Godrej Interio has been passed through Purchase Day Book.
(ii) Purchase of USB drives worth ` 26,800 has been posted to the Supplier’s Account as ` 12,000.
(iii) A cheque worth ` 80,000 received from ABS Higher Secondary School has been dishonoured, but debited
to Allowances Account.
Mr. Chaudhury, himself an honour graduate in Commerce with speciailisation in Accounting from City College,
Kolkata, himself sat with the accounts. He managed to identify two more errors that existed in the books but were
missed by the accountants. He identified that the total of the Returns Inward Book has been cast short by ` 40,000,
and that ` 1,50,000 paid for making showcases of the shop has been charged to Wages Account. However, he too
was still uncertain whether he has been able to locate the errors.
1. Develop the rectification entries that would be recorded in the Journal Proper of M/s TechnoLink.
2. Ascertain by what amount would Furniture Account change after the necessary rectifications are carried out?
3. State whether all the errors that existed in the books have been identified? If not, what is the amount of such
undetected error(s)?
4. What can be the possible reasons for which the Trial Balance is still not tallying?


SECTION-B
Accounting for Special Transactions
Bills of Exchange, Consignment, Joint Venture
Bills of Exchange, Consignment,

2
Joint Venture
2.1 Accounting for Bills of Exchange
2.2 Accounting for Consignment
2.3 Accounting for Joint Venture

Bills of Exchange, Consignment, Joint

Venture
To equip oneself with the detail understanding of accounting of certain special transactions to determine
surplus, ensure control on resources, for divisional performance evaluation or acquisition of assets through
deferred payments. (CMLO 2a, 4c)

~~ Learn the detail understanding the process and accounting for Bills of exchange
~~ Understand accountingrelated to Consignment business
~~ Equip themselves with detail understanding the accounting for Joint Venture under different methods.

Accounting for Bills of

2.1
Exchange
Definition of Negotiable Instrument
A
s per legal terminology, the word ‘negotiable’ means transferable from one person to another and the word
‘instrument’ means any written document by which a right is created in favour of some person. Therefore
’negotiable instrument’ means any document which entitles a person to a certain sum of money and which
is transferable from one person to another by delivery or by indorsement and delivery in accordance with the
provisions of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881.
According to section 13(1) of the Act, “A negotiable instrument means a promissory note or bill of exchange or
cheque, payable either to order or to the bearer”.
Note: The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, is an act to define and amend the law relating to promissory notes,
bills of exchange and cheques.
Definition of Bills of Exchange

According to Section 5 of the Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881, ‘A bill of exchange is an instrument in writing
containing an unconditional order, signed by the maker, directing a certain person to pay a certain sum of money
only to, or to the order of, a certain person or to the bearer of the instrument.’
~~ A promise or order to pay is not conditional, within the meaning of this Section and section 4, by reason of
the time for payment of the amount or any instalment thereof being expressed to be on the lapse of a certain
period after the occurrence of a specified event which, according to the ordinary expectation of mankind, is
certain to happen, although the time of its happening may be uncertain.
~~ The sum payable may be certain, within the meaning of this Section and Section 4, although it includes future
interest or is payable at an indicated rate of exchange, or is according to the course of exchange, and although
the instrument provides that, on default of payment of an instalment, the balance unpaid shall become due.
~~ The person to whom it is clear that the direction is given or that payment is to be made may be a certain
person, within the meaning of this Section and section 4, although he is mis-named or designated by
description only.
Essential Elements of a Bills of Exchange

Following are the essential elements of a Bill of Exchange
1. It must be in writing and may be in any language and in any form
2. It must be drawn on a particular date
3. There are three parties to a Bill of Exchange – Drawer / Maker, Drawee and Payee
4. It must be signed by the Drawer / Maker

5. It must contain an unconditional and imperative order to pay

6. The order to pay must be directed to a certain person
7. The order must be to pay a certain sum of money only
8. It must be accompanied with proper stamp as per the requirement of the law
Parties to a Bills of Exchange

A Bill of Exchange transaction often includes the following three parties:
Drawer: Drawer is the party that issues a Bill of Exchange - Creditor, Lender or Seller. He is the maker of the
bill and his signature is necessary.
Drawee: Drawee is the party to which the order to pay is sent – Debtor, Lendee or Purchaser. The drawee
becomes the acceptor of the bill when he/she/it has written the acceptance on the bill of exchange.
Payee: Payee or the beneficiary is the party to which the bill of exchange is payable – May be Drawer or Other
Party.
Classification of Bills of Exchange

~~ Documentary Bill - In this, the bill of exchange is supported by the relevant documents that confirm the
genuineness of sale or transaction that took place between the seller and buyer.
~~ Demand Bill - This bill is payable when it demanded. The bill does not have a fixed date of payment,
therefore, the bill has to be cleared whenever presented.
~~ Usance Bill - It is a time-bound bill which means the payment has to be made within the given time period
and time.
~~ Inland Bill - An Inland bill is payable only in one country and not in any other foreign country. This bill is
opposite to the foreign bill.
~~ Clean Bill - This bill does not have any proof of a document, so the interest is comparatively higher than
the other bills.
~~ Foreign Bill - A bill that can be paid outside India is termed as a foreign bill. Two examples of a foreign bill
are an export bill and import bill.
~~ Accommodation Bill - A bill that is sponsored, drawn, accepted without any condition is known as an
accommodation bill.
~~ Trade Bill - This kind of bill is specially related only to trade.
~~ Supply Bill - The bill that is withdrawn by the supplier or contractor from the government department is
known as the supply bill.
Difference between Trade Bill and Accommodation Bill
Trade Bill Accommodation Bill

Objectives These bills are drawn to facilitate the These bills are drawn to help someone in
trade transactions of sale and purchases need of financial assistance.
of goods.
Consideration There is a definite consideration for These bills are drawn without
which the bill is accepted. consideration.

Trade Bill Accommodation Bill

Extension of Credit Trade bills are a form of credit extension. These bills are not a form of credit
extension.
Proceeds When trade bills are discounted, the When these bills are discounted, the
proceeds remain with the holder. proceeds may be shared by two parties in
an agreed ratio.
Recovery If trade bills are dishonoured, the amount In case of dishonour of these bills, the
may be recovered easily through the drawer cannot file a suit against the
court. drawee.
Maturity / Due Date of a Bill of Exchange and Days of Grace

Due Date
Maturity date in case of On ●● The bill at sight becomes due for payment, as soon as it is presented for
Demand Bill / At Sight Bill payment.
/ On Presentation Bill ●● In case of ‘Instrument payable on demand’, No time for payment is
mentioned.
●● Such Bills are not entitled to the Days of Grace.
Maturity date in case of ●● In the case of ‘Bill after date,’ the time for payment is mentioned.
After Date Bill ●● Three Days of Grace is allowed on such a bill.
Maturity date in case of ●● In case of ‘Bill after Sight, payable at a fixed period ‘after sight’.
After Sight Bill ●● The period begins from the date of accepting the bill.
●● Three Days of Grace is allowed on such a bill.
Grace Period
When the Period of Bill is ●● In this case, the maturity date is calculated according to calendar months.
Given in Months ●● Ignoring the number of days in a month.
●● 3 days of the Grace period are added.
For example: – if a bill dated 4th May, 2022 is payable 3 months after date:-
= Then the maturity date will be 4th August 2022 + 3 Days of Grace
= 7th August 2022.
When the Period of Bill is ●● The maturity date will be calculated in days,
Given in Days ●● This excludes the date of transaction but includes the date of payment.
●● 3 days of the Grace period are added in this case also.
For example: - if a bill dated 5th June 2022 is payable after 65 days, then the
maturity date will be:-
=25 Days of June + 31 Days of July + 9 Days of August + 3 Days of Grace
=12th August 2022

When Maturity Date Falls ●● If the due date of the bill is on the national holiday
on a National Holiday ●● Then the maturity day of the bill shall be the preceding business day.
Example:- If due date of the bill falls on 26th January (Republic Day), then its
due date will be 25th January.
●● If the due date is 15th August (Independence Day), then the due date will be
14th August.
When the Maturity Date ●● If the due date of the bill is declared as an emergency holiday,
Has Been Declared as ●● Then the due date of the bill shall be after 1 day from the date of maturity.
Emergency Holiday
Example:- if the due date of a bill is 25th July and it is declared as an emergency
holiday, then the due date will be 26th July.
Concept of Bills Receivable and Bills Payable

Bills Receivable or ●● For the person who draws the bill of exchange and is entitled to receive its
B/R payment is known as Bill Receivable.
●● The drawer of the bill will show B/R on the assets side of the Balance Sheet.
Bills Payable or B/P ●● For the person who accepts the bill, and is liable to make its payment, is known
as Bills Payable.
●● The Drawee of the bill will show B/P on the liabilities side of the Balance Sheet.
Journal Entries for Trade Bills

Sl.
Transactions In the Books of Drawer (X) In the books of Drawee (Y)
No.
1 If a bill is received by X Bills Receivable A/c Dr Drawer / X A/c Dr
from Y after acceptance To, Drawee / Y A/c To, Bills Payable A/c
2 If the bill is retained by X No entry No entry
till due date
3 If the bill is discounted Bank / Cash A/c Dr No entry
with a Bank Discount A/c Dr
To, Bills Receivables A/c
4 If the bill is endorsed to a Creditor / Z A/c Dr No entry
Creditor (Z) Discount Allowed A/c (if any) Dr
To, Bills Receivables A/c
To, Discount Receivables A/c (if
any)
5 If the bill is sent to the Bills for Collection A/c Dr No entry
Bank for collection To, Bills Receivables A/c


Sl.
No.
6 If the bill is retired before Cash / Bank A/c Dr Bills Payable A/c Dr
maturity Rebate Allowed A/c Dr To, Cash / Bank A/c
To, Bills Receivables A/c To, Rebate Received A/c
To, Bills for Collection A/c
(if already sent to Bank for
collection)
7 If the bill is honoured / Cash / Bank A/c Dr Bills Payable A/c Dr
paid on the due date To, Bills Receivables A/c To, Cash / Bank A/c
Previously retained by X
8 If the bill is honoured / No entry Bills Payable A/c Dr

paid on the due date To, Cash / Bank A/c
Previously discounted
with a Bank
9 If the bill is honoured / Bank A/c Dr Bills Payable A/c Dr
paid on the due date To, Bills for Collection A/c To, Cash / Bank A/c
Previously sent to the
Bank for collection
10 If the bill is honoured / No entry Bills Payable A/c Dr
paid on the due date To, Cash / Bank A/c
Previously endorsed to Z
11 If the bill is dishonoured / Drawee / Y A/c Dr Bills Payable A/c Dr
unpaid on due date To, Bills Receivables A/c Noting / Sundry
Previously retained by X To, Cash / Bank A/c (For Noting Charges A/c (if any) Dr
charges if any) To, Drawer / X A/c
unpaid on due date To, Bank A/c Noting / Sundry
Previously discounted To, Cash / Bank A/c (For Noting Charges A/c (if any) Dr
with a Bank charges if any) To, Drawer / X A/c
unpaid on due date To, Bills for Collection A/c Noting / Sundry
Previously sent to the To, Cash / Bank A/c (For Noting Charges A/c (if any) Dr
Bank for collection charges if any) To, Drawer / X A/c


Sl.
No.
unpaid on due date To, Creditor / Z A/c (Bill value + Noting / Sundry
Previously endorsed to Z Noting Charges if any) Charges A/c (if any) Dr
To, Drawer / X A/c
15 If the bill is renewed on Drawee / Y A/c Dr Bills Payable A/c Dr
due date To, Bills Receivables A/c To, Drawer / X A/c
For old bill cancelled
16 If the bill is renewed on Drawee / Y A/c Dr Interest (Allowed) A/c Dr

due date To, Interest (Received) A/c To, Drawer / X A/c
For interest charged for
delayed payment
17 If the bill is renewed on Cash / Bank A/c Dr Drawer / X A/c Dr
due date To, Drawee / Y A/c To, Cash / Bank A/c
For part payment made in
cash
18 If the bill is renewed on Bills Receivable A/c Dr Drawer / X A/c Dr
due date To, Drawee / Y A/c To, Bills Payable A/c
For a new bill drawn and
accepted
Illustration 1
Calculate the due dates of the bills in the following cases
Sl. No. Date of Bill Tenure (Period)

1 1st January 2021 4 months
2 23rd November 2021 2 months
Solution:
Sl. No. Particulars Calculation of Due Date
1 Date of drawing of bill 01.01.2021
Period / Tenure (month) 4
01.05.2021
Days of grace 3
Due date / Maturity date 04.05.2021

Sl. No. Particulars Calculation of Due Date

2 Date of drawing of bill 23.11.2021
Period / Tenure (month) 2
23.01.2022
Days of grace 3
Due date / Maturity date 26.01.2022
But 26.01.2022 is a National Holiday. So due date would be

one day before i.e. 25.01.2022
Illustration 2
X sold goods for ` 20,000 to Y on credit on January 01, 2022. X drew a bill of exchange upon Y for the same
amount for three months. Y accepted the bill and returned it to X. Y met his acceptance on maturity. Record the
necessary journal entries under the following circumstances:
(i) X retained the bill till the date of its maturity and collected directly
(ii) X discounted the bill @ 12% p.a. from his bank
(iii) X endorsed the bill to his creditor Z
(iv) X retained the bill and on March 31, 2021 X sent the bill for collection to its bank. On April 05, 2021 bank
advice was received.
Solution:
In the Books of X
Journal
(i) When the bill is retained till its maturity
Date Particulars L.F. Dr. (` ) Cr. (` )

2021
January 1 Y’s A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Sales A/c 20,000
(Being goods sold to Y’s on credit)
January 1 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Y’s A/c 20,000
(Being received Y’s acceptance payable after
three months)
April 5 Bank A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Bills Receivable A/c 20,000
(Being Y met his acceptance on maturity)

(ii) When the bill was discounted from the book

2022

(Sold goods to Y’s)
January 1 Bills Receivable A/c Dr.
To, Y’s A/c 20,000
(Received Y’s acceptance three months) 20,000
January 1 Bank A/c Dr. 19,400
3 600
Discount A/c ` 20,000 12% Dr.
12 20,000
To, Bills Receivable A/c
(Y’s acceptance discounted with the bank)
(iii) When X endorsed the bill in favour of his creditor Z

2022
(Sold goods to Y’s on credit)
To, Y’s A/c 20,000
(Received Y’s acceptance for three months)
January 1 Z’s A/c Dr. 20,000
(Y acceptance endorsed in favour of Z)
(iv) When the bill was sent for collection by X to the bank

2022
Jan. 01 Y’s A/c Dr. 20,000
(Sold goods to Y’s on credit)


Jan. 01 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Y’s A/c 20,000
(Received Y’s acceptance payable after three months)
Mar. 31 Bills Sent for Collection A/c Dr. 20,000
(Bills sent for collection)
Apr. 05 Bank A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Bills sent for collection A/c 20,000
(Bills sent for collection collected by the bank)
The following journal entries will be made in the books of Y under all the four circumstances
In the Books of Y
Journal

2022
Jan. 01 Purchases A/c Dr. 20,000
To, X’s A/c 20,000
(Purchases goods from X on credit)
Jan. 01 X’s A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Bill’s Payable A/c 20,000
(Accepted bill drawn by X payable after three months)
Apr. 04 Bills payable A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Bank A/c 20,000
(Met acceptance maturity)
Dishonour of Bills
Dishonour of Bill ●● A bill of exchange can be dishonoured either by non-acceptance or by non-payment.
Dishonour by ●● A bill of exchange is said to be dishonoured by non-acceptance when the drawee, or

non-acceptance one of several drawees not being partners, makes default in acceptance upon being
duly required to accept the bill, or where presentment is excused and the bill is not
accepted. When a bill of entry dishonoured by non-acceptance, no accounting is
required to be done in the books of any party.
Dishonour by ●● When a bill of entry is not honoured by payment i.e. payment is not made by the
non-payment drawee to the holder on the date of maturity it is referred to as dishonour by non-
payment. In such an event, accounting entries are required to be passed in the books
of drawer, drawee and endorsee (if any).

Noting of a Bill ●● The recording of the fact of dishonour of bill by a Notary Public is referred to as
Noting of a Bill. For this purpose, a fee, called the Noting Fee or Noting Charge , is
required to be paid. It is an expense for the holder of the bill and is recovered from
the party is responsible for the such dishonour.
Dishonour due to ●● When a bill of exchange is dishonoured due to insolvency of the drawee or acceptor of the
insolvency bill, either nothing is recovered from the drawee or acceptor, or a partial amount is recovered
(referred to as Final Dividend) in full and final settlement of the claim. In the books of the
drawer, the amount is debited to Bad Debts Account, while in the books of the drawee it is
transferred to Deficiency Account.
Illustration 3
Mr. X sold goods for ` 15,000 to Mr. Y and immediately drew a bill upon him on Jan. 01, 2022 payable after 3
months. On maturity the bill was dishonoured and ` 50 were paid by the holder of the bill as noting charges. The
journal entries will be recorded in the books of Mr. X and Mr. Y as given below under the following circumstances:
(i) When the bill was kept by Mr. X till maturity.
(ii) When the bill was discounted by Mr. X with his bank immediately @ 12% p.a.
(iii) When the bill was endorsed by Mr. X in favour of his creditor Miss. Z.
Solution:
In the Books of X
Journal
(i) When the bill was retained till its maturity

2022
Jan. 01 Y’s A/c Dr. 15,000
(Sold goods to Y)
To, Y’s A/c 15,000
(Received Y’s acceptance)
Apr. 04 Y’s A/c Dr. 15,050
To, Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 15,000
To, Cash A/c 50
(Y dishonoured his acceptance and paid
` 50 as noting charges)
(ii) When the bill was discounted with the bank

2022
Jan. 01 Y’s A/c Dr. 15,000
(Sold goods to Y)


To, Y’s A/c 15,000
(Received Y’s acceptance payable after three
months)
Jan. 01 Bank A/c Dr. 14,550
Discount A/c Dr. 450
(Y’s acceptance discounted)
Apr. 04 Y’s A/c 15,050
To, Bank A/c Dr. 15,050
(Y dishonoured his acceptance on maturity
and bank paid noting charges of `50 )
(iii) When the bill was endorsed to Z

2022 Y’s A/c Dr. 15,000
Jan. 01 To, Sales A/c 15,000
(Sold goods to Y)
Jan. 01 Bill’s Receivable A/c Dr. 15,000
To, Y’s A/c 15,000
(Received Y’s acceptance)
Jan. 01 Z’s A/c Dr. 15,000
(Y’s acceptance endorsed in favour of Z)
Apr. 04 Y’s A/c Dr. 15,050
To, Z’s A/c 15,050
(Y dishonoured his acceptance on maturity and
Z paid ` 50 as noting charges)
The following journal entries will be made in the books of Y in all the three cases.
In the Books of Y
Journal

2022
Jan.01 Purchases A/c Dr. 15,000
To, X’s A/c 15,000
(Purchase goods from X)


Jan. 01 X’s A/c Dr. 15,000
To, Bills Payable A/c 15,000
(Accepted X’s draft)
Apr. 04 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 15,000
Noting charges A/c Dr. 50
To, X’s A/c 15,050
(Acceptance in favour of X dishonoured)
Renewal of Bills
Renewal of ●● When the holder of a bill is not in a position to meet the bill on its due date, Drawee
a Bill approaches the Drawer with a request of extension of time for payment.
●● If Drawer agrees, the old bill is cancelled, and a fresh bill with the new terms of payment is
drawn and duly accepted and delivered. This is called Renewal of the Bill.
●● The new bill is drawn for an extended time period and as such interest is charged for the extended
period.
Illustration 4
On February 01, 2022 X sold goods to Y for ` 18,000; ` 3,000 were paid by Y immediately and for the balance
he accepted three months bill drawn upon him by X. On the date of maturity of the bill Y requested X to cancel the
old bill and a new bill upon him for a period of 2 months. He further agreed to pay interest in cash to X @ 12%
p.a. X agreed to Y’s request and cancelled the old bill and drew a new bill. The new bill was met on maturity by Y.
Pass necessary journal entries in the books of drawer and drawee.
Solution:
In the Books of X
Journal
2022
Feb. 01 Y’s A/c Dr. 18,000
(Sold goods to Y)
Feb. 01 Cash A/c Dr. 3,000

Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 15,000
To, Y’s A/c 18,000
(Received ` 3,000 in cash from X and
an acceptance for the balance)

May 01 Y’s Account Dr. 15,300

To, Interest A/c ` 15,000 12% 300
2
12
(Cancelled old bill on renewal ` 300 as interest)
May 04 Bill’s Receivable A/c Dr. 15,000

Cash A/c Dr. 300
To, Y’s A/c 15,300
(Received new acceptance from Y)
Jul. 07 Bank A/c Dr. 15,000

(Y met his new acceptance)
In the Books of Y
Journal

2022
Feb. 01 Purchases A/c Dr. 18,000
To, X A/c 18,000
(Purchased goods from X)
Feb.01 X’s A/c Dr. 18,000
To, Cash’s A/c 3,000
(Received cash from X and his acceptance)
May 04 Bill Payable A/c Dr. 15,000
Interest A/c Dr. 300
To, X A/c 15,300
(Old bill cancelled on renewal, `
300 charged as
interest)
May 04 X’s A/c Dr. 15,300
To, Cash A/c 300
(Accepted new bill and paid cash for interest)


Jul. 07 Bill Payable A/c Dr. 15,000
To, Bank A/c 15,000
(Met acceptance of the new bill on maturity)
Retirement of a Bill
Retirement ●● When the Drawee pays the bill before its due date, it is termed as the retirement of a bill.
of a Bill ●● It happens with the mutual understanding between the Drawer and the Drawee.
Rebate on ●● In case of such retirement, interest is payable for the unexpired period of the bill (i.e. time period
Bill between date of payment of bill and date of maturity) by the holder of the bill to the payee at an agreed
rate of interest. This amount of interest is referred to as Rebate on Bill. This rebate happens to be an
income for the drawee and an expense for the payee.
Illustration 5
X sold goods ` 10,000 to Y on January 01, 2022 and immediately drew a bill on Y for three months for the same
amount, Y accepted the bill and returned it to X. On March 04, 2022 Y retired her acceptance under rebate of 6%
per annum. You are required to:
(a) Pass the journal entries to record the above transactions in the books of X and Y;
(b) Prepare Y A/c and Bill Receivable A/c in the books of X; and
(c) Prepare X A/c and Bill Payable A/c in the books of Y.
Solution:
In the books of X
(a) Journal
Date Particulars L.F. Dr. (`) Cr. (`)

2022
(Sold goods to Y)
To, Y’s A/c 10,000
(Received Y’s acceptance for three months)
March 4 Bank A/c Dr. 9,950
1 50
Rebate on bills A/c ` 10,000 6% Dr.
12 10,000

(Y retired her acceptance and rebate allowed to him)

(b) The recorded entries will be posted to the following ledger accounts:
Dr. Y’s Account Cr.
2022 2022
Jan. 01 To, Sales A/c 10,000 Jan 01 By, Bills Receivable 10,000
A/c
10,000 10,000
Dr. Bill Receivable Account Cr.
2022 2022
Jan. 01 To, Y A/c 10,000 Mar 04 By, Cash A/c 9,950
By, Rebate on Bill 50
A/c
10,000 10,000
In the Books of Y
Journal

2022
January 1 Purchases A/c Dr. 10,000
To X A/c 10,000
(Purchased goods from X)
January 1 X’s A/c Dr
To Bills Payable A/c 10,000 10,000
(Accepted X’s draft payable after three months)
March 4 Bill Payable A/c Dr 10,000
To Cash A/c 9,950
To Rebate on bills A/c 50
(Acceptance in favour of X retired and rebate received)
(c) Dr. X’s Account Cr.
2022 2022
Jan. 01 To, Bills Payable A/c 10,000 Jan. 04 By, Purchases A/c 10,000
10,000 10,000

Dr. Bills Payable Account Cr.
2022 2022
Jan. 01 To, Cash A/c 9,950 Jan. 01 By, X A/c 10,000
To, Rebate on bills 50
A/c
10,000 10,000
Accommodation Bill
Ordinary bills are drawn for some consideration – known as ‘Trade Bills’. However, Accommodation Bills
are those which are drawn and accepted without any consideration. When two or more persons, not being in
the relationship of debtors and creditors or without any value passing between them, draws bills on each other
with the intention of discounting the bill after acceptance, appropriating the proceeds by one or all by agreed
proportion and providing money in the same proportion for honouring the bills at maturity, such bill may be called
Accommodation Bill.
Accommodation Bill is also referred to as the Kite Bill.
Illustration 6
For mutual accommodation of himself and Y, X drew upon Y a bill of ` 6,000 at 3 months on 01.04.2021. Y
accepted the bill and returned to X who discounted it immediately @ 6% p.a. According to agreement, X and Y
shared the proceeds as 2:1. On the date of maturity X remitted his share to Y who honoured the bill by payment.
Show journal entries in the books of X and Y
Solution:
In the books of X
Journal
01.04.2022 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 6,000
To, Y A/c 6,000
(Accommodation bill drawn and acceptance received)
Bank A/c Dr. 5,910
3 90
Discount on Bills A/c ` 6,000 6% Dr.
12 6,000
(The bill discounted with the bank @ 6%)
Y A/c Dr. 2,000
To, Bank A/c 1,970
To, Discount on Bills A/c 30
(1/3rd of the proceeds remitted and proportionate discount
charged)


04.07.2022 2
Y A/c ` 6,000 Dr. 4,000
3
4,000
To, Bank A/c
(Own share of the accommodation bill remitted to Y)
In the books of Y
Journal
01.04.2022 X A/c Dr. 6,000
(Acceptance give to the Accommodation bill)
Bank A/c Dr. 1,970
Discount A/c Dr. 30
To, X A/c 2,000
(1/3rd of the proceed received and proportionate discount
allowed)
04.07.2022 Bank A/c Dr. 4,000
To, X A/c 4,000
(X’s share received)
Bills Payable A/c Dr. 6,000
To, Bank A/c 6,000
(The bill honoured by payment)
Illustration 7
X draws a bill for ` 1,200 and Y accepts the same for mutual accommodation in the ratio of 4:2. X discounts the bill
for ` 1,110 and remits 1/3rd of the proceeds to B. Before the due date, Y draws another bill for ` 1,800 on X in order
to provide funds to meet the first bill. The second bill is discounted for ` 1,740 by Y and a sum of ` 360 is remitted
to X after meeting the first bill. The second bill is duly met. Show journal entries in the books of both X and Y.
Solution:
In the books of X
Journal
To, Y A/c 1,200
(Being on 1st bill drawn on Y for mutual accommodation)


Bank A/c Dr. 1,110
Discount on Bills A/c Dr. 90
(Being the bill discounted with the banker for 1110)
Y A/c ` 1,200 1 3 Dr. 400

To, Bank A/c 370
To, Discount on Bills A/c ` 90 1 3 30
(Being 1/3rd of the proceeds remitted to Y – the loss on
discount shared proportionately)
Y A/c Dr. 1,800
(Being the bill drawn on X by Y)
Bank A/c Dr. 360
To, Y A/c ` 1,200 3
1 400
(Being the net amount remitted to X by Y)
Bank A/c Dr. 600
To, Y A/c 600
(Being the balance amount of the 2nd bill remitted by Y)
Bills Payable A/c (`1800 – `1,200) Dr. 1,800
To, Bank A/c 1,800
(Being the 2nd bill honoured at maturity)
In the books of Y
Journal
X A/c Dr. 1,200
(Being a bill drawn on Y by X for mutual accommodation)
Bank A/c Dr. 370
To, X A/c 400
(Being 1/3rd of the proceed received and the loss on discount
shared proportionately)


To, X A/c 1,800
(Being the bill drawn on X)
Bank A/c Dr. 1,740
Discount on Bills A/c (Bal. fig.) Dr. 60
(Being the bill discounted with the banker for ` 1,740)
X A/c Dr. 400
To, Bank A/c 360
To, Discount on Bills A/c 40
(Being 1/3rd of the proceeds remitted to X – the loss on
discount shared proportionately)
To, Bank A/c 1,200
(Being the 1st bill honoured at maturity)
X A/c Dr. 600
To, Bank A/c 600
(Being the balance amount of the 2nd bill remitted to X)
Note: Before the due date of the 1st bill, X was to remit ` 800 to Y to enable him to honour the bill. But X was
not in a position to remit the required amount. He accepted a bill of ` 1800 drawn by Y. Y discounted the bill for
` 1,740 and remitted to X ` 360 after adjusting ` 800 in respect of the 1st bill. Therefore, X enjoyed ` (360+800)
` 1,160 out of ` 1,740. X’s share of discount will be: ` 60/1,740 × ` 1,160 = ` 40

Accounting for Consignment 2.2
B
usiness organisations with the intention of expanding their operations adopt different strategies. One
of the common strategies involves the engagement of selling agents, technically referred to as entering
into consignment agreement. Consignment is a special type of transaction in which one entity sends
goods to another entity for selling the goods of the former for a pre-determined commission. In such an
arrangement, the two parties are located in different towns or cities.
Three parties are involved in a consignment business – Consignor, Consignee and Buyer. The consignor sends
goods to the agent (called consignee) for selling the same on its behalf to the buyers. It is a type of agency contract,
where the consignor is the ‘principal’ and the consignee acts as the ‘agent’. Revenue from consignment business is
recognised by the consignor on sale of the goods sent by the consignee. [AS-9]
Parties Involved in Consignment

The parties involved in consignment business are Consignor and Consignee.
Consignor
It is the party who sends the goods to its agent for sale of goods. The consignor may be a manufacturer or wholesaler.
The consignor is the ‘principal’ in the principal-agent relationship of consignment business. The consignor remains
the owner of the goods sent on consignment basis, till the goods are actually sold by the consignee.
Consignee
It is the party to whom goods are sent on consignment basis by the consignor. It sells the goods received on
consignment basis and acts as the ‘agent’ in a consignment relation. It is to be noted that the consignee does not own
the goods received on consignment basis. It is entitled to receive commission from the consignor as consideration .
Documents Related to Consignment Transactions

Consignment business requires certain specific documents for its operations. These documents are ‘Proforma
Invoice’ and ‘Account Sales’. These are discussed hereunder:
Proforma Invoice
This document is issued by the consignor to its agent (i.e. the consignee) at the time of sending the goods. It
mentions various details regarding the goods sent viz. quantity of the goods consigned, cost/ invoice price of the
goods, expenses incurred in relation to the goods, minimum selling price etc. This document acts as an evidence of
despatch of goods from the end of the consignor. Its format resembles that of a regular invoice.

Proforma:
XYZ Cloth Merchant
Proforma Invoice
Goods sent on Consignment to:

Kamal Garments
80A, Nehru Road,
Guwahati – 781005. Date: March 17, 2022
Particulars (`)
1,200 T-Shirts @ ` 1,000 each 12,00,000

500 Formal Shirts @ ` 800 each 4,00,000
Charges: (`) 16,00,000
Packing 25,000
Carriage 42,000
Insurance 13,000 80,000
Goods despatched vide A.W.B. No. 85138 dated 17.3.2022 Total 16,80,000
E.&O.E. For XYZ Cloth Merchant
Ahmedabad Suresh Barua
Partner
Account Sales
Account Sales is a document which is periodically sent by the consignee to the consignor.
It contains details of the transactions entered into by the consignee on behalf of the consignor viz. sale proceeds
realised, consignee’s commission, expenses incurred by consignee in connection with the consignment, amount
remitted and any other specific communication (like abnormal loss of goods).
It is a post-sales document that formally conveys the developments of the consignment business (at the consignee’s
place) to the consignor.
The consignor records the consignment related transactions in its books of accounts on the basis of this document.
Proforma:
Account Sales for Wrist Watches & Wall Clocks sold by Prime Watch Dealers
on behalf of GMT Watch Makers
Particulars (`) (`)
Gross Sale Proceeds:

1,050 wrist watches @ ` 2,400 each 25,20,000
180 wall clocks @ ` 600 each 1,08,000 26,28,000

Particulars (`) (`)
Less: Charges:
Unloading & Carriage to godown 4,500
Godown rent & insurance 96,000
Selling expenses 12,500
Commission @ 5% on ` 26,28,000 1,36,800 2,49,800
Net Sale Proceeds 23,78,200
Less: Advance (by Bank Draft No. …. dated ….) 10,00,000
13,78,200
Less: Amount remitted (by Bank Draft No. …. dated ….) 10,00,000
Balance Due 3,78,200
E.&O.E. For Prime Watch Dealers
New Delhi …………………..
(Signature)
Difference between Consignment and Regular Sales

Consignment Sales
1. It is a business expansion technique. 1. It is a primary business activity.
2. This transaction is entered into by some entities. 2. This transaction is entered into by every
commercial organisation.
3. The main parties involved are Consignor and 3. The parties involved are Buyer and Seller.
Consignee.
4. The parties share ‘Principal-Agent’ relationship. 4. The parties share ‘Debtor-Creditor’ relationship.
5. The ownership and risk of the goods do not pass to 5. The ownership and risk of the goods pass to the
the Consignee. Buyer.
6. Expenses incurred on consignment are borne by 6. Prior to transfer of ownership of goods, expenses
the Consignor. incurred are borne by the Seller.
7. Goods may be sent on consignment either ‘at Cost’ 7. Goods are sold at Selling Price which is above cost
or ‘at Invoice Price’. price.
8. When goods are sent on consignment, the 8. When goods are sold, the Seller issues a ‘Sales
Consignor sends a ‘Proforma Invoice’ to the Invoice’.
Consignee.
9. The Consignee can return the goods sent to the 9. The Buyer can not return the goods sold to the
Consignor. Seller, unless mutually agreed.

Consignment Related Transactions
Goods sent on onsignment:

In consignment business, goods are sent by the consignor to the consignee for the purpose of selling the same.
The goods are physically transferred, but the ownership, risk and the property in goods remain with the consignor.
This transaction is recorded in the books of the consignor, but in the books of the consignee no accounting is done
for the same. As the goods are sent out of the regular stock of goods, necessary adjustment is required to be made
by the consignor against Purchases A/c or Trading A/c. The goods so sent on consignment may be recorded by the
consignor either ‘at Cost Price (CP)’ or ‘at Invoice Price (IP)’. The IP is determined by adding a fixed percentage
of margin (called the Load) over the cost of the goods.
Advance by consignee to consignor:

In consignment business, the consignor usually sends goods to the consignee after receiving adequate amount of
advance from the consignee. Such advance money can be provided either through bank draft or the consignee may
accept a bill of exchange in favour of the consignor. Such advance is later on adjusted when the money is remitted
by consignee to the consignor. Sometimes, as per agreement between the consignor and the consignee, Security
Deposit/ Caution Money is required to be sent by the consignee. In such case, the security deposit/ caution money,
in proportion to any unsold stock, is retained by the consignor, and is required to be carried forward to the next
accounting period.
Expenses on consignment:
The expenses which are specifically incurred in relation to the consignment business may be incurred either by
the consignor or by the consignee.
Expenses by consignor: Such expenses are usually incurred for sending the goods to the consignee. Examples
of such expenses include carriage & freight to consignee, packing charges, loading charges, export duty, transit
insurance etc. These are non-recurring in nature, and are considered for valuation of the unsold stock lying with
the consignee, goods abnormally lost and goods-in-transit.
Expenses by consignee: These expenses are incurred by the consignee are recovered from the consignor. The
consignor does not reimburse such expenses to the consignee; rather these are adjusted against the amount due
to the consignor (sale proceeds) in the Account Sales prepared by the consignee.
Expenses on consignment may be of two types – Recurring and Non-recurring. Recurring expenses are the
expenses which are incurred on more than one occasion. These are usually incurred after the goods reach the
consignee’s premises. Such recurring expenses include godown rent, insurance of godown, carriage outward,
establishment charges, advertising & publicity, salary of salesmen, commission and other selling expenses.
Non-recurring expenses are incurred only once and are generally incurred prior to reaching the consignee’s
premises. Common nonrecurring expenses include unloading charges, dock charges, clearing charges, customs
(import) duty, octroi, carriage & freight to godown etc. For the purpose of valuation of the unsold consignment
stock and goods abnormally lost at the consignee’s premises only the non-recurring expenses incurred by the
consignee are to be considered.
Consignment Sale: As per consignment contract, goods are sold by the consignee on behalf of the consignor.
Such sales form the revenue of the consignment business. The sales may be made either on cash basis or on
credit basis. The cash sale transactions are recorded in the books of both consignor and consignee. However, the
recording of the credit sale depends on the fact whether del-credere commission is payable by the consignor to
the consignee or not. Sale proceeds are generally collected by the consignee and then reimbursed to the consignor
at the end of the specified period after making necessary adjustments like expenses by consignee, commission
due etc.

Commission
It is the consideration for which the Consignee acts as r agent of the Consignor. It is to be noted that the commission
is not directly paid by the Consignor to the Consignee. It is adjusted by the Consignee against the amount due
towards the Consignor, and is disclosed in the Account Sales. Commission associated with a consignment contract
may be of the following three types:
1. Ordinary Commission: This Commission is due to the consignee from the consignor because of rendering
of the regular activities of the consignment business. It is calculated on the gross sales made by consignee in
the consignment business.
2. Del-credere Commission: This is a commission that is payable for taking the risk associated with credit sale
of the goods, namely risk of bad debts and collection responsibility. It is generally calculated on the ‘gross
sales’ made by the consignee, unless otherwise agreed upon.
3. Over-riding Commission: This is an extra commission which is paid over and above the ordinary
commission. It is also referred to as Special Commission. This commission is paid when the consignee
manages to sell the goods above a pre-determined selling price, or exceeds the sales target.
Loss of goods sent on consignment

The consignment business involves considerable movement and handling of goods. In this process, some goods
may get lost. Such loss may be divided into two broad categories – Normal Loss and Abnormal Loss.
Normal Loss: The loss of goods which occurs due to the inherent nature of the goods involved is referred to as
Normal Loss. It is by nature unavoidable loss and forms part of the cost of goods sold. Example: Evaporation of
materials, spillage of liquid materials etc.
Abnormal Loss: Abnormal Loss of goods refers to those losses which are avoidable in nature. Such loss is not
considered to be a part of the cost of goods sold. Example: Goods pilfered, goods stolen, goods lost by fire and
other natural calamities etc. Based on the stage of occurrence of abnormal loss in a consignment business, such loss
arising can be broadly discussed under two heads:
~~ Goods lost in Transit: These losses occur on the movement of the goods from the consignor’s premise to the
consignee’s warehouse. Such goods lost are required to be valued after considering the expenses incurred by
the Consignor for sending such goods. Any expenses incurred by the consignee which are of non-recurring
nature are not to be included in valuing the goods lost in transit.
~~ Abnormal loss of goods in Consignee’s premises: Such loss includes goods damaged by fire in consignee’s
godown, goods stolen from godown, loss due to bad handling etc. For the purpose of valuation of such
loss, all expenses incurred by the consignor and the non-recurring expenses incurred by the consignee are
considered.
Valuation of Unsold Stock Lying with Consignee

During a particular accounting period, usually the consignee does not manage to sell all the goods received
from the consignor. In other words, some of the goods received may remain unsold with the consignee. This is
technically called referred to as Consignment Stock. Its ownership lies with the consignor, even though they lie
physically with the consignee. Valuation of such consignment stock is necessary for determination of correct
operating results of the consignment business. The valuation of unsold stock depends on the fact whether the goods
sent have been recorded by the consignor ‘at Cost’ or ‘at IP’.
~~ Goods sent at Cost: Consignment stock is valued considering the cost of the goods sent on consignment.
In addition, necessary adjustments are required to be made for the expenses incurred by the consignor and
non-recurring expenses incurred by the consignee.

~~ Goods sent at Invoice Price: Consignment stock is valued considering the Invoice Price of the goods sent
on consignment. Necessary adjustments are required to be made for the expenses incurred by the consignor
and non-recurring expenses incurred by the consignee on these goods. Moreover, for determination of correct
operating result, the load margin on such goods needs to be adjusted.
NB: As per AS-2, unsold stock is to be valued at ‘Cost’ or ‘Net Realisable Value (NRV)’, whichever is lower.
When the NRV (i.e. Expected Selling Price Less Incidental expenses for making such sale) of the unsold
stock fall below its cost, in that case the consignment statement is to be valued at the lower NRV.
Valuation of Goods-in-Transit
The goods which have been despatched by the consignor, but are yet to reach the premises of the consignee
are referred to as Goods-in-Transit. The ownership of such goods lies with the consignor, and at the end of an
accounting period, such goods are required to be valued for the purpose of reflecting such goods in the financial
statements. Such goods-in-transit are required to be valued after considering the expenses incurred by the consignor
for sending such goods. It is to be noted that no expenses incurred by the consignee are to be included in valuing
the same.
Accounting for Consignment

Accounting for consignment related transactions is done in the books of both Consignor and Consignee. These
are discussed as follows:
Books of Consignor: The accounts maintained in the books of the consignor are:
~~ Consignment Account: It is the profit determining account of the consignment business. In this account the
expenses and losses are matched against the revenue from such business. This profit/ loss on consignment
determined in this account is transferred from this account to the P/L A/c.
~~ Goods sent on Consignment Account: It records the goods that are sent on consignment and also returns
from consignee, if any.
~~ Consignee’s Account: This is a personal account that records the transactions that are entered into by the
consignee for the consignment. This account shows the money due to be received from the consignee at the
end of a period.
~~ Consignment Stock Account: This account records the unsold stock of goods that may lie with the consignee
at the end of an accounting period.
~~ Consignment Debtors Account: This account is maintained by the consignor when goods are sold by
consignee on credit basis and del-credere commission is not paid to the consignee. It records the transactions
like credit sale of consignment goods by consignee, collection from consignment debtors, bad debts, discount
allowed etc.
Books of Consignee: The accounts which are maintained in the books of the consignee are:
~~ Consignor Account: This account records the transactions that are entered into by the consignee in relation
to the consignment. The closing balance of this account reflects the amount due from the consignee to the
consignor at the end of a specified period.
~~ Commission Account: Separate commission accounts are required to be maintained for different types of
commissions viz. Ordinary Commission, Del credere Commission and Over-riding/ Special Commission.
~~ Consignment Debtors Account: This account is maintained by the consignee when del-credere commission
is paid by the consignor to the consignee. This account records the transactions relating to credit sale of
consignment goods made, collection from consignment debtors, bad debts, discount allowed etc.

~~ Consignment Inwards Account: Generally, no accounting is done in the books of the consignee for the
goods received from consignor. However, sometimes the consignee may open a special account called the
Consignment Inward Account to record the movement of the goods.
Journal Entries
Books of Consignor Books of Consignee
Opening Stock on Consignment
At Cost: Consignment A/c Dr.

To, Consignment Stock A/c
At IP: Consignment A/c Dr. No entry

To, Consignment Stock A/c
[Note: Load to be cancelled]
Cancellation of load on Opening Stock [When goods are sent at IP]
Stock Reserve A/c Dr.

No entry
To Consignment A/c
Goods Sent on Consignment
At Cost: Consignment A/c Dr.

To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c
At IP: Consignment A/c Dr. No entry

To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c
Cancellation of load on goods sent [When goods are sent at IP]
Goods Sent on Consignment A/c Dr.

No entry
To Consignment A/c
Advance received from consignee by consignor
Bank A/c / Bills Receivable A/c Dr. Consignor A/c Dr.
To, Consignee A/c To, Bank A/c/ Bills Payable A/c
Discounting of Bills Receivable by consignor
Bank A/c Dr.
Discount on Bill A/c Dr. No entry
Expenses incurred by consignor
Consignment A/c Dr.
No entry
To, Cash/ Bank A/c


Goods-in-Transit
At Cost: Goods-in-Transit A/c Dr.
To, Consignment A/c
At IP: Goods-in-Transit A/c Dr. No entry
To, Consignment A/c
Cancellation of load on Goods-in-Transit [When goods are sent at IP]
Consignment A/c Dr.
To, Goods-in-Transit A/c
Expenses paid by consignee
Consignment A/c Dr. Consignor A/c Dr.
To, Consignee A/c To, Bank / Cash A/c
Sale of goods by consignee
For cash Consignee A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
To, Consignment A/c To, Consignor A/c
For Credit: Consignee A/c Dr. Consignment Debtors A/c Dr.
●● Del-credere commission To, Consignment A/c To, Consignor A/c
provided
●● Del-credere commission Consignment Debtors A/c Dr. No entry
not provided To, Consignment A/c
Commission payable by consignor to consignee
Consignment A/c Consignor A/c Dr.
To, Consignee A/c To, Commission A/c
Amount received from Consignment Debtors
Del-credere commission No entry Bank A/c Dr.
provided To, Consignment Debtors A/c
Del-credere commission not Consignee A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
provided To, Bank A/c Dr. To, Consignor A/c
[if directly collected by consignor]
To, Consignment Debtors A/c
Bad Debt in connection to consignment business
Del-credere commission Bad Debt A/c Dr.
provided No entry

Commission A/c Dr.

To, Bad Debt A/c
Del-credere commission not Consignment A/c Dr. No entry
provided To, Consignment Debtors A/c
Goods returned by consignee
At Cost: Goods Sent on Consignment A/c Dr.
No entry
To, Consignment A/c
At IP: Goods Sent on Consignment A/c Dr.
No entry
To, Consignment A/c
Abnormal Loss of goods [in Transit/ in consignee’s place ]
At Cost: Abnormal Loss A/c Dr.
No entry
To, Consignment A/c
At IP: Abnormal Loss A/c Dr.
To, Consignment A/c No entry
Cancellation of loading of abnormal goods [If goods sent at IP ]
Consignment A/c Dr.
No entry
To Abnormal Loss A/c
Insurance claim received/ admitted against Abnormal Loss
Bank A/c (Amount received) Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
Insurance Claim A/c Dr. To, Consignor A/c
(Amount admitted but not realised) [Amount received from Insurance
Consignee A/c Dr. Co. on behalf of the consignor]
(Amount received by consignee)
P/L A/c (Net Loss) Dr.
To, Abnormal Loss A/c
Closing Stock on Consignment
If goods were Sent at Cost: Consignment Stock A/c Dr.
To, Consignment A/c
If goods were Sent at IP: Consignment Stock A/c Dr. No entry
To, Consignment A/c

Cancellation of loading on goods sent [If goods sent at IP]

Consignment A/c Dr.
No entry
To, Stock Reserve A/c
Closing of Goods sent on Consignment A/c
Goods sent on Consignment A/c Dr.
No entry
Profit/Loss on Consignment
In case of Profit Consignment A/c Dr.
To, P/L A/c
No entry
In case of Loss P/L A/c Dr.
To, Consignment A/c
Final Remittance received by consignor from consignee
Bank A/c / Bills Receivable A/c Dr. Consignor A/c Dr.
To, Consignee A/c To, Bank A/c / Bills Payable A/c
Illustration 8
Agarwal of Agra sent on consignment goods valued ` 1,00,000 to Biyani of Bhagalpur on March 1, 2021. He
incurred an expenditure of ` 12,000 on Freight and Insurance. Biyani was entitled to a commission of 5% on gross
sales plus a del-credere commission of 3%. Biyani took delivery of the consignment by incurring expenses of
` 3,000 for goods consigned.
On Dec. 31, 2021, Biyani informed on phone that he had sold all the goods for ` 1,50,000 by incurring
selling expenses of ` 2,000. He further informed that only ` 1,48,000 had been realised and rest was considered
irrecoverable, and would be sending the cheque in a day or so for the amount due along with the accounts sale. The
consignor closes his books on Dec. 31 each year.
On Jan. 5, 2022; Agarwal received the cheque for the amount due from Biyani and incurred bank charges of ` 260
for collecting the cheque. The amount was credited by the bank on Jan. 9, 2022.
Prepare the Consignment A/c finding out the profit/loss on the consignment, Biyani A/c, Provision for Expenses
A/c and Bank A/c in the books of the consignor, recording the transactions upto the receipt and collection
of the cheque.
Solution:
Books of Agarwal
Dr. Consignment to Bhagalpur Account Cr.
Particulars (`) Particulars (`)
To, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 1,00,000 By, Biyani A/c [Sale] 1,50,000


To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred] 12,000
- Freight and Insurance
To, Biyani A/c [Expenses paid by consignee]
- Delivery Charges 3,000
- Selling Expenses 2,000 5,000
To, Biyani A/c [Commission due]

- Ordinary Commission [1,50,000 × 5%] 7,500
Del credere Commission [1,50,000 × 3%] 4,500 12,000
To, Provision for Expenses A/c 260

[Provision created for collection charges]
To, P/L A/c [Profit on consignment transferred] 20,740
1,50,000 1,50,000
Dr. Biyani Account Cr.

31.12.21 To Consignment to 1,50,000 31.12.21 By Consignment to Bhagalpur A/c 5,000

Bhagalpur A/c [Sales] [Expenses paid by consignee]
31.12.21 By Consignment to Bhagalpur A/c 12,000
[Commission due]
31.12.21 By Balance c/d [Balance due: : B/Fig. 1,33,000
1,50,000 1,50,000
1.1.22 To Balance b/d 1,33,000 5.1.22 By Cheque for Collection A/c 1,33,000
[Final remittance]
1,33,000 1,33,000
Dr. Provision for Expenses Account Cr.

9.1.22 To, Cheque for Collection A/c 260 31.12.21 By, Consignment to Bhagalpur 260
[Bank charges deducted] A/c
260 260

Dr. Bank Account Cr.

9.1.22 To, Cheque for Collection A/c 1,32,740 9.1.22 By, Balance c/f 1,32,740
[1,33,000 – 260]
1,32,740 1,32,740
Illustration 9
M/s Singha Traders of Surat consigned 5,000 litres of edible oil costing ` 32 each to M Ltd. of Mumbai on
1.2.2022. S Ltd. paid ` 5,000 as freight and insurance charges. During transit 200 litres were destroyed for which
the insurance company agreed to pay ` 5,000 in full settlement.
M Ltd. paid clearing charges ` 6,100; godown rent ` 300 and Salesman’s salary ` 900. It was entitled to 6%
ordinary commission and 4% del credere commission on sales.
On 30.6.2022, M Ltd. reported that 4,000 litres were sold at ` 1,65,000 and 100 litres were lost due to evaporation.
A customer who bought liquor for ` 1,500 could pay only 40% of his amount. M Ltd. paid its balance due
by a cheque.
Show the Consignment Account in the books of M/s Singha Traders.
Solution:
Books of M/s Singha Traders
Dr. Consignment to Mumbai Account Cr.
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 1,60,000 By, M. Ltd. A/c [Sale] 1,65,000
[5,000 × ` 32]
To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred by consignor] By, Goods Destroyed-in-Transit A/c 6,600
[WN:1]
- Freight and Insurance Charges 5,000
To, M. Ltd. A/c [Expenses incurred by
consignee]
- Clearing Charges 6,100 By, Consignment Stock A/c [WN:1] 24,500
- Godown Rent 300
- Salesman’s Salaries 900 7,300
To, M. Ltd. A/c [Commission due]
- Ordinary Commission [1,65,000 × 9,900
6%]
- Del credere Commission [1,65,000 6,600 16,500
× 4%]
To P/L A/c [Profit on consignment – transferred] 7,300
1,96,100 1,96,100

Workings Note:
Value of Goods Destroyed-in-transit & Unsold Stock
Litres (`)
Cost of goods sent [5,000 × ` 32] 5,000 1,60,000

Add: Consignor’s expenses (being, freight and insurance charges) - 5,000
5,000 1,65,000
Less: Goods destroyed -in-transit [ ` 1,65,000 × 200/5,000] 200 6,600
Goods received by consignee 4,800 1,58,400
Add: Non-recurring expenses incurred by consignee (being, clearing - 6,100
charges)
4,800 1,64,500
Less: Normal loss 100 -
4,700 1,64,500
Unsold Stock = [5,000 – 200 – 100 – 4,000] = 700 litres
700
` 1,64,500 × = ` 24,500
∴ Value of 700 litres 4700
Illustration 10
B consigned 100 calculators to A. Cost of each calculator was ` 190. B incurred expenses of ` 500 on despatch
of such goods. A informed B that he had sold 68 calculators @ ` 280 each and 11 calculators @ ` 270 each and had
spent ` 1,520 on behalf of the consignor. One damaged calculator was sold for ` 50 according to the instructions of
consignor. A was entitled to a commission of 6% on gross sales and it includes del-credere commission. A could
recover only ` 250 from a customer to whom one calculator had been sold on credit basis for ` 280. All other sales
were made on cash basis.
Show the ledger accounts in the books of both the parties. Calculations may be made to the nearest rupee and
assume that the expenses of consignee are recurring in nature.
Solution:
Books of B
Dr. Consignment Account Cr.
To, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 19,000 By, A A/c [Sale]

[100 × ` 190] [68 × ` 280] 19,040
To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred] 500 [11 × ` 270] 2,970 22,010
To, A A/c [Expenses paid by consignee] 1,520 By, Goods Damaged A/c [WN: 1] 195
To, A A/c [Commission due: ` 22,010 × 6%] 1,321 By, Consignment Stock A/c [WN: 1] 3,900


26,105 26,105
Dr. Goods Damaged Account Cr.

To, Consignment A/c 195 By, A A/c [Sale of damaged calculator] 50

To, A A/c 3 By, P/L A/c [Net loss transferred – B/Fig.] 148
[Commission on sale of damaged
goods: ` 50 × 6%]
198 198
N.B. As the commission is allowed on gross sales, consignee is also entitled to get commission on sale of
damaged goods also.
Dr. A Account Cr.

To, Consignment A/c [Sale] 22,010 By, Consignment A/c [Expenses incurred] 1,520
To, Goods Damaged A/c 50 By, Consignment A/c [Commission due] 1,321
By, Goods Damaged A/c 3
[Commission on sale of damaged goods]
By, Balance c/f 19,216
22,060 22,060
Dr. Goods Sent on Consignment Account Cr.

To, Purchases/ Trading A/c [Transfer] 19,000 By, Consignment A/c 19,000
Books of A
Dr. B Account Cr.
To, Bank A/c [Expenses paid] 1,520 By, Bank A/c [Cash Sales: (` 22,010 – 21,730
` 280)]
To, Commission A/c [Commission earned] 1,324 By, Consignment Debtors A/c [Credit Sales] 280
To, Balance c/f [Balance due: B/Fig.] 19,216 By, Bank A/c [Sale of damaged calculator] 50
22,060 22,060

Dr. Consignment Debtors Account Cr.

To, B A/c [Credit sales] 280 By, Bank A/c [Collection] 250
By, Commission A/c [Bad debts written-off] 30
280 280
Dr. Commission Account Cr.

To, Consignment Debtors A/c [` 280 – ` 250] 30 By, B A/c 1,324

To, P/L A/c [B/Fig.] 1,294
1,324 1,324
Workings Note:
1. Value of goods damaged & unsold stock
Units (`)
Cost of goods sent 100 19,000

Add: Consignor’s expenses -- 500
100 19,500
Less: Goods damaged [ ` 19,500 × 1/100] 1 195
99 19,305
Unsold stock = [100 – (68 + 11) - 1] = 20 units 20
` 19,305 × = ` 3,900
∴ Value of 20 units 99
Illustration 11
RG Cellular of Kolkata consigned 100 mobile handsets to Techno Traders of Durgapur. The cost of each handset
was ` 25,000. The consignor paid insurance ` 15,000, freight ` 8,000. An account sale was received from Pluto,
showing gross sale proceeds of 80 units at ` 30,000 each.
The expenses paid and deducted by him were: Carriage ` 2,000; Establishment expenses ` 10,300; Insurance
` 24,000; Commission ` 85,000. The handsets lying unsold with Pluto were valued at ` 5,05,000
Pass the journal entries in the books of Techno Traders given that maintains Consignment Inward A/c.

Solution:
Books of Techno Traders
Journal
Consignment Inward A/c [100 × ` 25,000] Dr. 25,00,000
To, RG Cellular A/c 25,00,000
(Being goods received from Jupiter)
Consignment Inward A/c Dr. 36,300
To, Bank A/c (` 2,000 + ` 10,300 + ` 24,000) 36,300
(Being expenses paid for consignment)
Bank A/c Dr. 24,00,000
To, Consignment Inward A/c (80 × ` 30,000) 24,00,000
(Being goods received on consignment sold)
Consignment Inward A/c Dr. 85,000
To, Commission A/c 85,000
(Being commission due from Jupiter)
RG Cellular A/c Dr. 5,05,000
To, Consignment Inward A/c 5,05,000
(Being stock lying unsold)
Consignment Inward A/c Dr. 2,83,700
To, RG Cellular A/c 2,83,700
(Being balance of Consignment Inward A/c transferred to Jupiter
account)
RG Cellular A/c Dr. 22,78,700
To, Bank A/c 22,78,700
(Being payment made for balance due to consignor)
Illustration 12
On Jan. 1, 2022 goods costing ` 1,32,000 were consigned by Shri G of Chennai to his agent Shri H in Amritsar
at a pro-forma invoice price of 20% above cost. Shri G paid freight and other forwarding charges amounting to
` 4,000. The consignee was allowed ` 2,000 p.a. towards establishment costs, 5% commission on gross sales.
Shri H paid ` 1,000 as godown rent and insurance for three months ended Mar. 31, 2022.

Three-fourths of the goods were sold at 331/3% profit on cost, half of which were credit sales. Balance stock
was valued at pro-forma invoice price. Consignee reported that a customer who purchased goods worth ` 10,000
was untraceable and his balance was considered to be unrealisable. All other the debtors cleared their dues. Shri H
cleared his dues by sending a bank draft on Mar. 31, 2022.
Prepare necessary accounts in the books of Consignor, for 3 months ending on Mar. 31, 2022.
Solution:
Books of Shri G
Dr. Consignment to Amritsar Account Cr.
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 1,58,400 By, Shri H A/c [Cash Sales – WN:1] 66,000
[` 1,32,000 + 20% there off]
To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred] By, Consignment Debtors A/c 66,000
[Credit sales – WN:1]
- Freight and other Forwarding Charges 4,000
To, Shri H A/c [Expenses paid by consignee] By, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 26,400
- Establishment Charges [Loading on goods sent: ` 1,32,000 ×
[2,000 × 3/12] 500 20%]
- Godown Rent and Insurance 1,000 1,500
To, Shri H A/c [Commission due: 1,32,000 6,600 By, Consignment Stock A/c [WN: 2] 40,600
× 5%]
To, Consignment Debtors A/c 10,000
[Bad debt written off]
To, Stock Reserve A/c [WN:2] 6,600
To, P/L A/c [Profit on consignment 11,900
transferred]
1,99,000 1,99,000
Dr. Shri H Account Cr.

To, Consignment to Amritsar A/c [Sales] 66,000 By, Consignment to Amritsar A/c 1,500
[Expenses incurred]
To, Consignment Debtors A/c 56,000 By, Consignment to Amritsar A/c 6,600
[Collection made by consignee: (`66,000 [Commission due]
– 10,000)]
By, Bank A/c [Final remittance - B/Fig.] 1,13,900
1,22,000 1,22,000


To, Consignment to Amritsar A/c [Sales] 66,000 By, Shri H A/c [Amount recovered by 56,000
consignee]
By, Consignment to Amritsar A/c 10,000
[Bad debt written off]
66,000 66,000
Dr. Goods sent on Consignment Account Cr.

To, Consignment to Amritsar A/c 26,400 By, Consignment to Amritsar A/c 1,58,400
[Loading on goods sent] [Invoice price of goods sent]
To, Purchases/Trading A/c [Transfer] 1,32,000
1,58,400 1,58,400
Workings Note:
1. Cash & credit sales made by consignee
(`)
Cost price of goods sent 1,32,000

Cost price of goods sold [ ` 1,32,000 × 3/4] 99,000
Add: Profit @ 33 1/3 % on Cost [ ` 99,000 × 33 1/3 %] 33,000
Total Sales 1,32,000
∴ Cash Sales [ ` 1,32,000 × 1/2] 66,000
∴ Credit Sales [ ` 1,32,000 × 1/2] 66,000
2. Value of unsold stock
(`)
Invoice Price of goods sent 1,58,400

Add: Consignor’s expenses [Being, freight and other forwarding charges] 4,000
1,62,400
Unsold Stock [ 1/4th of the total goods = 1/4th ` 1,62,400] 40,600
Loading on stock on consignment
= Load on goods sent × ¼ = ` 26,400 × ¼ 6,600

Illustration 13
Kunal of Kolkata consigned goods costing ` 45,000 to Quereshi of Meerut. The invoice price was made so as to
show a profit of 331/3% on cost. Kunal paid ` 300 as carriage and ` 1,200 as freight & insurance, Goods costing
` 5,000 were destroyed while in-transit and the insurance company admitted the full claim. In Meerut, Quereshi
paid ` 40 as carriage and ` 600 as godown rent. 2/3 rd of the goods received by Quereshi were sold by him.
Quereshi sent a cheque to P for the sale proceeds after deducting the expenses incurred by him and the commission
due to him: ordinary @ 5% and del credere @ 21/2%.
Show the Consignment to Meerut A/c and Q’s A/c in Kunal’s Ledger.
Solution:
Books of Kunal
Dr. Consignment to Meerut Account Cr.
To, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 60,000 By, Quereshi A/c [Sale – WN :2] 35,556
[` 45,000 + 331/3% thereof]
By, Goods Destroyed-in-Transit A/c 6,834
To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred] [WN:1]
- Carriage 300 By, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 15,000
- Freight & Insurance 1,200 1,500 [Load on goods sent: 45,000 × 1/3]
To, Quereshi A/c By, Consignment Stock A/c 18,301
[Expenses paid by consignee] [WN: 1]
- Carriage 240
- Godown Rent 600 840
To, Quereshi A/c [Commission due]
- Ordinary Commission [35,556 × 5%] 1,778
- Del credere Commission
[35,556 × 21/2%] 889 2,667
To, Goods Destroyed-in-Transit A/c 1,667
[loading on goods destroyed –WN: 1]
To, Stock Reserve A/c [Loading on unsold stock 4,444
– WN: 1]
75,691 75,691
NB: Discount on bill being purely a finance charge, would be recorded in debit side of P/L A/c.

Dr. Quereshi Account Cr.

To, Consignment to Meerut A/c [Sales] 35,556 By, Consignment A/c [Expenses incurred] 840
By, Consignment A/c [Commission due] 2,667
By, Bank A/c [Final remittance: B/Fig.] 32,049
35,556 35,556
Workings Note:
1. Value of goods destroyed-in-transit and unsold stock
Invoice Price (`) Load (`)

Goods sent 60,000 15,000
[45,000 × 1/3]
Add: Consignor’s expenses [being, Carriage and Freight & Insurance] 1,500 -
61,500 15,000
Less: Goods destroyed-in-transit
[Goods costing ` 5,000 were destroyed i.e. ` 5,000/ ` 45,000 = 1/9th 6,833 1,667
of goods sent]
∴ Load on goods destroyed-in-transit = [` 15,000 × 1/9] = ` 1,667
54,667 13,333
Add: Non-recurring expenses incurred by consignee [being, carriage] 240 -
54,907 13,333
∴ Unsold stock = 1/3rd of goods received [See note]
∴ Value unsold stock 54,907 × 1/3 = 18,302
∴ Load on goods unsold stock = [` 13,333 × 1/3] = ` 4,444
2. Sales made by Quereshi
(`)
Cost of goods sent by consignor 45,000

Less: Cost of goods lost in transit 5,000
∴ Cost of goods received by consignee 40,000
Cost of goods sold by consignor [` 40,000 × 2/3] 26,667
Add: Profit @ 33 1/3% on Cost 8,889
∴ Sale made by Quereshi 35,556

Illustration 14
Veemal of Delhi sends a consignment of wall clocks to Anand of Kolkata and charges proforma invoice price
so as to show a profit of 25% on cost. The agent received commission @ 5% on all sales plus 3% del credere
commission on credit sales made by him. Stock of goods with the agent at the beginning of the year: 40 clocks at
proforma invoice price ` 25,000. During the year ended 31st December 2011, Veemal had the following transactions
with Anand:
(a) Proforma invoice price of 200 Clocks consigned to Anand: ` 1,25,000
(b) Railway charges and insurance on the consignment paid by Veemal: ` 3,500
(c) Advance received from Anand : ` 37,500
(d) Sales made by Anand;
(i) 80 clocks for cash : ` 53,750
(ii) 100 clocks on credit: ` 70,000
(e) Selling expenses made by agent: ` 6,250 and discount allowed by him ` 2,500.
(f) 30 clocks were damaged by the railway for which Anand recovered ` 6,750. The damaged clocks were sold
on cash by Anand at ` 5,750.
(g) Out of the clock sold on credit, ` 5,000 was irrecoverable and considered bad by the agent.
(h) The agent remitted the balance due by him by a bank draft.
Show necessary Ledger Accounts in the books of Veemal.
Solution:
Books of Veemal
Dr. Consignment to Kolkata Account Cr.
To, Consignment Stock A/c [Unsold stock] 25,000 By, Stock Reserve A/c 5,000
To, Goods sent on Consignment A/c [sent at 1,25,000 [Load on opening stock : 25,000 × 25/125 ]
IP]
To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred] By, Anand A/c [Sale: ` 53,750 + ` 70,000] 1,23,750
- Railway charges & Insurance 3,500
To, Anand A/c [Expenses paid by consignee] By, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 25,000
- Selling expenses 6,250 [load on goods sent: ` 1,25,000 × 25/125]
- Discount Allowed 2,500 8,750 By, Goods Damaged-in-Transit A/c 19,275
[WN: 1]
To, Anand A/c [Commission due] By, Consignment Stock A/c [WN: 1] 19,275
- Ordinary Commission 6,188
[1,23,750 × 5%]
- Del credere Commission 2,100 8,288
[70,000 × 3%]

To, Goods Damaged-in-Transit A/c [Load - 3,750

WN: 1]
To, Stock Reserve A/c [Load on unsold 3,750
stock – WN: 1]
To, P/L A/c [Profit on consignment 14,262
transferred]
1,92,300 1,92,300
Dr. Anand Account Cr.

To, Consignment A/c [Sales] 1,23,750 By, Bank A/c [Advance] 37,500
To, Goods Damaged-in-Transit A/c 6,750 By, Consignment A/c 8,750
[Insurance claim received] [Expenses incurred]
To, Goods Damaged-in-Transit A/c 5,750 By, Consignment A/c [Commission due] 8,288
[Sale of damaged goods]
By, Goods Damaged-in-Transit A/c 288
[Commission on sale of damaged goods]
By, Bank A/c [Final remittance – B/Fig.] 51,250
1,36,250 1,36,250
Dr. Goods Damaged-in-Transit Account Cr.
To, Consignment A/c [Goods damaged] 19,275 By, Consignment A/c 3,750
[Load on goods damaged]
To, Anand A/c 288 By, Anand A/c [Insurance claim received] 6,750
[Commission on sale of damaged goods – By, Anand A/c [Sale of damaged goods] 5,750
` 5,750 × 5%] By, P/L A/c [Net loss – B/Fig.] 3,313
19,563 19,563
Workings Note:
1. Value of Goods Damaged in Transit & Unsold Stock
Units (`)
IP of goods sent 200 1,25,000

Add: Consignor’s expenses [being, Railway charges & Insurance] - 3,500

Units (`)
Less: Goods Damaged-in-Transit [1,28,500 × 30/200] 200 1,28,500

Load on Goods Damaged-in-Transit: Total load × 30/200 = ` 1,25,000 × 30 19,275
30/200 = ` 3,750
∴ Value of goods received by consignee 170 1,09,225
Unsold Stock = [40 + 200 – 30 – (80 + 100)] = 30 units
∴ Value of unsold stock of 30 units ` 1,09,225 × 30 = ` 19,275

170
Load on unsold stock: Total load × 30/200 = ` 1,25,000 × 30/200 = ` 3,750
Illustration 15
The Account Sales received from an agent disclosed that the total sales effected by him during 2021-22 amounted
to ` 4,50,000. This included ` 3,12,500 for sales made at invoice price which is cost plus 25% and the balance at
10% above the invoice price. He incurred expenses to the tune of ` 5,000 out of which a sum of ` 1,800 is recurring
in nature. Forwarding expenses of the Consignor totalled ` 2,400. The Agent had remitted the balance due from
him through Bank Draft after deducting the expenses. 5% commission on gross sales, bad debts ` 850 and a Bills
payable accepted by him for ` 10,000.
The value of unsold stock at original cost lying with the Agent as on 31st March, 2022 amounted to ` 50.000.
You are required to prepare the Consignment Account and the Consignee’s Account in the Books of the Consignor.
Solution:
Books of Consignor
To, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 5,00,000 By, Consignment Debtors A/c [Sale] 4,50,000
[WN:1]
To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred]
- Forwarding Expenses 2,400 By, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 1,00,000
[Load on goods sent – WN:1]
To, Consignee A/c [Expenses paid by consignee] By, Consignment Stock A/c [WN: 63,200
2]
- Non-recurring Expenses 3,200
[5,000 – 1,800]
- Recurring Expenses 1,800 5,000
To, Consignee A/c
[Commission due: ` 4,50,000 × 5%] 22,500

To, Consignment Debtors A/c [Bad debt] 850
To, Stock Reserve A/c 12,500

[Load on unsold stock – WN: 2]
6,13,200 6,13,200
Dr. Consignee Account Cr.

To, Consignment Debtors A/c 4,49,150 By, Bills Receivable A/c 10,000
[Collection from debtors: `
4,50,000 – By, Consignment A/c [Expenses incurred] 5,000
` 850]

By, Bank A/c [Final remittance - B/Fig.] 4,11,650
4,49,150 4,49,150
Workings Note:
1. Goods sent on consignment
(`)
Total sales 4,50,000

Less: Sales made at invoice price 3,12,500
∴ Sales made at invoice price plus 10% 1,37,500
∴ Total sales at invoice price [` 3,12,500 + (` 1,37,500 × 100/110)] 4,37,500

Less: Loading on above [` 4,37,500 × 25/125] 87,500
∴ Cost of Goods sold 3,50,000
Add: Unsold stock 50,000
∴ Cost of goods sent on consignment 4,00,000
Add: Loading @ 25% 1,00,000
Goods sent on consignment [at IP] 5,00,000

2. Value of unsold stock
(`)
Original cost of unsold stock (given) 50,000

Add: Loading [ ` 50,000 × 25%] 12,500
62,500
Add: Proportionate expenses of consignor [ ` 2,400 × 62,500 / 5,00,000] 300
Proportionate non-recurring expenses paid by consignee 400
[ ` 3,200 × 62,500 / 5,00,000]
∴ Value of unsold stock 63,200
Illustration 16
Mr. P consigned goods to Mr. D, his agent at Dhanbad, at cost price of ` 40,000. Mr. P’s accountant at the end
of the year drew up the agent account as below:
Dr. Mr. D Account Cr.

To, Goods 40,000 By, Cash 25,000

To, Cash-Freight 3,000 By, Balance 19,300
To, P/L A/c 1,300
44,300 44,300
Mr. D sold part of the goods for ` 45,000, which exceeded by ` 9,000 their invoice value. He collected
` 38,000 after allowing discount of ` 2,000 to customers. Bad Debts came to ` 1,000 and his expenses to ` 800
(including ` 200 for loading and cartage). Mr. D was entitled to a 5% commission on cash collected.
From the above information draw up Consignment A/c, Consignment Debtors A/c and Mr. D A/c in the books
of Mr. P.
Solution:
Books of Mr. P
Dr. Consignment to Dhanbad Account Cr.
To, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 40,000 By, Consignment Debtors A/c 45,000
[Rectification - WN:1] [Credit Sale]
To, Mr. D’s A/c By, Consignment Stock A/c 4,320

[Consignor’s expenses - rectified] [WN: 2]

- Freight 3,000
To, Mr. D A/c [Expenses paid by consignee]
- Loading & Cartage 200
- Other Expenses [ ` 800 – ` 200] 600 800
To, Mr. D A/c
[Commission due: 5% on ` 38,000] 1,900
- Discount Allowed 2,000
- Bad debt 1,000 3,000
To, P/L A/c [Profit on consignment 620
transferred]
49,320 49,320
Dr. Mr. D Account Cr.

To, Balance b/f 19,300 By, Goods A/c [Rectification – WN: 1] 40,000
To, Consignment Debtors A/c 38,000 By, Consignment A/c 3,000
[Collection from Debtors ] [Expenses of consignor – rectified]
By, P/L A/c [Profit wrongly included - rectified] 1,300
By, Consignment A/c [Expenses paid] 800
By, Balance c/f [Balance due: B/Fig.] 10,300
57,300 57,300

To, Consignment A/c [Sales] 45,000 By, Dharani A/c [Amount collected] 38,000
By, Consignment A/c [Discount Allowed] 2,000
By, Consignment A/c [Bad debt] 1,000
By, Balance c/f [B/Fig.] 4,000
45,000 45,000

Workings Note:
1. Rectification of errors
Transaction Rectification Entry

Goods sent on consignment Consignment A/c Dr. 40,000
To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 40,000
Goods A/c Dr. 40,000
To Mr. D A/c 40,000
Expenses paid by Nripesh Consignment A/c Dr. 3,000
To Mr. D A/c 3,000
Cash received from Mr. D No Rectification Entry is needed
Profit P/L A/c Dr. 1,300
To Mr. D A/c 1,300
2. Cost price of unsold stock
(`) (`)
Cost of goods sent 40,000

Less: Cost of goods sold:
Sales 45,000
Less: Margin over Invoice Price 9,000 36,000
∴ Cost of unsold stock 4,000
3. Value of Unsold Stock
(`)
Cost of unsold goods [WN:2] 4,000

Add: Proportionate expenses of consignor [ ` 3,000 × 4,000/ 40,000] 300
Add: Proportionate expenses of consignee [ ` 200 × 4,000 / 40,000] 20
4,320
Illustration 17
The account sales received from an agent disclosed that the sales made at 10% above the price was 44% of the
sales made at invoice price which is cost plus 25%. All the sales are made on credit basis. He incurred expenses
to the tune of ` 5,000, out of which a sum of ` 1,800 is recurring in nature. Forwarding expenses of the consignor
` 2,400. The agent had remitted the balance due from him through bank draft of ` 4,11,650 after deducting the
expenses, 5% commission on gross sales, bad debts ` 850 and a bill payable accepted by him for ` 10,000. The value
of unsold stock at original cost lying with the agent amounted to ` 50,000. You are required prepare Consignment
Account and the Agents’ Account in the books of the consignor.

Solution:
Books of Consignor
To, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 5,00,000 By, Consignment Debtors A/c [Credit 4,50,000
- Goods sent at IP [WN:2] Sale: WN:1]
To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred] 2,400 By, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 1,00,000
- Forwarding Expenses [Loading on unsold stock – WN:2]
To, Agent A/c [Expenses paid by consignee] By, Consignment Stock A/c [WN:3] 63,200
- Non-recurring Expenses
[5,000 – 1,800] 3,200
To, Agent A/c [Commission due: WN:1] 22,500

To, Consignment Debtors A/c [Bad debt] 850
[loading on unsold stock – WN:3]

6,13,200 6,13,200
Dr. Agent Account Cr.

To, Consignment Debtors A/c 4,49,150 By, Bills Receivable A/c [Advance received] 10,000
[Collection from credit Sales: 4,50,000 By, Consignment A/c [Expenses incurred] 5,000
- 850]
By, Consignment A/c [Commission due – 22,500
WN:1]
By, Bank A/c [Final remittance] 4,11,650
4,49,150 4,49,150
Workings Note:
1. Calculation of sales and commission due to consignee:
Let total sales be ` X.

∴ Commission = 5% of X = 0.05 X.
Now from Consignee A/c:
Final remittance = Collection from _ B/R received _ Expenses _ Commission

from consignee Consignment (as advance) incurred by due
Debtors consignee
Or, 4,11,650 = (X – ` 850) – 10,000 – 5,000 – 0.05 X

Or, 4,11,650 = 0.95X – ` 15,850
Or, 0.95X = ` 4,27,500
Or, X = ` 4,50,000
∴ 0.05X = ` 4,50,000 × 5%
= ` 22,500
2. Goods sent on consignment:

According to the problem:
Total Sales = Sales made at invoice price + Sales made at invoice price plus 10%
Let, sales made at invoice price = Y
∴ Sales made at invoice price plus 10% = 0.44Y
Now, total sales = ` 4,50,000 (Computed in WN:1)
∴ ` 4,50,000 = Y + 0.44Y
Or, Y = ` 4,50,000/ 1.44 = ` 3,12,500 (i.e. Sales made at invoice price)
∴ 0.44Y = ` 1,37,500 (i.e. Sales made at invoice price plus 10%)
Now, the invoice price of the goods which is sold at a higher rate [i.e. IP + 10% thereof]
= ` 1,37,500 × 100/ 110
= ` 1,25,000
∴ Invoice price of goods sold = ` 3,12,500 + ` 1,25,000
= ` 4,37,500
∴ Cost of goods sold = ` 4,37,500 × 100/125
= ` 3,50,000
∴ Goods sent on consignment (at cost) = Cost of goods sold + unsold stock
= ` 3,50,000 + ` 50,000
= ` 4,00,000
∴ Goods sent on consignment (at invoice price) = Cost of goods sent + Loading @ 25%
= ` 4,00,000 + 25% thereof
= ` 5,00,000

3. Valuation of unsold stock:
(`)
Cost of unsold stock 50,000

Add: Load [ ` 50,000 × 25%] 12,500
∴ IP of unsold stock 62,500
Add: Consignor’s proportionate expenses [ ` 2,400 × 62,500/ 5,00,000] 300
Consignee’s proportionate non-recurring expenses 400
[ ` 3,200 × 62,500/ 5,00,000]
∴ Value of unsold stock 63,200

Accounting for Joint Venture 2.3
J
oint venture is a short term business undertaking jointly by two or more persons who share the profits and
losses in an agreed ratio. Joint Venture is a temporary form of business organization. There are certain
business activities or projects that may involve higher risks; higher investments and even they demand multi-
skills. In such cases, an individual person may not be able to muster all resources. Hence two or more people
having requisite skill sets come together to form a temporary partnership. This is called a Joint Venture. There is a
Memorandum of Undertaking (MOU) signed for this purpose.
Concept
A joint venture (JV) is a business arrangement in which two or more parties agree to pool their resources for the
purpose of accomplishing a specific task. This task can be a new project or any other business activity.
Characteristics of Joint Venture

Following are the salient features of a joint venture form of business:
~~ There is an agreement between two or more persons.
~~ Joint venture is made for the specific execution of a business plan/project.
~~ It is a temporary partnership without the use of a firm name.
~~ Profit & Share are shared on the same terms and conditions agreed upon. However, in the absence of any
agreement, profit & share will be divided equally.
~~ The terms of the joint ventures are executed on a written agreement signed by all parties involved. This
document will state that the parties are willingly assisting each other and will contain other terms as such
durations, model of association, liabilities etc.
~~ Joint ventures are of short duration. Such associations are temporary and comes to an end when the purpose
of the agreement is served.
Parties in a Joint Venture

The parties who have agreed to undertake the joint venture are called Co-venturers or Joint venturers. It is exactly
same as partnership, with the exception that it is one of the business that is to be terminated after the venture period
is over, counting from the time from when it has started. Since it is to be terminated after the period of completion
of the venture, the firm name is not generally used. It is a temporary partnership with or without firm name. If
there is no agreement concerning the sharing of profits or losses between the co-venturers, it is shared equally
by all the parties.

Difference between Joint Venture and Partnership

There are following differences between partnership and joint venture −
~~ Partnership always carried on with firm’s name, but for the joint venture, no such firm’s name is required.
~~ The persons who run the business on partnership are called as partners and the persons who agreed to take
the project as joint venture are called as co-venturers.
~~ Normally, a partnership is constituted for a long period (including various projects), whereas joint venture is
formed to complete a specific job/project.
~~ Partnership is governed under the Partnership Act, 1932, whereas there is no enactment of such kind for the
joint ventures. However, as a matter of fact in law, a joint venture is treated as a partnership.
~~ There is no limit specified for the numbers of co-venturers, but the number of partners is limited to 10 under
banking business and 20 for any other trade or business.
~~ Liability of a partner is unlimited and may extent to his business and personal estate, whereas under joint
venture, liabilities of co-venturers are limited to the particular assignment or project agreed upon.
Difference between Joint Venture and Consignment

Major differences between joint venture and consignment may be summarized as −
~~ Relationship − The co-venturers of a Joint venture are the owners of a Joint venture, whereas relationship
of a consignor and consignee is of owner and agent.
~~ Sharing of Profits − There is no distribution of profit between a consignor and consignee, consignee only
gets commission on sale made by him. On the other hand, the co-venturers of a joint venture share profits as
per the agreed profit sharing ratio.
~~ Ownership of Goods − Ownership of the goods remains with the consignor. Consignor transfers only
possession to the consignee, but every co-venturer of a joint venture is the co-owner of the goods/project.
~~ Contribution of Funds − Investment is done by the consignor only. On the other hand, funds are contributed
by all co-ventures in a certain agreed proportion.
~~ Continuity of Business − In case of a joint venture, there is no continuity of the business once project is
completed. On the other hand, if, everything goes smooth, consignment is a continuous process.
Illustration 18
A and B enter into a joint venture sharing profits and losses in the ratio 3:2. A purchased goods costing ` 200000.
B sold 95% of goods for ` 2,50,000. A is entitled to get 1 % commission on purchase and B is entitled to get 5
% commission on sales. A drew a bill on B for an amount equivalent to 80% of original cost of goods. A got it
discounted at ` 1,50,000. Calculate B’s share of profit.
Solution:
Statement showing calculation of profit on joint venture

(`) (`)
Sales 2,50,000
Closing stock (5% of `2,00,000) 10,000
2,60,000

(`) (`)
Less: Purchase 2,00,000

A’s commission (`2,00,000 × 1%) 2,000
B’s commission (`2,50,000 × 5%) 12,500
Discount charges (`2,00,000 × 80%) – `1,50,000 10,000 2,24,500
Net Profit 35,500
B’s share of Profit (` 35,500 × 2/5) = ` 14,200.
Accounting of Joint Venture

There are different methods of recording joint venture transactions. They can be broadly classified into two
following methods:
I. When separate set of books are maintained
II. When separate set of books are not maintained.
Method I: When Separate Set Books are Maintained for the Joint Venture
As the business duration is short, the books of accounts are not very comprehensive. The basic purpose is to
ascertain the profit or loss on account of the joint venture. Generally under this approach, the following accounts
are maintained:
(a) Joint Venture account;
(b) Joint Bank account; and
(c) Co-venturers account.
(a) Joint Venture account: In this account, in the debit side all expenses (paid personally by the co venturers
or out of join bank) irrespective of its nature (i.e capital or revenue) are recorded. In the credit side, all sales
(to outsiders as well as to the co-venturers ) are recorded. It records all transactions related to the activities
carried out. The net result of this account will be either profit or loss.
(b) Joint Bank account: To record cash/bank transactions a Joint Bank A/c is maintained. This is basically the
cash book of the business. This could take a form of cash book with cash and bank column. It will record, the
initial contributions made by each co-venturer, proceeds of sales, expenses and distribution of net balances
among co-venturers on disSolution: of the ventureAll cash inflows are recorded in the debit side and the
outflows are recorded in the credit side. Final settlement of the co venturers are lastly put into this account
so that it tallies..
(c) Co-venturers account: Co-Venturer’s personal Accounts are maintained to record transaction related to co-
venturers. It is like the capital account in the partnership business. Balance in this account refer to the claim
of a co venture to / from the business and is settled through the joint bank account.
The accounting entries are normally as follows:
1. Contribution made by the co Ventures
Joint Bank A/c Dr.
To, Co-Venturer A/c

2. Expenses paid through Joint Bank Account

Joint Venture A/c Dr.
To, Joint Bank A/c
3. Expenses paid or goods supplied by the co-venturers from private account
To, Co-Venturer A/c
4. Sale proceeds or collections
Joint Bank A/c Dr.
To, Joint Venture A/c
5. Collections received by co-venturer
Co-Venturer A/c Dr.
6. Assets taken over by the co-venturer
Co-Venturer A/c Dr.
7. Liabilities taken over by the coventurers
To, Co-Venturer A/c
8. Profit on joint venture
To, Co-Venturer A/c
9. Loss on joint venture
Co-Venturer A/c Dr.
10. Final settlement made to co-venturer
Co-Venturer A/c Dr.
To, Joint Bank A/c
Illustration 19
Sagar and Pakhi entered into Joint Venture and undertook building construction of P & Co. Ltd., Mumbai for
` 5,00,000. The following information are available for the undertaking business:
●● Sagar supplied materials of ` 35,000 and Pakhi paid ` 20,000 his architect fees.
●● Sagar contributed ` 1,25,000 and Pakhi contributed ` 75,000 and deposited the same amount in the Joint
Bank Account
●● They paid from Joint Bank Account for materials ` 2,80,000 and wages ` 1,20,000
●● On completion of the venture they received contract price as per the terms
●● Pakhi took over the unused materials for ` 15,000

Prepare Joint Venture A/c, Co-Venturers A/c and Joint Bank A/c.
Solution:
Dr. Joint Venture Account Cr.
To, Sagar A/c (Material) 35,000 By, Joint Bank A/c 5,00,000
To, Pakhi A/c: By, Pakhi A/c
Architect fees 20,000 Unused materials 15,000
To, Joint Bank A/c
Materials 2,80,000
Wages 1,20,000 4,00,000
To, Profit on Joint Venture
Sagar 30,000
Pakhi 30,000 60,000
5,15,000 5,15,000
Dr. Co-Venturers Account Cr.

Particulars Sagar (` ) Pakhi (` ) Particulars Sagar (` ) Pakhi (` )
To, Joint Venture A/c - 15,000 By, Joint Bank A/c 1,25,000 75,000
To, Joint Bank A/c 1,90,000 1,10,000 By, Joint Venture A/c 25,000 20,000
By, Joint Venture A/c 30,000 30,000
1,90,000 1,25,000 1,90,000 1,25,000
Dr. Joint Bank Account Cr.

To, Sagar 1,25,000 By, Joint Venture A/c 4,00,000

To, Pakhi 75,000 By, Sagar 1,90,000
To, Joint Venture 5,00,000 By, Pakhi 1,10,000
7,00,000 7,00,000
Illustration 20
X and Y entered into a joint venture for purchase and sale of some household items. They agreed to share profits
and losses in the ratio of their respective contributions. X contributed ` 10,000 in cash and Y ` 13,000. The whole
amount was placed in a Joint Bank A/c. Goods were purchased by X for ` 10,000 and expenses paid by Y amounted
to ` 2,000. They also purchased good for ` 15,000 through the Joint Bank A/c. The expenses on purchase and
sale of the articles amounted to ` 6,000 (those made by Y). Goods costing ` 20000 were sold for ` 45,000 and the
balance were lost by fire. Prepare Joint Venture A/c, Joint Bank A/c and Joint Venturers A/c closing the venture.

Solution:
Particulars (`) (`) Particulars (`)
To, X (goods) 10,000 By, Joint Bank A/c (sales) 45,000

To, Y (expenses) 2,000
To, Joint Bank A/c (goods) 15,000
To, Joint Bank A/c (expenses) 4,000
To, Profit on Joint Venture transferred to:
X (4/7 share) 8,000
Y (3/7 share) 6,000 14,000
45,000 45,000
Profit on joint venture is to be divided in proportion to the contributions of X and Y. Their contributions are:
X’s contribution (` ) Y’s contribution (` )

Amount contributed in cash 10,000 13,000
Expenses paid by Y 2,000
Goods purchased by X 10,000
20,000 15,000
Thus, profit sharing ratio between X and Y is 20,000 : 15,000 i.e. 4:3 or 4/7 and 3/7 respectively.
Dr. Joint Bank Account Cr.

To, X 10,000 By, Joint Venture A/c (expenses) 4,000

To, Y 13,000 By, Joint Venture A/c (goods) 15,000
To, Joint Venture A/c (sales) 45,000 By, X 28,000
By, Y 21,000
68,000 68,000
Dr. X Account Cr.

To, Joint Bank A/c 28,000 By, Joint Bank A/c 10,000
By, Joint Venture A/c (goods) 10,000
By, Joint Venture A/c (profit) 8,000
28,000 28,000

Dr. Y Account Cr.

To, Joint Bank A/c 21,000 By, Joint Bank A/c 13,000
By, Joint Venture A/c (expenses) 2,000
By, Joint Venture A/c (profit) 6,000
21,000 21,000
Method II: When Separate Set of Books are Not Maintained for the Joint Venture
The co-venturers may decide not to keep separate books of account for the venture if it is for a very short period
of time. In this case, all co-venturers will have account for the transactions in their own books. Here no Joint Bank
A/c is opened and the co-venturers do not contribute in cash. Goods are supplied by them from out of their stocks
and expenses for the venture are also settled the same way.
Each co-venturer will prepare a Joint Venture A/c and the other Co-Venturer’s A/c in his books. Naturally, the
profit or loss is separately calculated by each co-venturer. Each co-venturer will take into A/c all transactions i.e.
done by himself and by his co-venturer as well.
This method is generally applicable when the size of the business is small and co-venturers are operating from
distant places.
(a) When each co-venturer keeps record of all transactions
Each co-venturer will prepare a Joint Venture A/c and the other Co-Venturer’s A/c in his books. Naturally,
the profit or loss is separately calculated by each co-venturer. Each co-venturer will take into account all
transactions i.e. done by himself and by his co-venturer as well.
The accounting entries (considering two co-venturers – A and B) are presented as under:
In books of co-venturer A In books of co-venturer B

When goods are supplied and expenses paid by A
Joint Venture A/c Dr. Joint Venture A/c Dr.
To, Purchases A/c To, A’s A/c
To, Cash / Bank A/c
When goods are supplied by B and expenses paid by B
To, B’s A/c To, Purchases A/c
To, Cash / Bank A/c
When advance is given by A to B or bill accepted by A
B’s A/c Dr. Cash / Bank A/c Dr.
To, Cash / Bank A/c B/R A/c Dr.
To, B/P A/c To, A’s A/c

When sale proceeds are received by A

Cash / Bank A/c Dr. A’s A/c Dr.
To, Joint Venture A/c To, Joint Venture A/c
When sale proceeds are received by B
B’s A/c Dr. Cash / Bank A/c Dr.
For unsold goods taken over by A
Goods A/c Dr. A’s A/c Dr.
For unsold goods taken over by B
B’s A/c Dr. Goods A/c Dr.
For profit on joint venture business
To, B’s A/c To, A’s A/c
To, P & L A/c To, P & L A/c
For loss on joint venture business
B’s A/c Dr. A’s A/c Dr.
P&L A/c Dr. P&L A/c Dr.
After closure the business of joint venture, the co-venturer who has received surplus cash will remit it to the other co-venturer.
Illustration 21
Anil and Mukesh enter into a venture to take a job for ` 2,40,000. They provide the following information
regarding the expenditure incurred by them:
Anil (` ) Mukesh (` )

Materials 68,000 50,000
Cement 13,000 17,000
Wages - 27,000
Architects fees 10,000 -
License fees - 5,000
Plant - 20,000
Plant was valued at ` 10,000 at the end of the contract and Mukesh agreed to take it at that value. Contract
amount was received by Anil. You are required to prepare:

(a) Joint Venture Account and Mukesh Account in the books of Anil; and
(b) Joint Venture Account and Anil Account in the books of Mukesh.
Solution:
(a) In the books of Anil
To, Bank A/c: By, Bank A/c : Contract price 2,40,000

Materials 68,000 By, Mukesh A/c : Plant taken over 10,000
Cement 13,000
Architects Fees 10,000
To Mukesh A/c:
Materials 50,000
Cement 17,000
Wages 27,000
License Fees 5,000
Plant 20,000
To, Mukesh A/c: Share of Profit 20,000
To, P/L A/c : Share of Profit 20,000
2,50,000 2,50,000
Dr. Mukesh’s Account (Co-venturer) Cr.

To, Joint Venture A/c 10,000 By, Joint venture A/c 1,19,000
To, Balance c/d 1,29,000 By, Plant A/c 20,000
1,39,000 1,39,000
(b) In the books of Mukesh

To, Anil A/c: By, Anil A/c : Contract Price 2,40,000

Materials 68,000 By, Plant A/c : Plant taken over 10,000
Cement 13,000
Architects Fees 10,000
To, Bank A/c:

Materials 50,000
Cement 17,000
Wages 27,000
License Fees 5,000
Plant 20,000
To, P/L A/c: Share of Profit 20,000
To, Anil A/c : Share of Profit 20,000
2,50,000 2,50,000
Dr. Anil Account (Co-venturer) Cr.

To, Joint Venture A/c 2,40,000 By, Joint Venture A/c 91,000
By, Joint Venture A/c 20,000
By, Balance C/d 1,29,000
2,40,000 2,40,000
Illustration 22
Sahani and Sahu entered into a joint venture to sale 800 bags of food grains. The business risks are to be shared
in the ratio of 3:2 between them. Sahani supplied 400 bags at ` 800 per bag and paid freight ` 8,000 and insurance
` 2,000. Sahu sent 400 bags at ` 1,000 per bag. He paid ` 2,500 as freight, Insurance ` 8,000 and sundry expenses
as ` 500. Sahani paid ` 50,000 as advance to Sahu.
They appointed Sandeep as agent for sale of grains. Sandeep sold all bags at ` 1,200 per bag. He deducted
` 21,000 as his expenses and commission of 5% on sales. He remitted ` 6,00,000 by cheque to Sahani and the
balance to Sahu by way of a bill of exchange. The co-venturers settled their accounts. Prepare Joint Venture A/c,
Sahu’s A/c and Sandeep’s A/c in the books of Mr. Sahani.
Solution:
Books of Sahani
To, Food grains A/c (400 × 800) 3,20,000 By, Sandeep A/c - Sales (800 × 9,60,000
1200)
To, Bank A/c - freight & insurance 10,000
To, Sahu A/c -food grains (400 × 4,00,000
1000)
To, Sahu A/c - expenses (8,000 + 11,000
2,500 + 500)

To, Sandeep A/c - Expenses 21,000

To, Sandeep A/c - Commission 5% 48,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c (3/5th share) 90,000
To, Sahu A/c (2/5th share) 60,000
9,60,000 9,60,000
Dr. Sahu’s Account (Co-venturer) Cr.

To, Bank A/c - advance 50,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - grains 4,00,000
To, Sandeep A/c - bill 2,91,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - expenses 11,000
(`8,000 + 2,500 +1,500)
To, Bank A/c - final balance 1,30,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - profit share 60,000
4,71,000 4,71,000
Dr. Sandeep’s Account (Co-venturer) Cr.

To, Joint Venture A/c - sales 9,60,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - expenses 21,000
By, Joint Venture A/c - commission 48,000
By, Bank A/c - cheque received 6,00,000
By, Sahu A/c - Bill 2,91,000
9,60,000 9,60,000
(b) When each co-venturer keeps record of its own transactions (Memorandum method)
As a variation from this system, the co-venturers may decide to maintain a separate ‘Memorandum Joint Venture
A/c’ in joint books. In this transactions made by each co-venturer is shown against their name. This account will
reflect the profit or loss of the joint venture. The co-venturers will keep an account called “Joint venture with co-
venturer A/c” wherein all transactions done by him only are recorded.
Each co-venturer sends a periodic statement of transactions effected by him for the joint venture to the other co-
venturer. On the receipt of the above statement, each co-venturer prepares Memorandum Joint Venture Account for
determining the profit/ loss from the joint venture. This account is not a double entry account by nature.
The journal entries which are required to be passed are as follows:
Amount received from co-venturer in cash / cheque or B/R

Cash/ Bank/ B/R A/c Dr.
To, Joint Venture with Co-Venture's A/c

Discounting of Bills Receivable

Bank A/c Dr.
Joint Venture with Co-venturer …. A/c (Discount) Dr.
To, B/R A/c
Purchase of goods
Joint Venture with Co-venturer …. A/c Dr.
To, Cash/ Bank A/c
To, JV Creditors A/c
Making payment to Creditors (including discount received)
JV Creditors A/c Dr.
To, Cash/ Bank/ B/P A/c
To, Joint Venture with Co-venturer…. A/c (Discount received)
Goods supplied by co-venturer from own stock
Joint Venture with Co-venturer…. A/c Dr.
To, Purchases A/c/ Goods sent to JV A/c
Payment of expenses
To, Cash/ Bank A/c
Sale of goods
Cash/ Bank/ JV Debtors A/c Dr.
To, Joint Venture with Co-venturer…. A/c
Collection from customer (including bad debts discount allowed)
Cash/ Bank A/c Dr.
Joint Venture with Co-venturer…. A/c Dr. (Amount of bad debts and discount allowed )
To, JV Debtors A/c
Taking away of unsold goods
Goods sent to JV A/c Dr.
Co-venturer entitled to commission/ salary etc.
To, Commission/ Salary A/c

Share of profit on joint venture

Share of loss on joint venture
Settlement of balance of JV with …. A/c
In case of debit balance
Cash/ Bank A/c Dr.
In case of credit balance
To, Cash/ Bank A/c
Points to note: The following transactions are not recorded in the books of either co-venturer:
●● Transactions effected by other co-venturer; and
●● Transactions not involving cash receipt or cash payment.
Illustration 23
Hari and Om agreed for purchasing and selling furniture in a joint venture, their profit sharing ratio being 3:2
respectively. Hari purchased 10 sofas at ` 10,000 per sofa. He sent those sofas to Om for sale after spending
` 1,000 per sofa on insurance and transportation. He drew a bill of ` 50,000 on Om and this bill was discounted at
a discount of ` 5,000 after acceptance. Om incurred further expenses of ` 2,000 on these sofas before sale. He sold
all the sofas @ ` 15,000 per sofa, giving 5% commission to the dealer.
Prepare Joint Venture with Om Account in the books of Hari. Also show the Memorandum Joint Venture Account.
Solution:
In the Books of Hari

Memorandum Joint Venture Account
To, Bank A/c [Purchase] (10,000 × 10) 1,00,000 By, Om A/c [Sales] 1,50,000
(`15,000 × 10)
To, Bank A/c [Expense] (1,000 × 10) 10,000
To, Discount A/c (Bill discounted) 5,000
To, Om A/c [Expenses] 2,000
To, Om A/c [Commission] (1,50,000 × 7,500
5%)

To, P/L A/c:

Hari 15,300
Om 10,200 25,500
1,50,000 1,50,000
Dr. Joint Venture with Om Account Cr.

To, Bank A/c [Purchase] 1,00,000 By, Bills Receivable A/c 50,000
To, Bank A/c [Expense] 10,000 By, Balance c/d 80,300
To, Discount on Bill A/c 5,000
To, P/L A/c [Share of profit] 15,300
1,30,300 1,30,300
Illustration 24
Jiban and Mitrik decided to work in joint venture with the following scheme, agreeing to share profits in the ratio
of 2/3 and 1/3. They guaranteed the subscription at par of 50 lakhs shares of ` 10 each in Rainbow Ltd. and to pay
all expenses up to allotment in consideration of Rainbow Ltd. issuing to them 3 lakhs other shares of ` 10 each fully
paid together with a commission @ 5% in cash which will be taken by Jiban and Mitrik in 3:2.
Co-ventures introduced cash as follows:
(`)
Jiban Stamp charges etc. 1,65,000

Advertising charges 1,35,000
Car expenses 1,54,000
Printing Charges 1,88,000
Mitrik Rent 1,30,000
Solicitors’ charges 80,000
Application fell short of the 50 lakhs shares by 1,20,000 shares and Mitrik introduced ` 12 lakhs for the purchase
of those shares.
The guarantee having been fulfilled, Rainbow Ltd. handed over to the venturers 3 lakhs shares and also paid
Commission in cash. All their holdings were subsequently sold by the venturer Mitrik receiving ` 12,50,000 and
Jiban ` 25 lakhs.
You are required to prepare:
(a) Memorandum Joint Venture A/c
(b) Joint Venture A/c with Mitrik in the books of Jiban

Solution:
To, Mitrik: By, Jiban

Cost of shares 12,00,000 Commission (3/5) 15,00,000
To, Jiban: By, Mitrik
Stamp charges 1,65,000 Commission (2/5) 10,00,000
Advertising charges 1,35,000
Printing charges 1,88,000
Car expenses 1,54,000
To, Mitrik: By, Jiban
Rent 1,30,000 Sale proceeds of shares 25,00,000
Solicitor’s charges 80,000
To, Profit on venture : By, Mitrik
Jiban (2/3) 27,98,667 Sale proceeds of shares 12,50,000
Mitrik (1/3) 13,99,333
62,50,000 62,50,000
In the books of Jiban

Dr. Joint Venture with Mitrik Account Cr.
To, Bank: By Bank (commission) 15,00,000

(Stamp charges, advertising charges, 6,42,000
car expenses and printing charges)
To, Share of profit 27,98,667 By, Bank 25,00,000
(Sale proceeds of shares)
To, Bank (Remittance) 5,59,333
40,00,000 40,00,000
Conversion of Consignment into Joint Venture

A variation could be that an ongoing consignment arrangement may get converted into a joint venture arrangement.
In such a case, normal accounting for consignment business is done till the conversion. Upon the conversion, the
balance stock on consignment is transferred to the Joint Venture A/c and from that day onwards, accounting is done
on the basis of principles followed for joint venture.
Illustration 25
Daga of Kolkata sent to Lodha of Kanpur goods costing ` 40,000 on consignment at a commission of 5% on
gross sales. The packaging and forwarding charges incurred by consignor amounted to ` 4,000. The consignee paid

freight and carriage of ` 1,000 at Kanpur. Three-fourth of the goods were sold for ` 48,000. Then the consignee
remitted the amount due from him to consignor along with the account sale, but he desired to return the goods still
lying unsold with him as he was not agreeable to continue the arrangement of consignment. He was then persuaded
to continue on joint venture basis sharing profit or loss as Daga 3/5th and Lodha 2/5th.
Daga then supplied another lot of goods of ` 20,000 and Lodha sold out all the goods in his hand for ` 50,000
(gross). Daga paid expenses ` 2,000 and Lodha ` 1,700 for the second lot of goods.
Show necessary ledger account in the books of both parties. No final settlement of balance due is yet made.
Solution:
Books of Daga
Dr. Consignment to Lodha Account Cr.
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 40,000 By, Lodha’s A/c (sales) 48,000
To, Bank A/c (packing & dispatching) 4,000 By, Joint Venture with Lodha A/c 11,250
To, Lodha’s A/c : (stock transferred on conversion to JV)
Freight & Carriage 1,000
Commission 2,400
To, P & L A/c 11,850
59,250 59,250
Dr. Lodha’s Account Cr.
To, Consignment A/c - sales 48,000 By, Consignment A/c- expenses 1,000
By, Consignment A/c - commission 2,400
By, Cash A/c 44,600
48,000 48,000
Dr. Joint Venture with Lodha Account Cr.

To, Consignment to Lodha A/c 11,250 By, Balance c/d 42,280

To, Goods A/c 20,000
To, Bank A/c - expenses 2,000
To, P & L A/c (profit) 9,030
42,280 42,280

Books of Lodha
Dr. Daga’s Account (as consignor) Cr.
To, Cash A/c- expenses 1,000 By, Bank A/c – sales 48,000
To, Commission A/c 2,400
To, Bank A/c - remittance 44,600
48,000 48,000
Dr. Joint Venture with Daga Account Cr.

To, Cash A/c - expenses 1,700 By, Bank A/c – sales 50,000
To, P & L A/c (profit) 6,020
To, Balance c/d 42,280
50,000 50,000
Working note:
To, Daga A/c - goods 11,250 By, Lodha A/c – sales 50,000
To, Daga A/c- goods 20,000
To, Daga A/c- expenses 2,000
To, Lodha A/c- expenses 1,700
To, Net Profit :
Daga 3/5th Share 9,030
Lodha 2/5th share 6,020
50,000 50,000
Joint Ventures Running for More than One Accounting Period

If a joint venture runs for more than one accounting period, it poses a special problem of calculation of the
closing stock. The stock should be valued on the basis of basic cost plus proportionate non-recurring expenses and
it should be shown in the memorandum joint venture account on the credit side at the end of the year and on the
debit side of the memorandum joint venture account of the next year. The other accounts should be made in the
usual manner. However, if the co-ventures are interested in an interim settlement at the end of the first year, they
should bring in their proportionate share in the value of the closing stock in their respective ‘Joint Venture with
Co- Venturer Account’ and finally settle their account. The share of stock should be carried forward and shown on
the debit side of the ‘Joint Venture with Co-venturer Account.

Solved Case
1. Hyder is a producer of sandalwood miniature handicraft items having his business at the city of Mysore,
Karnataka. He has gathered that even though Mysore is a popular tourist destination in South India, Agra
happens to be the most popular destination, especially for foreign tourists in India. He was interested in
selling his handcrafted items in Agra, but lacked the resources to open a full-fledged store in Agra. So, the
only viable option available to him was to appoint an agent who would sell the handicraft items on his behalf
for a commission. With this objective in mind, he searched for a reliable agent in Agra and got the reference
of a popular business agent in Agra named Jalal from Yasin, one of his long-term business partner. After
a few formal meeting and negotiations, Jalal was officially appointed as Hyder’s agent who would receive
goods from Hyder on consignment basis and sell them to customers in Agra.
On April 1, 2021, Hyder sent goods to Jalal of Agra. However, Hyder lost all the documents that recorded
the details of the goods sent on consignment. The only information available from his office is that the
forwarding expenses incurred by of him for sending the goods to Agra was ` 12,000. Hyder gathered the
following information from Jalal in relation to this consignment:
~~ He incurred expenses to the tune of ` 25,000 out of which a sum of ` 9,000 is recurring in nature.
~~ The Jalal had remitted the balance due from him through Bank Draft after deducting the expenses, 5%
commission on gross sales, bad debts ` 4,250 and a Bills payable accepted by him for ` 50,000.
~~ The value of unsold stock at original cost lying with Jalal as on March 31, 2022 amounted to ` 2,50,000.
~~ Jalal sent an Account Sales reflecting the total sales effected by him during 2021-22 of ` 22,50,000. This
included ` 15,62,500 for sales made at invoice price which is cost plus 25% and the balance at 10%
above the invoice price.
i. What is the amount of goods sent on consignment by Hyder to Jalal?

ii. Ascertain the amount of profit or loss made by Hyder out of this consignment to Agra. Show by drafting the
relevant ledger account.
iii. Determine the amount of final remittance made by Jalal to Hyder by drafting Jalal Account in the books of
Hyder.
Solution:
i. Calculation of Goods Sent on Consignment by Hyder to Jalal
Particulars (`)
Total sales 22,50,000
Less: Sales made at invoice price 15,62,500
Sales made at invoice price plus 10% 6,87,500
Total sales at invoice price [` 15,62,500 + (` 6,87,500 × 100/110)] 21,87,500
Less: Loading on above [` 21,87,500 × 25/125] 4,37,500
Cost of Goods sold 17,50,000
Add: Unsold stock 2,50,000

Particulars (`)
Cost of goods sent on consignment 20,00,000
Add: Loading @ 25% 5,00,000
Goods sent on consignment [at IP] 25,00,000
ii. Profit on consignment is `3,49,750.
Dr. Consignment to Agra Account Cr.

To, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 25,00,000 By, Consignment Debtors A/c 22,50,000
[Sale]
To, Bank A/c [Expenses incurred] By, Goods sent on Consignment A/c 5,00,000
- Forwarding Expenses 12,000 [Load on goods sent]
To, Consignee A/c [Expenses paid by By, Consignment Stock A/c [WN] 3,16,000
consignee]
- Non-recurring Expense
[25,000 – 9,000] 16,000
To, Consignee A/c
[Commission due: ` 22,50,000 × 5%]
1,12,500
To, Consignment Debtors A/c [Bad 4,250
debt]
[Load on unsold stock – WN]
To, P/L A/c [Profit on consignment 3,49,750
transferred] (Bal. fig.)
30,66,000 30,66,000
iii. Amount of final remittance made by Jalal to Hyder is - `20,58,250.

Jalal Account
To, Consignment Debtors A/c 22,45,750 By, Bills Receivable A/c 50,000
[Collection from debtors:
22,50,000 – 4,250] By, Consignment A/c [Expenses 25,000
incurred]


By Consignment A/c [Commission due] 1,12,500
By Bank A/c [Final remittance – Bal. 20,58,250
Fig.]
22,45,750 22,45,750
Working Note:
Statement showing valuation of Unsold Stock:
Particulars (`)
Original cost of unsold stock (given) 2,50,000
Add: Loading [` 50,000 × 25%] 62,500
3,12,500
Add: Proportionate expenses of consignor [` 12,000 × 3,12,500/25,00,000] 1,500
Proportionate non-recurring expenses paid by consignee 2000
[` 16,000 × 3,12,500 / 25,00,000]
Value of unsold stock 3,16,000

EXERCISE
1. Which class of account is Consignment Account?

(a) Personal Account
(b) Real Account
(c) Representative Personal Account
(d) Nominal Account
2. Memorandum Joint Venture Account is prepared _______.
(a) for determining the amount due to co-venturer
(b) for determining the amount due from co-venturer
(c) for ascertaining the profit/ loss on venture
3. On dishonor of a bill of exchange that has been discounted, noting charges are initially paid by _______.
(a) Bank
(b) Drawer
(c) Drawee
(d) Acceptor
4. The share of profit of a co-venturer maintaining only her/ his own transactions is _______.
(a) Debited to Joint Venture Account
(b) Debited to other co-venturer’s personal account
(c) Debited to Profit & Loss Account
5. If any stock is taken by a co-venturer, it will be treated as _______.
(a) an income of the joint venture.
(b) an expense of the joint venture.
(c) to be ignored from joint venture.
(d) it will be treated in the personal books of the co-venturer.
6. The balance in consignment account shows _______.
(a) Amount receivable from consignee
(b) Amount payable to consignee
(c) Profit/ loss on consignment
(d) Closing stock with consignee
7. Shyam and Ramya are entered in the business of buy and sale of food grain for a period of one year and
sharing the profit in the ratio of 2 :4 , this agreement is a:
(a) Partnership

(b) Consignment
(c) Joint-venture
(d) Lease
8. Memorandum Joint Venture Account is prepared when
(a) the separate set of books is maintained for Joint Venture.
(b) the each Co-venturer keeps records of all transactions.
(c) the each Co-venturer keeps records of their own transactions only.
(d) All of the above cases
9. Which of the following commission is allowed by the consignor to the consignee to encourage the
consignee for putting-up hard work in introducing new product in the market?
(a) Del-credere Commission
(b) Over-riding Commission
(c) Hard work Commission
(d) Ordinary Commission
10. If Kaveri’s acceptance which was endorsed by us in favour of Saleem is dishonoured, then the amount
will be debited in our books to:
(a) Saleem
(b) Kaveri
(c) Bills Receivable Account
Answer:
1 d 2 c 3 a 4 b 5 a
6 c 7 c 8 c 9 b 10 b
~~ State True or False:
1. A joint venture has a definite life.

2. An Inland Bill is payable only in one country and not in any other foreign country.
3. Consignment Debtors Account is always maintained in the books of the consignor.
4. Proforma Invoice is a document sent by the consignor to the consignee.
5. Discount at the time of retirement of a bill of exchange is a gain for the drawer.
Answer:
1 True 2 True 3 False 4 True 5 False

1. A bill of exchange drawn on April 12, 2022 as payable 3 months after sight was accepted on April 13,
2022. The bill’s date of maturity will be _________.
2. When separate sets of books are maintained for a joint venture, goods are taken-over by a co-venturer is
credited to ________ account.
3. Partners in a joint venture business are called ________.
4. The party who sends the goods on consignment basis is referred to as the __________.
5. Commission is due to the consignee from the consignor for rendering of regular activities associated
with the consignment business is called __________ commission.
6. If cash sales are `25,000, credit sales are `75,000 and consignee’s del credre commission is 10%, the
amount of del creder commission will be _____________.
7. _____________ expenses are included while computing the value of stock on consignment.
8. At the time of goods sent to consignee, the proforma invoice is prepared by_____________.
9. The relation between Consignee and Consignor is that of _____________.
10. _____________ can be made payable to the bearer.
Answer:
1 July 16, 2022 2 Joint Venture

3 Co-venturers 4 Consignor
5 Ordinary 6 `10,000
7 Non-recurring 8 Consignor
9 Agent and Principal 10 Bills Receivable
~~ Short Essay Type Questions
1. State any four essential elements of bill of exchange.

2. What is meant by Retirement of Bill?
3. State any four points of difference between consignment and ordinary sales.
4. What is meant by Account Sales in the context of consignment business?
5. Mention any four features of joint venture.
~~ Essay Type Questions
1. Explain the procedure of calculating the date of maturity of a bill of exchange? Give example.
2. What do you mean by Accommodation Bill? Differentiate between Trade Bill and Accommodation Bill.

3. What is consignment? Discuss its salient features.

4. Distinguish between Joint Venture and Partnership.
5. Discuss the Memorandum method of accounting for joint venture transactions.
1. X draws a bill on Y for ` 1,80,000 for mutual accommodation in the ratio of 2:1. X got it discounted for
` 1,69,200 and remitted 1/3rd of the proceeds to Y. How much money should be remitted by X to Y at
the time of maturity so as to enable Y to honour the bill?
(a) ` 1,20,000
(b) ` 1,15,200
(c) ` 1,16,800
(d) ` 1,20,400
2. Raju draws a bill on Sampat on 25th October, 2021 for 90 days, the maturity date of the bill will be
(a) 27th January, 2022
(b) 26th January, 2022
(c) 25th January, 2022
(d) 28th January, 2022
3. P and Q enter into a joint venture sharing profit and losses in the ratio of 3:2. P purchased goods costing
` 2,00,000. Q sold 95% goods for ` 2,50,000. P is entitled to get 1% commission on purchase and Q is
entitled to get 5% commission on sales. P drew a bill on Q for an amount equivalent to 80% of original
cost of goods. P got it discounted at ` 1,50,000. What is P’s share of profit?
(a) ` 15,300
(b) ` 21,300
(c) ` 18,900
Answer:
1 a 2 c 3 b

1. On 1.1.2021, X sold goods to Y valuing ` 30,000. On 4.1.2021 X received from Y a cheque of ` 10,000 and
drew a bill payable 3 months after date for the balance. On the same date, X endorsed the accepted bill to
Z for full settlement of a debt of ` 21,000. On the due date, the bill was dishonoured and Y having become
insolvent, met on 12.4.2021, 80% of his acceptance as full and final dividend. You are required to pass
journal entries to record the above transactions.
2. On 1st July, 2021 A drew a bill for ` 8,00,000 for 3 months on B for mutual accommodation. He accepts the
bill of exchange. He purchased goods worth ` 1,81,000 from C on the same date. A endorsed B’s acceptance

to C in full settlement. On 1st September 2021, C purchased goods worth `1,90,000 from B. C endorsed the
bill of exchange received from A to B and paid `9,000 in full settlement of the amount due to B.
On 1st October 2021 B purchased Goods worth ` 1,00,000 from A. He paid the amount due to A by Cheque.
Pass necessary journal entries in the books of B.
3. Hardik consigned to Jamal of Jabalpur 400 boxes of goods at a cost of `5,000 per box and incured the
following expenses in connection with the same – Carriage `9,400, Freight `34,800 and Insurance `1,25,000.
On arrival of the boxes at Jabalpur, Jamal paid Clearing charges `31,200, Cartage `9,600 and Godown rent
`2,000. On arrival of the goods at the godown, 60 boxes were found to be damaged and a sum of `3,00,000
was realized from the insurance company by way of compensation. 240 of the remaining boxes were sold at
a total price of `22,00,000.
Jamal is entitled to an ordinary commission of 5% and 2% del-credere commission on sales in addition to
reimbursement of expenses incurred. He sent to Hardik an Account Sales together with a bank draft for the
balance due to Hardik.
You are required to prepare Consignment Account in the books of Hardik and pass journal entries in the
books of Jamal.
[Answer: In the books of Hardik, Profit on Consignment `7,13,680; In the books of Jamal, Final Balance
paid to Hardik `20,03,200]
4. Azad and Arjun entered into a joint venture and opened a fast food shop during Durga Puja festival at
Maddox Square in Kolkata. Their profit sharing ratio is 1:1. Azad delivers stock of `50,000. He also paid
carriage charges amounting to `2,500. Arjun incurred expenses on carriage and electricity charges for `6,500
and receives cash from sales `30,000. Arjun took over stock at an agreed value of `10,000 for his personal
use. At the end of the venture, Azad took over the remaining stock which was valued at `11,000.
You are required to prepare Memorandum Joint Venture Account and also other necessary ledger accounts
in the books of Azad and Arjun.
Unsolved Case
Mr. Sudheer Kapoor is an executive in a multi-national financial consultancy firm and is presently working at
Pune, Maharashtra. He belongs to a well-to-do family who were erstwhile landlords at Hisar district of Haryana.
He inherited large plots of land as a result of his family lineage. During the end of 2020, Mr. Kapoor decided to
develop a part of the inherited land and for this purpose entered into a joint venture with Mr. Harmeet Singh of
Ludhiana to develop some building sites and sell them. They agreed amongst themselves that the operating results
will be shared between them in 4:5 ratio. It was further agreed between them that any cash investment made by the
co-venturers in the venture would entitle them to interest at 10% p.a.
Mr. Kapoor decided to use five-bigha (1 bigha = 20 katthas) plot for this purpose and it was purchased by the
venture for ` 60 lakhs. Mr. Kapoor and Mr. Singh approached Bank of Baroda, a nationalized book for financing
the venture. The bank, after due consideration of the case, agreed to finance them to the extent of 80% of the cost
at 16% rate of interest p.a. The buying agreements were finalized by the advocate of Mr. Kapoor and Mr. Singh on
January 1, 2021 and the payment was made on the same day. Mr. Singh agreed to pay the balance of the purchase
consideration and registration expenses amounting to ` 48 lakhs was also met by him.
Mr. Kapoor approached Mrs. Kulwinder Kaur, his school friend, who is a practicing architect. Mrs. Kaur provided
the following detailed plan relating to the plot:
~~ 10% of the total area is to be left for roads, parks etc.;

~~ Three types of buildings were to be developed – Regular (1.5 katthas), Deluxe (2.5 katthas) and Executive
(3 katthas).
~~ 12 buildings of each type i.e. Regular, Deluxe and Executive will be developed;
~~ The sale price of each type were determined as follows:
~~ Regular – Cost plus 50% premium, Deluxe – Cost plus 40% premium, and Executive – Cost plus 25%
premium,
~~ The balance area will be taken equally by the co-venturers at cost.
Advertisements of the project were given in local newspapers and other media on February 1, 2021 and the
following expenses took place in relation to this project:
●● Levelling and ground preparation expenses ` 12,000 per kattha;
●● Engineering expenses ` 28,000 per kattha
●● Construction expenses ` 22,000 per kattha;
●● Municipal taxes ` 3,000 per kattha;
●● Advertisement expenses incurred ` 15 lakhs;
●● Office and administrative expenses ` 6,50,000;
●● Site expenses ` 2,70,000;
●● Sundry expenses ` 80,000.
Mr. Kapoor met all these afore-mentioned expenses. Moreover, it was Mr. Kapoor who took the sole responsibility
of the sale of the plots for which he was entitled to receive 8% of the sale proceeds. The entire business was over
by December 31, 2021 and all the remaining transactions were settled on that date. You, being a professional
accountant and colleague-cum-friend of Mr. Kapoor have been approached by him to do the accounts of
this joint venture.
1. What is the cost per kattha of land?
2. Calculate the sale price of each type of building.
3. Calculate the amount of interest due to each of the co-venturers.
4. Determine how much profit, if any, has been earned by Mr. Kapoor and Mr. Singh.
5. Ascertain the amount that had to be transacted for the final settlement of the accounts.


SECTION-C
Preparation of Financial Statements
Preparation of Final Accounts of Commercial

Organisations, Not-for-Profit Organisations 3
and from Incomplete Records
3.1 Preparation of Financial Statements of Commercial Organisations (other than Corporate Form
of Organisation)
3.2 Preparation of Financial Statements of Not-for-Profit Organisation
3.3 Preparation of Financial Statements from Incomplete Records

Preparation of Final Accounts of Commercial

Organisations, Not-for-Profit Organisations and
from Incomplete Records
To develop application-oriented knowledge to prepare financial statements of profit seeking and not-for-
profit entities and from incomplete records. (CMLO 3a and 4c)
~~ Understand the different components of financial statements of non-commercial organizations, and learn
thoroughly the drafting of the Income Statement and Balance Sheet;
~~ Prepare financial statements of non-profit making organization, specifically drafting of Receipts and
Payments Account, Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet;
~~ Also understand the process of preparingthe financial statements form incomplete records;


of Commercial Organisations 3.1
I
n addition to recording keeping, a major objective of accounting is determination of operating results and
disclosure of the financial position. The determination of operating result of commercial form of organisations
happen to be the ascertainment of the profit earned during a period or the amount of loss suffered. This
requires the preparation of specific statements which are technically referred to as Financial Statements.
The financial statements of a non-corporate commercial organisation broadly includes the Income Statement,
Balance Sheet, and Cash Flow Statement. However, discussion on Cash Flow Statement is beyond the scope of
this chapter. Thus, traditionally the term ‘Financial Statements’ includes only three basic statements – Income
Statement and Balance Sheet.
3.1.1 Income Statement

The term ‘Income Statements’ is a generic term which refers to those components of financial states which are
associated with determination of operating result i.e. ascertainment or profit earned or loss suffered. For non-
corporate commercial organisations (i.e. proprietorship businesses, partnership firms etc.) the income statements
include Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account (P/L A/c) and Profit & Loss Appropriation Account. To be specific,
the income statements of different forms of business organisation are as under:
Form of Non-Corporate Commercial Organisation Components of Income Statement

Proprietary organisation Trading A/c, P/L A/c
Partnership organisation Trading A/c, P/L A/c, P/L Appropriation A/c
The components of income statements of non-corporate commercial organisations are discussed hereunder:
1. Trading Account: This is the first income statement prepared by a non-corporate trading business entity. It
is prepared to determine the gross operating results (i.e. Gross Profit or Gross Loss). Its principle involves
matching of the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) of an accounting period against the corresponding Sales. It
considers only the direct costs and direct income (i.e. Sales) for determination of Gross Profit/ Gross Loss.
It is a nominal account, and is closed by transfer of the Gross Profit/ Gross Loss to the Profit and Loss A/c.
The following items will appear in the debit side of the Trading Account:
(i) Opening Stock: In case of trading concern, the opening stock means the finished goods only. The
amount of opening stock should be taken from Trial Balance.
(ii) Purchases: The amount of purchases made during the year. Purchases include cash as well as credit
purchase. The deductions can be made from purchases, such as, purchase return, goods withdrawn by
the proprietor, goods distributed as free sample etc.

(iii) Other Direct expenses: It means all those expenses which are incurred from the time of purchases to
making the goods in suitable condition. This expenses includes freight inward, octroi, wages etc.
(iv) Gross profit: If the credit side of Trading A/c is greater than debit side of Trading A/c gross profit
will arise.
The following items will appear in the credit side of Trading Account:
(i) Sales Revenue: The sales revenue denotes income earned from the main business activity or activities.
The income is earned when goods or services are sold to customers. If there is any return, it should be
deducted from the sales value. As per the accrual concept, income should be recognized as soon as it
is accrued and not necessarily only when the cash is paid for.
(ii) Closing Stocks/Inventries: In case of trading business, there will be closing stocks of finished
goods only. According to convention of conservatism, stock is valued at cost or net realizable value
whichever is lower.
(iii) Gross Loss: When debit side of trading account is greater than credit side of trading account, gross loss
will appear.
The proforma of Trading Account is as follows:
Trading Account
Dr. for the year ended …. Cr.
To, Opening Stock By, Sales

To, Purchases Less: Sales Returns
Less: Purchase returns By, Closing Stock
To, Wages By, Profit and Loss A/c
To, Other Direct expenses (Gross Loss transferred)
(Gross Profit transferred)
2. Profit & Loss Account: The second income statement is the Profit & Loss Account. It is drafted after the
determination of Gross operating result i.e. Gross Profit or Gross Loss. This account determines the Net
Profit or Net Loss of an organisation for a particular accounting period. It is prepared by charging the indirect
expenses and losses against the Gross Profit and other indirect incomes. It is closed by transfer of the Net
Profit or Net Loss to the Capital Account(s) of the proprietor or partners.
The following items will appear in the debit side of the Profit & Loss A/c:
(i) Cost of Sales: This term refers to the cost of goods sold. The goods could be manufactured and sold or
can be directly identified with goods.
(ii) Other Expenses: All expenses which are not directly related to main business activity will be reflected
in the P & L component. These are mainly the Administrative, Selling and distribution expenses.
Examples are salary to office staff, salesmen commission, insurance, legal charges, audit fees,
advertising, free samples, bad debts etc. It will also include items like loss on sale of fixed assets,
interest and provisions. Students should be careful to include accrued expenses as well.

(iii) Abnormal Losses: All abnormal losses are charged against Profit & Loss Account. It includes stock
destroyed by fire, goods lost in transit etc.
The following items will appear in the credit side of Profit & Loss A/c:
(i) Revenue Incomes: These incomes arise in the ordinary course of business, which includes commission
received, discount received etc.
(ii) Other Incomes: The business will generate incomes other than from its main activity. These are purely
incidental. It will include items like interest received, dividend received, etc .The end result of one
component of the P & L A/c is transferred over to the next component and the net result will be
transferred to the balance sheet as addition in owners’ equity. The profits actually belong to owners of
business. In case of company organizations, where ownership is widely distributed, the profit figure is
separately shown in balance sheet.
The proforma of Profit & Loss Account is as follows:
Profit & Loss Account

Dr. for the year ended …. Cr.
To, Trading A/c By, Trading A/c
(Gross Loss transferred) (Gross Profit transferred)
To, Administrative expenses By, Other Income
To, Office salaries By, Interest received
To, Communication By, Commission received
To, Travel & Conveyance By, Profit on sale of assets
To, Office rent By, Rent received
To, Advertising By, Capital A/c
To, Audit fees (Net loss transferred)
To, Insurance
To, Repairs & maintenance
To, Selling & Distribution expenses
To, Bad debts
To, Salesmen commission
To, Interest on loans
To, Depreciation and Amortisation
To, Financial expenses
To, Bank charges
To, Loss on sale of assets
To, Capital A/c
(Net profit transferred)

3. Profit & Loss Appropriation Account: This component of income statement shows the appropriation of
the net profit among the partners of a partnership business. Sole proprietorship businesses are not required to
prepare the P/L Appropriation account. The net profit may be used by the business to distribute dividends, to
create reserves etc. In order to show these adjustments, a P & L Appropriation A/c is maintained. Distribution
of profits is only appropriation and does not mean expenses. After passing such distribution entries, the
remaining surplus is added in owner’s equity.
The format of P & L Appropriation A/c is given below
Profit and Loss Appropriation Account

Dr. for the year ended...... Cr.
To, Proposed dividend By, P/L A/c
To, Reserves (Transfer) (Net profit transferred)
To, Capital A/c
3.1.2 Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet is the financial statement that is prepared to show the financial position of the organisation on
a specific date. It is prepared after drafting Income Statements i.e. Trading Account and P/L Account. It reflects
the assets and liabilities of a concern at a particular point of time. The Balance Sheet may be drafted either in
Horizontal format or in Vertical format. In the horizontal format, the Liabilities appear on the left-hand side, while
the Assets appear on the right-hand side of the Balance Sheet. This is the traditional format followed by non-
corporate commercial organisations. In the vertical format, the liabilities and assets appear in a top-down order.
The various items should appear in the Balance Sheet in a specific order which is known as Marshalling. When
the assets which are most permanent in nature appear at the top, and the current assets appear below them, and for
liabilities, the capital and long-term liabilities appear above the short-term liabilities, it is known as marshalling
under Rigidity Order or Permanence Order. When the reverse ordering is followed as regards the assets and
liabilities, it is known as marshalling under Liquidity Preference Order or Realisability Order.
Preparation of Final Accounts

Final accounts of an organisation are prepared from the ledger balances. Each of the ledger accounts should be
posted to any of the income statements (viz. Trading A/c or Profit & Loss A/c) of the Balance Sheet depending on
its nature.
In addition to these, some adjustments may be required to be made for honouring the accounting principles, or
rectifying some of the existing errors in the books, for which either adjustment entries or rectification entries may
be required to be passed. Effect of these adjustments/ rectifications would be ‘double’ and get reflected either in the
income statements and/ or Balance Sheet.
Some of the important adjustments include:
~~ Closing stock

~~ Outstanding expenses or Accrued expenses

~~ Prepaid expenses
~~ Accrued income
~~ Income received in advance
~~ Goods sold on approval basis
~~ Goods distributed as free samples
~~ Goods withdrawn by proprietor/ partner for personal use
~~ Depreciation and Amortisation
~~ Bad debts
~~ Provision for doubtful debts
~~ Provision for discount on debtors
~~ Abnormal loss of stock
~~ Interest on capital
~~ Interest on drawings etc.
The different components of financial statements are prepared in a sequential order, as follows:
Firstly, the Trading Account is prepared and its balance (reflecting Gross Profit or Gross Loss) gets transferred
to Profit & Loss Account.
Thereafter, the Profit & Loss Account is prepared and its balance (reflecting Net Profit or Net Loss) is transferred
to Capital Account (after drafting Profit & Loss Appropriation Account in case of partnership firms).
Finally, the Balance Sheet is drafted considering a ledger balances reflecting assets, liabilities and capital.
Illustration 1
Following are the ledger balances presented by M/s. P. Sen as on 31st March 2022:

Stock (1.4.2021) 10,000 Sales 3,00,000
Purchase 1,60,000 Return Inward 16,000
Carriage Inwards 10,000 Return Outward 10,000
Wages 30,000 Royalty on Production 6,000
Freight 8,000 Gas and Fuel 2,000
Additional Information:
(1) Stock on 31.3.2022: (i) Market Price ` 24,000; (ii) Cost Price ` 20,000;
(2) Stock valued ` 10,000 were destroyed by fire and insurance company admitted the claim to the extent of
` 6,000.
(3) Goods purchased for ` 6,000 on 29th March, 2022, but still lying in-transit, not at all recorded in the books.
(4) Goods taken for the proprietor for his own use for ` 3,000.

(5) Outstanding wages amounted to ` 4,000.

(6) Freight was paid in advance for ` 1,000.
Solution:
M/s P. Sen
Trading Account
Dr. for the year ended 31st March, 2022. Cr.
To, Opening Stock 10,000 By, Sales 3,00,000

To, Purchase 1,60,000 Less: Return Inward 16,000 2,84,000
Less: Return Outward 10,000
1,50,000 By, Closing Stock 20,000
Less: Goods taken by Add: Stock Destroyed 10,000
Proprietor 3,000
1,47,000 30,000
Add: Goods-in-transit 6,000 1,53,000 Add: Goods-in-Transit 6,000 36,000
To, Wages 30,000

Add: Outstanding 4,000 34,000
To, Carriage Inwards 10,000

To, Freight 8,000
Less: Prepaid 1,000 7,000
To, Royalty on production 6,000
To, Gas & fuel 2,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c 98,000
(Gross profit transferred)
3,20,000 3,20,000
Note: (a) Stock should be valued as per cost price or market price whichever is lower.
(b) The claim which was admitted by insurance company and the loss of stock, will not appear in
Trading Account.
Illustration 2
From the following particulars presented by Mr. Shankar for the year ended 31st March 2022, prepare Profit and
Loss Account after taking into consideration the given details:

Gross Profit ` 1,00,000, Rent ` 22,000; Salaries, ` 10,000; Commission (Cr.) ` 12,000; Insurance ` 8,000; Interest
(Cr.) ` 6,000; Bad Debts ` 2,000; Provision for Bad Debts (1.4.2021) ` 4,000; Sundry Debtors ` 40,000; Discount
Received ` 2,000; Plant & Machinery ` 80,000.
Adjustments:
(a) Outstanding salaries amounted to ` 4,000;
(b) Rent paid for 11 months;
(c) Interest due but not received amounted to ` 2,000
(d) Prepaid Insurance amounted to ` 2,000;
(e) Depreciate Plant and Machinery by 10% p.a.
(f) Further Bad Debts amounted to ` 2,000 and make a provision for Bad Debts @5% on Sundry Debtors.
(g) Commissions received in advance amounted to ` 2,000.
Solution:
Mr. Shankar
Profit and Loss Account
Dr. for the year ended 31st March 2022 Cr.
To, Rent 22,000 By, Trading A/c. 1,00,000

Add: Outstanding 2,000 24,000 -Gross Profit
” Salaries 10,000 ” Commission 12,000
Add: Outstanding 4,000 14,000 Less: Received in advance 2,000 10,000
” Insurance 8,000 ” Interest 6,000
Less: Prepaid 2,000 6,000 Add: Accrued Interest 2,000 8,000
” Bad Debts 2,000
Add: further Bad Debts 2,000 4,000 ” Discount received 2,000
” Depreciation on Plant 8,000 ” Provisions for Bad Debts 4,000
& Machinery @10% on
`80,000
” Capital A/c 66,100 Less: New Provision @ 5% 1,900

(Net Profit Transferred) on (`40,000 – `2,000)
2,100
1,22,100 1,22,100
Illustration 3
X,Y and Z are three Partners sharing profit and Losses equally. Their capital as on 01.04.2021 were:
X ` 80,000 ; Y ` 60,000 and Z ` 50,000.

They mutually agreed on the following points (as per partnership deed):
(a) Interest on capital to be allowed @ 5% P.a.
(b) X to be received a salary @ ` 500 p.m.
(c) Y to be received a commission @ 4% on net profit after charging such commission.
(d) After charging all other items 10% of the net profit to be transferred General Reserve.
Profit from Profit and Loss Account amounted to ` 66,720.
Prepare a Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022.
Solution:
Profit & Loss Appropriation A/c
Dr. for the year ended 31st March, 2022 Cr.
To, Interest on Capital: By, Profit and Loss A/c 66,720
X 4,000 (Net profit transferred)
Y 3,000
Z 2,500 9,500
“ Salaries
X : (` 500 × 12) 6,000
“ Commission 1970
Y [WN: 1]
“ General Reserve [WN: 2] 4,925
“ Partners’ Capital A/c:
(Net Divisible Profit)
X 14,775
Y 14,775
Z 14,775 44,325
66,720 66,720
Working Note:
1. Net Profit before charging Y’s Commission = ` [66,720 – (9,500 + 6,000)] = ` 51,220
Less: Y’s Commission @ 4% = ( 4 × ` 51,220 ) = ` 1,970
104
49,250
2. Transfer to General Reserve = ` 49,250 × 10% = ` 4,925
Illustrations 4
From the following Trial Balance of M/s BJ & Sons, prepare the final accounts for the year ended on
31st March 2022, and also the Balance sheet as on that date:

Particulars Debit (`) Credit (`)

Stock as on 01.04.2021: Finished goods 2,00,000
Purchases and Sales 22,00,000 35,00,000
Bills receivables 50,000
Returns 1,00,000 50,000
Carriage Inwards 50,000
Debtors and Creditors 2,00,000 4,00,000
Carriage Outwards 40,000
Discounts 5,000 5,000
Salaries and wages 2,20,000
Insurance 60,000
Rent 60,000
Wages and salaries 80,000
Bad debts 10,000
Furniture 4,00,000
BJ’s capital 5,00,000
BJ’s drawing 70,000
Loose tools 1,00,000
Printing & stationery 30,000
Advertising 50,000
Cash in hand 45,000
Cash at bank 2,00,000
Petty Cash 5,000
Machinery 3,00,000
Commis sion 10,000 30,000
Total 44,85,000 44,85,000
Adjustments:
(i) Finished goods stock: Stock on 31st March was valued at Cost price ` 4,20,000 and Market price ` 400,000.
(ii) Depreciate furniture @ 10% p.a. and machinery @ 20% p.a. on reducing balance method.
(iii) Rent of ` 5,000 was paid in advance.
(iv) Salaries & wages due but not paid ` 30,000.

(v) Make a provision for doubtful debts @ 5% on debtors.

(vi) Commission receivable ` 5,000.
Solution :
M/s BJ & Sons
Dr. Trading Account for the year ended 31st March 2022 Cr.
To, Opening Stock : By, Sales 35,00,000

Finished Goods 2,00,000 Less: Sales Returns 1,00,000 34,00,000
To, Purchases 22,00,000
Less: Purchases Returns 50,000 21,50,000 By, Closing Stock
To, Carriage Inwards 50,000 Finished Goods 4,00,000
To, Wages & Salaries 80,000
To P/L A/c 13,20,000
38,00,000 38,00,000
Dr. Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2022 Cr.
To, Administrative expenses - Gross Profit b/d 13,20,000
To, Salaries & wages 2,20,000 Discount received 5,000
Add: Outstanding 30,000 2,50,000 Commission received 30,000
To, Depreciation: on Furniture 40,000 Add : Receivable 5,000 35,000
on Machinery 60,000
To, Insurance 60,000
To, Rent 60,000
Less: Paid in Advance 5,000 55,000
To, Printing & Stationery 30,000
To, Advertising 50,000
To, Carriage Outwards 40,000
To, Discounts 5,000
To, Bad debts 10,000


To, Commission 10,000
To, Provision for Doubtful Debts 10,000
To, BJ’s Capital A/c 740,000
(Net Profit transferred)
13,60,000 13,60,000
Dr. Balance Sheet as on 31st March 2022 Cr.

Liabilities (`) (`) Assets (`) (`)
BJ’s Capital 5,00,000 Fixed Assets:
Less : Drawings 70,000 Furniture 400,000
Add : Net Profit for the year 7,40,000 11,70,000 Less: Depreciation 40,000 3,60,000
Long Term Liabilities: - Machinery 300,000
Less: Depreciation 60,000 2,40,000
Current Liabilities: Loose Tools 1,00,000
Sundry Creditors 4,00,000
Outstanding Salaries & 30,000 Current Assets:
Wages
Stocks 4,00,000
Sundry Debtors 200,000
Less: Provision for
Doubtful Debts 10,000 1,90,000
Bills Receivables 50,000
Cash in Hand 45,000
Cash at Bank 2,00,000
Petty Cash 5,000
Prepaid Rent 5,000
Commission Receivable 5,000
16,00,000 16,00,000
Notes :
(1) Closing stock is valued at market price here as it is less than cost price (conservatism concept)

Illustrations 5
Mr. Arvind Kumar has a small business enterprise. He has given the trial balance as at 31st March 2022

Mr. Arvind Kumar’s Capital 1,00,000
Machinery 36,000
Depreciation on Machinery 4,000
Repairs to Machinery 5,200
Wages 54,000
Salaries 21,000
Income Tax of Mr. Arvind Kumar 1,000
Cash in Hand 4,000
Land & Building 1,49,000
Depreciation on Building 5,000
Purchases 2,50,000
Purchase Returns 3,000
Sales 4,98,000
CC Bank 7,600
Accrued Income 3,000
Salaries Outstanding 4,000
Bills Receivables 30,000
Provision for Doubtful Debts 10,000
Bills Payable 16,000
Bad Debts 2,000
Discount on Purchases 7,080
Debtors 70,000
Creditors 62,520
Opening Stock (01.04.2021) 74,000
Total 7,08,200 7,08,200
Additional information:
(1) Stock as on 31st March 2022 was valued at ` 60,000
(2) Write off further ` 6,000 as bad debt and maintain a provision of 5% on doubtful debt.

(3) Goods costing ` 10,000 were sent on approval basis to a customer for ` 12,000 on 30th March, 2022. This
was recorded as actual sales.
(4) ` 2,400 paid as rent for office was debited to Landlord’s A/c and was included in debtors.
(5) General Manager is to be given commission at 10% of net profits after charging his commission.
(6) Works manager is to be given a commission at 12% of net profit before charging General Manager’s
commission and his own.
You are required to prepare final accounts in the books of Mr. Arvind Kuma, and also the Balance Sheet as on
that date.
Solution :
Mr. Arvind Kumar
Dr. Trading Account for the year ended 31st March 2022 Cr.
To, Opening stock: By, Sales A/c 4,98,000
Finished goods 74,000 Less: Sent on Approval (12,000) 4,86,000
To, Purchases: 2,50,000
Less: Purchases returns (3,000) 2,47,000 By, Closing stock A/c
Finished goods 60,000
To, Wages: 54,000 Add Sent on Approval 10,000 70,000
To, P/L A/c 181,000
5,56,000 5,56,000
Dr. Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2022 Cr.
To, Salaries 21,000 By, Trading A/c
(Gross Profit
To, Repairs to Machinery 5,200 transferred) 1,81,000
To, Depreciation: on Machinery 4,000 By, Discount Received 7,080
on Building 5,000
To, Rent 2,400
To, Bad Debts 2,000
Add: Further Bad Debts 6,000
Provision for Doubtful Debts 2,480


Less: Provision Opening (10,000) 480
To, Commission to Works
Manager 18,000
To, Commission to General
Manager 12,000
To, Capital A/c
(Net Profit transferred) 1,20,000
1,88,080 1,88,080
Balance Sheet as on 31st March 2022

Arvind Kumar’s Capital 1,00,000 Fixed Assets:
Less: Drawings (income
tax) (1,000) Land & Building 1,49,000
Add: Net Profit for the year 1,20,000 2,19,000 Machinery 36,000
Long term Liabilities: - Current Assets:
Current Liabilities: Stocks 60,000
Sundry Creditors 62,520 Add: Sent on Approval 10,000 70,000
Outstanding Salaries 4,000 Sundry Debtors 70,000
Less: Goods on Approval (12,000)
CC Bank’s Overdraft 7,600 Less: Bad Debts (6,000)
Bills Payable 16,000 Less: Related to Landlord (2,400)
Less: Provision for Doubtful
Commission Payable 30,000 Debts (2,480) 47,120
Bills Receivable 30,000
Cash in Hand 4,000
Accrued Income 3,000
3,39,120 3,39,120
Working Notes:
(1) Commission payable to works manager & general manager is computed as below:
(`)
Profit before charging any commission 1,50,000
Commission to works manager @ 12% on 1,50,000 18,000

Profit after works manager’s commission 1,32,000

Commission to General Manager 12,000
(1,32,000/110 × 100)
Illustrations 6
Mr. Abhay runs a small shop and deals in various goods. He has not been able to tally his trial balance and has
closed it by taking the difference to Suspense A/c. It is given below:
Particulars (as on 31st March 2022) Debit (`) Credit (`)

Abhay’s Capital 1,50,000
Drawings 75,000
Fixed Assets 1,35,000
Opening Stock (01.04.2021) 36,500
Purchases & Returns 6,75,000 13,500
Sales & returns 34,000 8,50,000
Due from Customer & to Creditors 95,000 3,25,000
Expenses 45,750
Cash 3,000
Bank Deposits & Interest Earned 55,000 5,750
Suspense A/c 4,000
Advertising 2,00,000
Total 13,51,250 13,51,250
Mr. Abhay has requested you to help him in tallying his trial balance and also prepare his final accounts. On
investigation of his books you get the following information:
(i) Closing Stock on 31st March 2022 was ` 45,000 at cost and could sell over this value.
(ii) Depreciation of ` 13,500 needs to be provided for the year.
(iii) A withdrawal slip indicated a cash withdrawal of ` 15,000 which was charged as drawing. However, it was
noticed that ` 11,000 was used for business purpose only and was entered as expenses in cash book.
(iv) Goods worth ` 19,000 were purchased on 24th March 2022 and sold on 29th March 2022 for ` 23,750.
Sales were recorded correctly, but purchase invoice was missed out.
(v) Purchase returns of ` 1,500 were routed through sales return. Party’s A/c was correctly posted.
(vi) Expenses include ` 3,750 related to the period after 31st March 2022.
(vii) Purchase book was over-cast by ` 1,000. Posting to suppliers’ A/c is correct.
(viii) Advertising will be useful for generating revenue for 5 years.

Solution: Rectification of Errors:

(a) Cash withdrawn was recorded as
Cash A/c Dr `15,000
To Bank A/c `15,000
But it was charged to drawing and ` 11,000 was recorded as expenses as well i.e.
Drawings A/c Dr `15,000
Expenses A/c Dr `11,000
To Cash A/c `26,000
This resulted in negative cash of ` 11,000. The rectification entry to be passed is
Cash A/c Dr `11,000
To Drawings A/c `11,000
(b) Omitted transaction to be recorded
Purchases A/c Dr `19,000
To Suppliers’ A/c `19,000
(c) Incorrect recording of purchase returns corrected by
Suspense A/c Dr `3,000
To Purchase return A/c `1,500
To sales return A/c `1,500
(d) Incorrect expenses rectified by
Prepaid expenses A/c Dr `3,750
To Expenses A/c `3,750
(e) Over-casting of purchase book rectified by
Suspense A/c Dr `1,000
To Purchases A/c `1,000
Based on these rectifications we can now proceed to complete the final accounts.
Mr. Abhay
Dr. Trading Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 Cr.
To, Opening Stock - 36,500 By, Sales 8,50,000
To, Purchases 6,75,000 Less: Returns (34,000)
Less: Returns (13,500) Add: Rectification 1,500 8,17,500
Less: Additional returns (1,500) By, Closing stock 45,000


Add: Purchases missed out 19,000
Less: Over-casting rectified (1,000) 6,78,000
To, Gross Profit c/d 1,48,000
8,62,500 8,62,500
Dr. Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 Cr.
To, Expenses 45,750 By, Gross Profit b/d 1,48,000
Less : Prepaid 3,750 42,000
To, Depreciation 13,500 By, Interest on Bank deposits 5,750
To, Advertising 2,00,000 By, Net Loss 1,01,750
2,55,500 2,55,500
Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2022

Mr. Abhay’s Capital 1,50,000 Fixed Assets
Add: Wrong charge to drawing 11,000 Gross Block 1,35,000
1,61,000 Less: Depreciation 13,500 1,21,500
Less: Drawings 75,000 86,000 Current Assets:
Stocks 45,000
Current Liabilities: Sundry Debtors 95,000
Sundry Creditors 3,25,000 Cash in hand (3,000)
Add: Missed out purchase 19,000 3,44,000 Add: Rectification 11,000 8,000
Fixed deposit with Bank 55,000
Prepaid expenses 3,750
Miscellaneous Expenditure:
Profit & Loss (Dr.) 1,01,750
4,30,000 4,30,000
Note : The expenditure incurred on intangible items after the date AS 26 became/becomes mandatory (01.04.2003
or 01.04.2004, as the case may be) would have to be expensed when incurred since these do not meet the definition
of an ‘asset’ as per AS 26. Hence, full amount of Advertisement expense is charged to Profit & Loss Account.

Illustration 7
Mr. O maintains his accounts on Mercantile basis. The following Trial Balance has been prepared from his
books as at 31st March, 2022 after making necessary adjustments for outstanding and accrued items as well as
depreciation:
Trial Balance
as at 31st March, 2022

Plant and Machinery 2,12,500
Sales 6,50,000
Purchases 4,20,000
Salaries 40,000
Prepaid Insurance 370
Advance Rent 2,000
Outstanding Salary 6,000
Advance Salary 2,500
Electricity Charges 2,650
Furniture and Fixtures 72,000
Opening Stock (01.04.2021) 50,000
Outstanding Electricity Charges 450
Insurance 1,200
Rent 10,000
Miscellaneous Expenses 14,000
Cash in Hand 3,000
Investments 80,000
Drawings 24,000
Dividend from Investments 8,000
Accrued Dividend from Investments 1,500
Depreciation on Plant and Machinery 37,500
Depreciation on Furniture 8,000
Capital Account 2,11,970
Telephone Charges 6,000


Stationery and Printing 1,200
Cash at Bank 65,000
Interest on Loan 8,000
Interest Due but Not Paid on Loan 1,500
Loan Account 90,000
12,31,920 12,31,920
(i) Salaries include ` 10,000 towards renovation of Proprietor’s residence.
(ii) Closing Stock amounted to ` 75,000.
Mr. O, however, request you to prepare a Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022
and a Balance Sheet as on that date following cash basis of accounting.
Solution:
Mr. O
Dr. Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 Cr.

To, Purchases 4,20,000 By, Closing Stock 75,000
– Gross Profit transferred 2,55,000
7,25,000 7,25,000
To, Salaries 40,000 By, Trading A/c.
– Less: Outstanding 6,000 -Gross Profit transferred 2,55,000
Salaries 34,000 By, Dividend 8,000
– Add: Advance Salary 2,500 Less: Accrued Dividend 1,500 6,500
36,500
– Less: Renovation (Drawings) 10,000 26,500
To, Insurance 1,200
– Add: Prepaid 370 1,570
To, Rent 10,000

– Add: Advance Rent 2,000 12,000

To, Electricity Charges 2,650
– Less: Outstanding 450 2,200
To, Miscellaneous Expenses 14,000
To, Stationery & Printing 1,200
To, Depreciation:
– Plant & Machinery 37,500
– Furniture & Fixtures 8,000 45,500
To, Interest on Loan 8,000
– Less: Outstanding 1,500 6,500
To, Telephone Charges 6,000
To, Capital Account
– Net Profit transferred 1,46,030
2,61,500 2,61,500
Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2022
Capital Account 2,11,970 Plant and Machinery 2,12,500

(at cost less depreciation)
Add: Net Profit 1,46,030 Furniture & Fixtures 72,000
(at cost less depreciation)
3,58,000 Investments 80,000
Less: Drawings Stock-in-Trade 75,000
(`24,000 + `10,000) 34,000 3,24,000
Debtors 1,70,500
Loan Account 90,000 Cash at Bank 65,000
Sundry Creditors 2,64,000 Cash in hand 3,000
6,78,000 6,78,000
Illustration 8
The following Trial Balance has been prepared from the books of Mrs. Sexena as on 31st March, 2022 after

making necessary adjustments for depreciation on Fixed Assets, outstanding and accrued items and difference
under Suspense Account.
Trial Balance as at 31st March, 2022
Debit Credit
Particulars Particulars
(`) (`)
Machineries 1,70,000 Sundry Creditors 82,000
Furniture 49,500 Capital Account 2,45,750
Sundry Debtors 38,000 Outstanding Expenses:
Drawings 28,000 Salaries 1,500
Travelling Expenses 6,500 Printing 600
Insurance 1,500 Audit Fees 1,000
Audit Fees 1,000 Bank Interest 1,200
Salaries 49,000 Discounts 1,800
Rent 5,000 Sales (Less Return) 6,80,000
Cash in Hand 7,800
Cash at Bank 18,500
Stock-in-Trade (01.04.2021) 80,000
Discounts 1,200
Printing & Stationery 1,500
Purchase (Less Returns) 4,60,000
Depreciation:
Machineries 30,000
Furniture 5,500
Suspense Account 39,400
10,13,850 10,13,850
On the subsequent scrutiny following mistakes were noticed:
(i) A new machinery was purchase for ` 50,000 but the amount was wrongly posted to Furniture Account as
` 5,000.
(ii) Cash received from Debtors ` 5,600 was omitted to be posted in the ledger.
(iii) Goods withdrawn by the proprietor for personal use but no entry was passed ` 5,000.
(iv) Sales included ` 30,000 as goods sold cash on behalf of Mr. Thakurlal who allowed 15% commission on
such sales for which effect is to be given.
You are further told that:
(a) Closing stock on physical verification amounted to ` 47,500.

(b) Depreciation on Machineries and Furniture has been provided @ 15% and 10%, respectively, on reducing
balancing system.
Full year’s depreciation is provided on addition.
You are requested to prepare a Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2022 and a
Balance Sheet as on that date so as to represent a True and Correct picture.
Solution:
Mrs. Sexena
Trading and Profit and Loss Account
To, Opening Stock 80,000 By, Sales
(` 6,80,000 - ` 30,000) 6,50,000
To, Purchases 4,60,000 By, Closing Stock 47,500
Less: Drawings 5,000 4,55,000
Gross Profit transferred 1,62,500
6,97,500 6,97,500
To, Salaries: 49,000 By, Trading A/c. 1,62,500
(Gross Profit)
To, Rent 5,000 By, Bank Interest 1,200
To, Insurance 1,500 By, Selling Commission
To, Audit Fees 1,000 (15% on ` 30,000) 4,500
To, Printing & Stationery 1,500 By, Discount Received 1,800
To, Discount Allowed 1,200
To, Travelling Expenses 6,500
To, Depreciation:
Machinery 37,500
Furniture 5,000 42,500
To, Capital Account
(Net Profit transferred) 40,600
1,70,000 1,70,000

Balance Sheet
Capital Account 2,45,750 Machinery 2,50,0001
Add: Net Profit 40,600 Less: Depreciation 37,500 2,12,500
2,86,350
Less: Drawings Furniture 50,0002
(28,000+5,000) 33,000 2,53,350
Less: Depreciation 5,000 45,000
Sundry Creditors 82,000 Stock 47,500

Outstanding Liabilities: Debtors (`38,000 - `5,600) 32,400
Salaries 1,500 Cash 7,800
Audit Fees 1,000 Bank 18,500
Printing 600 3,100 Prepaid Insurance 250
Thakurlal’s A/c.
(`30,000 – `4,500) 25,500
3,63,950 3,63,950
Notes:
(`)
1. Machinery as per Trial Balance 1,70,000
Add: Depreciation 30,000
2,00,000
Additions 50,000
2,50,000
2. Furniture 49,500
Add: Depreciation 5,500
55,000
Less: Wrong Debit 5,000
3. Suspense A/c is eliminated by item 50,000
(i) ` 45,000 (`50,000 – `5,000) and item
(ii) by `5,600 (debited), respectively.

Illustration 9
The following Trial Balance has been extracted from the books of Mr. Agarwal as on 31.3.2022:
Trial Balance as on 31.3.2022
Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
Purchase 6,80,000 Sales 8,38,200
Sundry Debtors 96,000 Capital Account 1,97,000
Drawings 36,000 Sundry Creditors 1,14,000
Bad Debts 2,000 Outstanding Salary 2,500
Furniture & Fixtures 81,000 Sale of Old Papers 1,500
Office Equipments 54,000 Bank Overdraft (PP Bank) 60,000
Salaries 24,000
Advanced Salary 1,500
Carriage Inward 6,500
Travelling Expenses 6,500
Stationery & Printing 1,500
Rent 18,000
Electricity & Telephone 6,800
Cash In Hand 5,900
Cash at Bank (SBI) 53,000
Stock (1.4.2021) 50,000
Repairs 7,500
Motor Car 56,000
Depreciation:
Furniture 9,000
Office Equipment 6,000 15,000
12,13,200 12,13,200
(i) Sales includes ` 60,000 towards goods for cash on account of a joint venture with Mr. Reddy who incurred
` 800 as forwarding expenses. The joint venture earned a profit of ` 15,000 to which Mr. Reddy is entitled
to 60%
(ii) The motor car account represents an old motor car which was replaced on 1.4.2021 by a new motor car
costing ` 1,20,000 with an additional cash payment of ` 40,000 laying debited to Purchase Account.
(iii) PP Bank has allowed an overdraft limit against hypothecation of stocks keeping a margin of 20%. The
present balance is the maximum as permitted by the Bank.
(iv) Sundry Debtors include ` 4,000 as due from Mr. Trivedi and Sundry Creditors include ` 7,000 as payable
to him.

(v) On 31.3.2022 outstanding rent amounted to ` 6,000 and you are informed that 50% of the total rent is
attributable towards Agarwal’s resident.
(vi) Depreciation to be provided on motor car @ 20% (excluding sold item).
Mr. Agarwal requests you to prepare a Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31.3.2022 and
a Balance Sheet as on that date.
Solution:
Mr. Agarwal

To, Purchases 6,80,000 – Less: Sale on account of
Joint Venture 60,000 7,78,200
– Less: Motor Car 40,000 6,40,000
`` Closing Stock (W.N. 1) 75,000
To, Carriage Inward 6,500
To, Profit & Loss A/c 1,56,700
-Gross Profit transferred
8,53,200 8,53,200
- Gross Profit transferred 1,56,700
To, Travelling Expenses 6,500 `` Sale of old papers 1,500
To, Printing & Stationery 1,500 `` Profit on Joint Venture 6,000
(40% of ` 15,000)
`` Electricity & Telephone 6,800 `` Profit on replacement of 24,000
Motor Car (W. N. 2)
[(`1,20,000 –(`56,000 +
`` Rent 18,000
`40,000)]
– Add: Outstanding 6,000
24,000
– Less: Drawings 12,000 12,000
`` Bad Debts 2,000
`` Miscellaneous Expenses 12,000
`` Repairs 7,500

`` Depreciation on:
– Furniture 9,000
– Office Equipment 6,000
– Motor Car (W.N. 3) 24,000 39,000
`` Capital Account
- Net Profit transferred 76,900
1,88,200 1,88,200
Balance Sheet
Capital Account 1,97,000 Furniture & Fixtures 90,000

Add: Net Profit 76,900 Less: Depreciation 9,000
2,73,900 81,000
Less: Drawings Office Equipment 60,000
(36,000 + 12,000) 48,000
2,25,900 Less: Depreciation 6,000
Bank Overdraft 60,000 54,000
Creditors 1,14,000 Motor Car 56,000
Less: Due to Trivedi 4,000 Additions 1,20,000
1,10,000 1,76,000
Less: Sold 56,000
1,20,000
Less: Depreciation 24,000
Amount payable to Reddy 54,000 96,000
(`60,000 – `6,000)
Outstanding Liabilities: Stock 75,000
Salaries 2,500 Debtors 96,000
Rent 6,000 Less: Due from Trivedi 4,000

8,500 92,000
Cash 5,900
Bank 53,000
Prepaid Salary 1,500
4,58,400 4,58,400
Working Notes:
1. Depreciation on Motor Car
on new motor car i.e., @ 20% on ` 1,20,000 = ` 24,000
2. Profit on Replacement of Motor Car
(`) (`)
Cost of new Motor Car 1,20,000

Less: Exchange Value 56,000
Cash Payment 40,000 96,000
Profit on replacement 24,000
3. Closing Stock
Maximum allowable limit (100 – 20)% = 80% of stock.
Overdraft is ` 60,000 which is equal to 80%.
100
So, closing stock = ` 60,000 × 80
=
` 75,000.
Final Accounts of Partnership Firm

Illustration 10
From the following particulars prepare a Final Accounts of M/s. X & Y for the year ended 31st March 2022.

Sales 8,20,000 Land 11,000
Opening Stock 3,00,000 Purchase 3,80,000
Loan (Dr.) 20,000 Interest (Cr.) 1,000
Wages 60,000 Salaries 40,000
Carriage Inwards 4,000 Carriage Outward 2,000


Returns inward 4,000 Returns Outwards 3,000
Furniture 10,000 Trade charges 8,000
Drawings Capital
X 12,000 X 24,000
Y 10,000 Y 16,000
Cash 3,000
(i) Closing Stock amounted to ` 1,20,000;
(ii) Provide Interest on drawings (on an average 6 months) and interest on capital @ 6% and 4% respectively.
(iii) Y is to get a salary of ` 400 p.m.
(iv) X is to get a commissions @ 2% on gross sales
(v) 50% of the profit is to be transferred to Reserve Fund.
(vi) Depreciations on furniture @ 10% p.a.
The partners share profit and loss equally.
Solution:
M/s X & Y
Dr. Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 Cr.
To, Opening Stock 3,00,000 By, Sales 8,20,000
`` Purchases 3,80,000 Less: Return Inwards 4,000 8,16,000
Less: Returns Outwards 3,000 3,77,000 `` Closing Stock 1,20,000
`` Wages 60,000
`` Carriage Inward 4,000
`` Profit & Loss A/c
-Gross Profit transferred 1,95,000

9,36,000 9,36,000
`` Carriage Outward 2,000 - Gross Profit 1,95,000
`` Trade Charges 8,000 `` Interest 1,000
`` Depreciation on:
- Furniture 1,000


To, P&L Appropriation A/c.
- Net Profit transferred 1,45,000
1,96,000 1,96,000

To, Interest on Capital By, Profit and Loss A/c 1,45,000

X 960 -Net Profit
Y 640 1,600 By, Interest on Drawings:
To, Salary X 360
Y: 4,800 Y 300 660
To, Commission – X 16,400
`` Reserve Fund (50%) 61,430
To Partner’s Capital A/c
`` Net Divisible Profit
X 30,715
Y 30,715
61,430
1,45,660 1,45,660
Dr. Partners’ Capital Account Cr.

X Y X Y
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Drawings 12,000 10,000 By, Balance b/d. 24,000 16,000
`` Interest on Drawings 360 300 `` Interest on Capital 960 640
`` Balance c/d. 59,715 41,855 `` Salary --- 4,800
`` Commission 16,400 ---
`` Share of Profit 30,715 30,715
72,075 52,155 72,075 52,155

Balance Sheet
Capital : Land 11,000
X 59,715 Furniture 10,000
Y 41,855 Less: Depreciation 1,000 9,000
Reserve Fund 61,430
Loan 20,000
Cash 3,000
1,63,000 1,63,000
Illustration 11
From the following balances extracted from the books of Mr. S on December 31, 2021, prepare a Trading and
Profit and Loss Account for the year ended on that date and also a Balance Sheet as on the same date:
Particulars Dr. (`) Particulaes Cr. (`)

Salaries 18,000 Sales 2,43,000
Debtors 1,26,000 8% Loan from Mr. Kumar (taken on 1.7.21) 60,000
Stock on 01.01.2021 30,000 Provision for Bad Debts 8,000
Machinery 2,00,000 Bills Payable 11,000
Furniture 85,000 Outstanding Salaries 3,000
Bad Debts 4,000 Capital Account 3,30,000
Purchases 1,50,000 Creditors 90,000
Printing & Stationery 5,300
Postage & Telephone 3,200
Rent 4,500
Cash in Hand 2,500
Bank Balance 72,500
Insurance 4,800
General Expenses 9,200

Particulars Dr. (`) Particulaes Cr. (`)

Drawings 10,000
Interest on loan 2,000
Wages 3,000
7,45,000 7,45,000
a. Closing Stock (as on 31.12.2021): Cost Price ` 50,000; Market Value ` 40,000.
b. An old furniture which stood at ` 12,000 in the books on Jan 1, 2021 was disposed of at ` 5,800 on June 30,
2021, in part exchange of a new furniture costing ` 10,400. A net invoice of ` 4,600 was passed through the
Purchase Day Book.
c. Sales include ` 36,000 hire-purchase sales. Hire-purchase sales prices are determined after adding 25% on
Hire-Purchase price. 30% of the installments have not fallen due yet. Profit or loss on hire-purchase sales is
to be shown in the Profit and Loss Account.
d. Debtors include ` 7,500 due from Mr. M and Creditors include ` 6,000 due to him.
e. Insurance premium had been paid for the year ended December 31, 2021.
f. Depreciate the fixed assets as follow: Machinery @ 15% p.a. and Furniture @ 10% p.a.
g. Provide 5% for bad debts on debtors (excluding hire-purchase debtors).
Solution:
Mr. S
Dr. Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31.12.2021 Cr.

To, Purchases 1,50,000 Less: Sales on Hire Purchase basis 36,000 2,07,000
Less: Exchange of Furniture [WN: 2] 4,600 1,45,400 By, Goods Sent on Hire Purchases 27,000
[`36,000 × 75%]
To, Wages 3,000
To, Gross Profit 95,600 By, Closing Stock [WN: 1] 40,000
2,74,000 2,74,000
To, Salaries 18,000 By, Gross Profit 95,600
To, Bad Debts 4,000 By, Provision for Bad Debts (Old) 8,000
To, Printing & Stationery 5,300 By, Profit on Hire Purchase 6,300
To, Postage & Telephone 3,200 [WN: 3]
To, Rent 4,500
To, Insurance 4,800

Less: Prepaid Insurance [4,800 × 1,200 3,600

3/12]
To, General Expenses 9,200
To, Interest on Loan 2,000
Add: Outstanding interest on loan 400 2,400
[(`60,000 × 8% × 6/12) – 2,000]
To, Loss on Exchange [WN: 2] 5,600
To, Depreciation:
Machinery 30,000
Furniture [`7,820 (WN: 4) + `600 8,420 38,420
(WN: 2)]
To, Provision for Bad debt (New) 5,460
To, Capital A/c [Net Profit 10,220
transferred]
1,09,900 1,09,900
Balance Sheet as on 31.12.2021
Capital 3,30,000 Machinery 2,00,000

Add: Net profit 10,220 Less: Depreciation @15% 30,000 1,70,000
3,40,220
Less: Drawings 10,000 3,30,220 Furniture 85,000
Less: Net Exchange [WN: 2] 1,600
8% Loan from Mr. Kumar 60,000 83,400
Less : Depreciation [WN: 4] 7,820 75,580
Creditors 90,000 Stock-in-Trade [WN: 1] 40,000
Less: Creditors for Furniture [WN: 2] 4,600 Hire Purchase Stock [WN: 3] 8,100
85,400 Debtors 1,26,000
Less: Set-off 6,000 79,400 Less: Hire Purchase Debtors 10,800
[`36,000 × 30%] 1,15,200
Creditors for Furniture [WN: 2] 4,600 Less: Set-off 6,000

Bills Payable 11,000 1,09,200

Outstanding Salaries 3,000 Less : Provision for Bad Debt 5,460 1,03,740
Outstanding Interest on Loan 400
Prepaid Insurance 1,200
Bank Balance 72,500
Cash in hand 2,500
4,88,620 4,88,620
Working Notes:
1. Exchange of Furniture - Rectification Entry (`) (`)
Creditors A/c Dr. 4,600

Depreciation A/c Dr. 600
Loss on Exchange A/c Dr. 5,600
To, Furniture A/c 1,600 1,600
To, Creditors for Furniture A/c 4,600 4,600
To, Purchases A/c 4,600 4,600
2. Goods sent and sold on Hire-purchase

Dr. HP Trading A/c Cr. Dr. HP Sales A/c Cr.
Particulars (`) Particulars (`) Particulars (`) Particulars (`)
To, Goods sent on 27,000 By, HP Sales A/c 25,200 To, HP Trading 25,200 By, Sales A/c 36,000
HP A/c A/c
[` 36,000 × 75%] [Matured Installment] [` 36,000 × 75%]
By, Stock with H. P. 8,100
To, P/L A/c 6,300 [` 36,000 × 30% × 75%] To, Balance c/f 10,800
33,300 33,300 36,000 36,000
Dr. HP Debtors A/c Cr.

To, Debtors A/c 10,800 By, Balance c/f 10,800
10,800 10,800

3. Depreciation on Furniture [to be deducted from Furniture in Balance Sheet]
(`)
On Old Furniture [`83,400 – 10,400] × 10% 7,300
On Furniture acquired during the year [`10,400 × 10% × 6/12] 520

7,820
Illustration 12
Mrs. Joshi has presented you the following Trial Balance as on 31st December 2021:
Dr. Trial Balance as on 31.12.2021 Cr.

Purchases 1,75,000 Sales 3,25,000

Interest 8,000 10 % Loan from UBI 1,00,000
Debtors 1,04,000 Bills Payable 86,000
Suspense A/c 8,000 Capital 4,87,000
Rent 6,600 Sundry Creditors 1,02,500
Plant & Machinery 5,30,000 Apprenticeship Premium Received 2,000
Furniture & Fixture 85,000 Purchase Return 1,500
Salaries 7,000
Wages 2,500
GST 6,000
Motor Car 70,000
Octroi 500
Insurance 10,000
Unexpired insurance 2,300
Factory Shed 30,000
Patent 32,100
Sales Return 2,000
11,04,000 11,04,000

You are required to prepare a Trading and Profit & Loss account and a Balance Sheet as on 31st Dec 2021 after
considering the following adjustment:
1. A sale of ` 25,000 made for cash had been credited to Purchase A/c.
2. Private purchase amounting to ` 600 had been included in Purchase Day Book.
3. The loan account in the books of proprietor appeared as follows:
Dr. 10% Loan from UBI Account Cr.
31.12.21 To Balanced c/f 1,00,000 1.1.21 By Balance b/f 50,000

31.12.21 By Bank A/c 50,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
Interest paid includes ` 3,000 interest paid to UBI Bank.

4. During the year goods worth ` 1,00,000 were invoiced on ‘sale on approval basis’ at cost plus 25%. Out of
these, goods worth ` 20,000 accepted by the customers, ` 40,000 worth of goods were rejected and properly
accounted for but no intimation has been obtained for the balance of the goods and its period is yet to expire.
5. Debtors were shown after deduction of Provision for Doubtful Debt of ` 2,000. It was decided that this debt
was considered to be bad and should be written off and a provision of ` 1,000 should be made which was
considered doubtful.
6. Suspense account represents money advanced to sales manager who was sent to Mumbai in August, 2021
for sales promotion. On returning to Kolkata submitted a statement disclosing that ` 2,000 was incurred for
travelling, ` 1,200 for legal expenses and ` 1,800 for miscellaneous expenses. The balance lying with him is
yet to be refunded.
7. Business is carried on in a two-storied rented house. The ground floor, being 50 per cent of the accommodation,
is used for business. Mrs. Joshi lives with her family on the first floor.
8. The Furniture account represents old furniture which was replaced on 1.1.2021 by a new one, costing
` 1,20,000 with an additional cash payment of ` 80,000 lying debited to purchases account. However, the
assets were put to use on 1.4.2021.
9. Depreciation is to be charged on Furniture @ 10% p.a., Plant & Machinery @ 5% p.a., Motor Car @ 5% p.a.
10. The General manager is entitled to commission based on a percentage of net profit (such commission being
charged to profit and loss account before ascertaining the net profits), calculated in the following manner :
On the first ` 30,000 of net profit Nil
On the next ` 30,000 of net profit 10%
On the next ` 30,000 of net profit 20%
And on the balance of net profit 30%
11. Closing Stock was 31.12.2021 was 22,000.

Mrs. Joshi
Dr. Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31.12.2021 Cr.
To, Purchases 1,75,000 By, Sales 3,25,000

Less : Purchase Return 1,500 Less : Sales Return 2,000
1,73,500 3,23,000
Add : Sales wrongly 25,000 Add : Sales wrongly 25,000
credited in Purchase credited to Purchase
1,98,500 3,48,000
Less : Private purchase 600 Less : Sale on approval 40,000 3,08,000
basis
1,97,900 By, Closing Stock
Less : Payment for 80,000 1,57,900 In hand 22,000
Furniture [WN: 2]
To, Wages 2,500 With Customer [WN: 1] 32,000 54,000
To, Octroi 500
3,62,000 3,62,000
To, Rent 6,600 By, Gross Profit b/d 2,01,100
Less: Rent of Personal 3,300 3,300 By, Apprenticeship Premium 2,000
portion (50%)
To, Salaries 7,000 By, Provision for Bad Debt 2,000
To, GST 6,000
To, Insurance 10,000
To, Interest 8,000
Add : Outstanding 2,000 10,000
[(50,000 × 10%) – 3,000]
To, Bad Debt 2,000
To, Provision for Bad Debts 1,000
To, Depreciation:
Furniture 12,000

Plant & Machinery 26,500

Motor Car 3,500 42,000
To, Loss on Exchange [WN: 2] 45,000
To, Sales Promotion Expenses:
Travelling 2,000
Legal Expenses 1,200
Misc. Expenses 1,800 5,000
To, General Manager’s 16,140
Commission [WN:3]
transferred]
2,41,100 2,41,100
Patent 32,100
Factory Shed 30,000
Capital 4,87,000 Plant & Machinery 5,30,000
Add : Net Profit 97,660 Less : Depreciation @ 5% 26,500 5,03,500
5,84,660
Less : Drawings [Rent of 3,300 5,81,360 Furniture & Fixture 85,000
Personal Accommodation]
Add: Net Exchange 35,000
1,20,000
10 % Loan from UBI 1,00,000 Less : Depreciation @10% 12,000 1,08,000
Bills Payable 86,000
Sundry Creditors 1,02,500 Motor Car 70,000
Less : Private purchase 600 1,01,900 Less : Depreciation @ 5% 3,500 66,500
Outstanding Interest 2,000 Stock-in-Trade:
Outstanding Manger’s 16,140 In hand 22,000
Commission
With Customers [WN: 1] 32,000 54,000

Debtors [1,04,000 + 2,000] 1,06,000

Less : Sale on Approval basis 40,000
[WN:1]
66,000
Less : Bad debt 2,000
64,000
Less : Provision for Bad 1,000 63,000
Debts
Unexpired insurance 2,300
Due from Sales Manager 3,000
[8,000 – 5,000]
8,87,400 8,87,400
Working Notes:
1. Unexpired goods on Sale on approval basis
(`)
Invoice price of goods sent 1,00,000

Less: Goods accepted (20,000)
Goods returned (40,000)
∴ Invoice Vale of goods lying in the hands of customer 40,000
∴ Cost price of goods waiting approval = ` 40,000 × 100/125 = ` 32,000
2. Exchange of Furniture
(`)
Original Cost of new Furniture 1,20,000

Less: Payment made 80,000
∴ Exchange Value 40,000
∴ WDV of old Furniture 85,000
∴ Loss on Exchange 45,000

Rectification Entry (`) (`)

Furniture A/c Dr. 35,000
Loss on Exchange A/c 45,000
To Purchases A/c 80,000
3. General manager’s Commission
Net Profit before manager’s commission = ` 241,100 – ` 1,27,300 = ` 1,13,800
Net Profit Rate of Commission Commission (`)

On first ` 30,000 - -
On Next ` 30,000 10% 3,000 [30,000 × 10%]
On Next ` 30,000 20% 6,000 [30,000 × 20%]
On balance 30% 7,140 [1,13,800 – 90,000] × 30%
∴ Commission payable to General Manager 16,140


of Not-for-Profit Organisation 3.2
Some of the organizations or institutions are constituted to provide valuable services to the society and not with
the primary objective of earning profit.
Non-profit Organisations
The organizations which are primarily formed with the objective of offering some specific services to the society
and not with profit motive only are referred to as Non-profit Organisations. Such organisations include educational
institutions, public medical organisations, social clubs, charitable trusts, trade unions, Cultural clubs like Rotary
or Lions club Religious institutions etc. Their main objective is to operate for adding value to different sections of
the society.
Features of Non-profit Organisations
The salient features of such non-trading estitis are:
●● This organization is governed by elected body or trustee board.
●● Its operation is not driven by any profit motive unlike trading concerns.
●● Main purpose of the organization is to provide social service.
●● Main source of their income comes from donation and membership subscription.
●● The funds are utilized maximum for the benefits of the society.
●● The membership process for this concern is non-transferable.
●● The method of accounting that is followed here is entity concept.
Items of incomes and expenses of Non-profit Organisations

These organisations get their funds in the form of contributions by way of entrance fees, life membership fees,
annual subscriptions, donations, grants, legacies etc. The accounting of such organisations is based on similar
principles followed by the other organisations. Given the nature of these institutions, there are certain items of
revenue and expenses that need special understanding so that accounting treatment could be correctly decided.
There are certain items of income and expenditures which are unique for the non-trading entities. They could be
listed as:
Income items Expenditure items
Donations Upkeep of grounds
Entrance fees Tournament expenses
Subscriptions Prizes
Grants received Events

The accounting treatment of some of these items of inflows are as follows:

(a) Entrance Fees – These are received at the time of admission of a new member and thus are one-time fees.
They are non-recurring in nature. It could be either capitalized as they are non-recurring or taken as revenue
as per the rules of the institution. There’s a view that addition of member is an ongoing activity and thus
every year the institute will get entrance fees. So it may be taken as a normal revenue receipt.
(b) Donations – They could be used for meeting capital or revenue expenses. If donations are received for
a special purpose, the amount is credited to a fund from which the amounts are disbursed. The fund may
be invested in specified securities. Income from such investments is credited to the fund A/c only. Small
donation amounts which are not earmarked for any specific purpose may be treated as revenue receipts.
(c) Legacy – Many times trusts are formed in the memory of certain persons by their will. In such case after the
demise of the person, the funds pass on to the institution. Such legacies are of course one-time and therefore
should be taken to the capital fund.
(d) Endowments – Sometimes, donations are also in the form of endowments to be used as per instructions of
the donor. These are to be treated as capital receipts.
(e) Life membership fees – These could be taken as capital receipts and every year a charge is debited based
on some logic. In other words, when received, it could be treated as deferred receipt in the balance sheet and
every year a specific amount is credited to Income & Expenditure A/c.
(f) Subscriptions – These are annual receipts and therefore taken as revenue receipts. These must be recognised
as revenue on the accrual concept.
Financial Statements of Non-profit Organisations

The different components of the financial statements of non-profit organisations are:
●● Receipts & Payments Account;
●● Income & Expenditure Account; and
●● Balance Sheet.
3.2.1 Preparation of Receipts and Payments Account

This is the summarized form of the cash book of a non-profit organisation. Entries are made on cash basis and
items pertaining to previous year or current year or subsequent years are also recorded. It is a memorandum account
in which the receipts are shown on left side and payments are shown on the right side. Capital as well as revenue
items are entered in the Receipts and Payments Account. This account is real account in nature. No provisions are
recorded in this account. The account begins with the opening balance of cash and bank and ends with the closing
balance of cash and bank.
The proforma of a typical Receipts and Payments Account is as under:
Receipt and Payment Account
Receipts (`) Payments (`)
Starts with opening balance

All receipts - capital or revenue All payments - Capital or revenue
May be related to any period May be related to any period
previous, current or subsequent. previous, current or subsequent.
Ends with closing balance

Features of Receipts and Payments Account

1. It is an account which contains all Cash and Bank transactions made by a nonprofit organization during a
particular financial period.
2. It is a memorandum account.
3. It is Real Account by nature.
4. It starts with the opening balances of Cash and Bank.
5. It is a summary of Cash Book. Summary of all Cash Receipts both capital & revenue during the period are
debited to it. All Cash Payments both capital & revenue during the period are credited to this Account. It ends
with the closing Cash and Bank Balances.
6. While recording the Cash and Bank transactions all entries are made on Cash Basis.
3.2.2 Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account

This is the income statement of the non-profit organisation. As the name suggests only revenue items i.e. revenue
incomes and revenue expenditures are recorded herein. Incomes are recorded on the credit side, while the expenses
are recorded in the debit side. Both incomes and expenses must be taken on the basis of accrual concept. This
account should reflect only items that are pertaining to current period. The balance of this account shows either a
surplus or deficit. Excess of income over expenditure is called surplus and excess of expenditure over income is
called as deficit.
Dr. Income and Expenditure Account Cr.
Expenses (`) Income (`)
Only revenue expenses Only revenue receipts

Only related to current period Only related to current period
Shows either surplus Or shows deficit
Features of Income and Expenditure Account
1. It is by nature Nominal Account.
2. All expenditures of revenue nature for the particular period are debited to this account on accrual basis.
3. All revenue incomes related to the particular period are credited to this account on accrual basis.
4. All Capital incomes and expenditures are excluded.
5. Only current year’s incomes and expenses are recorded. Amounts related to other periods are deducted.
Amounts outstanding for the current year are added.
6. Profit on Sale of Asset is credited. Loss on Sale of Asset is debited. Annual Depreciation on Assets is also
debited.
7. If income is more than expenditure, it is called a Surplus, and is added with Capital or General Fund etc. in
the Balance Sheet.
8. If expenditure is more than income, it is a deficit, and is deducted from Capital or General Fund etc. in the
Balance Sheet.
3.2.3 Preparation of Balance Sheet

It is prepared as on the last day of the accounting period. It also has assets and liabilities and prepared based on

accounting equation. But, there’s no capital account. Instead there is a capital fund. The surplus or deficit from
Income & Expenditure A/c is adjusted against this capital fund at the end of the year.
Difference between Receipts and Payments Account and Income and Expenditure Account
Receipts & Payments Account Income & Expenditure Account
1. It is a summarised Cash Book 1. It closely resembles the Profit & Loss Account of a
Trading concern.
2. Receipts are debited and Payments are credited. 2. Incomes are credited and Expenditures are debited.
3. Transactions are recorded on Cash basis. 3. Transactions are recorded on Accrual Basis
4. Amounts related to previous period or future 4. Transactions are recorded on accrual basis. All
period may remain included. Outstanding amount amounts not related to the current period are
for current year is excluded. excluded.
Outstanding amounts of current period are added.
5. It records both Capital and Revenue transactions. 5. It records Revenue transactions only.
6. It serves the purpose of a Real Account. 6. It serves the purpose of a Nominal Account.
7. It starts with opening Cash and Bank 7. It does not record such balances, rather its final
Balances and ends with closing Cash and Bank balance shows a surplus or a deficit for the period.
Balances.
8. It does not record notional loss or noncash expenses 8. It considers all such expenses for matching against
like bad debts, depreciations etc. revenues
9. Its closing balance is carried forward to the same 9. Its closing balance is transferred to Capital Fund
account of the next accounting Period. or General Fund or Accumulated Fund in the same
period’s Balance Sheet.
10. It helps to prepare an Income & Expenditure A/c. 10. It helps to prepare a Balance Sheet.
Fund Asset Accounting and its peculiarities:

Following are the concepts of some funds which are generally maintained by non-profit organizations:
(i) Capital Fund : It is also called “General Fund” or “Accumulated Fund.” It is actually the Capital of a non-
profit concern. It may be found out as the excess of assets over liabilities. Usually “Surplus” or “Deficit”
during a period is added with or deducted from it. A portion of capitalised incomes like donations may be
added with it.
(ii) Special Fund: It may be created out of special donation or subscription or out of a portion of the “Surplus”.
For example a club may have a “Building Fund”. It may be used for meeting some specific expenses or for
acquiring an asset. If any income is derived out of investments made against this fund or if any profit or loss
occurs due to sale of such investments, such income or profit or loss is transferred to this fund.
If the Special Fund is used to meet an expense, the following entry is passed:
Special Fund A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c (amt. of expense)
NB: The balance of the Fund is shown as a liability in the Balance Sheet.

Finally, when the balance is transferred to Capital Fund, the entry will be:
To, Capital Fund A/c (Balance of Special Fund)
If the Special Fund is used to purchase an asset
Asset A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c (Cost of the asset )
To, Capital Fund A/c (Special Fund closed)
(iii) Donations
(a) Donation received for a particular purpose should be credited to Special Fund. For example, Donation
received for Building should be credited to Building Fund A/c.
(b) For other donations received the by-laws or rules of the concern should be followed.
(c) If there is no such rule, donations received of non-recurring nature should be credited to Capital Fund.
Recurring donations received should be credited to Income & Expenditure Account.
(d) Donation paid by the concern should be debited to Income & Expenditure Account.
(iv) Legacy received
It is to be directly added with Capital Fund after deduction of tax,( if any). It is a kind of donation received
according to the will made by a deceased person.
(v) Entrance Fees or Admission Fees
(a) The rules or by-laws of the concern should be followed.
(b) If there is no such rule, Admission or Entrance Fees paid once by members for acquiring membership
should be added with Capital Fund.
(c) If such fees are of small amounts covering the expenses of admission only, the fees may be credited to
Income & Expenditure Account.
(vi) Subscriptions
(a) Annual subscriptions are credited to Income & Expenditure Account on accrual basis.
(b) Life membership subscription is usually credited to a separate account shown as a liability.
Annual Subscription apportioned out of that is credited to Income & Expenditure Account and deducted from the
liability. Thus the balance is carried forward till the contribution by a member is fully exhausted. If any member
dies before hand, the balance of his life Membership contribution is transferred to Capital Fund or General Fund.
Illustration 13
On 31st March 2021, a club had subscription in arrears of ` 28,000 and in advance ` 4,000. During the year ended
31st March 2022, the club received subscription of ` 2,08,000 of which ` 12,500 was related to 2022-23. On 31st
March, 2021, there were 5 members who had not paid subscription for 2022 @ ` 1,600 per person. Prepare the
Subscription Account for the year 2021-22.

Solution:
Dr. Subscription Account Cr.

Particulars (` ) Particulars (` )
To, Balance b/d (arrears) 28,000 By, Balance b/d (advance) 4,000
To, I & E A/c (income for 2021-22)[B/fig] 1,79,500 By, R & P A/c (received) 2,08,000
To, Balance c/d (advance) 12,500 By, Balance c/d (arrears- `1600 × 5) 8,000
2,20,000 2,20,000
Illustration 14
The City Sports Club of Surat had received in 2021-2022 ` 50,000 towards subscription. Subscription for 2020-
21 unpaid on 1.4.2021 were ` 5,000.
Subscriptions paid in advance on 31.3.2021 were ` 1,250 and the same on 31.3.2022 was ` 1,000. Subscriptions
for 2021- 2022 unpaid on 31.3.2022 were ` 2,250.
Show a statement showing the amount of subscriptions that would appear in Income and Expenditure Account
of the club for the year ended 31.03.2022.
Solution:
Particulars (`)
Subscriptions received during the year 2021-2022 50,000
Add : Subscription outstanding on 31.3.2022 2,250
52,250
Less : Subscription outstanding on 1.4.21 5,000
47,250
Add : Subscription paid in advance on 31.3.2021 1,250
48,500
Less : Subscription received in advance on 31.3.2022 1,000
Subscription for 2021-2022 47,500
Illustration 15
The following is the Income and Expenditure Account of GB Club for the year ended 31st March. 2022:
Income and Expenditure Account of GB Club
Expenditure (`) Income (`)
To, Salaries 19,500 By, Subscription 68,000
To, Rent 4,500 By, Donation 5,000


To, Printing 750
To, Insurance 500
To, Audit Fees 750
To, Games & Sports 3,500
To, Subscriptions written off 350
To, Loss on sale of Furniture 2,500
To, Depreciation:
Sports Equipment 6,000
Furniture 3,100
To, Excess of income over expenditure 17,050
73,000 73,000
31-03-2021 (`) 31-03-2022 (`)
Subscription in arrears 2,600 3,700
Advance Subscriptions 1,000 1,500
Outstanding expenses:
Rent 500 800
Salaries 1,200 350
Audit Fee 500 750
Sports Equipment less depreciation 25,000 24,000
Furniture less depreciation 30,000 27,900
Prepaid Insurance — 150
Book value of furniture sold is ` 7,000. Entrance fees capitalized ` 4,000. On 1st April, 2021 there was no cash
in hand but Bank Overdraft was for ` 15,000. On 31st March, 2022 cash in hand amounted to ` 850 and the rest
was Bank balance.
Prepare the Receipts and Payments Account of the GB Club for the year ended 31st March, 2022.
Solution:
Receipts and Payments of GB Club Account
for the year ended 31.3.2022
Receipt (`) Payments (`)
To, Subscription A/c (W.N.1) 67,050 By, Balance b/d (Bank overdraft) 15,000
To, Donation No 5,000 By, Salary 19,500
To, Entrance Fees A/c 4,000 Add: Outstanding of last year 1,200
To, Furniture A/c 4,500 Less: Outstanding of this year (350) 20,350
(Sale of furniture) (7,000 - 2,500) By, Rent 4,500
Add: Outstanding of last year 500

Receipt (`) Payments (`)

Less: Outstanding of this year (800) 4,200
By, Printing 750
By, Insurance 500
Add: Prepaid in this year 150 650
By, Audit Fees 750
Add: Outstanding of last year 500
Less: Outstanding of this year (750) 500
By, Games and Sports 3,500
By, Miscellaneous Expenses 14,500
By, Sports Equipment 5,000
(Purchased) (W.N.2)
By, Furniture (Purchased) (W.N.3) 8,000
By, Balance c/d
Cash 850
Bank (Bal. fig.) 7,250
80,550 80,550
Working Notes:
1. Calculation of subscription received during the year 2021-2022
Particulars (`) (`)

Subscription as per Income and Expenditure A/c 68,000
Less: Arrears of 2021-2022 3,700
Advance in 2020-2021 1,000 (4,700)
63,300
Add: Arrears of 2020-2021 2,600
Advance for 2021-2022 1,500 4,100
Less: Written off during 2021-2022 67,400
(350)
67,050
2. Calculation of Sports Equipment purchased during 2021-2022

Dr. Sports Equipment Account Cr.
To, Balance b/d 25,000 By, Income & Expenditure 6,000


To, Balance b/d 25,000 By, Income & Expenditure 6,000
To, Receipts & Payments A/c 5,000 A/c (Depreciation) 24,000
(Purchases) (bal. fig.) By, Balance c/d
30,000 30,000
3. Calculation of Furniture purchased during 2021-2022

Dr. Furniture Account Cr.
To, Balance b/d 30,000 By, Receipts & Payments A/c 4,500
To, Receipts and Payments 8,000 By, Income and Expenditure 2,500
A/c (Purchases) (Bal. fig.) A/c (Loss on sale)
By, Income and Expenditure 3,100
A/c (Depreciation)
38,000 38,000
Illustration 16
The Income and Expenditure account of an association for the year ended 31 March 2022 is as under:
Dr. Cr.
To, Salaries 1,20,000 By, Subscription 1,70,000
To, Printing and Stationery 6,000 By, Entrance fee 4,000
To, Telephone 1,500 By, Contribution for Dinner 36,000
To, Postage 500
To, General expenses 12,000
To, Interest and bank charges 5,500
To, Audit fees 2,500
To, Annual Dinner Expenses 25,000
To, Depreciation 7,000
To, Surplus 30,000
2,10,000 2,10,000
The aforesaid Income and Expenditure account has been prepared after the following adjustments: (`)
Subscription outstanding as on 31st March 2021 16,000
Subscription outstanding as on 31st March 2022 18,000
Subscription received in advance as on 31st March 2021 13,000
Subscription ‘received in advance as on 31st March 2022 8,400
Salaries outstanding as on 31st March 2021 6,000

Salaries outstanding as on 31st March 2022. 8,000

Audit fees for 2020-21 paid during 2021-22 2,000
Audit fee for 2021-22 not paid 2,500
The building owned by the association since 2004 costs 1,90,000
Equipment as on 31st March, 2021 valued at 52,000
At the end of the year after depreciation of ` 7,000, equipment amounted to 63,000
In 2020-21, the association raised a bank loan of which is still not paid 30,000
Cash in hand as on 31st March 2022 28,500
Cash in hand as on 31st March 2021 13,600
Capital Fund as on 31st March 2021 2,20,600
You are required to prepare Receipts and Payment Account of the association for the year ended 31st March 2022
and the Balance Sheet as at that date.
Solution:
Receipts and Payments
for the year ended 31st March, 2022

To, Balance b/d 13,600 By, Salaries W.N. (2) 1,18,000
To, Subscription (WN.3) 1,63,400 By, Printing & Stationery 6,000
To, Entrance Fees 4,000 By, Postage 500
To, Annual Dinner Contribution 36,000 By, Telephone 1,500
By, General Expenses 12,000
By, Audit Fees 2,000
By, Dinner Expenses 25,000
By, Interest 5,500
By, Equipments W.N. (1) 18,000
2,17,000 2,17,000

Liabilities (`) (`) Assets (`)
Capital (W.N.- 4) 2,20,600 Buildings 1,90,000
Add: Surplus 30,000 2,50,600 Equipments 63,000
Bank Loan 30,000 Cash in Hand 28,500
Creditors : Salaries 8,000 Subscription Receivable 18,000
Audit Fees O/S 2,500
Subscription Received in Advance 8,400
2,99,500 2,99,500

Working Notes:
(1)
Dr. Equipment Account Cr.
To, Balance b/d 52,000 By, Depreciation 7,000
To, Bank A/c (B/f) 18,000 By, Balance c/d 63,000
70,000 70,000
(2)
Dr. Salaries Account Cr.
To, Salary O/S (2021 - 22) 8,000 By, Income & Expenditure A/c 1,20,000
To, Bank A/c (Bal. fig.) 1,18,000 By, Salary O/S (2020-21) 6,000
1,26,000 1,26,000
(3)
Dr. Subscription Account Cr.
To, Subscription Receivable (2020-21) 16,000 By, Subscription Receive in Advance 13,000
To, Subscription Received in Advance 8,400 (2020-21)
(2022-23) By, Subscription Receivable (2021-22) 18,000
To, Income & Expenditure A/c 1,70,000 By, Bank A/c (Bal. fig.) 1,63,400
1,94,400 1,94,400
(4)
Capital fund (Bal. fig.) 2,20,600 Building 1,90,000
Bank loan 30,000 Equipment 52,000
Creditors Salaries 6,000 Cash in hand 13,600
Audit Fees O/S 2,000 Subscription Receivable 16,000
Subscription Received in Advance 13,000
2,71,600 2,71,600
Illustration 17
JB Club furnishes you the Receipts and Payments Account for the year ended 31.03.2022:

To, Cash in hand (1.4.2021) 40,000 By, Salary 20,000
To, Cash at Bank (1.4.2021) 1,00,000 By, Repair expenses 5,000


To, Donations 50,000 By, Furnitures 60,000
To, Subscriptions 1,20,000 By, Investments 60,000
To, Entrance fee - 10,000 By, Misc. Expenses 5,000
To, Interest on Investments 1,000 By, Insurance Premium 2,000
To, Interest from Banks, 4,000 By, Billiards table and other Sports
To, Sale of Old Newspaper 1,500 Items 80,000
To, Sale of Drama Tickets 10,500 By, Stationery Expenses 1 ,500
By, Drama Expenses 5,000
By, Cash in Hand (31.03.2022) 26,500
By, Cash at Bank (31.03.2022) 72,000
3,37,000 3,37,000
(a) Subscriptions in arrear for 2021-22 ` 9,000 and subscription in advance for the year 2022-23 ` 3,500.
(b) ` 400 was the insurance premium outstanding as on 31.03.2022.
(c) Miscellaneous expenses prepaid ` 900.
(d) 50% of donation is to be capitalized.
(e) Entrance fees to be treated as revenue income.
(f) 8% interest has accrued on investments for five months.
(g) Billiards table and other sports equipments costing ` 3,00,000 were purchased in the financial year 2020-21
and of which ` 80,000 was not paid 31.03.2021. There is no charge for Depreciation to, be considered.
You are required to prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended 31.03.2022 and Balance sheet
of the Club as at 31.03.2022.
Solution:
JB Club
Income and Expenditure Account
Dr. for the year ended 31.03.2022 Cr.
To, Salary 20,000 By, Subscription 1,25,500
To, Repair Expenses 5,000 (` 1,20,000 + ` 9,000 - ` 3,500)
To, Misc. Expenses 4,100 By, Donation @ 50% 25,000
(5,000 – 900) (less prepaid) By, Entrance Fee 10,000
To, Insurance Premium (incl. By, Sale of Old Newspaper 1,500
Outstanding) 2,400 By, Bank Interest 4,000
To, Stationery Expenses 1,500 By, Interest on Investments 3,000
To, Drama Expenses 5,000 (60,000 × 8% × 5/12) + 1,000


To, Excess of Income over 1,41,500 By, Sale of Drama Tickets 10,500
Expenditure
1,79,500 1,79,500
Balance Sheet as at 01.04.2021

Capital Fund (Bal. fig) 3,60,000 Cash in Hand 40,000
Billiards Table Outstanding 80,000 Cash at Bank 1,00,000
Billiards Table and Other 3,00,000
Sports Equipments
4,40,000 4,40,000

Capital Fund 3,60,000 Cash in Hand 26,500

Add: Donations 25,000 Cash at Bank 72,000
Excess of Income over 1,41,500 5,26,500 Investments 60,000
Expenditure Accrued Interest 2.000 62,000
Subscriber in Advance 3,500 Furniture 60,000
Insurance Premium 400 Prepaid Misc. Exp. 900
Outstanding
Subscription Arrear 9,000
Billiards Table and Other 3,00,000
Sports Equipments
5,30,400 5,30,400
Illustration 18
OB Library Society showed the following position on 31st March, 2021:
Capital Fund 7, 93,000 Electrical Fittings 1,50,000
Expenses Payable 7,000 Furniture 50,000
Books 4,00,000
Investments in Securities 1,50,000
Cash at Bank 25,000


Cash in Hand 25,000
8,00,000 8,00,000
The Receipts and Payment Account for the year ended on 31st March, 2022 is given below:
To, Balance b/d By, Electric Charges 7,200
Cash at Bank 25,000 By, Postage and Stationery 5,000
Cash in Hand 25,000 50,000 By, Telephone Charges 5,000
To, Entrance Fees 30,000 By, Books Purchased (Apr, 2021) 60,000
To, Membership Subscription 2,00,000 By, Outstanding Expenses Paid 7,000
To, Sale Proceeds of Old Papers 1,500 By, Rent 88,000
To, Hire of Lecture Hall 20,000 By, Investment in Securities 40,000
To, Interest on Securities 8,000 By, Salaries 66,000
By, Balance c/d
Cash at Bank 20,000
Cash in Hand 11,300
3,09,500 3,09,500
You are required to prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 and a Balance
Sheet as at 31st March, 2022 after making the following adjustments:
(a) Membership subscription included ` 10,000 received in advance.
(b) Provide for outstanding rent ` 4,000 and salaries ` 3,000.
(c) Books to be depreciated @ 10% including additions. Electrical fittings and furniture are also to be depreciated
at the same rate.
(d) 75% of the entrance fees is to be capitalized.
(e) Interest on securities is to be calculated @ ` 5% p.a. including purchases made on 01.10.2021 for ` 40,000.
Solution:
Income & Expenditure Account of OB Library Society

Dr. for the year ended 31-3-2022 Cr.
To, Electricity Charges 7,200 By, Entrance Fees (30,000 × 25%) 7,500
To, Postage & Stationery 5,000 By, Membership Subscription 2,00,000
To, Telephone Charges 5,000 Less: Advance 10,000 1,90,000
To, Rent 88,000 By, Sale of Old Papers 1,500
Add: Outstanding 4,000 92,000 By, Hire of Lecture Hall 20,000


To, Salaries 66,000 By, Interest on Securities 8,000
Add: Outstanding 3,000 69,000 Add. Accrued Interest 500 8,500
To, Depreciation on:
Books (10% on 4,60,000) 46,000 [5% on 1,50,000 + (5% on 40,000) × 1 8,000]
2
Electrical fittings (10% on 1,50,000) 15,000
Furniture (10% on 50,000) 5,000 By, Deficiency 16,700
2,44,200 2,44,200
Balance Sheet of OB Library as on 31.03.2022

Capital Fund 7,93,000 Electrical Fitting (1,50,000 – 15,000) 1,35,000
Add: Entrance fees 22,500 Furniture (50,000 – 5,000) 45,000
8,15,500 Books (4,60,000 – 46,000) 4,14,000
Less: Excess of Investment in securities (1,50,000 ÷ 40,000) 1,90,000
Expenditure over Income 16,700 7,98,800 Accrued Interest 500
Cash at Bank 20,000
Outstanding Expenses:
Rent 4,000 Cash in Hand 11,300
Salaries 3,000 7,000

Membership Subscription in Advance 10,000
8,15,800 8,15,800
Illustration 19
Following is the summary of Receipts and Payments of RR Clinic for the year ended 31st March, 2022:
(`)
Opening Cash Balance 56,000
Donation Received (including 50,000 for Building Fund) 1,55,000
Payment to Creditors for Medicines Supply 2,10,000
Salaries 70,000
Purchase of Medical Equipments 1 ,05,000
Medical Camp Collections 87,500
Subscription Received 3,50,000
Interest on Investments @ 9% p.a. 63,000
Honorarium to Doctors 1,90,000
Telephone Expenses 6,000

(`)
Medical Camp Expenses 10,500
SI. 01.04.2021 (`) 31.03.2022 (`)
1. Subscription Due 10,500 15,400
2. Subscription Received in Advance 8,400 4,900
3. Stock of Medicine 70,000 1,05,000
4. Medical Equipments 1,47,000 2,14,2Q0
5. Building 3,50,000 315,000
6. Creditor for Medicine Supply 63,000 91,000
7. Investments 7,00,000 7,00,000
You are required to prepare Receipts and Payments Account and Income and Expenditure Account for the year
ended 31st March, 2022 and the Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2022.
Solution:
Receipts and Payments Account of RR Clinic

To, Cash in Hand (Opening) 56,000 By, Medical Supply 2,10,000
To, Subscription 3,50,000 By, Honorarium to doctors 1,90,000
To, Donation 1,55,000 By, Salaries 70,000
To, Interest on Investment 63,000 By, Misc. Expenses 7,000
To, Medical Camp collections 87,500 By, Purchase of Equipment 1,05,000
By, Telephone Expenses 6,000
By, Medical Camp Expenses 10,500
By, Cash in Hand (Closing) 1,13,000
7,11,500 7,11,500
Income and Expenditure Account of RR Clinic


To, Medicine Consumed 2,03,000 By, Subscription 3,58,400
To, Honorarium to Doctors 1,90,000 By, Donation 1,05,000
To, Salaries 70,000 By, Interest on Investments 63,000


To, Telephone Expenses 6,000 By, Profit on Medical camp:
To, Misc. Expenses 7,000 Collections 87,500
To, Depreciation on: Less: Expenses 10,500 77,000
Medical Equipment 37,800
Building 35,000 72,800
(3,50,000 – 3,15,000)
To, Surplus-excess of Income over 54,600
Expenditure
6,03,400 6,03,400
Balance Sheet of RR Clinic as on 31st March, 2022

Liabilities (` ) (` ) Assets (` ) (` )
Capital Fund: Building 3,50,000
Opening Balance 12,62,100 Less: (35,000) 3,15,000
Add: Surplus 54,600 13,16,700 Depreciation: 1,47,000
Building Fund 50,000 Medical Equipment 1,05,000
Subscription Received 4,900 2,52,000
in Advance Add: Purchase (37,800) 2,14,200
Creditors for Medicine 91,000
Ssupply
Less: Depreciation 1,05,000
Stock of Medicine Investments 7,00,000
Subscription 15,400
Receivable - 1,13,000
Cash in hand
14,62,600 14,62,600
(`) (`)
1 Subscription for the year ended 31.03.2022

Subscription received during the year 3,50,000
Less: Subscription receivable on 01.04.2021 10,500 .
Less: Subscription received in advance on 31.03.2022 4,900 (15,400)
Add: Subscription receivable on 31.03.2022 15,400 3,34,600
Add: Subscription received in advance on 01.04.2021 8,400 23,800
Subscription for the year 2021-22 3,58,400

(`) (`)
2. Purchase of Medicine
Payment of Medicine Supply 2,10,000
Less: Amount due for Medicine Supply 01.04.2021 (63,000)
1,47,000
Add: Amount due for Medicine Supply on 31.03.2022 91,000
Purchase of Medicine during 2021-22 2,38,000
3. Medicine Consumed
Stock of Medicine on 01.04.2021 70,000
Add: Purchase of Medicine during the year 2,38,000
3,08,000
Less: Stock of Medicine on 31 03.2022 (1,05,000)
Medicines Consumed 2,03,000
4 Depreciation on Equipment
Value of Equipment on 01.04.2021 1,47,000
Add: Purchase of Equipment during the year 1,05,000
2,52,000
Less: Value of Equipment on 31.03.2022 (2,14,200)
Depreciation on Equipment for the year 37,800
Balance Sheet of Radix Clinic as on 31st March, 2021

Liability (`) Assets (`)
Capital Fund: (balancing Figure) 12,62,100 Building 3,50,000
Subscription Received in Advance 8,400 Medical Equipment 1,47,000
Creditors for Medicine Supply 63,000 Stock of Medicine 70,000
Investments 7,00,000
Subscription Receivable 10,500
Cash in Hand 56,000
13,33,500 13,33,500
Illustration 20
The following information provided by the New Youth Club, Delhi for the first year ended 31st March, 2022:
(i) Donations Received for Building ` 25,00,000;

(ii) Other Incomes and Receipts were:

(` in ‘000)
Capital Income Revenue Income Actual Receipt
Particulars
(`) (`) (`)
Entrance Fees — 251 251

Life Membership Fees 105 — 105
Subscription — 1,160 1,151
Play Ground Rent — 120 110
Refreshment Account — 115 115
Sundry Incomes — 62 49
(iii) Expenditures and actual payments were:

(` in ‘000)
Capital Revenue
Actual Payment
Particulars Expenditure Expenditure
(`) (`) (`)
Land 800 — 800

Books 236 — 202
Furniture 345 — 315
Honorarium and Salaries — 165 131
Maintenance of Play Ground — 52 50
Refreshment Account — 79 79
Insurance Premium — 12 15
Sundry Expenses — 70 65
Others:
Donation were utilized to the extent of ` 13 Lakh in construction of building, balance were unutilized. In order
to keep in safe, 8% Government Securities were purchased on 31st December, 2021 for ` 10.50 Lakh. Remaining
amount was put in bank as term deposit on 31st March, 2022. During the year 2021-22, Subscription received in
advance ` 52,000 for the year 2022-23.
Depreciation to be charged on Building and Furniture @ 10% and on Books @ 15%.
You are required to prepare the Receipts & Payments Account, Income & Expenditure Account and Balance
Sheet as on 31st March, 2022.

Solution: New Youth Club

Receipts & Payments Account (` in 000)
Dr. for the year ending 31st March, 2022 Cr.
To, Donations 2,500 By, Land 800
To, Entrance fees 251 By, Building 1,300
To, life Membership fees 105 By, Books 202
To, Subscription 1,151 By, Furniture 315
To, Play Ground rent 110 By, Honorarium and Salaries 131
To, Refreshment account 115 By, Maintenance of Play Ground 50
To, Sundry incomes 49 By, Refreshment Account 79
By, Insurance Premium 15
By, Sundry Expenses 65
By, Govt. Securities 1,050
By, Term Deposits 150
By, Balance c/d 124
4,281 4,281
Income & Expenditure Account

Dr. for the year ending 31st March, 2022 Cr. (` in 000)
Expenditure (` ) (` ) Income (` ) (` )
To, Honorarium and Salaries 131 By, Subscription 1,151
Add: Outstanding 34 165 Less: Received in Advance 52
To, Maintnc. of Play Ground. 50 1,099
Add: Outstanding 2 52 Add: Outstanding 61 1,160
To, Insurance Premium 15 By, Entrance Fees 251
Less: Prepaid 3 12 By, Play Ground Rent 110
To, Sundry Expenses 65 Add: Outstanding 10 120
Add: Outstanding 5 70 By, Prof it on Refreshment 36
To, Depreciation By, Sundry Incomes 49
On Building-10% on ` 13 Lakh 130 Add: Outstanding 13 62
On Fumiture-10% on ` 3,45,000 34.50 By, Interest on Govt. Securities 21
On Books- 15% on ` 2,36000 35.40 (Accrued)
To, Surplus 1,151.10
1,650 1,650

Balance Sheet as on 31st march, 2022

(` in 000)

Capital Fund Land 800
Add: Life Membership fees 105.00 Building (` 13 Lakh- ` 13 Lakh) 1,170
Add: Surplus 1,151.10 1,256.10 Books (` 2,36,000 - ` 35,400) 200.6
Donations for Building 2,500 Furniture (` 3,45,000 - ` 34,500) 310.5
Creditors for Books 34 8% Govt. Securities 1,050
Creditors for Furniture 30 Out. Int. on Govt. Securities 21
Outstanding Hon. and salaries 34 Outstanding Subscription 61
Outs. Maintenance of play ground 2 Prepaid Insurance Premium 3
Outstanding Sundry expenses 5 Play Ground rent- Outstanding 10
Subscription Received in Advance 52 Sundry incomes - Outstanding 13
Term Deposits 150
Cash and Bank 124
3,913.10 3,913.10
Working Notes:
(1) Donation received for building has been treated as capital item.
(2) Amount of Term Deposit = Donations Received – (Cost of Building + 8% Govt. Securities) ` 25 Lakh –
(` 13 Lakh + ` 10.50 Lakh) = ` 1 ,50,000
(3) Profit on Refreshment = ` 1,15,000 - ` 79,000 = ` 36,000
(4) Outstanding Subscription=` 11,60,000 - (` 11,51,000 – ` 52,000) = ` 61,000
(5) Accrued Interest on Govt. Securities: ` 10,50,000 × 8% × 3/12= ` 21,000
Restaurant Trading and Bar Trading

Some clubs have Restaurant and Bar facilities for members and outsiders. Under the circumstances, Restaurant
Trading or Bar Trading Account is opened to ascertain the Restaurant or Bar profit, it is just like Trading Account
which is opened in case of a trading concern. The Restaurant or Bar profit so ascertained from Restaurant Trading
or Bar Trading is transferred to the Income and Expenditure Account as we generally transfer the Gross Profit
from Trading Account to Profit and Loss Account in case of Trading concern. Hence, the method of preparing a
Restaurant or Bar Trading Account is just like the method of preparing a Trading Account.
Illustration 21
The following summary of the Cash Book has been prepared by the treasurer of a Club:

To, Balance b/d 4,740 By, Wages – outdoor staff 13,380
To, Subscriptions 29,720 By, Restaurant Purchase 50,400


To, Entrance Fees 3,200 By, Rent – 18 months’ to July 30, 7,500
2022
To, Restaurant Receipts 56,800 By, Rates 2,700
To, Games & Competition Receipts 13,640 By, Secretary’s Salary 3,120
To, Due To, Secretary for Petty 80 By, Lighting 7,200
To, Expenses By, Competition Prizes 4,000
By, Printing & Postage etc. 6,000
By, Placed in Fixed Deposit 8,000
1,08,180 1,08,180
On April 1, 2021 the club’s assets were:- Furniture ` 48,000, Restaurant stock ` 2,600; Stock of prizes ` 800;
` 5,200 was owing for supplies to the restaurant.
On March, 31, 2022, the Restaurant stocks were ` 3,000 and prizes in hand were ` 500, while the club owed
` 5,600 for restaurant supplies.
It was also found that subscriptions unpaid at March 31, 2022, amounted to ` 1,000 and that the figure of
` 29,720 shown in the Cash Book included ` 700 in respect of previous year and ` 400 paid in advance for the
following year.
Prepare an account showing the Profit or Loss made on the Restaurant and a General Income and Expenditure
Account for the year ended 31.3.2022, together with a Balance Sheet as at that date, after writing 10% off the Furniture.
Solution:
Restaurant Trading Account
To, Opening Stock A/c 2,600 By, Restaurant Receipts A/c 56,800
” Purchases A/c 50,400 ” Closing Stock A/c 3,000
” Add: Outstanding for 5,600
31.3.2022 56,000
Less: Outstanding for 5,200 50,800
01.04.2021
” Income & Expenditure A/c 6,400
(G.P. transferred)
59,800 59,800

Balance Sheet as at 1st April, 2021
Accumulated Fund: (Bal. fig.) 50,390 Furniture and Equipment 48,000

Owing for Supplies to Restaurant 5,200 Restaurant Stock 2,600
Outstanding Rent (Jan. to March 2021) 1,250 Stock of Prize 800
Outstanding Subscriptions 700
Cash and Bank 4,740
56,840 56,840
Income and Expenditure Account

To Wages 13,380 By Subscription : 29,720

Subscription already
received
” Rent 7,500 Less: Outstanding for 1.4.12 700
” Less: Outstanding on 1,250 29,020
1.4.2021 6,250
Add: Outstanding for 2022 1,000
” Less: Prepaid for 3 months 30,020
(`7,500 × 3/18) 1,250 5,000
” Rates 2,700 Less: Received in advance 400 29,620
” Secretary’s Salary 3,120 ” Games Competition 13,640
Receipts
” Lighting, Cleaning, 7,200 ” Restaurant Trading –
Services Gross Profit 6,400
” Competition Prize 4,000
” Add: Opening Stock 800

4,800
” Less: Closing Stock 500 4,300
” Printing, Postage and 6,000
Sundries

” Dep. on Furniture and 4,800

Equipment @ 10%
” Surplus – Excess of Income 3,160
over Expenditure
49,660 49,660
Accumulated Fund: Furniture and Equipment 48,000

Balance on 1.4.2021 50,390 Less: Depreciation 4,800 43,200
Add: Surplus 3,160 53,550 Restaurant Stock 3,000
Entrance Fees 3,200 Stock of Prize 500
Subscription Received in 400 Outstanding Subscriptions 1,000
Advance
Owing for Supplies to 5,600 Prepaid Rent 1,250
Restaurant
Outstanding Petty Expenses 80 Fixed Deposit with Bank 8,000
Cash and Bank 5,880
62,830 62,830
Preparation of opening and closing Balance Sheet from a given Receipt & Payment Account and Income
& Expenditure Account
While drafting the balance sheet the follow points are to be noted:
A. While preparing opening Balance Sheet
(a) At first, take the opening balance of Cash and Bank which are given in the Receipts and Payments
Account as “Balance b/d”. The same will appear in the assets side of the opening Balance Sheet.
(b) All the opening assets will appear in the assets side of the opening Balance Sheet which are given in
the form of adjustments. Similarly, all the opening liabilities will also appear in the liabilities side of the
opening Balance Sheet.
(c) Ascertain the difference between the assets side and the liabilities side of the opening Balance Sheet
which will be treated as “Capital Fund”.
B. While preparing closing Balance Sheet
(a) At first, take the closing balance of Cash and Bank which are given in the Receipts and Payments
Account as “Balance c/d”. The same will appear in the asset side of the closing Balance Sheet.

(b) All the opening fixed asset which have appeared in the asset side of the opening Balance Sheet (after
charging all adjustments), if not sold or cost, including addition, if any.
(c) All the closing current liabilities including capital fund, surplus or deficit (which we get from income
and Expenditure Account), other funds like, Donation, Entrance Fees etc. also appear in the liabilities
side of the closing Balance Sheet.
(d) Now, each individual item of Receipts and Payments Account should be compared with each individual
item of Income and Expenditure Account and the same is to be adjusted accordingly. It must be
remembered that items which are appeared in the credit side of the Receipts and Payments Account
must be compared with the items which is appeared in the debit side of Income and Expenditure and
vice-versa.
Illustration 22
The following are the items of Receipts and Payments of the BJ Club as summarized from the books of account
maintained by the Secretary:

Opening Balance 1.1.2022 4,200 Manager’s Salary 1,000
Entrance Fees: For 2021 1,000 Printing and Stationery 2,600
For 2022 10,000 Advertising 1,800
Subscriptions: For 2021 600 Fire Insurance 1,200
For 2022 15,000 Investments Purchased 20,000
Interest Received on Investments 3,000 Closing Balance 31.12.2022 7,600
Subscriptions 2023 400
34,200 34,200
It was ascertained from enquiry that the following represented a fair picture of the Income and Expenditure of
the Club for the year 2022 for audit purpose:
Expenditure (`) (`) Income (`)

Manager’s Salary 1,500 Entrance Fees 10,500
Printing & Stationery 2,000 Subscription 15,600
Add: Accrued 400 2,400 Interest on Investments 4,000
Advertising (accrued Nil) 1,600
Audit Fees 500
Fire Insurance 1,000
Depreciation 4,940
Excess of Income over Expenditure 18,160
30,100 30,100

You are required to prepare the Balance Sheet of the Club as on 31.12.2021 and 31.12.2022, it being given that
the values of the Fixed Assets as on 31.12.2021 were: Building ` 44,000, Cricket Equipment ` 25,000 and Furniture
` 4,000. The rates of depreciation are Building 5%, Cricket Equipments 10%, Furniture 6%.
Your are entitled to make assumptions as may be justified.
Solution:
BJ Club
Balance Sheet as at 31st December, 2021
Outstanding Liabilities: Building 44,000

Advertisement (`1,800 – `1,600) 200 Furniture 4,000
Printing and Stationery 600 Cricket Equipment 25,000
(`2,600 – `2,000)
Capital Fund (Bal. fig.) 78,000 Entrance Fees in arrear 1,000
Subscription in arrear 600
Cash 4,200
78,800 78,800
BJ Club
Balance Sheet as at 31st December, 2022
Capital Fund: Building 44,000

Balance on 1.1.2021 78,000 Less: Depreciation 5% 2,200 41,800
Add: Excess of Income
over Expenditure 18,160 96,160 Furniture 4,000
Subscription Received in Advance 400 Less: Depreciation 6% 240 3,760
Outstanding Liabilities:
Printing and Stationery 400 Cricket Equipment 25,000
Manager’s Salary: Less: Depreciation 10% 2,500 22,500
(1,500 – 1,000) 500 Investments 20,000
Audit Fees 500 Subscriptions in Arrear 600
(15,600 – 15,000)
Entrance Fees in Arrear 500
(10,500 – 10,000)

Accrued Interest on
Investments 1,000
(4,000 – 3,000)
(1,200 – 1,000)
Cash 7,600
97,960 97,960
Note: Advertisement expenses and Printing and Stationery which were paid in excess over Income and
Expenditure A/c are assumed to be outstanding for the previous year.


from Incomplete Records 3.3
T
ransactions are entered into by every organisation, and it is the primary function of accounting is to
record the transactions in the books of accounts. This should be recorded in the books on a systematic and
scientific manner following the double entry system. However, in many cases double entry recording is
not followed. Such entities usually include the small-time traders such as grocery stores, kirana shops etc.
The small entities record the transactions on a casual and sketchy manner, and thus results in incomplete recording
of the transactions. This incomplete manner of recording the transactions is commonly referred to as single entry
system of account keeping.
Single Entry System

Single entry system is an approach of recording transactions which does not follow the principles of double entry
book-keeping system. Under this system, some transactions may be fully recorded, while some transactions get
partially recorded and some other transactions may be entirely omitted to be recorded in the books of accounts.
Thus, the term ‘single entry’ is a misnomer. It would rightly be referred to as incomplete records.
Features of Single Entry System

The salient features of single entry system are as under:
~~ It is an unscientific approach of recording transactions.
~~ It is a mixture of no entry, single entry and double entry.
~~ This system is usually followed by the small businesses, semi-skilled service providers and workers etc. who
cannot maintain books under double entry system.
~~ There is no uniformity in recording of transactions.
~~ Usually, only the cash and personal accounts are recorded.
~~ In this system, the original vouchers of different transactions are kept for future references, though the
relevant accounts are not prepared.
Limitations/ Defects of Single Entry system

Single entry system is a defective approach of recording transactions as it suffers from certain major limitations,
which are as under:
(i) As principle of double entry is not followed, the trial balance cannot be prepared. Hence, arithmetical
accuracy cannot be guaranteed.
(ii) Profit or loss can be found out only by estimates as nominal accounts are not maintained.
(iii) It is not possible to make a balance sheet in absence of real accounts.

(iv) It is very difficult to detect frauds or errors.

(v) Valuation of assets and liabilities is not proper.
(vi) The external agencies like banks cannot use financial information. A bank cannot decide whether to lend
money or not.
(vii) It is quite likely that the business and personal transactions of the proprietor get mixed.
Difference between single entry system and double entry system

The distinctions between double entry system and single entry system are as follows:
(i) Single entry is a casual and unscientific approach of recording transactions, while double entry is the
scientific approach of record keeping.
(ii) In double entry system, both the aspects (debit and credit) of all the transactions are recorded. But in single
entry system, there is no record of some transactions. In this system, some transactions are recorded only
in one of their aspects whereas some other transactions are recorded in both of their aspects.
(iii) Under double entry system, various subsidiary books such as sales book, purchases book etc. are maintained.
Under single entry system, no such subsidiary books except cash book which is also considered as a part
of ledger is maintained.
(iv) In the case of double entry system, there is a ledger which contains personal, real and nominal accounts.
But in single entry system, the ledger contains cash account and some personal accounts only.
(v) Under double entry system, preparation of trial balance is possible, whereas it is not possible to prepare a
trial balance in single entry system. Hence accuracy of work is uncertain.
(vi) Under double entry system, Trading A/c, Profit & Loss A/c and the Balance Sheet are prepared in a scientific
manner. But under single entry system, only a rough estimate of Profit or Loss is made and a Statement of
Affairs is prepared which resembles a Balance Sheet in appearance but which does not present an accurate
picture of the financial position of the business.
(vii) The possibility of fraud and misappropriation is greater under single entry system as compared to double
entry system.
(viii) Double entry system of book-keeping is usually followed by most of the concerns, while single entry is
followed by the small businesses, sole traders, partnership firms and professionals who cannot afford to
maintain the formal books of accounts.
Accounting from Incomplete Records & Preparation of Final Accounts

The businesses which does not follow the formal double entry system of accounting do not have any uniformity in
their practices. They record the transactions as per their own wish and requirements. Such entities do not maintain
the regular books of accounts, and fail to draft the trial balance and the financial statements.
However, such smaller entities are also interested in determining the operating results and financial position
at the end of every accounting period. It may not be possible for such entities to determine the correct operating
results and reflect the true financial position at the end of an accounting period from such partial and incomplete
records.
There are two recognised approaches of preparing the financial statements from such incomplete records.
They are:
1. Balance sheet approach/ net worth approach/ comparison approach
2. Conversion approach.

Approach 1: Balance Sheet Approach/ Net Worth Approach/ Comparison Approach

Under this approach, the operating result of an entity is determined by comparing the net worth capital of the
entity at two different points of time. As per this approach, the balances of capital/ net worth are determined by
preparing the statement of affairs Using these capitals, the operating result is determined by comparing the amounts
of capital/ net worth at two points of time. Hence, this approach is known as the balance sheet approach/ net worth
approach/ comparison approach.
Under this approach, three statements are prepared:
~~ Statement of affairs: It is a statement of financial position that is prepared with the balances of various
assets and liabilities to ascertain the capital/ net worth at the beginning and end of the accounting period.
~~ Statement of profit & loss: This statement is prepared for determination of the profit/ loss) of the entity.
Firstly, the trading profit/loss is determined by comparing the capital / net worth as at the beginning and end
of the accounting period. Thereafter, effect is to be given for the necessary adjustments for determination of
the net profit/ loss for the accounting period.
~~ Final statement of affairs: This statement is to be prepared at the end of the accounting period with the
closing balances of the assets and liabilities after providing for the necessary adjustments viz. Depreciation,
provision for bad & doubtful debts etc. It is also known as the revised statement of affairs.
Steps for preparation of Final Accounts under ‘Balance Sheet/ Net Worth/ Comparison Approach’
Step 1: Preparation of ‘statement of affairs’ as at the beginning & end of the accounting period for determination
of the amount of the opening and closing capital/ net worth.
Step 2: Preparation of ‘statement of profit & loss’ for determination of trading profit/ loss, and thereafter, the net
profit/ loss.
Statement of profit and loss for the year ended

Particulars (`) (`)
Capital (at the end) xx
Less : Capital (at the beginning) xx xx
Add : Drawings xx
xx
Less : Further Capital Introduced (if any) xx
Profit/Loss xx
Less : Adjustments, if any say, Bad debts,
Depreciation etc. xx
Net Profit/Loss for the Period xx
Less : Appropriation Items :
(i) Interest on Partner’s Capital xx

Particulars (`) (`)

(ii) Partners’ Salaries etc. xx xx
Divisible Profit xx
Step 3: Preparation of ‘Final Statement of Affairs’ as at the end of the accounting period for disclosing the
financial position of the entity.
Approach 2: Conversion Approach

An entity that does not maintain its books under double entry system records only some of the total transactions
that it enters into. In such case, it would not be possible to ascertain the profit/ loss and reflect its financial position
through the preparation of financial statements directly as the ledger balances are not available. However, such
organisation’s financial statements may be prepared from such recorded data by recording them in relevant accounts
under the double entry system of book keeping, and there after determining the ‘missing information’. Usually, the
regular accounts like Debtors A/c, Creditors A/c, Cash book, Assets A/c etc. are prepared with the data available
and relevant ledger balances are calculated.There is no fixed approach towards determination of such information,
and the steps to be taken depends on the data available in each case. Since, as per this approach the data kept under
single entry system are converted to double entry system, it is referred to as ‘Conversion Approach’.
Difference between ‘Statement of Affairs’ & ‘Balance Sheet’
Statement of Affairs Balance Sheet

1. It is prepared by an entity following single entry 1. It is prepared by an entity following double entry
system. system.
2. It is prepared for determining the Capital or Net 2. It is prepared for disclosing the financial position
Worth at two different points of time. of an entity.
3. It reflects the estimated financial position. 3. It reflects the true financial position.
4. The information contained in the Statement of 4. The information contained in the Balance Sheet is
Affairs is comparatively less reliable. more reliable.
5. The balance of Capital account is taken as the 5. The balance of Capital account is available from
‘excess of assets over liabilities’. regular accounting records.
6. It has no statutory format. 6. Balance Sheet format is specified under various
statutes viz. Companies Act, Banking Regulations
Act etc.
Difference between ‘Statement of Profit & Loss’ & ‘Profit & Loss Account’
Statement of Profit & Loss Profit & Loss Account

1. It is prepared by an entity following single entry 1. It is prepared by an entity following double entry
system. system.
2. Profit/ loss is determined by comparing the capital/ 2. Profit/ loss is determined by matching expenses/
net worth at two points of time. losses against incomes / gains.

Statement of Profit & Loss Profit & Loss Account

3. It reflects the estimated profit/ loss of an entity. 3. It reflects the true profit/ loss of an entity.
4. All items of expenses, losses, incomes and gains 4. All expenses, losses, incomes and gains get
do not get properly disclosed. properly disclosed.
5. Information provided by the Statement of Profit & 5. Information provided by the Profit & Loss Account
Loss is comparatively less reliable. is reliable.
Illustration 23
Mr. Prakash keeps his accounts on single entry system. He has given following information about his assets and
liabilities.
Items On 31.03.2021 On 31.03.2022

Creditors 55,200 58,500
Cash at bank 600 1500
Bills payable 26,400 28,200
Bills receivables 16,200 18,300
Debtors 45,600 56,000
Stock in trade 31,000 47,300
Machinery 66,200 78,000
Computer 18,000 17,000
During the year, Prakash brought additional ` 7,500 cash in business. He withdrew goods of ` 2,100 and cash
of ` 7,200 for his personal use. Interest on opening capital is to be given at 5% and interest on drawing is to be
charged at 10%.
Prepare statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31.03.2022.
Solution:
Here the information about opening and closing capital is not given. Both these figures can be computed based
on statement of affairs as on 31.03.2021 and 31.03.2022.
These figures will then be used together with further information to ascertain the profit or loss for the period by
drafting the Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31-03-2022.
Mr. Prakash
Statement of Affairs as on 31.03.2022

Creditors 55,200 Cash at Bank 600
Bills Payable 26,400 Bills Receivables 16,200


Capital (Bal. figure.) 96,000 Debtors 45,600
Stock in Trade 31,000
Machinery 66,200
Computers 18,000
1,77,600 1,77,600
Statement of Affairs as on 31.03.2022

Creditors 58,500 Cash at Bank 1,500
Bills Payable 28,200 Bills Receivables 18,300
Capital (Bal. fig.) 131,400 Debtors 56,000
Stock in Trade 47,300
Machinery 78,000
Computers 17,000
2,18,100 2,18,100
Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended 31.03.2022

Particulars (`)
Closing Capital as per Statement of Affairs as on (31.03.2022) 1,31,400
Less: Opening Capital as per Statement of Affairs as on (31.03.2021) (96,000)
Increase or decrease in capital 35,400
Add: Drawings (Goods + Cash) [`7,200 + `2,100] 9,300
Add: Interest on Drawings @ 10% (` 9,300 × 10%) 930
Less: Interest on Opening Capital @ 5% (` 96,000 × 5%) (4,800)
Less: Fresh Capital Introduced (7,500)
Net Profit or Loss for the year 33,330
Illustration 24
Mr. Kanan is running a business of readymade garments. He does not maintain his books of accounts under
double entry system. While assessing the income of Mr. Kanan for the financial year 2020-21, Income Tax Officer
feels that he has not disclosed the full income earned by him from his business. He provides you the following
information:

On 31st March, 2020 (`)

Sundry Assets 16,65,000
Liabilities 4,13,000
On 31st March, 2021
Sundry Assets 28,40,000
Liabilities 5,80,000
Mr. Kanan’s monthly drawings for the year 2020-21 32,000
Income declared to the Income Tax Officer 9,12,000
During the year 2020-21, one life insurance policy of Mr. Kanan was matured and amount received `50,000 was
retained in the business.
State whether the Income Tax Officer’s contention is correct. Explain by giving necessary working.
Solution:
Determination of Capital balance of Mr. Karan on 31.03.2020 and on 31.03.2021
Particulars 31.03.2020 (`) 31.03.2021 (`)
Assets 16,65,000 28,40,000
Less: Liabilities 4,13,000 5,80,000
Capital 12,52,000 22,60,000
Determination of Profit by applying the method of the Capital Comparison
Particulars (`)
Capital Balance as on 31.3.2021 22,60,000

Less. Fresh Capital Introduces(matured life insurance policy amount) (50,000)
22,10,000
Add: Drawings ( ` 32,000 × 12) 3,84,000
25,94,000
Less: Capital Balance as on 01.04.2020 (12,52,000)
Profit 13,42,000
Income Declared 9,12,000
Suppressed Income 4,30,000
The Income Tax Officer’s contention that Mr. Kanan has not declared his true income is correct. Mr. Kanan’s true
income is in excess of the disclosed income by ` 4,30,000.
Illustration 25
The following information is available from Mrs. Sashi who maintains books of accounts on single entry system.
Particulars 01.04.2021 (`) 31.03.2022 (`)

Cash and Bank 20,000 21,000
Sundry Debtors 17,000 25,000

Particulars 01.04.2021 (`) 31.03.2022 (`)

Stock 40,000 60,000
Furniture 29,000 29,000
Creditors 32,000 22,000
10 % Loan from Mrs. Sashi 30,000 30,000
Mrs. Sashi withdrew ` 5,000 from the business every month for meeting her household expenses. During the year
She sold investments held by her privately for ` 35,000 and invested the amount in her business. At the end of the
year 2021-2022, it was found that full years interest t on loan from Mrs. Sashi had not been paid. Depreciation @
10% p.a was to be provided on furniture for the full year. Shop assistant was to be given a share of 5% on the profits
ascertained before charging such share. Calculate profit earned during the year ended 31.03.2022 by Mrs. Sashi.
Solution:
Statement of Affairs

Capital (opening & closing) 44,000 83,000 Cash at Bank 20,000 21,000
(Bal. fig.) Debtors 17,000 25,000
Creditors 32,000 22,000 Stock 40,000 60,000
Loan from Mrs. Sashi 30,000 30,000 Furniture 29,000 29,000
1,06,000 1,35,000 1,06,000 1,35,000
Statement of Profit & Loss

Opening Capital 44,000 Closing Capital 83,000
Further Introduction of Capital 35,000 Drawings (5,000 × 12) 60,000
Trading Profit 64,000
1,43,000 1,43,000
Depreciation (29,000 × 10%) 2,900 Trading Profit 64,000
Interest on Loan (30,000 × 3,000
10%)
Net Profit 58,100
64,000 64,000
Commission to Shop Assistant Net Profit 58,100
(58,100 × 5%) 2,905
Net Profit 5,5195
58,100 58,100

Statement of Affairs
Capital 44,000 Cash at Bank 21,000
Further Capital Introduced 35,000 Debtors 25,000
Drawings (60,000) Stock 60,000
Net profit 55,195 Furniture (`29,000 – `2,900) 26,100
Creditors 22,000
Interest on Loan 3,000
Commission to Assistant 2,905
Loan from Mrs. Sashi 30,000
1,32,100 1,32,100
Illustration 26
Ram Prakash, a small trader does not keep his books following Double Entry System. From the following
information provided by him, prepare Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 and
Balance Sheet as at that date:
Particulars 31.03.2021 (`) 31.03.2022 (`)

Furniture 1,00,000 1,20,000
Stock of Goods-in-Trade 60,000 20,000
Sundry Debtors 1,20,000 140000
Prepaid Expenses — 4,000
Sundry Creditors 40,000 ?
Unpaid Expenses 12,000 20,000
Cash 22,000 6,000
Receipts and Payments during the year were as follows:
Particulars (`)
Receipts from Debtors 4,20,000
Paid to Creditors 2,00,000
Transportation 40,000
Drawings 1,20,000
Sundry Expenses 1,40,000
Furniture Purchased 20,000

Other Information: There were considerable amount of Cash Sales. Credit Purchases during the year amounted
to ` 2,30,000. Provide a provision for Doubtful Debts to the extent of 10% on Debtors
Solution:
Ram Prakash
To, Opening Stock 60,000 By, Sales:
To, Purchases 2,30,000 Credit (WN 1) 4,40,000
To, Transportation 40,000 Cash (WN 3) 84,000
To, Gross Profit c/d 2,14,000 By, Closing Stock 20,000
5,44.000 5,44.000
To, Sundry Exp. 1,40,000
Less: Unpaid exp. For 2021 12,000 2,14,000
By, Gross Profit b/d
1,28,000
Less: Prepaid Exp. 2022 4,000
1,24,000
20.000 1,44,000
Add: Unpaid Exp. For 2022
To, Provision for Doubtful Debts. 14,000
To, Net Profit transferred to Capital A/c 56,000
2,14,000 2,14,000
Creditors (WN 2) 70,000 Cash and balance 6,000

Unpaid Expenses 20,000 Debtors 1,40,000
Capital (WN 4) 2,50,000 Less: Provision for 14,000 1,26,000
Add: Net Profit 56,000 Doubtful Debts 20,000
3,06,000 Closing Stock 4,000
Less: Drawing (120,000) 1,86,000 Prepaid Expenses
Furniture 1,00,000
Add: Additions 20,000 1,20,000
2,76,000 2,76,000

Working Notes:
1. Calculation of Credit Sales:
Dr. Total Debtors Account Cr.
To, Balance b/d 1,20,000 By, Cash/Bank A/c 4,20,000
To, Sales A/c — credit (Bal. fig.) 4,40,000 By, Balance c/d 1,40,000
5,60,000 5,60,000
2. Calculation of Closing Creditors Balance:
Dr. Total Creditors Account Cr.
To, Cash/Bank A/c 2,00,000 By, Balance c/d 40,000
To, Balance c/d (b/f) 70,000 By, Purchase A/c 2,30,000
(Credit Purchases)
2,70,000 2,70,000
3. Calculation of Cash Sales:
Dr. Cash Book Cr.
To, Balance b/d 22,000 By, Total creditors A/c 2,00,000
To, Total Debtors A/c 4,20,000 By, Drawings A/c 1,20,000
To, Sales A/c (b/f) 84,000 By, Sundry Exp. A/c 1,40,000
By, Transportation A/c 40,000
By, Furniture A/c 20,000
5,26,000 5,26,000
4. Calculation of Opening Capital:

Statement of Affairs as at 31st March, 2021
Creditors 40,000 Furniture A/c 1,00,000
Unpaid Expenses 12,000 Stock 60,000
Capital (B/F) 2,50,000 Debtors 1,20,000
Cash in Hand 22,000
3,02,000 3,02,000

Illustration 27
The following is the Balance Sheet of Chirag as on 31st March, 2021:
Balance Sheet as on April 1, 2021
Capital Account 48,000 Building 32,500
Loan 15,000 Furniture 5,000
Creditor 31,000 Motor Car 9,000
Stock 20,000
Debtors 17,000
Cash in Hand 2,000
Cash at Bank 8,500
94,000 94,000
A riot occurred on the night of 31st March, 2022 in which all books and records were lost. The cashier had
absconded with the available cash. He gives you the following information:
(a) His sales for the year ended 31st March, 2022 were 20% higher than the previous year’s. He always sells
his goods at cost plus 25%; 20% of the total sales for the year ended 31st March, 2022 were for cash. There
were no cash purchases.
(b) On 1st April, 2021 the stock level was raised to ` 30,000 and stock was maintained at this new level all
throughout the year.
(c) Collection from debtors amounted to ` 1,40,000 of which ` 35,000 was received in cash, business expenses
amounted to ` 20,000 of which ` 5,000 was outstanding on 31st March, 2022 and ` 6,000 was paid by
cheques.
(d) Analysis of the Pass Book revealed the Payment to Creditors ` 1,37,500, Personal Drawing ` 7,500, Cash
deposited in Bank ` 71,500 and Cash withdrawn from Bank ` 12,000.
(e) Gross Profit as per last year’s audited accounts was ` 30,000.
(f) Provide depreciation on Building and Furniture at 5% and Motor Car at 20%.
(g) The amount defalcated by the cashier may be treated as recoverable from him.
You are required to prepare the Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 and
Balance Sheet as on that date.
Solution: Chirag
Dr. For the year ending on 31st March, 2022 Cr.
To, Opening Stock 20,000 By Sales 1,80,000
To, Purchase (Bal. fig.) 1,54,000 By Closing stock 30,000
To, Gross Profit old (@ 20% on sales) 36,000
2,10,000 2,10,000


To, Sundry Business Expenses 20,000 By, Gross Profit b/d 36,000
To, Depreciation: on Building 1,625
on Furniture 250
on Motor 1,800 3,675
To, Net Profit transferred to Capital A/c. 12,325
36,000 36,000

Capital Account: Building 32,500
Opening Balance 48,000 Less: Depreciation (1,625) 30,875
Add: Net Profit 12,325 Furniture 5,000
60,325 Less: Depreciation (250) 4,750
Less: Drawings (7,500) 52,825 Motor Car 9,000
Loan 15,000 Less: Depreciation (1,800) 7,200
Sundry Creditors [W.N. 2] 47,500 Stock in Trade 30,000
Outstanding expenses 5,000 Sundry Debtors [W.N. 1] 21,000
Cash at Bank [W.N. 3] 22,000
Sundry Advances [W.N. 3] 4,500
(Amount recoverable from
cashier)
1,20,325 1,20,325
Working Notes:
1. Total Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.
To, Balance b/d 17,000 By, Bank (`1,40,000 – `35,000) 1,05,000
To, Sales (80% of ` 1,80,000) 1,44,000 By, Cash A/c 35,000
1,61,000 1,61,000

2. Total Creditors Account

Dr. Cr.
To Bank 1,37,500 By Balance b/d 31,000
To Balance c/d 47,500 By Purchases 1,54,000
1,85,000 1,85,000
3. Cash Book
Dr. Cr.
Particulars Cash (`) Bank (`) Particulars Cash (`) Bank (`)
To, Balance b/d 2,000 8,500 By, Business Expenses 9,000 6,000
To, Sales 36,000 — By, Drawings — 7,500
To, Sundry Debtors 35,000 1,05,000 By, Sundry Creditors — 1,37,500
To, Cash (Contra) — 71,500 By, Bank (Contra) 71,500 —
To, Bank (Contra) 12,000 — By, Cash (Contra) — 12,000
By, Amount Recoverable 4,500 —
from Cashier (Bal. fig.) — 22,000
By, Balance c/d (Bal. fig.)
85,000 1,85,000 85,000 1,85,000
(iv) Last years Total Sales = Gross Profit × 100/20 = ` 30,000 × 100/20 = ` 1,50,000
(v) Current year’s Total Sales = ` 1,50,000 + 20% of ` 1,50,000 = ` 1,80,000
(vi) Current year’s Credit Sales = ` 1,80,000 × 80% = ` 1,44,000
(vii) Cost of Goods Sold = Sales – G.P. = ` 1,80,000 – 36,000 = ` 1,44,000
(viii) Purchases = Cost of Goods Sold + Closing Stock – Opening Stock
=
` 1,44,000 + ` 30,000 – ` 20,000 = ` 1,54,000.
Illustration 28
The Statement of affairs of Mr. R on Saturday, the 31st December 2021 was as follows:

Capital 50,000 Fixed Assets 30,000
Liability for Expenses 1,000 Debtors 15,000
Bank 5,000
Cash 1,000
61,000 61,000

Mr. R did not maintain has books on the double entry system. But he carefully follows the following system:
(a) Every week he draws `200.
(b) After meeting his weekly sundry expenses (` 100 on average) and his drawings, the balance of weekly
collection is banked at the commencement of. the next week.
(c) No cash purchase is made and creditors are paid by cheques.
(d) Sales are at fixed price which include 20% profit on sales.
(e) Credit sales are few and are noted in a diary. Payments are received in cheques only from such parties.
(f) Expenses other, than sundries and other special drawings are made in. cheques.
(g) All unpaid bills are kept in a file carefully.
The following are his bank transactions for 13 weeks:

Balance on Jan. 1 5,000 Creditors Paid 40,000
Cheques Deposited 2,000 Rent Paid 600
Cash Deposited 42,000 Expenses (other than Sundry Expenses) 3,000
Balance on April 1. 5,400
49,000 49,000
After 13 weeks on 1st April (Monday) the entire cash was missing when it was to be deposited in the bank. The
following further facts are ascertained:
(a) Stock on that day was valued at ` 4,000;
(b) Sundry Debtors amounted to ` 20,000 as per diary;
(c) Sundry Creditors were ` 8,000 as per unpaid bills file. Find out the amount of cash missing.
Solution
Dr. Sundry Debtors Account Cr.

To, Balance b/f 15,000 By, Bank A/c 2,000
To, Credit Sales (Bal. fig.) A/c 7,000 By, Balance c/f 20,000
22,000 22,000
Dr. Sundry Creditors Account Cr.

To, Bank A/c 40,000 By, Balance b/f 10,000
To, Balance c/f 8,000 By, Credit Purchases (Bal. fig.) 38,000
48,000 48,000


To, Balance b/f 1,000 By, Drawing: (13 × ` 200) 2,600
To, Cash Sales 48,000 By, Sundry Expenses: (13 × ` 100) 1,300
By, Bank A/c 42,000
By, Balance being cash missing 3,100
49,000 49,000
Note: Calculation of Cash Sales:
Particulars (`)
Opening Stock 10,000
Add: Purchases 38,000
48,000
Less: Closing Stock Cost of goods sold, 4,000
44,000
Add: Gross Profit @ 20% on Sales i.e., 25% on cost 11,000
Total Sales 55,000
Less Credit Sales 7,000
Cash Sales 48,000
Illustration 29
Mrs. Laxmi, a retail trader needs final accounts for the year ended 31.03.2022 for the purpose of taking a bank
loan. However, she informs you that principle of double entry had not been followed. With following inputs,
prepare a Profit & Loss A/c for the year ended 31.03.2022 and Balance sheet as on 31.03.2022.
Details of receipts and payments:
(i) Cash deposited in bank ` 3,500
(ii) Dividend on personal A/c deposited into bank ` 250
(iii) Tuition fees of Laxmi’s daughter paid by cheque ` 4,500
(iv) Rent for the year by cheque ` 9,000
(v) Cash received from debtors ` 52,500
(vi) Paid to creditors ` 40,025
(vii) Salaries & wages paid in cash ` 9,000
(viii) Transportation in cash ` 2,750
(ix) Office electricity in cash ` 6,600
(x) Electricity (house) in cash ` 7,200
(xi) General expenses in cash ` 890.

Opening and Closing Balances of Assets & Liabilities:

Particulars 31.03.2021 31.03.2022
Stock 42,500 22,500
Bank 55,500 20,500
Cash 10,850 10,500
Debtors 16,800 14,800
Creditors 15,600 22,800
Investments 15,000 15,000
She also informs you that she draws ` 6,000 from bank on monthly basis and some debtors deposit cheques
directly in bank.
Solution:
Dr. Stock Account Cr.

To, Balance b/d 42,500 By, Cost of sales (Bal. fig) A/c 90,135
To, Purchases (credit) A/c 47,225 By, Balance c/d 22,500
To, Cash (purchases) A/c 22,910
1,12,635 1,12,635

To, Balance b/d 55,500 By, Drawings A/c (tuition fees) 4,500
To, Cash A/c 3,500 By, Rent A/c 9,000
To, Capital (dividend) 250 By, Creditors A/c 40,025
To, Debtors (Bal. fig.) 86,775 By, Drawings A/c (@ ` 6,000 pm) 72,000
1,46,025 1,46,025

To, Balance b/d 10,850 By, Bank A/c 3,500
To, Debtors A/c 52,500 By, Salaries & Wages A/c 9,000
By, Transportation A/c 2,750


By, Electricity A/c 6,600
By, Drawings A/c (electricity) 7,200
By, General Expenses A/c 890
By, Purchases (Bal. fig.) 22,910
63,350 63,350
Dr. Debtors Account Cr.

To, Balance b/d 16,800 By, Cash A/c 52,500
To, Sales A/c (credit Sales) (Bal. fig.) 1,37,275 By, Bank A/c 86,775
1,54,075 1,54,075
Dr. Creditors Account Cr.

To, Bank A/c 40,025 By, Balance b/d 15,600
To, Balance c/d 22,800 By, Purchases A/c (credit) (Bal. fig.) 47,225
62,825 62,825
Dr. Mrs. Laxmi’s capital Account Cr.

To, Drawings A/c (Tuition Fees) 4,500 By, Balance b/d (Bal. fig.) 1,25,050
To, Drawings A/c (Electricity) 7,200 By, Bank A/c (Dividend ) 250
To, Drawings A/c (Bank) 72,000
To, Balance c/d 41,600
1,25,300 1,25,300
Dr. Trading Account Cr.

To, Opening Stock A/c 42,500 By Sales A/c 1,37,275
To, Purchases A/c 70,135 By Closing Stock A/c 22,500


To, Gross profit c/d 47,140
1,59,775 1,59,775
Dr. Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2022 Cr.

To, Rent A/c 9,000 By, Gross Profit b/d 47,140
To, Salary & Wages A/c 9,000
To, Transportation A/c 2,750
To, Electricity A/c 6,600
To, General Expenses A/c 890
To, Net Profit c/d 18,900
47,140 47,140
Balance sheet as on 31st March 2022

Creditors 22,800 Stock 22,500
Capital (Bal. fig.) 41,600 Bank 20,500
Net profit 18,900 Cash 10,500
Debtors 14,800
Investment 15,000
83,300 83,300

Solved Case
Mr. M. Raja, is a graduate in Sociology who hails from a middle-class family in Madurai, Tamil Nadu. Since
his childhood, Raja intended to be a businessman like Mr. P. Nageswar, father of his best friend N. Premnath.
Accordingly, he started his personal sole proprietary business trading in coconut oil in the year 2019-20. Mr. Raja,
not being very conversant with accounts of the business, approaches you for helping him with the finalisation of
the accounts of the financial year 2021-22. He furnishes you with the following bank summary for the year ended
March 31, 2022:
(`) (`)
Balance on April 1, 2021 11,000
Add: Deposits
Cash (out of cash sales) 1,25,000
Collection from Credit Customers 3,50,000
Income from personal investments 36,000 5,11,000
5,22,000
Less: Deductions
Cash withdrawn for personal drawings 20,000
Shop expenses 40,000
Cheques issued to suppliers of:
Goods 3,50,000
Supplies 40,000
Cheques issued for personal purposes 55,000
Bank charges 500 5,05,500
Balance on March 31, 2022 16,500
Mr. Raja informs you that he had the following Assets and Liabilities (in addition to the Bank Balances) on
March 31, the extracts of which are as under:
2021-22 (`) 2020-21 (`)

Assets:
Cash Balance 7,000 4,000
Amounts due from Customers 37,000 27,500
Unsold Inventory at Cost 13,000 10,000
Prepaid Expenses 3,000 2,000
60,000 43,500

2021-22 (`) 2020-21 (`)

Liabilities:
Creditors for Goods 23,000 28,000
Creditors for Services 2,500 1,500
25,500 29,500
He also informs you the following:

(a) He uses 75% of cash sale proceeds for making cash purchases; the remaining balance being deposited in
Bank.
(b) He had allowed cash discount of ` 5,000 to his credit customers for prompt payment; he was allowed cash
discount ` 7,000 by his suppliers of goods for prompt payment.
(c) Collections from credit customers and payments to suppliers of goods are invariable by crossed cheques.
1. What is the balance of Mr. M. Raja’s capital account as on April 1, 2021?
2. Ascertain the amounts of credit sales and credit purchases made by the business during the year 2021-22.
3. Determine the operating result of the business by preparing the Trading and Profit & Loss account for the
year ended March 31, 2022.
4. Draft the Balance Sheet of the business as at March 31, 2022.
Solution:
1. Capital balance on 1.1.2021 is - `25,000

Capital [Opening Capital: 25,000 Inventory 10,000
Bal. Fig.] Due from Customers 27,500
Creditors for: Prepaid Expenses 2,000
Goods 28,000 Bank 11,000
Services 1,500 Cash 4,000
54,500 54,500
2. Credit Sales is - `3,64,500 and Credit Purchase is - `3,52,000

Dr. Customers Account Cr.
To, Balance b/f 27,500 By, Bank A/c 3,50,000
To, Sales A/c [Credit Sales: Bal. 3,64,500 By, Discount Allowed A/c 5,000
Fig.] By, Balance c/f 37,000
3,92,000 3,92,000


To, Bank A/c 3,50,000 By, Balance b/f 28,000
To, Discount Received A/c 7,000 By, Purchases A/c [Credit 3,52,000
To, Balance c/f 23,000 purchases: Bal. Fig.]
3,80,000 3,80,000
3. Operating result - `65,000

Trading and Profit & Loss Accounts
Dr. for the year ended Dec. 31, 2022 Cr.
To, Opening Stock 10,000 By, Sales:
To, Purchases: Cash [WN:4] 3,75,000 Cash [WN:4] 5,00,000
Credit 3,52,000 7,27,000 Credit 3,64,500 8,64,500
To, Gross Profit c/d (Bal. 1,40,500 By, Closing Stock at Cost 13,000
fig.)
8,77,500 8,77,500
To, Expenses [WN:3] 77,000 By, Gross Profit b/d 1,40,500
To, Bank Charges 500 By, Discount Received 7,000
To, Discount Allowed 5,000
transferred] (Bal. fig.) 1,47,500 1,47,500
4. Balance Sheet as on Dec. 31, 2022

Opening Capital 25,000 Inventory 13,000
Add: Net Profit 65,000 Due from Customers 37,000
Further Capital [income 36,000 Prepaid Expenses Bank 3,000
from personal investment] Cash 16,500
1,26,000
7,000
75,000
Less: Drawings [ 20,000 + 51,000
55,000]
Creditors for: Goods
23,000
Services
2,500
76,500 76,500

Working Note:
1.
Books of Raja
Receipt and Payment Accounts for the year ended Dec. 31, 2022
To, Opening Balance: By, Cash Purchases [WN:4] 3,75,000
Cash 4,000 By, Payment to Suppliers 3,50,000
Bank 11,000 By Payments for Services: Cash 37,000
To, Cash Sales [WN:4] 5,00,000 Cheques 40,000
To, Collection from Customers 3,50,000 By, Bank Charges 500
Capital Introduces: By, Drawings [20,000 + 55,000] 75,000
Income from Personal Investment 36,000 By Closing Balance:
Cash 7,000
Bank 16,500
9,01,000 9,01,000
2. Expenses Paid during 2021-22

Date Particulars ` Date Particulars `
To, Balance b/f 4,000 By Purchases A/c [WN:4] 3,75,000

To, Sales A/c [WN:4] 5,00,000 By Bank A/c [Amount deposited] 1,25,000
To, Bank A/c [Withdrawn from By Expenses A/c [Expenses 37,000
bank for shop expenses] 40,000 paid: Bal. Fig.]
By Balance c/f 7,000
5,44,000 5,44,000
3. Expenses to be transferred to Profit & Loss Accounts
Particulars (`)
Expenses Paid: Cash [WN:2] 37,000
Cheque 40,000
77,000
Add: Prepaid Expenses on 31.12.2021 2,000
Outstanding Expenses on 31.12.2022 2,500
81,500
Less: Prepaid Expenses on 31.12.2022 3,000
78,500

Particulars (`)
Less: Outstanding Expenses on 31.12.2021 1,500
⸫ Expenses to be debited to Profit & Loss A/c 77,000
4. Cash Sales & Cash Purchases during 2022

75% of Cash Sale proceeds are used for Cash Purchases
⸫ 25% Amount of Cash Sale proceeds deposited into Bank
⸫ Cash Sales = Cash deposited × 100/25 = 1,25,000 × 100/25 = 5,00,000
⸫ Cash Purchases = 75% of Cash Sale proceeds = 5,00,000 × 75% = 3,75,000

Exercise
1. In case of a Club, the excess of expenditure over income is called as :

(a) Surplus
(b) Deficit
(c) Capital Fund
(d) Investment in Fixed Assets
2. Due to retrospective effect on revision of salary of employees, the arrears of salary relating to past years,
payable in current year is
(a) Prior - period item
(b) Extra - ordinary item
(c) Ordinary item requiring separate disclosure
(d) Contingent item
3. Income statement of a Charitable Institution is known as
(a) Statement of profit and loss
(b) Receipts and Payments Account
(c) Income and Expenditure Account
(d) Profit and Loss Account
4. Which of the following will not appear in P&L A/c?
(a) Capital
(b) Bad Debts
(c) Provision for Doubtful Debts
(d) Rent paid
5. Outstanding salaries is shown as –
(a) An Asset in the Balance Sheet
(b) A Liability in the Balance sheet
(c) By adjusting it in the P & L A/c
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Answer:
1 b 2 c 3 c 4 a 5 d
1. The preparation of Trading Account always starts with the Opening Stock of inventory.
2. Income & Expenditure Account is drafted by a trading concern.

3. Balance Sheet is prepared to show the operating results of an organisation on a specific date.
4. Final Accounts is prepared from the balances of ledger accounts
5. Receipts & Payments A/c begins with the cash & bank balance at the beginning of the accounting
period.
6. Endowments received by a non-profit organisation are to be treated as revenue receipts.
7. Income & Expenditure A/c determines the ‘Surplus’ or ‘Deficit’ of the accounting period by matching
expenses/ losses against incomes and gains.
8. Income & Expenditure A/c is a summarised form of the Cash Book.
9. Cash in hand represents cash actually held by the business on the balance sheet date.
10. Subscription received by an organisation is a Revenue Receipt.
Answers:
1 False 2 False 3 False 4 True 5 True

6 False 7 True 8 False 9 True 10 True
1. Outstanding subscription is shown in the___________ side of Balance Sheet.

2. The Sales ` 180 Lakh, Purchases ` 129 Lakh and Opening Stock ` 33 Lakh. If the rate of Gross Profit is
50% on cost, then the value of closing stock will be ________________ .
3. Profit & Loss Account is drafted to determine the _________ of a concern.
4. Distribution of profits is a/ an ________ item.
5. _________ is an account which is prepared by a merchandising concern which purchases goods and
sells the same during a particular period.
6. Advance subscription is reflected in the –––––––––– side of the Balance Sheet.
7. In Receipts & Payments Account, all receipts (whether, capital or revenue) are recorded on the _____-
hand side of this account, while all payments (whether, capital or revenue) are recorded on the ______-
hand side of this account.
8. Subscriptions received in advance by a Club are shown on _________ side of the Balance Sheet.
Answer:
1 Asset 2 ` 42 Lakh
3 Net Profit/ Loss 4 appropriation
5 Trading A/c 6 Liabilities
7 left, right; 8 Liabilities

1. Following information is given: (`)

Opening Stock 2,13,000
Purchase 16,55,000
Sales 21,32,000
Carriage Outwards 38,600
Return Inwards 38,000
The rate of gross profit is 25% on cost then value of closing stock will be –––––––––––.
(a) ` 2,57,800
(b) `1,94,900
(c) `2,25,300
(d) ` 3,30,000
2. Subscription of ` 6,25,000 had been shown in the Income and Expenditure Account prepared for the
year ending 31st March, 2021. Additional information is as below:
Particulars On 31st March, 2020 (`) On 31st March, 2021 (`)
Subscription Outstanding 55,000 72,000
Subscription Received in Advance 31,000 37,000
The amount of subscription received during the year 2020-21would be :
(a) ` 6,36,000
(b) ` 6,02,000
(c) ` 6,14,000
(d) ` 6,48,000
3. If opening capital is `70,000 and closing capital is `90,000, what is the amount of profit or loss?
(a) ` 20,000 Profit
(b) ` 20,000 Loss
(c) ` 70,000 Loss
(d) ` 90,000 Profit
4. A Charitable Institution has 250 members with a annual subscription of ` 5,000 each. The subscription
received during 2020-21 were ` 11,25,000, which include ` 65,000 and 25,000 for the years of 2019-20
and 2021-22 respectively. Amount of outstanding subscription for the 2020-21 will be:
(a) ` 90,000
(b) ` 1,25,000
(c) ` 2,15,000
(d) ` 1,90,000

5. If average inventory is ` 1,25,000 and closing inventory is ` 10,000 less than opening inventory then the
value of closing inventory will be:
(a) ` 1,35,000
(b) ` 1,15,000
(c) ` 1,30,000
(d) ` 1,20,000
Answers:
1 c 2 c 3 a 4 c 5 d
1. From the following Trial Balance of Shri Gurudas, prepare Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the
year ended March 31, 2022 and the Balance Sheet as on that date, after taking into consideration the
adjustments (All figures in ` ‘000):
Dr. (`) Cr. (`)

Cash in hand 2,000
Stock 7,000
Creditors 7,800
Debtors 38,400
Drawings 10,260
Sales 185,600
Purchases 162,400
Wages 14,400
Expenses 10,340
Furniture 8,000
Goodwill 6,000
Capital 65,400
Total 258,800 258,800
Adjustments:
(a) Stock on 31.12.2022 was valued at ` 9,000. In view of the constant fall in prices, it has been decided
to value stock at 10% less.
(b) Furniture (book value on 1.4.2021 ` 800) was sold on 30.9.2021 for ` 900 and it was passed through
Sales Day Book.
(c) Private purchases of the proprietor amounting to ` 200 had been booked through Purchases Book.

(d) Depreciate furniture at 10% p.a.

(e) Sales Book was overcast by ` 100.
(f) Wages outstanding ` 100, though included in Wages Account, was not included in the Trial Balance.
(g) Provide for bad debts @ 5% on debtors and 2.5% for discount on debtors.
_[Answer: Net Loss ` 4,626, Balance Sheet Total ` 58,214]
2. From the following ledger balances and additional information obtained from Mrs. Kamala Shrivastav,
prepare Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 and Balance Sheet as
on that date:
Particulars Dr. (`) Cr. (`)

Stock-in-trade on 1.4.2021 3,00,000
Purchases and Sales 20,50,000 35,40,000
Returns 40,000 50,000
Wages 2,00,000
Carriage inwards 50,000
Power & Light 20,000
Discount 10,000 20,000
Miscellaneous Expenses 1,50,000
Salaries 1,00,000
Outstanding Salaries 30,000
Outstanding Rent 10,000
Depreciation 1,50,000
Rent & Rates 1,20,000
Prepaid Insurance 10,000
Life insurance premium 10,000
Insurance 20,000
Income Tax paid 30,000
Freehold Premises 10,00,000
Furniture 2,00,000
Debtors & Creditors 4,50,000 5,00,000
Bills Receivable and Payable 1,00,000 90,000
Drawings and Capital 50,000 20,00,000
Cash and Bank 6,80,000


Plant 5,00,000
62,40,000 62,40,000
(a) Closing stock on 31.3.2022 ` 4,00,000.
(b) Stock destroyed by fire was ` 20,000 and the insurance company accepted the claim partly for `
15,000.
(c) Goods purchased on credit worth ` 30,000 on March 30, 2022 was omitted to be recorded in the
books.
(d) Purchases include goods valued ` 10,000 purchased for private purposes.
(e) Bills Receivable and cheques from customers dishonoured ` 20,000 and ` 10,000 respectively, but
no entries were made in the books of accounts.
[Answer: Net Profit ` 7,95,000, Balance Sheet Total ` 33,45,000]
3. The following is the Receipts and Payments Account of Galaxy Women’s Cricket Club for the year
ended December 31, 2021:

To Balance b/d: By Ground Maintenance 5,250
Cash at bank 8,500 By Salaries 9,000
Cash in hand 3,000 By Gym Equipments 25,000
To Subscriptions 61,250 By Sports Expenses 11,750
To Life Membership Fees 7,500 By Coaches’ Remuneration 10,000
By General Expenses 2,750
By Travelling expenses 2,000
By Balance c/d:
Cash at bank 10,250
Cash in hand 4,250
80,250 80,250
(a) Interest on savings bank account for ` 880 has not been entered in the Cash Book.
(b) 80% of the Life Membership Fees is to be capitalized.
(c) An old gym equipment (WDV ` 20,000) was exchanged at an agreed price of ` 12,500 for a new gym
equipment costing ` 37,500.
(d) The balances of some accounts are as under:

31.12.2021 31.12.2020
Outstanding Salaries 750 1,500
Arrear Subscriptions 8,000 5,250
Advance Subscriptions 6,750 3,500
Prepaid Ground maintenance 2,250 3,000
Gym Equipments 57,500 45,000
You are required to prepare the Income and Expenditure Account of the club for the year ended on
December 31, 2021.
[Answer: Surplus ` 9,880]
4. The following is the Receipts & Payments Account of Citizen Sports Club for the year ended December
31,2021:
To Balance (1.1.2018) 2,40,000 By Upkeep of ground 2,10,000
To Subscriptions 8,70,000 By Secretary’s Salary 3,60,000
To Entrance Fees 50,000 By Wages of groundsmen 2,40,000
To Proceeds of Concerts 1,50,000 By Ground rent 15,000
To Interest on Investments 50,000 By Printing & Stationery 20,000
By Sundry Expenses 17,500
By Balance (31.12.2018) 4,97,500
13,60,000 13,60,000
(a) Subscriptions include arrear subscription brought over from previous year ` 50,000.
(b) Interest on Investments includes ` 10,000 in respect of interest accrued in the preceding period.
(c) Upkeep of ground and Wages of groundsmen include ` 30,000 and ` 15,000 respectively applicable
to the preceding year.
(d) Other ledger balances at the commencement of the financial period were: Capital Fund ` 40,10,000;
Surplus brought forward ` 8,90,000; Club Premises and Grounds (as per valuation) ` 30,00,000;
Investments ` 10,00,000; Sports materials ` 2,45,000; Furniture ` 4,00,000.
(e) Entrance fees are to be capitalised.
(f) Outstanding liabilities on 31.12.2021: Wages of groundsmen ` 20,000; Printing ` 10,000.
(g) Interest accrued and outstanding on investments was ` 12,000.
(h) Depreciation to be provided on Club Premises by 2%, Furniture by 5% and Sports Equipment by
33.33%
Prepare the Income & Expenditure Account for the year ended December 31, 2021 and Balance Sheet
as on that date.
[Answer: Surplus ` 12,833, Total of Balance Sheet ` 49,92,833]

5. The following is the Income and Expenditure Account of Moon Club for the year ending 31st
March, 2022:
Dr. Cr.
To Provisions used: By Subscription 68,000
Opening Stock 20,000 By Sale of Provisions 3,26,000
Add : Purchases 2,80,000
3,00,000
Less : Closing Stock 10,000 2,90,000
To Salaries & Wages 36,000
To General Expenses 10,000
To Depreciation on Equipment 2,000
To Surplus 56,000
3,94,000 3,94,000
The following Balance Sheets are also provided:

Liabilities 31.3.22 31.3.21 Assets 31.3.22 31.3.21
Suppliers for provisions 16,000 20,000 Equipment
Capital Fund 94,000 1,50,000 (Cost Less Depreciation) 20,000 50,000
Stock of Provisions 20,000 10,000
Arrear Subscription 10,000 20,000
Cash at Bank & in hand 60,000 90,000
1,10,000 1,70,000 1,10,000 1,70,000
From the above details prepare the Receipt and Payments Account for the year ended 31.3.2022 of the club.
[Answer: Closing Cash and Bank Balance of Receipts & Payments Account ` 90,000,
Total of Balance Sheet ` 49,92,833]
6. Mr. Raja, a sole trader furnishes you with the following bank summary for the year ended December 31,
2022
Balance on December 31, 2021 11,000
Add: Deposits:
Cash [out of cash sales] 1,25,000
Collection from Credit Customers 3,50,000
Income from Personal Investment 36,000
5,11,000
5,22,000

Deduct:
Cash Withdrawn from:
Personal Drawings 20,000
Shop Expenses 40,000
60,000
Cheques issued to Suppliers of:
Goods 3,50,000
Services 40,000 3,90,000
Cheques issued for Personal Purposes 55,000
Bank Charges 500 5,05,500
Balance on December 31, 2022 16,500
Raja informs you that he had the following Assets and Liabilities in addition to the Bank Balances
described on December 31:
Asset & Liabilities 2022 2021

Assets:
Cash Balance 7,000 4,000
Amounts due from Customers 37,000 27,500
Unsold Inventory at Cost 13,000 10,000
Prepaid Expenses 3,000 2,000
60,000 43,500
Liabilities:
Creditors for:
Goods 23,000 28,000
Services 2,500 1,500
25,500 29,500
He also informs you that:

(a) He uses 75% of cash sale proceeds for making cash purchases; the remaining balance being
deposited in Bank.
(b) He had allowed cash discount of 5,000 to his credit customers for prompt payment; he was allowed
cash discount 7,000 by his suppliers of goods for prompt payment.
(c) Collections from credit customers and payments to suppliers of goods are invariable by crossed
cheques.
Raja ask you to show his capital account and prepare:
(i) Receipt and payment account for the year ended December 31, 2022

(ii) Trading and Profit & Loss account for the year ended December 31, 2022
(iii) Balance Sheet as on December 31, 2022
[Answer: Closing Cash Balance ` 7,000 and Closing Bank Balance ` 16,500 of Receipts &
Payments Account ` 90,000, Net Profit ` 65,000, Total of Balance Sheet ` 76,500]
Unsolved Case
Citizen Sports Club is a prominent sports club of Nagpur, Maharashtra. During the immediately concluded
financial year, the club organised a number of activities during a year involving its members. The following extracts
of the various receipts and payments made by the club during the year ended December 31, 2022 has been made
available to you from the club’s office records:

To, Balance (01.04.2021) 2,40,000 By, Upkeep of ground 2,10,000
To, Subscriptions 8,70,000 By, Secretary’s salary 3,60,000
To, Entrance fees 50,000 By, Wages of groundsmen 2,40,000
To, Proceeds of concerts 1,50,000 By, Ground rent 15,000
To, Interest on investments 50,000 By, Printing & Stationery 20,000
By, Sundry Expenses 17,500
By, Balance (31.03.2022) 4,97,500
13,60,000 13,60,000
Mr. Girish Agarkar, the secretary of the club has approached you to finalise the accounts of the club. As per his
advice, the chief accountant of the club, Mr. Parash Ojha proived you the following additional information:
(a) Subscriptions include arrear subscription brought over from previous year ` 50,000.
(b) Interest on Investments includes ` 10,000 in respect of interest accrued in the preceding period.
(c) Upkeep of ground and Wages of groundsmen include ` 30,000 and ` 15,000 respectively applicable to the
preceding year.
(d) Other ledger balances at the commencement of the financial period were:
Capital Fund ` 40,10,000; Surplus brought forward `8,90,000; Club Premises and Grounds (as per valuation)
` 30,00,000; Investments ` 10,00,000; Sports materials ` 2,45,000; Furniture ` 400,000.
(e) Entrance fees are to be capitalised.
(f) Outstanding liabilities on 31.03.2022: Wages of groundsmen ` 20,000; Printing ` 10,000.
(g) Interest accrued and outstanding on investments was ` 12,000.
(h) Depreciation to be provided on different assets at the following rates:
Club Premises by 2%, Furniture by 5% and Sports Equipments by 33.33%
1. Determine how much surplus, if any, has been earned by Citizen Sports Club during the financial year
2021-22.
2. Prepare the Balance Sheet of the Club as on March 31, 2022.

SECTION-D
Partnership Accounting
Partnership Accounting 4

4.1 Admission of Partner
4.2 Retirement of Partner
4.3 Death of Partner
4.4 Treatment of Joint Life Policy
4.5 Dissolution of Partnership Firms Including Piecemeal Distribution
4.6 Amalgamation of Partnership Firms
4.7 Conversion of Partnership Firm into a Company and Sale of Partnership Firm to a Company
4.8 Accounting of Limited Liability Partnership

To develop detail understanding of accounting for changes in partnership structure and accounting in an LLP.
(CMLO 4a, c)

~~ Understand the accounting for admission of partner
~~ Know the process of accounting for retirement of partner
~~ Do the accounting in the event of death of a partner;
~~ Understand the treatment and accounting of joint life policy taken on partners;
~~ Learn the accounting in the event of dissolution of a partnership (including different methods of accounting
for piecemeal distribution)
~~ Understanding the accounting of amalgamation of partnership firms;
~~ Do the accounting in the event of conversion of partnership firm to a company and sale of partnership firm
to a company;
~~ Understand the concept of Limited Liability Partnership (LLP) and accounting thereof.

Admission of Partner 4.1
A
ccording to Section 4 of the Indian Partnership Act, 1932, the term ‘partnership’ refers to ‘the relation
between two or more persons who have agreed to share the profits of a business carried on by all or any
of them acting for all.’ The persons who have entered into partnership agreement with each other are
referred to as Partners, and they are collectively referred to as the Partnership Firm.
Sometimes for the requirement of additional capital, technical support or to improve managerial efficiency, a
continuing partnership firm, in consensus with all the partners, decides to admit a new partner in their business.
Section 31(1) of the Indian Partnership Act, 1932 provides that a person can be admitted as a new partner only
with the consent of all the existing partners, unless otherwise agreed upon.
This is a form of reconstruction of partnership, as because whenever a new partner is admitted to a firm, the
partnership between/among the existing partners comes to an end which begins a new partnership.
Usually the following accounting adjustments are required at the time of such admission:
1. Computation of New Profit-Sharing Ratio
2. Revaluation of Assets and Liabilities
3. Distribution of Reserves, Accumulated Profits and Losses
4. Adjustment for Goodwill
5. Adjustments regarding Capital Contribution of new partner and the Capitals of the existing partners
6. Adjustment for Life Policy.
Computation of New Profit-Sharing Ratio:

In the event of admission of a partner, the existing partners usually sacrifice a share of their future profit, which
the new partner becomes entitled to.
The ratio in which each of the existing partners sacrifice their share of profit on the event of admission of a new
partner is referred to as Sacrificing Ratio [which is basically, (Old Ratio – New Ratio)].
The new profit-sharing ratio may be agreed upon by the partners, or the mutual profit-sharing ratio among the
existing partners may remain unchanged after giving away the share of the new partner.
Revaluation of Assets and Liabilities:

In order to unveil any ‘secret profit’ or ‘secret loss’ existing in the books of accounts, the revaluation of Assets
and Liabilities are done at the time of Admission (or any other form of Reconstruction), so that they reflect their
fair values. A firm earns profit as a result of increase in the value of assets and/or decrease in the value of liabilities.

Similarly loss suffered by an entity when there is decrease in assets and/or increase in liabilities. The effect of
such revaluations are given by opening a Revaluation Account through the following journals:
Particulars Journal Entry

Assets Upward revaluation: Asset A/c Dr.
To Revaluation A/c
Downward revaluation: Revaluation A/c Dr.
To Asset A/c
Recording of unrecorded asset Asset A/c Dr.
To Revaluation A/c
Liabilities Upward revaluation: Revaluation A/c Dr.
To Liability A/c
Downward revaluation: Liability A/c Dr.
To Revaluation A/c
Recording of unrecorded liability Revaluation A/c Dr.
To Liability A/c
Revaluation Paid by the firm Revaluation A/c Dr.
Expenses To Bank A/c
Paid by the partner Revaluation A/c Dr.
To Partner’s Capital A/c
A firm may decide to give the effect of such revaluations without incorporating the changes in the Balance Sheet
values of those assets and liabilities. In that case, they have to open one Memorandum Revaluation Account. The
preparation of Memorandum Revaluation Account involves the following:
(i) Record increase/decrease in the value of assets and liabilities as discussed.
(ii) Share the profit or loss on Revaluation amongst the old partners in their old profit sharing Ratio.
(iii) Reverse the increase/decrease in the value of assets and liabilities.
(iv) After reversal, calculate profit or loss.
(v) Share the profit/loss, after reversal amongst all the partners (including the new partner) in their new profit
sharing ratio.
Memorandum Revaluation Account

To Assets (Decrease) xx By Assets (Increase) xx
To, Liabilities A/c (Increase) xx By, Libilities A/c (Decrease) xx


To, Partners Capital A/c xx By, Partners Capital A/c (Share of xx
(Share of Revaluation Profit) Revaluation loss) [Old Partners in their Old
profit sharing ratio]
[Old Partners in old Profit sharing Ratio] xx
xxx xxx
To, Reversal of Items b/d xx By, Revarsal of Items b/d xx
To, Partners’ Capital A/c xx By, Partners’ Capital A/c xx
(Revaluation Profit amount all partners (Revaluation loss amought all partners
in new profit sharing Ratio) in their new Profit sharing (Ratio)
xxx xxx
Distribution of Reserves, Accumulated Profits and Losses:

Reserves and accumulated profits or losses refer to the profits/losses that had been earned in preceding accounting
periods but not yet distributed to the existing partners. For reserves and accumulated profits, partners’ capital
accounts are credited and for accumulated losses partners’ capital accounts are debited in the old profit sharing
ratio. The accounting entries are as follows:
In case of Reserves/ Accumulated Profits
Under Fluctuating Capital Method Under Fixed Capital Method
Reserves A/c Dr. Reserves A/c Dr.

Profit and Loss A/c Dr. Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To Partners’ Capital A/c To Partners’ Current A/c
(Among old partners in old p.s.r.) (Among old partners in old p.s.r.)
In case of Accumulated Loss
Under Fluctuating Capital Method Under Fixed Capital Method
Partners’ Capital A/c Dr. Partners’ Current A/c Dr.
To Profit and Loss A/c To Profit and Loss A/c
(Among old partners in old p.s.r.) (Among old partners in old p.s.r.)
Adjustment for Goodwill:

Due to the existence of goodwill (generated by the old partners), a firm may have the capacity to earn super-
normal profit, the share of which will be enjoyed by the new partner from the moment of admission to the firm. For
this reason, an incoming partner is supposed to bring in, some extra amount in addition to the capital contribution.
This extra amount is called Premium for Goodwill.

When the incoming partners brings in his share of Premium for goodwill then it is to be shared among the
existing partners in the Sacrificing Ratio.
~~ Journal Entry:
Bank A/c Dr.
To, Sacrificing Partners’ Capital A/c
In case the incoming partner fails to bring in the Premium for Goodwill, it is to be checked whether the
failure on the part of the incoming partner is a ‘temporary failure’ or a ‘permanent failure’.
~~ Temporary Failure: In such a case, accounting is done involving ‘New Partner’s Loan A/c’, as follows:
New Partner’s Loan A/c Dr.
~~ Permanent Failure: This adjustment can be given effect to in two alternative ways:
●● Involving Goodwill Account; or
●● Without involving Goodwill Account/ Capital Adjustment.
Involving Goodwill Account

In this case, the Goodwill account is first raised to its full value by giving due credit to the old partners, and
subsequently written-off among all the partners (including the new partner) as follows:
1. Raising of Goodwill
Goodwill A/c Dr.
To, Existing/ Old Partners’ Capital A/c
[in the old p.s.r.]
2. Writing-off the Raised Goodwill

All Partners’ Capital A/c Dr.
To, Goodwill A/c
[in new p.s.r.]
Without involving Goodwill Account/ Capital Adjustment

In this case, the accounting entries to be passed will involve the Partners’ Capital Accounts, as follows:
New Partner’s Capital A/c Dr.
When the incoming partner fails to bring in his share of Premium for goodwill, it is adjusted through the Partners’
Capital Accounts.

There are different methods of valuation of goodwill. They are discussed as under:
Valuation of Inherent or Non-Purchased Goodwill
Sl Name of the
Description of the method Other Consideration
No. Method
1. Average Under this method - i. If profits are fluctuating,
Profits Value of Goodwill = Agreed Number of Years simple average is
Methods (Purchase) × Average taken. If profits show
Maintainable Profits an increasing trend,
weights may be used.
Average Maintainable/Profit
If profits constantly
Average Annual Profits 00
decrease, the lowest
[Simple average or may be weighted average
of the profits after
considering the trend of profits]
adjustments may be
Less: “Exceptional/Casual Income 00
considered.
Add: Abnormal Loss 00
ii. Exceptional Income
00 or Expense of any
Add: Capital Expenditure wrongly charged against profits particular year, should
00 better be adjusted
00 against the profit of that
Less: Provision for Taxation (As may be required) 00 year.
Adjusted Maintainable Profits 000 iii.
More weightage is
usually given to later
(“Adjustments for undercharged or overcharged
years.
Depreciation or under or over valuation of stocks to be
made, if required)
2. Super Super Profit = Future maintainable profits – Normal i. Calculation of Average
Profits Return on Capital Employed capital Employed
Method Goodwill = Super Profit × No. of years Steps to be cannot be made if
followed current years’ profits are
not separately given.
Steps (a) Calculation of Capital employed OR Average
Capital Employed ii. Trading Profits exclude
any non trading income
like Interest on Non-
trading investments.
iii. Adjustments against
profits including
provision for managerial
remuneration, should be
made.
iv. If there is any change in
the value of any fixed
asset on revaluation,
that does not affect
Annual Trading Profit.

Sl Name of the
No. Method
But adjustment for over

charged or undercharged
depreciation may be
required to adjust the
profits.
v. If there is any decrease
in the value of any
Current Asset like
bad debts or reduction
of stock and that has
not been adjusted, the
adjustment should be
made for finding out
correct Trading Profit
of the current year.
vi. For calculating capital
employed, proposed
dividend need not be
deducted.
[Please see valuation of
shares’]
Sundry Assets 00
Excluding:
i. Goodwill But including Goodwill at Cost Paid for
ii. Non-trading assets and
iii. Fictitious Assets
Less: (i) Current Liabilities & Provisions -00
(ii) Contingent & Probable Liabilities -00
(Trading) Capital Employed 00
Less: ½ of Current years trading profits after taxation (if
the profits remain undistributed) -00
Average Capital Employed 000
Step (b) Average Annual Adjusted Profits
(Maintainable) 00
Step (c) Calculate Normal Return on Capital
Employed or Average Capital Employed
[Say at 10% or 12%, etc. — as may be given or assumed]
Step(d) Deduct Normal Return (c) from Average
Maintainable Profits (b).

Sl Name of the
No. Method
The difference is called Annual Super Profit

Step (e) Goodwill = Annual Super Profit × No. of Years
for which the Super Profit can be maintained.
[Usually expressed as...years purchase of super profit]
3. Capitalization Under the method follow these steps – Here also the profits should
of Profits a. Calculate Annual Maintainable Profit as shown above. be adjusted considering
Methods necessary adjustments for
b. Calculate normal Capital Employed capitalizing the
(A) Profits managerial remunerations,
above profit by applying the normal rate of return.
change of depreciation, etc.
Maintainable Profit
Normal Capital Employed = × 100
Normal Rate of Return
c. Calculate actual Capital Employed

d. Goodwill = Normal Capital Employed – Actual capital
Employed.
(B) Capi- a. Calculate Super profit as said under Method 2.
talization
of Super Super Profit
Profits b. Goodwill = × 100
Normal Rate of Return
4. Annuity It is a derivative of super profit concept. If super profit is Here also similar principles
Method expected to be earned uniformly over a number of years, as said before should be
Goodwill is computed with the help of Annuity Table. followed for calculating
Calculate Super Profit as discussed before — Capital Employed or
Average Capital Employed,
Goodwill = Annual Super ProfitxPresent Value of
Annual Average Profits and
Annuity of ` 1.
Annual Super Profits.
Adjustments regarding capital contribution of new partner and the capitals of the existing partners
At the time of admission the incoming partner is required to bring capital into the firm, the amount of which
is mutually agreed upon by the partners. The capital introduced by the new partner may be either in cash or in
the form of any other assets. Necessary adjustments regarding revaluation profit/loss, distribution of reserves,
adjustment for goodwill etc. are effected in the books of the firm and thus, the adjusted capital account balances are
found out which are shown in the Balance Sheet after admission of the new partner.
The partners may decide to maintain the closing balances of their capital accounts in a pre-determined ratio.
Adjustment for Life Policy:

Joint Life Insurance Policy is a common Life insurance policy which covers the lives of all the partners of the
firm and the premium of which is borne by the firm. The Surrender Value of the Joint Life Policy as on the date of
admission is to be considered for the accounting purpose. The Maturity Value is irrelevant in these cases.

Illustration 1
A and B are currently partners in a firm sharing Profit/Loss in the ratio of 4 : 3. A new partner C is admitted and
after his admission new profit sharing ratio between A, B and C becomes 5: 3 : 2. What will be the sacrifice ratio
of A and B after admission of C?
Solution:
Calculation of Sacrificing Ratio of A & B after C’s admission
A : B : C
Old Ratio 4 : 3
New Ratio 5 : 3 : 2
4 5 40 35 5
A
7 10 70 70
3 3 30 21 9
B
7 10 70 70
Sacrificing Ratio is 5 : 9
Illustration 2
X, Y and Z are partners in the ratio of 3 : 2:1. W is admitted with 1/16 th share in future profits. Z would retains
his original shares. Find out the new profit sharing ratios of the partners.
Solution:
X’s New share = 3/6 - (1/6 × 3/5) = 12/30
Y’s New share = 2/6 - (1/6 × 2/5) 1=8/30
Z’s share = 1/6
W’s share = 1/6
Therefore, New Profit Sharing Ratio = X:Y:Z:W = 12:8:5:5
Illustration 3
3
S and N are partners sharing Profit /(Loss) in the ratio of 5:3. They admit J into partnership for th in the Profit
10
1 1
/(Loss) in which J acquired 4 th share from S and 10 th share from N respectively.
Calculate the new profit and loss sharing ratios of the partners.
Solution:
5 1 25 8 17
S’s new share = = =
8 5 40 40
3 1 15 4 11
N’s new share = 8 = =
10 40 40

J’s share =
Hence New profit/loss sharing ratios of the partners = 17:11:12
Illustration 4
1
X and Y are partners sharing profit/loss in the ratio of 5:4. They admit Z into partnership for th the share in
5
1
the profits which is given 2 th by X and 15 th by Y. Z brings ` 1,50,000 as his capital and ` 60,000 as premium.
15
Goodwill account appears in the books at ` 1,65,000; Give necessary journal entries in the books of the firm at the
time of Z’s admission and find out the new profit sharing ratio.
Solution:
Journal
Particulars Dr. (` ) Cr. (` )

i. Bank A/c Dr. 2,10,000
To, Z’s Capital A/c 1,50,000
To, Premium for Goodwill A/c 60,000
(Being amount brought in as capital and premium for goodwill by Z)
ii. X’s Capital A/c (5/9 × ` 1,65,000) Dr. 91,667
Y’s Capital A/c (4/9 × ` 1,65,000) Dr. 73,333
To, Goodwill A/c 1,65,000
(Being existing Goodwill account written off)
iii. Premium for goodwill A/c Dr. 60,000
To, X’s Capital A/c 40,000
To, Y’s Capital A/c 20,000
(Being transfer of premium brought by Z to X & Y’s A/c)
New Profit sharing ratio will be:

5 1 2 5 2 25 6 19
X’s new share = × = = =
9 5 3 9 15 45 45
4 1 20 3 17
Y’s new share = 9 = =
15 45 45
1 9
Y’s new share = 5 or 45
Hence new ratio = 19 : 17 : 9
Illustration 5
X & Y share profit & loss in the ratio of 5:3. They admit Z with 1/5th share of profits. He pays ` 80,000 as capital
but does not contribute anything towards goodwill which is valued at ` 60,000. The capitals of the Partners are

fixed. All adjustments are to be made through partners’ current accounts. Their Balance Sheet as on March 31, 2022
is as follows:
Capital: Plant and Machinery 50,000
X— 80,000 Investments 31,000
Y— 60,000 1,40,000 Sundry Debtors 60,000
Current account: Stock and Trade 90,000
X— 5,000 Bank 30,000
Y— 6,000 11,000
General Reserve 60,000
2,61,000 2,61,000
(i) Plant and Machinery is valued at ` 46,000 and stock at ` 96,000.
(ii) One Creditor for ` 6,000 is dead and nothing is likely to be paid on this account.
(iii) The Capital accounts are to be proportionately adjusted on the basis of Z’s capital and his share of profit,
through Current accounts
(iv) Partners decide to maintain the General Reserve in the books of the firm.
Prepare Revaluation Account, Capital and Current Accounts, Bank Account and Balance Sheet of the new firm.
Solution:
Dr. Revaluation Account Cr.
To, Plant & Machinery A/c 4,000 By, Stock A/c 6,000
To, Partner’s Current A/c By, Creditors A/c 6,000
X— 5,000
Y— 3,000 8,000
12,000 12,000

Particulars X (` ) Y (` ) Z (` ) Particulars X (` ) Y (` ) Z (` )
To, Balance c/d 80,000 60,000 80,000 By Balance B/d 80,000 60,000 —
By Cash A/c — — 80,000
80,000 60,000 80,000 80,000 60,000 80,000

Dr. Partners’ Current Account Cr.

Particulars X (` ) Y (` ) Z (` ) Particulars X (` ) Y (` ) Z (` )
To, General Reserve 30,000 18,000 12,000 By, Balance b/d 5,000 6,000 -
A/c By, Revatuation A/c 5,000 3,000 -
To, X’s Current A/c - - 7,500 By, Z’s Current A/c 7,500 4,500 -
To, V’s Current A/c . - 4,500 By, General Reserve 37,500 22,500 -
To, Balance c/d 1,20,000 60,000 - A/c
By, Cash A/c (B/F) 95,000 42,000 24,000
(W.N. 2)
1,50,000 78,000 24,000 1,50,000 78,000 24,000
W.N (2) Cash brought by partners
x = ` 2,00,000 – ` 80,000 – ` 5,000 – ` 5,000 – ` 7,500 – ` 37,500 + ` 30,000 = ` 95,000
y= – ` 1,20,000 – ` 60,000 – ` 6,000 – ` 3,000 – ` 4,500 – ` 22,500 + ` 18,000 = ` 42,000
z = ` 80,000 - ` (80,000 - 7,500 – 4,500 – 12,000) = ` 24,000
General Reserve is to be maintained in the books of the firm hence is credited to old partners capital A/c &
debited to all partner’s capital A/c.
1
Z’s share of Goodwill = ` 60,000 × = ` 12,000
5
10
X’s share in Goodwill of Z = ` 12,000 × = ` 7,500 in Sacrificing Ratio.
16
6
Y’s share in Goodwill of Z in S.R. = ` 12,000 × = ` 4,500
16
Through Z’s capital A/c & his share of profit the in current A/c.
Sacrificing Ratio = X : Y
Old Ratio 5 : 3
-1
Share of Z = th
5
Share of X & Y in the firm = 1 - 1 = 4
5 5
X’s share =
Y’s share =
= New Ratio
Sacrificing Ratio = Old Ratio — New Ratio.

X=
Y=
10 : 6
Total Capital of the firm according to capital contribution of Z.
= ` 80,000 × 5 = ` 4,00,000.
X’s Capital balance = ` 4,00,000 × 5 = ` 2,00,000

10
3
Y’s Capital balance = ` 4,00,000 × = ` 1,20,000
10
2
Z’s Capital balance = ` 4,00,000 × = ` 80,000
10
Particulars ( ` ) Particulars ( ` )

To Balance b/d 30,000
To Z’s Capital A/c 80,000
To X’s Capital A/c 1,20,000
To V’s Capital A/c 60,000 By Balance c/d 2,90,000
2,90,000 2,90,000
Liabilities ( ` ) Assets ( ` )

Capital: Bank 2,90,000
X 2,00,000 Debtors 60,000
Y 1,20,000 Stock 96,000
Z 80,000 Machine 46,000
Current A/c: Investment 31,000
X 25,000 Z’ Current Account 24,000
Y 18,000
5,47,000 5,47,000

Illustration 6
The Balance Sheet of a firm as on 31 .3.2022 was
Liabilities ( ` ) Assets ( ` )
Capital: Sun 50,000 Property 35,000
Moon 41,000 Motor car 7,500
Loan (Sun) 5,000 Furniture 1,000
General Reserve 5,000 Debtors 25,000
Outstanding Expenses 1,500 Cash 4,000
1,17,500 1,17,500
The profit sharing ratio between Sun & Moon was 3 : 2. They decided to admit Pluto as a new partner from 1st
April, 2022 on the following terms & conditions:
(1) Property & Motor Car to be revalued at ` 45,000 & ` 6,500 respectively and 5% provision to be created on
debtors.
(2) Pluto should pay premium for goodwill to be valued at 2 years’ purchase of last three years average profits.
Such amount of premium was to be credited to old partners loan accounts.
(3) Pluto should pay ` 37,500 as capital.
(4) The new profit sharing ratio should be 2: 1: 1.
(5) Last three years’ profit were ` 5,000, ` 6,000 and ` 7,500.
The last three years’ books of accounts, on verification, disclosed the following discrepancies:
2019-20 : Bad debts previously written of recovered ` 400, credited to Debtors Account, Closing Stock under
valued by ` 1,250.
2020-21 : Furniture purchased ` 300 debited to Purchases Account,
Depreciation was provided @ 10% on reducing balance method but Closing Stock was overvalued
by ` 2,000.
2021-22 : A purchase invoice of ` 1,000 was omitted from the books and Closing Stock was undervalued by
` 1,000.
Pass the journal entries at the time of admission of Pluto and prepare the Balance Sheet just after his
admission.
Solution:
To, Motor Car A/c 1,000 By, Property A/c 10,000
To, Provision for Bad Debts A/c 1,250


To, Profit on Revaluation:
Sun 3/5 4,650
Moon 2/5 3,100
7,750
10,000 10,000

Sun Moon Pluto Sun Moon Pluto
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
By Balance b/d 50,000 41,000 —
By Cash A/c — — 37,500
By Profit on 4,650 3,100 —
Revaluation
To Balance c/d 57,650 46,100 37,500 By General Reserve 3,000 2,000
57,650 46,100 37,500 57,650 46,100 37,500
Calculation of sacrificing / gaining ratio of sun & moon because of admission , Pluto.
Sun: Moon : Pluto

Old Ratio 3:2
New Ratio 2:1:1
Sacrificing ratio (Sun’s)
Moon’s Sacrificing ratio =
Or, 2: 3
Dr. Statement showing Adjusted Profit Account Cr.

Particulars 2019-20 (`) 2020-21 (`) 2021-22 (`)
Profits 5,000 6,000 7,500
Bad Debts Recovered + 400 — —
Closing Stock Undervalued + 1,250 - 1,250 —
Furniture purchased debited to Purchases A/c + 300 —
Depreciation -30

Particulars 2019-20 (`) 2020-21 (`) 2021-22 (`)

Clossing stock overvalued - 2,000 + 2,000
Purchases not recorded - 1,000
Closing stock undervalued + 1,000
6,650 3,020 9,500
Calculation of premium to be paid by Pluto Average profit of 3 year’s:
` (6,650 + 3,020 + 9,500)

= ` 6,390
3
Goodwill = `6,390 × 2 = `12,780
Pluto’s share of goodwill = `12,780 × 1 = `3,195
4
Journal
Dr. Cr.
Particulars
(`) (`)
Property A/c Dr. 10,000
To, Revaluation A/c 10,000
(Being revaluation of property done at the time of admission of Pluto)
Revaluation A/c Dr. 2,250
To, Motor Car A/c 1,000
To, Provision for bad debts A/c 1,250
(Being revaluation done of motor car & Provision calculated on debtors @ 5%)
To, Sun’s Capital A/c 4,650
To, Moon’s Capital A/c 3,100
(Being profit on revaluation distributed to Partner’s Capital A/c)
Cash A/c Dr. 37,500
To, Pluto’s Capital A/c 37,500
(Being cash brought in by Pluto as his share of capital)
Cash A/c Dr. 3,195
To, Pluto’s Capital A/c 3,195
(Being cash .brought by Pluto for his share of goodwill)
Pluto’s Capital A/c Dr. 3,195
To, Sun’s Loan A/c 1,278
To, Moon’s Loan A/c 1,917
(Being Pluto’s share of premium for goodwill credited to Old Partner’s Capital
A/c in their sacrificing ratio)

Balance Sheet (Post-Admission)

Capital: Property (35,000 + 10,000) 45,000
Sun 57,650 Motor Car (7,500 - 1,000) 6,500
Moon 46,100 Furniture 1,000
Pluto 37,500 Debtors (25,000 - 1,250) 23,750
Loan (Sun) (5,000 + 1278) 6,278 Stock 45,000
(Moon) 1,917 Cash (4,000 + 37,500 + 3,195) 44,695
Sundry creditors 15,000
Outstanding Expenses 1 ,500
1,65,945 1,65,945
Illustration 7
P and Q are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 5:4. On 1st April, 2021 they admitted their Manager
R into partnership for 1 th the share of the profits. As Manager, R was receiving a salary of ` 60,000 per year and
5
a commission of 5 percent on the net profit after charging such salary and commission. It is, however, agreed that
any excess over his former remuneration to which R becomes entitled as a partner is to be borne by Q.
The profits of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2022 amounted to ` 4,27,500. You are required to show the
division of profits among the partners.
Solution:
(i) R’s remuneration as Manager
Salary ` 60,000 & Commission ` 4,27,500 - ` 60,000 = ` 3,67,500 × 5 = `17,500

105
Or ` 60,000 + ` 17,500 = ` 77,500
(ii) R’s share in profit = ` 4,27,500 × 1 = ` 85,500; it excess over above (i)
5
=
` 85,500 - ` 77,500 = ` 8,000 which to be borne by Q
(iii) Share in profits of P & Q
P = ` 4,27,500 - ` 77,500 = ` 3,50,000 × 5 = ` 1,94,444

9
Q = ` 3,50,000 × 4 = ` 1,55,556 - ` 8,000 = ` 1,47,556
9
Dr. Profit and Loss Appropriation Account Cr.
To P’s Capital A/c: 1,94,444 By Profit for the year 4,27,500

To, Q’s Capital A/c: 1,55,556

Less: transferred to R: 8,000 1,47,556
To, R’s Capital A/c
As Manager: 77,500
Add: Transferred from Q 8,000 85,500
4,27,500 4,27,500
Illustration 8
A and B were partners of a firm sharing profits and losses in the ratio 2:1. The Balance Sheet of the firm as at
31st March, 2022 was as under:

Capital Accounts: Plant and Machinery 5,00,000
A 8,00,000 Building 9,00,000
B 4,00,000 Sundry Debtors 2,50,000
Reserves 5,25,000 Stock 3,00,000
Sundry Creditors 2,75,000 Cash 1,50,000
Bills Payable 1,00,000
21,00,000 21,00,000
They agreed to admit P and Q into the partnership on the following terms:
(i) The firm’s goodwill to be valued at 2 years’ purchase of the weighted average of the profits’ of the last 3
years. The relevant figures are:
Year ended 31.03.2019 - Profit 37,000
(ii) The value of the stock and Plant & Machinery were to be reduced by 10%.
(iii) Building was to be valued at ` 10,11,000.
(iv) There was an unrecorded liability of ` 10,000.
(v) A, B, P & Q agreed to share profits and losses in the ratio 3 : 2 :1:1.
(vi) The value of reserve, the values of liabilities and the values of assets other than cash were not to be altered.
(vii) P and Q were to bring capitals equal to their shares of Profit considering B’s capital as base after all
adjustments.

(1) Memorandum Revaluation Account,
(2) Partner’s Capital Accounts and
(3) The Balance Sheet of the newly constructed firm.

Solution:

To, Stock A/c 30,000 By, Building 1,11,000

To, Plant & Machinery A/c 50,000
To, Unrecorded Liability A/c 10,000
To, Profit transferred to Partners’
Capital A/c (in old ratio)
A = 14,000
B = 07,000 21,000
1,11,000 1,11,000
To, Building 1,11,000 By, Stock A/c 30,000
By, Plant & Machinery A/c 50,000
By, Unrecorded liability A/c 10,000
By, Loss transferred to Partners’ Capital 21,000
A/c s (in new ratio)
A = 9,000
B = 6,000
P = 3,000
Q = 3,000
1,11,000 1,11,000
Dr. Partners’ Capital Accounts Cr.
Particulars A (`) B (`) P (`) Q (`) Particulars A (`) B (`) P (`) Q (`)
To, Memorandum 3,000 By, Balance b/d 8,00,000 4,00,000 — —

Revaluation A/c 9,000 6,000 3,000 75,000 By, Memorandum
To, Reserves A/c 2,25,000 1,50,000 75,000 12,000 Revaluation A/c 14,000 7,000 — —
To, A & B A/c — — 12,000 2,15,000 By, Reserves A/c 3,50,000 1,75,000 — —
(W.N.2) 9,50,000 4,30,000 2,15,000 By, P & O A/c 20,000 4,000 — —
To, Balance c/d (W.N.2)
(Refer W.N.3) By, Cash A/c (Bal. — — 3,05,000 3,05,000
fig.)
11,84,000 5,86,000 3,05,000 3,05,000 11,84,000 5,86,000 3,05,000 3,05,000

Balance Sheet of newly reconstituted firm as on 31.03.2022

Capital Accounts: Plant and Machinery 5,00,000
A — 9,50,000 Building 9,00,000
B — 4,30,000 Sundry Debtors 2,50,000
P — 2,15,000 Stock 3,00,000
Q — 2,15,000 18,10,000 Cash 7,60,000
Reserves 5,25,000 (`1,50,000 + `3,05,000 + `3,05,000)
Bills Payable 1,00,000
27,10,000 27,10,000
Working Notes:
1. Calculation of Goodwill Weighted Average Profit:
Year Profit (`) Weight Weighted Profit (`)

2020 37,000 1 37,000
2021 40,000 2 80,000
2022 45,000 3 1,35,000
6 2,52,000
Weighted Average Profit = `2,52,000/6 = `42,000
Goodwill is valued at 2 year’s purchase
Value of Goodwill: `42,000 × 2 = `84,000
2. (a) Profit Sacrificing Ratio
Old New Shares Sacrificed

Particulars Gained
Shares Share Share
A 2/3 3/7 5/21 —
B 1/3 2/7 1/21 —
p — 1/7 — 1/7
Q — 1/7 — 1/7
(b) Adjustment for Goodwill
Goodwill as Goodwill as
Partners Effect (`)
per old ratio (`) per new ratio (`)
A 56,000 36,000 + 20,000 —

Goodwill as Goodwill as
Partners Effect (`)
per old ratio (`) per new ratio (`)
B 28,000 24,000 + 4,000 —
P — 12,000 — 12,000
Q — 12,000 — 12,000
84,000 84,000 24,000 24,000
Journal
Dr. Cr.
Particulars
(`) (`)
P’s Capital A/c Dr. 12,000
Q’s Capital A/c Dr. 12,000
To A’s Capital A/c 20,000
To B’s Capital A/c 4,000
3. Calculation of closing capitals of P and Q
B’s capital is taken as base. Closing capital of B after all adjustments is 4,30,000. Total capital of firm will be =
4,30,000 × 7/2 = 15,05,000 Hence, P’s and Q’s closing capital should be 2,15,000 (15,05,000 × 1/7) each i.e. at par
with B (as per new profit and loss sharing ratio).

Retirement of Partner 4.2

PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS: RETIREMENT
Partners form a partnership business. But sometimes a partner may decide to discontinue from the firm for
different reasons. Normally the retirement takes place by consent of all the partners and/or by other mode of
communication by the intended partner to all other partners.
As per Section 32 of the Indian Partnership Act, 1932 a partner may retire:
●● With the consent of all the existing partners; or
●● In accordance with an express agreement by the partners; or
●● By giving a written notice to all other partners of his intention to retire in case of ‘Partnership at Will’.
Like admission, retirement of a partner is another mode of reconstitution of partnership firm.
After retirement of a partner, the other partners may continue the business. For paying off the retiring partner(s),
some specific adjustments are required to be done in the books of the firm. These are discussed as follows:
●● Calculation of new profit sharing ratio and gaining ratio,
●● Distribution of reserves and accumulated profits and losses,
●● Revaluation of assets and liabilities,
●● Adjustment for goodwill,
●● Adjustment for Joint Life Policy (JLP),
●● Settlement of final balance of the retiring partner,
●● Adjustment of existing partners’ capital accounts.
Calculation of New Profit Sharing Ratio and Gaining Ratio

As a consequence of retirement, the share of profit of the retiring partner gets distributed to the continuing
partners which results in again in the share of the continuing partners. The ratio in which the continuing partners
will share future profits and losses is known as the New Profit Sharing Ratio.
The ratio in which the continuing partners acquire the share of profit forgone by the retiring partner is referred
to as Gaining Ratio. It is calculated by taking the difference between the old profit sharing ratio and the new profit
sharing ratio.
Distribution of Reserves and Accumulated Profits and Losses

The balance of reserves or profit and loss account are distributed among all the partners (including the retiring
partner), in their Old Profit Sharing Ratio in the event of Retirement.

Revaluation of Assets and liabilities

The logic for revaluation of Assets and liabilities at the time of retirement of a partner is same as that at the
time of admission of a new partner. In case of retirement, the revaluation profit or loss is distributed among all the
partners in the Old Profit Sharing Ratio.
Adjustment for Goodwill

The goodwill of the existing partnership firm had been created and developed by all the existing partners
(including the retiring partner). That is why the continuing partners are required to compensate the retiring partner
in their Gaining Ratio and the necessary adjustments for Goodwill is required to be made. Gaining ratio is the ratio
of the gain or increase in the profit share that is made by the continuing partners on the retirement of an outgoing
partner. It is calculated by taking the difference between the old profit sharing ratio and new profit sharing ratio.
The accounting treatment of goodwill in the event of retirement of a partner is as under:
Writing-off the value of Goodwill A/c (if any) appearing in the pre-retirement Balance Sheet of the firm:
All Partners’ Capital A/c Dr. (in old p. s. r.)

To, Goodwill A/c (existing book value)
The Capital Accounts of the partners are required to be adjusted:
Gaining Partners’ Capital A/c Dr. (in Gaining Ratio)

To, Outgoing Partner’s A/c (with his share of goodwill)
Adjustment for Joint Life Policy (JLP)

Joint Life Insurance Policy is a common Life insurance policy which covers the lives of all the partners of the
firm and the premium of which is borne by the firm. The Surrender Value of the Joint Life Policy as on the date of
reconstitution (i.e. Admission, Retirement, Change in Profit Sharing Ratio) is to be considered for the accounting
purpose. The Maturity Value is irrelevant in these cases.
Settlement of Final Balance of the Retiring Partner:

After considering all the points discussed above, the amount due to the retiring partner is ascertained and to be
settled in a mode as decided by the firm according to the terms of the partnership deed; or in the absence of such
deed it is to be mutually decided by the partners.
The amount due to the retiring partner can either be discharged immediately after his retirement by paying off the
whole amount using the business funds (i.e. Cash or Bank), or, if the firm is having paucity of liquid funds, then the
retiring partner is paid in a certain number of instalments. In such case, the firm opens a Loan Account in the name
of the retiring partner. Right of retiring partner under Section 37 of the Indian Partnership Act,1932: The retiring
partner has the option of claiming higher of the following amounts:
(a) Share in Profits: The retiring partner’s profit share is determined since the date of retirement which is to be
calculated in the ratio of the present adjusted capitals or
(b) Interest @ 6% per annum: Such interest is calculated on the amount due to the retiring partner from the
firm for the period starting from the date of retirement up to the date of settlement.

Illustration 9
P, Q and R sharing profits and losses equally, had been trading for many years. R decided to retire on 31.3.2022
on which date Balance Sheet of the firm is as follows.

Capital accounts: Cash 36,000
P 1,20,000 Debtors 74,000
Q 85,000 Stock 60,000
R 75,000 Plant and Machinery 1,20,000
Creditors 85,000 Land and Building 75,000
3,65,000 3,65,000
Value of goodwill was agreed as `93,000. Land and building increased in value, it being agreed at `1,05,600,
plant and machinery was revalued at `1,00,500 and it was agreed to provide 6% in respect of debtors. Prepare
Revaluation Account, Capital Accounts and Balance Sheet.
Solution:
In the Books of the Firm
To, Plant & Machinery A/c 19,500 By, Land & Building A/c 30,600
To, Capital A/c (Profit)
P 2,220
Q 2,220
R 2,220 6,660
30,600 30,600
Particulars P (`) Q (`) R (`) Particulars P (`) Q (`) R (`)

To, Balance 1,53,220 1,18,220 — By, Balance 1,20,000 85,000 75,000
To, Loan A/c — — 1,08220 By, Revaluation 2,220 2,220 2,220
A/c
By, Goodwill A/c 31,000 31,000 31,000
1,53,220 1,18,220 1,08,220 1,53,220 1,18,220 1,08,220

Capital Accounts: Cash 36,000

P 1,53,220 Debtors 74,000
Q 1,18,220 Less: Provision 4,440 69,560
Loan Account: R 1,08,220 60,000
Stock
Creditors 85,000 1,00,500
Plant & Machinery
Land & Building 1,05,600
Goodwill 93,000
4,64,660 4,64,660
Illustration 10
A, B and C were in partnership sharing profits in the proportion of 5:4:3. The Balance Sheet of the firm as on
31st March, 2022 was as under :
Capital Accounts : Goodwill 40,000

A 1,35,930 Fixtures 8,200
B 95,120 Stock 1,57,300
C 61,170 Sundry Debtors 93,500
Sundry Creditors 41,690 Cash 34,910
3,33,910 3,33,910
A had been suffering from ill-health and gave notice that he wished to retire. An agreement was, therefore entered
into as on 31st March, 2022, the terms of which were as follows:
(i) The Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022, which showed a net profit of ` 48,000
was to be reopened. B was to be credited with ` 4,000 as bonus, in consideration of the extra work which
had devolved upon him during the year. The profit sharing ratio was to be revised as from 1st April, 2021
to 3:4:4.
(ii) Goodwill was to be valued at two years’ purchase of the average profits of the preceding five years. The
Fixtures were to be revalued by an independent valuer. A provision of 2% was to be made for doubtful
debts and the remaining assets were to be taken at their book values.
(iii) The valuations arising out of the above agreement were Goodwill ` 56,800 and Fixture ` 10,980.
(iv) B and C agreed, as between themselves, to continue the business, sharing profits in the ratio of 3:2 and
decided to eliminate Goodwill from the Balance Sheet, to retain the Fixtures on the books at revised value,
and to increase the provision for doubtful debts to 6%.
You are required to submit the Journal Entries necessary to give effect to the above arrangement and to draw up
the Capital Accounts of the partners after carrying out all adjustment entries as stated above.

Solution:
In the books of the firm
Journal
Date Particulars Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
2022 A’s Capital A/c [5/12 of ` 48,000] Dr. 20,000
March B’s Capital A/c [4/12 of ` 48,000] Dr. 16,000
31 C’s Capital A/c [3/12 of ` 48,000] Dr. 12,000
To, Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c 48,000
[Profits of ` 48,000 already shared by A, B & C as 5 : 4 : 3 written back]
Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c Dr. 4,000

To, B’s Capital A/c 4,000
[B Credited with bonus of ` 4,000 for his extra work]
To, A’s Capital A/c [3/11 of ` 44,000] 12,000
To, B’s Capital A/c [4/11 of ` 44,000] 16,000
To, C’s Capital A/c [4/11 of ` 44,000] 16,000
[The remaining profits re-distributed as 3 : 4 : 4]
Goodwill A/c Dr. 16,800
Fixtures A/c Dr. 2,780
To, Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c 19,580
[Values of assets increased on revaluation]
To, Provision for doubtful debts A/c 1,870
[Provision created @ 2% on Debtors]
To, A’s Capital A/c [3/11] 4,830
To, B’s Capital A/c [4/11] 6,440
To, C’s Capital A/c [4/11] 6,440
[Profit on Revaluation shared among all partners as 3 : 4 : 4]
A’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,32,760
To, A’s Loan A/c 1,32,760
[Transfer of A’s dues to his Loan A/c]
B’s Capital A/c [3/5] Dr. 36,324
C’s Capital A/c [2/5] Dr. 24,216
To, Goodwill A/c 56,800
[Goodwill Account written off and provision on debtors increased by 4%
further on ` 93,500]


A B C A B C
Date Particulars Date Particulars
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
31.3.22 To, Profit & Loss 20,000 16,000 12,000 31.3.22 By, Balance b/d 1,35,930 95,120 61,170
Adjustment A/c Profit and Loss
To, Loan A/c 1,32,760 - - By, Adjustment A/c - 4,000 -
(Balance Transferred) (Bonus)
To, Goodwill - 36,324 24,216 By, Profit & Loss 12,000 16,000 16,000
& Provision for Adjustment A/c
Doubtful Debts
To, Balance c/d - 69,236 47,394 By, Profit & Loss 4,830 6,440 6,440
Adjustment A/c
1,52,760 1,21,560 83,610 1,52,760 1,21,560 83,610
Illustration 11
Compass, Cone and Circle are in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1. The Balance Sheet
of the firm as on 31st December, 2021 was as follows :
Capital accounts : Machinery (at Cost) 50,000

Compass 40,000 Less : Provision for Dep. 8,000 42,000
Cone 60,000
Circle 20,000 Furniture 1,000
Reserve 1,20,000 Sundry Debtors 80,000
Sundry Creditors 30,000 Less : Prov. for Doubtful 3,000 77,000
60,000 Debts
Stocks 50,000
Cash at Bank 40,000
2,10,000 2,10,000
On 31st March, 2022 Cone retired and Compass and Circle continued in partnership, sharing profits and losses
in the ratio of 3 : 2. It was agreed that adjustments were to be made in the Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2022,
in respect of the following :
(a) The Machinery was to be revalued at ` 45,000
(b) The Stock was to be reduced by 2%
(c) The Furniture was to be reduced to ` 600
(d) The Provision for Doubtful Debts would be ` 4,000
(e) A provision of ` 300 was to be made for Outstanding Expenses.
The Partnership agreement provided that on the retirement of a partner, goodwill was to be valued at ` 24,000

and Cone’s share of the same was to be adjusted into the accounts of Compass and Circle. The profit up to the date
of retirement was estimated at ` 18,000. Cone was to be paid off in full, Compass and Circle were to bring such an
amount in cash so as to make their capital in proportion to the new profit sharing ratio. Subject to the condition that
a cash balance of ` 20,000 was to be maintained as working capital.
Pass the necessary journal entries to give effect to the above arrangements and prepare the Partners’ Capital
Accounts on 31st March, 2022.
Solution:
In the books of the Firm
Journal
31.3.2022 Reserve A/c Dr. 30,000
To, Compass’ Capital A/c 15,000
To, Cone’s Capital A/c 10,000
To, Circle’s Capital A/c 5,000
(Reserve transferred to the capital accounts of the partners in 3 : 2 : 1)
Machinery A/c Dr. 3,000
(Value of the machinery increased on Cone’s retirement)
To, Stock A/c 1,000
To, Furniture A/c 400
To, Outstanding Expenses A/c 300
(Value of the assets reduced on Cone’s retirement)
Revaluation A/c Dr. 300
To, Compass’ Capital A/c 150
To, Cone’s Capital A/c 100
To, Circle’s Capital A/c 50
(Profit on revaluation transferred to the capital accounts of the partners)
Compass’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,400
Circle’s Capital A/c Dr. 5,600
(Cone’s share of goodwill to be adjusted against remaining partner’s
capital accounts in the gaining ratio of 3 : 7)
Profit and Loss Suspense A/c Dr. 18,000


(Estimated profit transferred to the capital accounts of the partners)
Cone’s Capital A/c Dr. 84,100

To, Bank A/c 84,100
(Payment is made to Cone on his retirement)
Bank A/c Dr. 46,100

(Cash to be brought in by Compass and Circle as per agreement)

Compass Cone Circle Compass Cone Circle
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Cone’s Capital 2,400 — 5,600 By, Balance b/d 40,000 60,000 20,000
A/c
” Bank A/c — 84,100 — ” Reserve A/c 15,000 10,000 5,000
(Bal. fig.)
” Balance c/d 78,180 — 52,120 ” Revaluation A/c
— Profit 150 100 50
” Share of Profit 9,000 6,000 3,000

” Compass’ Capital — 2,400 —
A/c
” Circle’s Capital — 5,600 —
A/c
” Bank A/c 16,430 — 29,670
(Bal. fig.)
80,580 84,100 57,720 80,580 84,100 57,720
By Balance b/d 78,180 — 52,120
Working Notes :
1. Total value of goodwill ` 24,000
∴ Cone’s share of goodwill = `24,000 × 2/6 = `8,000 to be adjusted against Compass’s and Circle capital
in 3 : 7.
Computation of ratio : Compass = 3/5 - 3/6 = 3/30 (gain) Circle = 2/5 - 1/6 = 7/30 (gain)

2. Bank Related Transactions


To, Balance b/d 40,000 By, Cone’s Capital 84,100
” Profit — increase in Cash 18,000 By, Balance c/d 20,000
(to be maintained)
” Compass and Circle’s Capital
(balance figure) 46,100
1,04,100 1,04,100
3. Total adjusted capitals of Compass and Circle :
Particulars (`)
Compass’ Capital 61,750

`(40,000 + 15,000 + 150 + 9,000 – 2,400)
Circle’s Capital :
`(20,000 + 5,000 + 50 + 3,000 – 5,600) 22,450
Add : Total Cash to be brought in 46,100
Combined adjusted capitals 1,30,300
∴ Compass’ Capital = `1,30,300 × 3/5 = `78,180 Circle’s Cap. = `1,30,300 × 2/5 = `52,120
Illustration 12
The Balance Sheet of A, B and C who are sharing profits in proportion to their capital stood as follows on March
31st 2022:
Capital Accounts: Land and Buildings 50,000

A 40,000 Plant and Machinery 17,000
B 30,000 Stock 16,000
C 20,000 90,000 Debtors 10,000
Creditors 13,800 Less: Provision 200 9,800
Cash at Bank 11,000
1,03,800 1,03,800
B retired on the above date and the following was agreed upon:
(i) The stock be depreciated by 6%.
(ii) That the provision for doubtful debts be brought up to 5% on Debtors.
(iii) That the Land and Buildings be appreciated by 20%.

(iv) That a provision for ` 1,540 be made in respect of outstanding legal charges.
(v) That the Goodwill of the entire firm be fixed at ` 21,600 and B’s share of it be adjusted into the accounts
of A and C who are going to share future profits in the ratio of 5: 3.
(vi) That the assets and liabilities (except Cash at Bank) were to appear in the Balance Sheet at their old figures.
(vii) That the entire capital of the firm as newly constituted by fixed at ` 56,000 between A and C in the proportion
of 5: 3 (actual cash to be brought in as paid off, as the case may be).
Show the Balance Sheet after B’s retirement.
Solution:
Capital Account: Land and Building 50,000

A 35,000 Plant and Machinery 17,000
C 21,000 56,000 Stock 16,000
B’s Loan A/c 39,600 Debtors 10,000
Creditors 13,800 Less: Provision for Bad Debt 200 9,800
Cash at Bank ( ` 11,000 + 16,600
` 5,600)
1,09,400 1,09,400
Note: Since assets and liabilities will appear in the Balance Sheet at their old figure Memorandum Revaluation
Account should be opened.
Working Notes:
Gaining Ratio
A=
C=
Hence, gaining ratio = 13: 11

To, Under valuation of Stock 960 By, Overvaluation of Land and 10,000
To, Provision for Bad Debts 300 Building
`(500-200)
To, Provision for legal changes 1,540

To, Profit on Rev: 7,200

A 3,200
B 2,400
C 1,600 10,000
10,000 10,000
To, Reversal of items

To, Over valuation of Land and 10,000 By, Reversal of items:
Building By, Undervaluation of Stock 960
By, Provision for Bad Debts 300
By, Provision for legal changes 1,540
By, Capital A/c
Profit to be written-back
A-5/8 = 4,500
0-3/8 = 2,700 7,200
10,000 10,000
B’s share of goodwill = ` 21,600 × 3/9

=
` 7,200
The entry being:
A’s Capital A/c Dr. 3,900

C’s Capital A/c 3,300
(Being gaining ratio)
Particulars A (`) B (`) C (`) Particulars A (`) B (`) C (`)
To, Memo. Reval. A/c 4,500 ----- 2,700 By, Balance b/d 40,000 30,000 20,000
To, B’s Capital A/c 3,900 ----- 3,300 By, Revaluation A/c – 3,200 2,400 1,600
Profit
To, B’s Loan A/c ---- 39,600 ----- By, A’s capital A/c ----- 3,900 -----

By, B’s Capital A/c ----- 3,300 -----

To, Balance c/d 35,000* ----- 21,000 By, Bank A/c (Balance 200 ----- 5,400
Fig.)
43,400 39,600 27,000 43,400 39,600 27,000
* Total Capital = ` 56,000 in 5 : 3, i.e., A ` 35,000; C ` 21,000.
RETIREMENT-CUM- ADMISSION
In many cases, whenever an existing partner retires, another partner joins the continuing partners in the firm.
This situation is referred to as Retirement-cum-Admission. The principles of accounting in the event of admission
of a partner and retirement of a partner have been separately discussed. In this section, the combined effect of
simultaneous admission and retirement has been highlighted. It should be remembered that no separate treatment is
practically needed i.e. same principles for admission and retirement are followed but only two sets of transactions
are incorporated simultaneously.
Illustration 13
Gita and Mita are equal partners. Gita , by agreement, retires and Lata joins the firm on the basis of one third
share of profits on 01.04.2022. The balances of the books as on 31st March 2022 were:
Particulars Dr. (` ) Cr. (` )

Good will 10,000
Fixed Assets at Cost 1,20,000
Current Assets:
Stock 60,000
Debtors 40,000
Bank 8,000
Creditors 20,000
Provision for Depreciation 12,000
Capital Accounts:
Gita 1,04,000
Mita 1,02,000
2,38,000 2,38,000
Goodwill and Fixed Assets valued at ` 30,000 and ` 1,40,000 respectively and it was agreed to be written up
accordingly before admission of Lata as partner. Sufficient money is to be introduced so as to enable Gita to be paid
off and leave ` 5,000 cash at Bank; Mita and Lata are to provide such sum as to make their Capitals proportionate
to their share of profit. Assuming the agreement was carried out, you are required to pass the journal entries and
prepare the Balance Sheet after admission of Lata.

Solution:
In the books of the firm
Journal
Debit Credit
Date Particulars L.F.
(` ) (` )
2022 Goodwill A/c Dr. 20,000
April 1 Fixed Asset A/c Dr. 20,000
Prov. for Depreciation A/c Dr. 12,000
(Increased value of assets transferred to Revaluation A/c)
To, Gita’ s Capital A/c 26,000
,, Mita’s Capital A/c 26,000
(Profit on revaluation transferred)
Gita’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,30,000
To, Bank A/c 1,30,000
(Amount paid to Gita)
Bank A/c Dr. 1,27,000
To, Mita’s Capital A/c 42,000
,, Lata’s Capital A/c 85,000
(Additional cash to be brought in to make their capital in proportion).
Balance Sheet as on April 1, 2022
Liabilities (` ) Assets (` )

Capital: Goodwill 30,000
Mita 1,70,000 Fixed Assets 1,40,000
Lata [WN: 2] 85,000 Stock 60,000
Creditor 20,000 Debtors 40,000
Cash at Bank [WN: 1] 5,000
2,75,000 2,75,000
Working Notes:
1. Bank balance on 1.4.2022

To, Balance b/d 8,000 By, Gita’s capital A/C 1,30,000


To Mita’s capital 42,000 []WN 4 ,, Balance c/d 5,000
Lata’s Capital 85,000 1,27,000
1,35,000 1,35,000
2 . Capital of the new firm
Particulars (` )
Goodwill Fixed Asset Stock Debtors 30,000
60,000
40,000
5,000
2,75,000
Less: Creditors 20,000
2,55,000
Mita = ` 2,55,00 × 2/3 = ` 1,70,000
Lata = ` 2,55,000 × 1/3 = ` 85,000
3. Profit on Revaluation
To, Capital A/c By, Goodwill A/c 20,000
Profit on Revaluation : ,, Fixed Assets A/c 20,000
Gita 26,000 ,, Prov. For Depreciation A/c. 12,000
Mita 26,000 52,000
52,000 52,000
4. Amount to be brought in by Mita
Particulars (` ) (` )
Capital to be maintained [WN: 2] 1,70,000

Less: Opening balance 1,02,000
Profit on Revaluation [WN: 3] 26,000 1,28,000
To, be brought in by Mita 42,000

Illustration 14
X, Y, & Z were equal partners. Their Balance Sheet as on 31.12.2021 was as follows :
Partners’ Capital Land & Freehold Property 1,00,000

X 1,00,000 Plant & Machinery 2,00,000
Y 1,00,000 Furniture & Equipment 50,000
Z 2,00,000 4,00,000 Stock in-trade 1,00,000
Partner’s Current A/c : Sundry Debtors 1,00,000
X 50,000 Balance with Bankers 1,50,000
Y 75,000
Z 25,000 1,50,000
7,00,000 7,00,000
On 1.1.2022, X retired and it was agreed that he should be paid all his dues in full on that date. For this purpose,
goodwill was to be calculated on the basis of 3 years purchase of past 3 years profits which amounted to ` 1,00,000,
` 1,40,000 and ` 1,20,000 respectively.
In order to meet his obligation, a bank loan was arranged on 1.1.2022 for ` 2,00,000 pledging the fixed assets
as security.
Further, to compensate a loyal manager Q, it was agreed between Y and Z that Q should be admitted as a partner,
who should bring in, over and above a capital of ` 1,00,000, his share of Goodwill in cash to serve as working
capital. Y and Z agreed to forego 1/3rd of their individual share of profits to Q.
Prepare Partners Capital Accounts, Partners’ Current Accounts and opening Balance Sheet of the firm as on
1.1.2022.
Solution:
Particulars X (` ) Y (` ) Z (` ) Q (` ) Particulars X (` ) Y (` ) Z (` ) Q (` )
To, Cash A/c (Final 2,70,000 - - - By, Balance b/d 1,00,000 1,00,000 2,00,000 -
settlement) “ X’s Current
A/c 1,70,000 - - -
To, Balance c/d - 1,00,000 2,00,000 1,00,000 (Transfer)
“ Cash A/c - - - 1,00,000

(Capital
introduced)
2,70,000 1,00,000 2,00,000 1,00,000 2,70,000 1,00,000 2,00,000 1,00,000


Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z
To, X’s Capital A/c 1,70,000 - - By, Balance b/d 50,000 75,000 25,000
(Tran) “ Y’s Current A/c 60,000 - -
To, X’s Current A/c - 60,000 60,000 “ Z’s Current A/c 60,000 - -
To, Balance c/d - 75,000 25,000 “ Cash A/c - 60,000 60,000
1,70,000 1,35,000 85,000 1,70,000 1,35,000 85,000
Partners’ Capital A/cs : Land and Freehold Property 1,00,000

Y 1,00,000 Plant & Machinery 2,00,000
Z 2,00,000 Furniture & Equipment 50,000
Q 1,00,000 4,00,000 Stock 1,00,000
Debtors 1,00,000
Partner’s Current A/cs : Cash at Bank (WN: 2) 3,00,000
Y 75,000
Z 25,000 1,00,000
Bank loan (Secured) 2,00,000

8,50,000 8,50,000
Working Notes :
(1) Valuation of Goodwill
` (1,00,000 + 1,40,000 + 1,20,000)
Average Annual Profits = = ` 1,20,000
3
∴ Goodwill = 3 × `1,20,000 = ` 3,60,000
Premium to be paid by Q = 1/3 of `3,60,000 = ` 1,20,000 and to be shared by Y and Z equally. Similarly, X
should be provided ` 1,20,000 by Y and Z equally.
2. Balance with Bank on 1.1.2022

To, Balance b/d 1,50,000 By, X’s Capital A/c 2,70,000
To, Bank Loan A/c 2,00,000


To, Cash A/c (Premium for 1,20,000
goodwill)
To, Q’s capital A/c 1,00,000 By, Balance c/d 3,00,000
5,70,000 5,70,000
Illustration 15
X,Y and Z are partners sharing profits and losses in the proportion to 3:2:2, respectively. The Balance Sheet of
the firm as on 01.01.2022 was as follows:

Capital Accounts; (`) Plant and Machinery 72,000
X 1,00,000 Furniture 28,000
Y 80,000 Stock 1,12,000
Z 70,000 2,50,000 Sundry Debtors 96,000
Bank overdraft Sundry Creditors 20,000 Cash at Bank 18,000
56,000
3,26,000 3,26,000
X retired on 01.01.2022 on which date R is admitted as new partner. For the purpose of adjusting the rights as
between on partners’ goodwill to be valued at ` 84,000 and Sundry Debtors and Stock to be reduced by ` 16,000
and to ` 1,00,000 respectively. X is to receive ` 44,000 in cash on the date of retirement and the balance due to
him is to remain as loan at 8% p.a. Repayment of loan to be made at the end of each year by annual installments
representing 25% of the future profit before charging interest on loan.
R is to bring in ` 1,00,000 in cash as his capital on the date of admission. The new partners are to share profits
and losses equally after paying the interest on X’s Loan.
The net profit for the year ended 31st December 2013, is ` 64,000 before taking into account the installment
payable to X.
You are required to show:
(a) Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the year ended 31st December,2021.
(b) Capital Accounts of the new partners; and
(c) X’s Loan Account as on 31st Dec, 2022.
Solution:
In the books of firm
Revaluation Account
Dr. Cr.
To, Provision for Bad Debts 16,000 By, Goodwill 84,000


To, Stock 12,000
To, Share of Profit:
- X 3/7 24,000
- Y 2/7 16,000
- Z 2/7 16,000 56,000
84,000 84,000
Dr. Capital Account Cr.

X Y Z X Y Z
(` ) (` ) (` ) (` ) (` ) (` )
To, Bank – Repayment 44,000 - - By, Balance c/d 1,00,000 80,000 70,000
,, X’s Loan A/c 80,000 - - ,, Revaluation A/c

,, Balance c/d - 96,000 86,000 - Profit 24,000 16,000 16,000
1,24,000 96,000 86,000 1,24,000 96,000 86,000

Dr. Cr.
To, Loan Redemption Fund A/c 16,000 By, Profit and Loss A/c
(25% of ` 64,000) - Net Profit 64,000
,, Share of Profit:
- Y (1/3) 16,000
- Z (1/3) 16,000
- R (1/3) 16,000 48,000
64,000 64,000

Y Z R Y Z R
(` ) (` ) (` ) (` ) (` ) (` )
To Balance c/d 1,12,000 1,02,000 1,16,000 By, Balance c/d 96,000 86,000 -
,, Bank A/c - - 1,00,000
,, Share of profit 16,000 16,000 16,000

Y Z R Y Z R
(` ) (` ) (` ) (` ) (` ) (` )
By, Balance b/d 1,12,000 1,02,000 1,16,000
1,12,000 1,02,000 1,16,000 1,12,000 1,02,000 1,16,000
Dr. X’s 8% Loan Account Cr.

To Bank A/c 16,000 By X’s Capital A/c 80,000
To Balance c/d 70,400 ” Interest [80,000 × 8%] 6,400
86,400 86,400
By Balance c/d 70,400
Illustration 16
P, Q and R were partners sharing Profits & Losses as 2 : 3 : 5. P retired on 31.03.2022 and X joined as a new
partner on the same date, the new profit sharing ratio between Q, R and X being 2 : 3 : 1. The Balance Sheet
of P, Q & R on 31.03.2022 was as follows :

Sundry Creditors 50,000 Cash in hand 2,000
Loan from X 50,000 Cash at Bank 93,000
General Reserve 40,000 Sundry Debtors 30,000
Capitals : Stock 20,000
P 10,000 Machinery 30,000

Q 15,000 Buildings 10,000
R 20,000 45,000
1,85,000 1,85,000
X was admitted on the following terms :
(i) Machinery was to be depreciated by ` 3,000
(ii) Buildings were revalued at ` 30,000
(iii) Stock was to be written off by ` 5,000
(iv) Provision of 5% was made against doubtful debts
(v) General Reserve would be apportioned among the partners
(vi) The firm’s Goodwill was to be valued at two years purchase of the average profits of the last three years
(vii) The amount due to P was retained in the business as a loan but X’s Capital contribution should be 1/5th of
the combined adjusted capitals of Q and R. His capital would be transferred from his Loan Account,

(viii) the Goodwill would be wiped off from the books after X’s admission.
(ix) Partners decided not to alter the book values of assets & liabilities after admission.
The profits/losses during the last 3 years had been 31.03.2020 ` 20,000 (Profit) 31.03.2021 ` 15,000 (loss) and
31.03.2022 ` 40,000 (Profit).
Show the Memorandum Revaluation Account, Partners’ Capital Accounts and Balance Sheet of the firm.
Solution:

To, Machinery A/c 3,000 By, Building A/c 20,000
“ Stock 5,000
“ Prov. for doubtful Debts “ 1,500
P/Capital A/c
(Share of Rev. Profit)
P – ` 2,100
Q – ` 3,150
R – ` 5,250 10,500
20,000 20,000
To, Reversal of Items b/d 20,000 By Reversal of Items b/d
Building Machinery 3,000
Stock 5,000
Provision for D/Debts 1,500
By P/Capital A/c
(Share of Rev. Profit)
Q – 3,500
R – 5,250
X – 1,750 10,500
20,000 20,000

P Q R S P Q R S
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Share of profit By, Balance b/d 10,000 15,000 20,000 -
reversed - 3,500 5,250 1,750 By, General Reserve 8,000 12,000 20,000 -

P Q R S P Q R S
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Goodwill written - 10,000 15,000 5,000
off By, Share of profit 2,100 3,150 5,250 -
To, P’s loss A/c 26,100 By, Goodwill raised 6,000 9,000 15,000 -
(transfer) By, Loan from X A/c - - - 19,880
(Transfer)
To, Balance c/d - 25,650 40,000 13,130
26,100 39,150 60,250 19,880 26,100 39,150 60,250 19,880

Capital Balance of X = 1/5 of (`25,650 + `40,000) = 1/5 × `65,650 = `13,130
Therefore from X’s loan A/c :
Loan from X A/c Dr. `19,880
To, X’s Capital A/c `19,880
Balance Sheet of Q, R & X

as at 31.3.2022

S/Creditors 50,000 Building 10,000
Loan for X 30,120 Machinery 30,000
Loan from P 26,100 Stock 20,000
Capitals : Debtors 30,000
Q: 25,650 Cash in hand 2,000
R: 40,000 Cash at Bank 93,000
X: 13,130 78,780
1,85,000 1,85,000
Working Notes :
1. Valuation of Goodwill
Average Annual Profits = [`20,000 + (`15,000) + `40,000]/3 = `45,000/3 = ` 15,000.
Goodwill = 2 × ` 15,000 = ` 30,000

Illustration 17
A, B and C are in partnership sharing Profits and Losses in the ratio 3:2:1 respectively. The Balance Sheet of the
partnership firm as on 31st March, 2022 is as under:
Capital & Liabilities (`) (`) Assets (`) (`)
Capital Accounts Premises 1 80,000

A 1,70,000 Plant 74,000
B 1,30,000 Vehicles 30,000
C 70,000 3,70,000 Fixtures 4,000
Current Accounts Current Account
A 7,428 B 5,018
C 9,356 16,784 Stock 1,24,758
Loan-C 56,000 Debtors 69,960
Creditors 38,072 Cash in hand 1,520
Bank Overdraft 8,400
4,89,256 4,89,256
C decides to retire from the business as on the above date and D is admitted as a partner on that date. The
following matters agreed:
(i) Assets revalued as : Premises - ` 2,40,000, Plant- ` 70,000 Stock - ` 1,08,358.
(ii) A provision of ` 6,000 is created against debtors.
(iii) Goodwill is to be recorded in the books on the day C retires at ` 84,000. The partners in the new firm do not
wish to maintain a Goodwill Account so that amount is to be written-off against the New Partners’ Capital
Accounts.
(iv) A and B are to share profit in the same ratio as before, and D is to have the same share of profits as B.
(v) C is to take a car at its book value of ` 7,800 in part payment, and the balance of all he is owed by the firm
in cash except ` 40,000 which he is willing to leave as a Loan Account.
(vi) The partners in the new firm are to start on an equal footing so far as Capital and Current Account are
concerned. D is to contribute cash to bring his Capital and Current Account to the same amount as the
original partner from the old firm who has the lower investment in the business. The original partner in the
old firm who has the higher investment will draw out cash so that his capital and current account balances
equal those of his new partners. -
(vii) Revaluation profit or loss is to be adjusted in the Partners’ Current Account.
You are required to prepare Revaluation Account, Partners’ Capital Accounts, Partners’ Current Accounts, C’s
Loan Account, Bank Account and Balance Sheet of the newly constituted firm as at April 1, 2022.

Solution:
(a) In the books of the firm
To, Plant A/c 4,000 By, Premises A/c 60,000

To, Stock A/c 16,400
To, Partner’s Current A/c s 33,600
A 16,800
B 11,200
C 5,600
60,000 60,000
(b)
Particulars A (`) B (`) C (`) D (`) Particulars A (`) B (`) C (`) D(`)
To, Goodwill A/c 36,000 24,000 — 24,000 By, Balance b/d 1,70,000 1,30,000 70,000 —
(3:2:2) — — 84,000 — By, Goodwill 42,000 28,000 14,000 —
To, Loan A/c 42,000 — — 1,34,000 A/c (3:2:2)
To, Bank A/c 1,34,000 1,34,000 — 1,58,000 By, Bank A/c — — — 1,58,000
To, Balance c/d
2,12,000
2,12,000 1,58,000 84,000 1,58,000 2,12,000 1,58,000 84,000 1,58,000
(c)
Particulars A (`) B (`) C (`) D (`) Particulars A (`) B (`) C (`) D(`)
To, Balance b/d — 5,018 — — By, Balance b/d 7,428 — 9,356 —
To, C’s Loan A/c — — 14,956 — By, Revaluation 16,800 11,200 5,600 —
To, Bank A/c 18,046 — — — A/c
To, Balance c/d 6,182 6,182 — 6,182 By, Bank A/c — — — 6,182
24,228 11,200 14,956 6,182 24,228 11,200 14,956 6,182
(d)
Dr. C’s Loan Account Cr.
31.03.22 To, Vehicles A/c 7,800 31.03.22 By, Balance b/d 56,000

To, Bank A/c (Bal. fig.) 1,07,156 By, C’s Capital A/c 84,000
To, Balance c/d 40,000 By, C’s Current A/c 14,956
1,54,956 1,54,956
(e)
31.03.16 To, D Capital A/c 1,58,000 31.03.16 By, Balance b/d 8,400
To, D Current A/c 6,182 By, C’s Loan A/c 1,07,156
To, Balance c/d 11,420 By, A’s Capital A/c 42,000
By, C’s Current A/c 18,046
1,75,602 1,75,602
(f) Balance Sheet of as on 01 .04.2022

Capital Accounts: Premises 2,40,000

A 1,34,000 Plant 70,000
B 1,34,000 Vehicles 22,200
D 1,34,000 4,02,000 Fixtures 4,000
Current Accounts: Stock 1,08,358
A 6,182 Debtors 69,960
B 6,182 Less: Provision for bad debts 6.000 63,960
D 6,182 18,546 Cash 1,520
C’s Loan Account: 40,000
Creditors 38,072
Bank Overdraft 11,420
5,10,038 5,10,038
Working Notes:
Calculation of New P.S.R.
2
D’s share = B’s share =
6
3
A’s share = ;
6
2
B’s share =
6
3 2 2
⸫ A:B:D = : : = 3:2:2
6 6 6

Death of Partner 4.3

If a continuing partner dies, then it leads to reconstitution of partnership firm.
In the event of death of a partner, the other partners may decide to continue the business which requires certain
adjustments to be made in the books of accounts of the existing partnership firm which are as follows:
~~ Calculation of new profit sharing ratio and gaining ratio,
~~ Distribution of reserves and accumulated profits and losses,
~~ Revaluation of assets and liabilities,
~~ Adjustment for goodwill,
~~ Adjustment for Joint Life Policy (JLP),
~~ Adjustment for interim period’s profit/loss,
~~ Settlement of final balance of the deceased partner to his Executor.
Calculation of new profit sharing ratio and Gaining Ratio:

As a consequence of death, the share of profit of the deceased partner gets distributed to the continuing partners
which results in again in the share of the continuing partners. The ratio in which the continuing partners will share
future profits and losses is known as the New Profit Sharing Ratio. The ratio in which the continuing partners
acquire the share of profit forgone by the deceased partner is referred to as Gaining Ratio. It is calculated by taking
the difference between the old profit sharing ratio and the new profit sharing ratio.
Distribution of Reserves and Accumulated Profits and Losses:

The balance of reserves or undistributed profit (as represented by balance of Profit & Loss Account) are distributed
among all the partners (including the Executor of deceased partner) in their old profit sharing ratio in the event of
death of a partner.
Revaluation of assets and liabilities:

The logic for revaluation of Assets and liabilities at the time of death of a partner is same as that at the time of
admission of a new partner. In case of death, the revaluation profit or loss is distributed among all the partners
(including the Executor of the deceased partner) in the Old Profit Sharing Ratio.
Adjustment for Goodwill:

The goodwill of the existing partnership firm had been created and developed by all the existing partners
(including the deceased partner). So, the continuing partners are required to compensate the deceased partner in
their Gaining Ratio and the necessary adjustment for Goodwill is required to be made...

Adjustment for Joint Life Policy (JLP):

The mode of accounting for Joint life policy depends upon the accounting policy of the firm. Either JLP is treated
as an asset or as an expense in the books of the firm. Unlike Admission and Retirement, the Surrender Value has
no role to play, only the maturity value of the Joint Life Policy is to be taken into consideration in the case of death
of a partner.
Adjustment for interim period’s profit/loss:

Unlike Admission and Retirement, the date of which are generally pre-planned, the death of a partner can take
place anytime during the Accounting Period. In such case, the amount of profit or loss, starting from the opening
date of the accounting period ending up to the date of death, is to be determined (which is called as the interim
period’s profit or loss) and the share of the deceased partner in such Profit/Loss is to be duly accounted for. For this
purpose, generally a temporary account is opened in the books of the firm called P/L Suspense A/c.
Normally two approaches are there to estimate the profit or loss for the interim period:
(i) On Time Basis: Here the average profit of last periods is considered, which is apportioned between the
pre-death period and the post-death period.
(ii) On Sales Basis: Under this approach, the rate of profit on sales earned in the last year is computed and is
applied to the interim period’s sales.
Settlement of final balance of the deceased partner to his Executor:

The amount payable to the representative of the deceased partner (commonly known as Executor) can be made
either immediately or as deferred settlement. The accounting procedure involved is similar to that followed in case
of retirement of a partner. The mode of payment depends on the agreement between the partners. It may be:
(i) Lump Sum Payment: If the firm has sufficient funds, the total amount payable on account of the deceased
partner is transferred to his Representative’s Account (or Executor). Such Representative’s Account is
debited and Bank Account is credited on payment of the dues.
(ii) Instalment Payment/Loan Payment: The firm may not have enough funds to make prompt payment. In
such a case, the total amount payable is transferred to a loan account in the name of the legal representative
or executor. The loan is paid off gradually by installments after considering interest on unpaid balance.
The word “Loan” may or may not be appended with the Account. But its gradual payment will definitely
resemble the payment of loan.
Illustration 18
A, B and C have been in business partnership for some years, Sharing Profit in the proportions of 4:3:3. The
balances in the books of the firm as on 31st March, 2022 subject to final Adjustment, were as under:
Dr. (`) Cr. (`)

Capital Account - A 3,00000
Capital Account - B 1,50,000
Capital Account - C 1,80,000
Profit for the year before charging interest 3,12,000
Land and Buildings 2,40,000
Furniture and Fixtures 45,000
Stock 3,75,000

Dr. (`) Cr. (`)

Debtors 60,000
Bank 1,20,000
Creditors 90,000
Partner’s Drawings - A 48,000
Partner’s Drawings - B 72,000
Partner’s Drawings - C 72,000
Total 10,32,000 10,32,000
C died on 30.09.2021. The Partnership deed provided that:
(1) Interest was to be credited on Capital accounts of partners at 10% P.A. on the balance at the beginning of the
year.
(2) On the death of a Partner:
(i) Goodwill was to be valued at three years’ purchase of average Annual Profits of three years up to the
date of death, after deducting interest on Capital Employed at 8% P;A. and a fair remuneration for each
of the partners;
(ii) Fixed Assets were to be valued by an independent valuer and all other assets and liabilities to be taken
at Book Value.
(3) Wherever necessary, profit or loss should be apportioned on a time basis.
(4) The amount due to the deceased partner’s Sole Heir was to receive interest @ 12% P.A. from the date of
death until paid.
It was ascertained that:
(a) Profits for three years, before charging partners’ interest were: 2018-19; `3,36,000, 2019-20 : `3,78,000 and
2020-21: `3,60,000 respectively.
(b) The independent valuation at the date of death revealed: Land and Buildings `3,00,000 and Furniture and
Fixtures `30,000.
(c) A fair remuneration for each of the Partners would be `75,000 P.A. and that the Capital employed in business
to be taken as `7,80,000 throughout.
It was agreed among the Partners that:
(i) Goodwill was not to be shown as an asset of the firm as on 31.03.2022. Therefore, adjustment for goodwill
was to be made in Capital Accounts.
(ii) A and B would share equally from the date of death of C.
(iii) Depreciation on revised value of assets would be ignored.
(i) Revaluation Account
(ii) Partners’ Capital Accounts
(iii) Partners’ Current Accounts
(iv) C’s Heir Account
(v) Balance Sheet as on 31.03.2022

Solution:
In the Books of firm
To, Furniture and Fixture A/c 15,000 By, Land and Building A/c 60,000
To, Partners’ Capital A/c s 45,000
(A- `18,00O, B - `13,500, C -
`13,500)
60,000 60,000
To, C’s Capital A/c 19,980 39,960 ------ By, Balance b/d 3,00,000 1,50,000 1,80,000
— Goodwill
To, C’s Current A/c. ----- ----- 25,650 By, Revaluation a/c 18,000 13,500 13,500
—Transfer
To, C’s Heir A/c ----- ----- 2,27,790 By, A’s Capital A/c ------- ------- 19,980
Goodwill
To, Balance c/d 2,98,020 1,23,540 ------ By, A’s Capital N/c ------- ------- 39,960
Goodwill
3,18,000 1,63,500 2,53,440 3,18,000 1,63,500 2,53,440
To, Balance b/d 48,000 72,000 72,000 By, P/L Appropriation 3,00,000 15,000 9,000
A/c (Interest on
Capital A/c)
To, Balance c/d 91,716 40,266 By, P/L Appropriation 1,09,716 97,266 37,350
A/c
By, Capital A/c — ------- ------- 26,650

(Transfer)
1,39,716 1,12,266 72,000 1,39,716 1,12,266 72,000

Dr. C’s Heir Account Cr.

To Balance c/d 2,41,458 By C’s Capital A/c 2,27,790
By Profit & Loss Appropriation 13,668
2,41,458 2,41,458

Capital Account - A 2,98,020 Land and Buildings 3,00,000

Capital Account - B 1,23,540 Furniture and Fixtures 30,000
Current Account - A 91,716 Stock 3,75,000
Current Account - B 40,266 Debtors 60,000
C’s Heir Account 2,41,458 Bank 1,20,000
Creditors 90,000
8,85,000 8,85,000
Working Note:
(1) Adjustment in Regard to Goodwill
Particulars (`)
Aggregate profits for three years upto date of death (30.09.2021) are as follows:
Profit for the year ended 30.9.19: (½ of ` 3,36,000 + ½ of ` 3,78,000) 3,57,000
Total profits for three years 10,62,000
Average profits (` 10,62,000 ÷ 3) 3,54,000
Less: interest on capital employed (8% on `7,80,000) `62,400
Fair remuneration to partners `2,25,000 2,87,400
Adjusted average profit for goodwill 66,600
Goodwill is the purchase of 3 year’s profit = 3 × `66,600 1,99,800
Partners A (`) B (`) C (`)

Right of goodwill before death (4:3:3) 79,920 59,940 59,940
Right of goodwill after death (1:1) 99,900 99,900 —
Gain (+) / Sacrifice(-) (+) 19,980 (+) 39,960 (-) 59,940

Profit & Loss Appropriation Account

Dr. Cr.
01.04.21 01.10.21 01.04.21 01.10.21

Particulars to to Particulars to to
30.09.21 31.03.22 30.09.21 31.03.22
To Partners’ Current A/c By Profit & Loss A/c 1,56,000 1,56,000
Interest on Capital A/c - A 15,000 15,000 (Apportioned on Time
Interest on Capital A/c - B 7,500 7,500 Basis)
Interest on Capital A/c- C 9,000
To Interest on hire C’s A/c — —
(-12%)
Partners’ Current A/cs - A 49,800 13,668
Partners’ Current A/cs - B 37,350 59,916
Partners’ Current A/cs - C 37,350 59,916
1,56,000 1,56,000 1,56,000 1,56,000
Illustration 19
A, B and C are partners in a firm sharing profits and losses as 3:2:1. Their Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2021
was as follows:
(` in Lakh)

Partners’ Capital A/c Land and Building 210
A 145 Plant and Machinery 255
B 110 Stock 125
C 75 Debtors 95
General Reserve 165 Bills Receivable 25
Partners’ Loan: Cash in Hand 3
A 30 Cash at Bank 37
B 20
Sundry Creditors 205
750 750
B died on 1 August, 2021. His account is to be-settled under the following terms:
(i) Goodwill will be valued at 3 years purchase of last four accounting years average profit. Profits were
:2017-2018 `135 Lakh, 2018-2019 `145 Lakh, 2019-2020 `131 Lakh and 2020-2021 `165 Lakh.
(ii) Land and Building will be valued at ` 250 Lakh and Plant and Machinery will be valued at ` 240 Lakh.

(iii) For the purpose of calculating B’s share in the profits of 01.04.2021 to 31.07.2021, the profits for the year
2020-2021 will be taken as base.
(iv) Interest on Partners’ Loan will be calculated @ 6% per annum.
(v) A sum of `50 Lakh to be paid immediately to B’s Executor and the balance to be paid on 1 December, 2021
together with interest @ 10% per annum.
You are required to pass necessary journal entries to record the above transactions and amount payable to B’s
Executor’s Account.
Solution:
Books of the firm
Journal
(` in Lakh)

01.08.21 Land & Building A/c Dr. 40
To, Revaluation A/c 40
(For increase in the value of land and building)
‘’ Revaluation A/c Dr. 15
To, Plant & Machinery A/c 15
(For degrease in the value of Plant & Machinery)
‘’ Revaluation A/c Dr. 25
To, A’s Capital A/c 12.5
To, B’s Capital A/c 8.333
To, C’s Capital Ac 4.167
(For profit on revaluation)
‘’ General Reserve A/c Dr. 165
To, A’s Capital A/c 82.5
To, B’s Capital A/c 55
To, C’s Capital A/c 27.5
(For transfer of general reserve)
‘’ A’s Capital A/c Dr. 108
C’s Capital A/c 36
(For the adjustment of goodwill)
‘’ Profit & Loss Suspense A/c Dr. 18.333
(For the adjustment of profit from 1.4.18 to 1.8.18)


‘’ B’s Loan A/c Dr. 20
(Balance transferred)
‘’ Interest on B’s Loan A/c Dr. 0.40
(Interest on B’s Loan from 1.04.18 to 1.08.18 credited
to B’s Capital A/c)
‘’ B’s Capital A/c Dr. 356.066
To, B’s Executor’s A/c 356.066
(Being balance of B’s Capital A/c transferred to his
Executor’s A/c = 110 + 8.333 + 55 + 144 + 18.333 +
20 + 0.40)
‘’ B’s Executor’s A/c Dr. 50
To, Bank A/c 50
(Amount paid)
‘’ Interest A/c Dr. 10.202
To, B’s Executor’s A/c 10.202
(For interest due)
01.12.21 Bs Executor’s A/c Dr. 316.268
To, Bank A/c 316.268
(Amount due to Bs Executor including interest, paid)
(` in lakh)
Dr. B’s Executor’s Account Cr.
1.08.21 To Bank A/c 50 1.08.21 By Capital A/c 356.066

1.12.21 To Bank A/c 316.268 1.12.21 By Interest A/c 10.202
366.268 366.268
Working Notes:
(1) Calculation of Share of B in Goodwill:
Average of past four years profits = ` (135 Lakh + 145 Lakh + 131 Lakh + 165 Lakh)/4 = ` 144 Lakh
Value of Firm’s Goodwill = ` 144 Lakh × 3 = ` 432 Lakh
B’s Share in Goodwill = ` 432 Lakh × 2/6 = ` 144 Lakh, which will be credited to B’s Capital A/c and
debited to A’s Capital A/c & C’s Capital A/c in the ratio of 3:1
(2) B’s Share in profit from 01 .04.2021 to 1.8.2021 = (` 165 × 4/12) × 2/6 = ` 18.333 Lakh

(3) Interest on B’s Loan from 01.04.2021 to 1.8.2021 = ` 20 Lakh × 6% × 4/12 = ` 40,000
(4) Interest to B’s Executor’s from 01.08.2021 - 01.12.2021 = ` 356.066 Lakh – ` 50 Lakh
= ` 306.066 × 10% × 4/12 = ` 10.2022 Lakh
Illustration 20
The following was the Balance Sheet of A, B and C who shared profits in the ratio of 1:2: 2 as on 31st December,
2021:
Sundry Creditors 10,000 Goodwill 15,000
Capital A/c : Debtors 10,000
A 10,000 Machinery 20,000
B 20,000 Buildings 30,000
C 20,000 50,000 Stock 10,000
General Reserve 5,000 Cash at Bank 5,000

Investment Fluctuation Fund 3,000 Investments 10,000
Bad Debts Reserve 2,000
Bank Loan 30,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
C died on 31st March, 2022. His account is to be settled under the following terms :
Goodwill is to be calculated at the rate of 2 years purchase on the basis of the average of 5 years profit or
loss. Profit for January to March 2022 is to be calculated proportionately on the average profit of 3 years. The
profits were: 2017: ` 3,000, 2018: ` 7,000, 2019: ` 10,000, 2020: ` 14,000, 2021: Loss ` 12,000. During 2021, a
Moped costing ` 4,000 was purchased and debited to Travelling Expenses Account on which depreciation is to be
calculated @ 25%. Other values agreed on assets are : Stock ` 12,000, Building ` 35,000, Machinery ` 25,000 and
Investments ` 8,000. Debtors are considered good.
Prepare new Balance Sheet of the firm, necessary Journal entries and Ledger Accounts of the Partners.
Solution:
Books of firm
Journal
Date Particulars L. F. Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
2021 Stock A/c Dr. 2,000

Buildings A/c Dr. 5,000
Moped A/c [`4,000 – Depr. `1,000] Dr. 3,000
[Values of assets increased on revaluation]

Date Particulars L. F. Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
General Reserve A/c Dr. 5,000

Investment Fluctuation Fund A/c Dr. 3,000
Bad Debts Reserve A/c Dr. 2,000
To, A’s Capital A/c 2,000
To, C’s Capital A/c 4,000
[Transfer of Reserves etc. to Partners Capitals in 1 : 2 : 2]
To, Investment A/c 2,000
[Value of investments reduced]
To, A’s Capital A/c 2,600
To, C’s Capital A/c 5,200
(Being profit on revaluation shared in 1 : 2 : 2)
A’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,000
B’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
C’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
[Value of Goodwill reduced]
Profit & Loss Suspense A/c Dr. 500
To, C’s Capital A/c 500
[Estimated share of Profit till his date of death transferred to the
decreased partner’s Capital]
To, C’s Executors A/c 27,700
[Total dues to the deceased partner transferred to his Executor’s
A/c]

A B C A B C
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Goodwill A/c 1,000 2,000 2,000 By, Balance b/d 10,000 20,000 20,000
(1:2:2)

A B C A B C
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Goodwill A/c 3,333 6,667 - ” Revaluation A/c 2,600 5,200 5,200
(1:2)
To, C’s Executors A/c 27,700 ” Sundry Reserves 2,000 4,000 4,000
(Balance transferred) A/c
To, Balance c/d 10,267 20,533 - ” P & L Suspense A/c - - 500
14,600 29,200 29,700 14,600 29,200 29,700
Capital A/cs : Buildings 35,000

A 10,267 Machinery 25,000
B 20,533 30,800 Moped 3,000
C’s Executor’s A/c 27,700 (cost less depreciation)
Bank Loan 30,000 Investments 8,000
Debtors 10,000
Bank 5,000
Profit & Loss Suspense A/c (Dr.) 500
98,500 98,500
Working Notes :
1. Adjusted profit for 2021 (`)
Loss (12,000)
Add : Cost of MopedWrongly treated as Travelling Expense 4,000
Less : Depreciation not charged on Moped @ 25% on ` 4,000 (1,000)
Adjusted Loss (9,000)
2. Valuation of Goodwill
Total Profit/Loss for the last 5 years = `(3,000 + 7,000 + 10,000 + 14,000– 9,000) = ` 25,000
Average Profit = ` 25,000/5 = ` 5,000; Goodwill = 2 × ` 5,000 = ` 10,000

But Goodwill is appearing at Balance Sheet at ` 15,000.

Over valuation of Goodwill ` 5,000 should be written off among A, B & C as 1:2:2.
The balance of Goodwill between A & B in the ratio 1:2
3. Share of Profit of Deceased Partner till his date of death

Average Profit of the last 3 years = `(10,000 + 14,000 – 9,000)/3 = ` 5,000
Estimated Profit for 3 months [Jan - March, 2022] = ` 5,000 × 3/12 = ` 1,250
C’s share of profit = ` 1,250 × 2/5 = ` 500

Treatment of Joint Life Policy 4.4
I
n case of death of a partner of an existing partnership business, any amount due towards the deceased partner
is required to be paid by the firm to his/ her legal representatives. This payment happens to be a burden for a
firm because it has to be paid all of a sudden, and thus it may adversely affect the financial position of the firm.
In order to overcome such a situation, a firm usually takes an insurance policy to cover the lives of the partners.
Such insurance policy can be taken either on the name of the partners - individually or jointly. The premium on
such insurance is paid by the firm. This policy happens to be an asset of the firm on which all the partners have
their proportionate stake. So, it should be adequately accounted for in case of change in constitution of a firm (i.e.
Admission, Retirement, Change in profit sharing ratio etc.) and also in the event of death of a partner. The insurance
policy matures on the death/ expiry of a partner, or on the expiry of the policy period, whichever occurs earlier. On the
basis of the number of persons that have been covered under an insurance policy agreement, the life insurance policy
taken by a firm may be classified into two types – Individual Life Insurance Policy and Joint Life Insurance Policy.
The life insurance policy that is taken by a partnership firm covering the lives of all its partners is referred to as
Joint Life Policy. It is a single policy that covers the lives of all the partners of the firm. Such a policy matures in
the event of the death of any one of the partners of the firm or on the date of maturity, whichever is earlier.
The accounting of joint life policy involves accounting on payment of the premium of such policy, accounting in
the event of reconstitution of the firm (using the surrender value), and accounting in the event of death of a partner
(using the maturity value). The maturity value and surrender value of joint life policy have a significant role in
partnership accounting.
Maturity value (also known as Sum Assured) refers to the amount receivable by the firm from the insurance
company in the event of the death of a partner or on the expiry of the policy period.
A firm may decide to terminate i.e. surrender an insurance policy before its date of maturity. In that case, the
insurance company pays an amount to the insured and this amount is referred to as ‘Surrender Value’. This surrender
value does not remain constant over the years. It gradually increases with time. It is considered to be its ‘fair value’
for the purpose of accounting.
There are two broad methods of JLP accounting:
Method A: JLP is not treated as an asset in the books of the firm
Method B: JLP is treated as an asset in the books of the firm
Method A: JLP is not treated as an asset in the books of the firm

Under this method, the insurance premium paid on the joint life policy is treated as an ‘expense’ of the firm and
not as an asset. The insurance premium is debited to the Profit & Loss A/c and JLP A/c does not appear in the
Balance Sheet. The surrender value of the JLP does not get reflected in the books.

On payment of insurance premium on joint life policy the following entries are passed as under:
Joint Life Policy Premium A/c Dr.

To, Bank A/c
P/L A/c Dr.
To, Joint Life Policy Premium A/c
On change in constitution of firm (i.e. Admission, Retirement, Change in profit sharing ratio etc.)
The surrender value of the JLP is accounted for in any one of the following two ways:
~~ By raising and writing-off JLP Account; or
~~ By adjusting the capital accounts of the partners
Raising and writing-off JLP Account Raising of JLP A/c

JLP A/c Dr.
To, Existing Partners’ Capital A/c (in old p.s.r.)
Writing-off JLP A/c
Continuing Partners’ Capital A/c Dr.
To, JLP A/c (in new p.s.r.)
Adjusting the capital accounts of the Gaining Partners’ Capital A/c Dr.
partners To, Sacrificing Partners’ Capital A/c
On the event of death of a partner

The JLP taken by the firm matures, and the policy value is received by the firm and it gets distributed among all
the existing partners in their old profit sharing ratio. It is accounted for as under:
On maturity of the JLP JLP Receivable A/c Dr.

To, Existing Partners’ Capital A/c (in old p.s.r.)
On receipt of maturity value Bank A/c Dr.
To, JLP Receivable A/c
Method B: JLP is treated as an asset in the books of the firm

Under this method, the insurance premium paid on the joint life policy is treated as ‘investment in an asset’ of
the firm. It is reflected in the Balance Sheet at its surrender value.
The surrender value of the JLP on any date happens to be lower than the amount of the total amount of insurance
premium paid on the JLP over the years. So, to maintain the JLP A/c at its surrender value, the difference between
the amount of premium paid and the surrender value as on the date of preparation of the Balance Sheet is written-
off. For the purpose of ensuring that the JLP A/c is reflected at its surrender value, there are two recognised
methods of accounting. They are discussed as under:

Approach 1: Surrender Value Method

In this case one ledger account – Joint Life Policy Account (JLP A/c) is maintained. The insurance premium paid
on the joint life policy is recorded in the JLP A/c as under:
JLP A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c
Thereafter for ensuring that this JLP A/c is maintained at its ‘surrender value’, the excess of premium paid over
the increase in surrender value is debited to the Profit & Loss A/c by passing the following entry:
P/L A/c Dr.
To, JLP A/c
This ensures that JLP A/c appears in the Balance Sheet of the firm at its ‘Surrender value’.
Approach 2: Joint Life Policy Reserve Method

Under this method, two ledger accounts are maintained – Joint Life Policy Account (JLP A/c) and Joint Life
Policy Reserve Account (JLP Reserve A/c).
In this case, the insurance premium paid on the joint life policy is treated as an investment in joint life policy. It
is debited to the JLP A/c as under:
JLP A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c
Moreover, the insurance premium paid on the joint life policy is considered as an ‘appropriation of profit’ and
so it is provided through JLP Reserve A/c. In this case, an amount equal to the insurance premium is debited to the
Profit & Loss Appropriation A/c, as follows:
P/L Appropriation A/c Dr.
To, JLP Reserve A/c
Both the JLP A/c and JLP Reserve A/c appear in the Balance Sheet of the firm in the Asset-side and Liabilities-
side respectively.
Further, for ensuring that JLP A/c and JLP Reserve A/c are maintained at its ‘surrender value’, the excess of
premium paid over the increase in surrender value is adjusted between JLP A/c and JLP Reserve A/c by passing
the following entry:
JLP Reserve A/c Dr.
To, JLP A/c
The above entry ensures that both JLP A/c and JLP Reserve A/c appear in the Balance Sheet of the firm at the
‘Surrender value’.
On change in constitution of firm (i.e. Admission, Retirement, Change in profit sharing ratio)
Under the ‘Surrender Value Method’: JLP is considered as an asset and it already appears in the books of the firm
at the surrender value. As such no further accounting treatment is required.
Under the ‘JLP Reserve Method’: both the JLP A/c and JLP Reserve A/c appear in the books of the firm at
surrender value.

Cases Treatment
If the partners decide not to JLP Reserve A/c is written-back and distributed among the existing partners’ in
maintain the JLP Reserve old P.S.R.:
A/c JLP Reserve A/c Dr.
To, Existing Partners’ Capital A/c (in old P.S.R.)
If the partners decide to Adjustment is required to be made through Partners’ Capital A/c:
keep on maintaining the Gaining Partners’ Capital A/c Dr.
JLP Reserve A/c
On the event of death of a partner

The JLP matures, and the maturity value of the policy is received by the firm. Thereafter it gets distributed among
all the existing partners in their old p.s.r.
Transactions Surrender Value Method JLP Reserve Method

On death of partner i.e. maturity of JLP Receivable A/c Dr. JLP Receivable A/c Dr.
the JLP To, JLP A/c To, JLP A/c
(with Maturity Value) (with Maturity Value)
On receipt of maturity value Bank A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
To, JLP Receivable A/c To, JLP Receivable A/c
Closing of JLP Reserve A/c by N.A. JLP Reserve A/c Dr.
transfer to JLP A/c To, JLP A/c
(with ‘last recorded Surrender
Value’)
Closing of JLP A/c JLP A/c Dr. JLP A/c Dr.
To, All Partners’ Capital A/c To, All Partners’ Capital A/c
(with the difference between ‘last (with the difference between
recorded surrender value’ and ‘current year premium paid, if any’
‘maturity value’ in old P.S.R.) and ‘maturity value’ in old P.S.R.)
Illustration 21
Naresh, Rohit and Krishna are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 2:2:1. On 1st January, 2019, they
took out a joint life policy of ` 2,00,000. Annual premium of ` 10,000 was payable on 1st January each year. Last
premium was paid on 15th January, 2022. Rohit died on 1st March, 2022, and policy money was received on 31st
March, 2022. The surrender value of policy as on 31st March each year were as follows:
2019 : Nil
2020 : ` 2,000
2021 : ` 5,000
Show Joint Life Policy accounts as on 3lst March each year assuming that:

(i) The premium is charged to profit and loss account every year.
(ii) The premium is debited to joint life policy account and the balance of the joint life policy account is
adjusted every year to its surrender value.
Solution:
(i)
Dr. Joint Life Policy Account Cr.

31.03.22 To Partner’s Capital A/c 2,00,000 31.03.22 By, Bank (Policy Money 2,00,000
Received)
Naresh `80,000
Rohit `80,000
Krishna `40,000
2,00,000 2,00,000
(ii)
Dr. Joint Life Policy Account Cr.

01.01.19 To, Bank A/c (Premium) 10,000 31.03.19 By, P & L A/c 10,000
10,000 10,000
01.11. 20 To, Bank A/c (Premium) 10,000 31.03. 20 By, P & L A/c 8,000
31.03. 20 By, Balance C/d 2,000
10,000 10,000
01.04.20 To, Balance B/d 2,000 31.03.20 By, P & L A/c 7,000
01.01.21 To, Bank A/c (Premium) 10,000 31.03.21 By, Balance C/d 5,000
12,000 12,000
01.04.21 To, Balance B/d 5,000
01.01.22 To, Bank A/c (Premium) 10,000 31.03.22 By, Bank A/c (Police 2,00,000
Money Received)
31.03.22 To, Partner’s Capital A/c
Naresh `74,000
Rohit `74,000
Krishna `37,000 1,85,000
2,00,000 2,00,000

Dissolution of Partnership Firms

including Piecemeal Distribution 4.5
W
henever a reconstitution takes place within a Partnership in the form of admission, retirement or death
of a Partner, the existing partnership is dissolved. The Partnership firm, may however, continue, if the
remaining partners desire so.
But if the partnership firm is discontinued for any reason, that is called Dissolution of the firm. Dissolution of
Firm – when does it take place [in accordance with the Indian Partnership Act of 1932]
1. By Mutual consent of all the partners or in accordance with a contract made by them [Section 40]
2. By Notice – given in writing, by any partner to all other partners if the Partnership is at will [Section 43].
3. On the happening of any one of the following events : [Section 42] :
(i) expiry of the term, where the Partnership was constituted for a fixed term;
(ii) completion of the adventure for which the firm was constituted;
(iii) Death of a partner,
(iv) Adjudication of a Partner as insolvent.
4. Compulsory Dissolution [Section 41]
(i) Where all the partners or all but one are adjudged insolvent.
(ii) If any event occurs making it unlawful for the business of the firm to be carried on.
5. Dissolution by Court: According to Section 44 of the Indian Partnership Act the court, at the suit of a partner,
may dissolve a firm on any one of the grounds namely –
(i) insanity of a partner;
(ii) permanent incapability of a partner to do his duties;
(iii) if a partner is guilty of misconduct that might affect prejudicially the carrying on of the business;
(iv) If a partner willfully or persistently commits breach of agreement;
(v) If a partner transfers all his shares to a third party or has allowed his share to be charged under the
Provisions of Rule 49 of order XXI of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908;
(vi) If the court considers that the business cannot be carried on except at loss;
(vii) On any other ground on which the court considers the dissolution as just and equitable.
Settlement of Accounts on Dissolution

According to Section 48 of the Indian Partnership Act the following rules should be observed for settlement of
Accounts after dissolution, subject to agreement by partners :
(a) Regarding Losses : “Losses, including deficiencies of capital, shall be paid first out of profits, next out of

capital, and lastly if necessary, by the partners individually in the proportions in which they are entitled to
share profits”. [Section 48(1)]
(b) Regarding Assets : “The assets of the firm, including any sums contributed by the partners to make up
deficiencies of capital, shall be applied in the following manner and order :
(i) in paying the debts of the firm to third parties;
(ii) In paying each partner ratably what is due to him from the firm for advances as distinguished from
capital;
(iii) In paying to each partner ratably what is due to him as capital; and
(iv) The residue, if any, shall be divided among the partners in the proportions in which they are entitled to
share profits.” [Section 48(2)]
Accounting Entries Regarding Dissolution
The two separate aspects of Dissolution for which accounting entries have to be made are:
[A] Realization of Assets and Payment of liabilities and [B] Settlement of the dues of the Partners,
[A] Realization of Assets and Payment of liabilities

(i) Prepare Realisation Account
(ii) Trausfer all assets (except cash, bank & fictitious assets) and liabilities at book values to Realisation
Account.
Journal Entries
Item/Purpose Entry Special Points to be noted
1. Transfer of book values of Realization A/c Dr. (a) Cash or Bank A/c are not to
assets as recorded in the To, Sundry Assets [Book value] be credited unless the firm, as
Balance Sheet a whole, is sold out as a going
(including goodwill if any, shown
concern.
in the Balance Sheet)
(b) Debit balance of any Cap. A/c
Realization A/c Dr. etc. or Debit balance of P/L
To, Debtors A/c A/c not to be transferred to
Provision for Bad Debts A/c Dr. Realization A/c.
To, Realization A/c. (c) If there is any Provision for bad
Debts, debit Realization A/c and
credit Debtors A/c with gross
figure. Then debit Provision
A/c and credit Realization A/c.
Same treatment for Provision
for Depreciation.
2. Realization/Sale of above Cash/Bank A/c (amt. realized) Dr.
assets Or
Partners Cap. A/c Dr.
(agreed value at which a partner
takes over an asset/assets)
To, Realization A/c.


3. Shares etc. received as purchase In exchange of the firm’s assets.
consideration Shares A/c Dr.
(agreed value)
4. Closing the External liabilities External Liabilities A/c Dr. (a) Alternatively – this entry may
(such as creditors, outstanding be passed (combining 4,5 & 6)
expenses, Bank Loan etc.) Liability A/c.............................. Dr.
To, Realization A/c. To, Bank A/c (actual amt. paid)
(book value) OR,
5. External liabilities paid off Realization A/c. Dr. To, Partners Cap. A/c (agreed
value)
To, Cash/Bank A/c
To, Realization A/c
(actual amt. paid)
(Discount, if any received on
6. External liabilities taken over Realization A/c. Dr. payment/discharge)
by any partner To, Particular Partner’s (b) Where assets and liabilities are
Cap. A/c (agreed value) taken over by another business
on making some lump sum
payment, separate entries
7. Unrecorded asset sold or taken Cash / Bank A/c Dr. for realization of assets and /
over by any partner Partners Capital A/c Dr. payment of liabilities need not
To, Realisation A/c be made.
8. If any unrecorded liability is Realization A/c Dr.

paid. To, Cash/Bank A/c
(actual amt.)
9. If shares etc. received and Cash/Bank A/c Dr. For sale, there may be profit or
shown in (3) above are sold out Or, loss on sale which is transferred to
or transferred to partners. Realization A/c.
Partners Cap. A/c Dr.
[excluding insolvent partner]
To, shares A/c
10. Payment of Expenses of Realization A/c Dr. If a partner bears such expenses
Realization. To, Cash/Bank A/c personally in pursuance of a
separate agreement – NO ENTRY
(if paid by the firm)
is required.
Or,
To, Partners Cap. A/c
(if paid by any partner)


11. Balance of Realization Account Realization A/c. Dr.
representing Profit or Loss on To, Partners Cap. A/c
Realization.
(Profit shared in Profit Sharing
Ratio)
Or,
Partner’s Cap. A/c Dr.
(Loss shared in Profit Sharing
Ratio)
[B] Settlement of Partners Dues – through Capital Accounts

1. Prepare Capital Accounts with By Balance b/d (Cr. balance)
balance as per Balance Sheet To, Balance b/d (Dr. balance)
before the dissolution.
2. Transfer of Current A/c, if any. Partner’s Current A/c … Dr.
To, Partner’s Cap. A/c.
(Credit Balance)
Or
Partner’s Capital A/c … Dr.
To, Partner’s Current A/c
(Debit balance)
3. Undistributed Profit, Reserve, Profit & Loss (Cr.) A/c… Dr.
Joint Life Policy Reserve, Or,
Investment Fluctuation Fund,
Any Reserve A/c …….. Dr.
Contingency Reserve etc.
To, Partner’s Capital A/cs
transfer.
[Profit sharing ratio]
4. Undistributed Loss, Fictitious/ Partners Capital A/c… Dr. Example of unrealizable Asset-
Unrealizable Assets etc. To, Profit & Loss (Dr.) A/c Advertisement Suspense A/c
transfer.
Or,
To, Fictitious Assets A/c
(Profit Sharing Ratio)
5. Any loan taken from any Partner’s Loan A/c …. Dr. u/s 48 Repayment of loan should
partner To, Cash/Bank A/c enjoy priority over repayment of
capital.


6. Any loan given to any partner Cash/Bank A/c….. Dr. If such amount is realized.
To, Partner’s Loan A/c Adjustment of loan against Capital
Or
Partner's Capital A/c ..... Dr.
To Partner’s Loan A/c
7. If any Partner’s Capital A/c Cash/Bank A/c….. Dr. If the deficient partner is insolvent,
shows a debit balance (after To, Particulars Partner’s treatment will be different- Vide –
balancing) Insolvency of Partner.
Capital A/c
[Cash brought in to make up the
shortfall]
8. Payment of credit balance Particulars Partner’s Cap. A/c Dr. Same as above
(after final balancing) To, Cash/Bank A/c
Illustration 22
A, B and C sharing profits in 3 : 1 : 1 agree upon dissolution. They each decide to take over certain assets and
liabilities and continue business separately.
Balance Sheet
as on date of dissolution
Loan 1,500 Sundry Assets 17,000
Capitals: (`) Debtors 24,200
A 27,500 Less: Bad Debts Provision 1,200 23,000
B 10,000 Stock 7800
C 7,000 44,500 Furnitures 1,000
52,000 52,000
It is agreed as follows:
(i) Goodwill is to be ignored.
(ii) A is to take over all the Fixtures at ` 800; Debtors amounting to ` 20,000 at ` 17,200. The creditors of
` 6,000 to be assumed by A at the figure.
(iii) B is to take over all the stocks at ` 7,000 and certain of the sundry assets at ` 7,200 (being book value less 10%)
(iv) C is take over the remaining sundry assets at 90% of book values less ` 100 allowances and assume
responsibility for the discharge of the loan, together with accruing interest of ` 30 which has not been
recorded in the books of the firm.

(v) The expenses of dissolution were ` 270. The remaining debtors were sold to a debt collecting agency for
50% of book values.
Prepare Realisation Account, partners’ Capital Accounts and Bank Account.
Solution:
In the books of A, B and C
Dr. Realisation Account Cr.
To, Sundry Assets: By, Provision for bad debts 1,200
Capital Account A :
Sundry Assets `17,000 Fixtures `800
Debtors `24,200 Debtors `17,200
Stock `7,800 18,000
Fixtures `1,000 B: Stock `7,000
50,000 Sundry Assets `7,200
14,200
,, Bank – Expenses 270 C: Sundry Assets 8,000
,, Capital Account By, Bank: Collection from Debtors 2,100
C- Interest on loan 30 By, Loss on realization:
A (3/5) `4,080
B (1/5) `1,360
C (1/5) `1,360 6,800
50,300 50,300

A B C A B C
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Dissolution Assets 18,000 14,200 8,000 By, Balance b/d 27,500 10,000 7,000
taken ,, Creditors 6,000 - -
,, Dissolution A/c 4,080 1,360 1,360 ,, Loan(with interest) - - 1,530
Loss ,, Bank
,, Bank — Final receipts - 5,560 830
Final payment 11,420 - -
33,500 15,560 9,360 33,500 15,560 9,360

Bank Account
Dr. Cr.
To, Balance b/d 3,200 By, Dissolution Account
,, Dissolution A/c Expenses 270
Collection from Debtors 2,100 ,, Capital Account:
,, Capital Accounts: A 11,420
B 5,560
C 830 6,390
11,690 11,690
Working Notes: (`)
1. Realization of Sundry Assets:
Sundry Assets (Book Value) 17,000
Less: Taken by B [ 7,200 × (100/90)] 8,000
Remaining at book value 9,000

Taken by C: 90% of Book value
i.e. (`9,000 × (90/100) = `8,100 – `100 for allowance = `8,000
2. Collection from Debtors: (`)

Debtors (Book Value) 24,200
Less: Taken by (Book value) 20,000
4,200
Remaining at 50% i.e., ` 2,100
Illustration 23
X, Y and Z sharing profits & Losses in the ratio of 2 : 2: 1 agreed upon dissolution of their partnership on 31st
December, 2021 on which date their Balance Sheet was as under :

Capital : Fixed Assets 50,000
X 40,000 Joint Life Policy (at surrender 10,000
Y 30,000 Value)
Reserve Fund 10,000
Joint Life Policy Fund 10,000 Debtors `10,000
Creditors `19,000 Less : Provision for
Less: Prov `500 18,500 Bad Debts `500 9,500


Salary Outstanding 2,000 Stock at Invoice Price `10,000
Less: Price loading `2,000 8,000
Investments `8,000
Less: Fluctuation Fund `500 7,500
Capital Account –Z 2,000
Bank 23,500
1,10,500 1,10,500
Investments were taken over by X at ` 6,000, creditors of ` 10,000 were taken over by Y who has agreed to
settle account with them at ` 9,900. Remaining creditors were paid ` 7,500. Joint Life Policy was surrendered and
Fixed Assets realized ` 70,000, Stock and Debtors realized ` 7,000 and ` 9,000 respectively. One customer,
whose account was written off as bad, now paid ` 800 which is not included in ` 9,000 mentioned above. There
was an unrecorded asset estimated at ` 3,000, half of which as handed over to an unrecorded liability of ` 5,000 in
settlement of claim of ` 2,500 and the remaining half was sold in the market which realized ` 1,300.
Y took over the responsibility of completing the dissolution and he is granted a salary of ` 400 per month. Actual
expenses amounted to ` 1,100. Dissolution was completed and final payments were made on 30th April, 2022.
You are required to prepare the Realization Account, Capital Account and Bank Account.
Solution:
Books of the firm
Dr. Realization Account Cr.
To, Fixed Assets A/c 50,000 By, Provision on Debtors A/c 500
To, Joint Life Policy A/c 10,000 By, Provision on Stock A/c 2,000
To, Debtors A/c 10,000 By, Investment Fluctuation
To, Stock (at I. P.) 10,000 Fund A/c 500
To, Investments A/c 8,000 By, Joint Life Policy Fund A/c 10,000
To, Pro. for Disc. on 500 By, Creditors A/c 19,000
Creditors A/c By, Outstanding Salary A/c 2,000
To, Y’s Capital A/c 10,000 By, X’ Capital A/c 6,000
[Creditors taken (Investments taken over)
oversee Note] By, Bank A/c :
To, Bank A/c : Joint Life Policy 10,000
Creditors paid off 7,500 Fixed Assets 70,000
Unrecorded liability 2,500 Stock 7,000
paid [1/2 × 5,000] Debtors 9,800
Outstanding Salary 2,000 Unrecorded Assets (Sold) 1,300

Outstanding Expense 1,100 13,100 Bad Debt Recovered 800 98,100

To, Y’s Cap. A/c 1,600
[Salary 400 × 4]
To, Partner’s Capital A/c
(Profit on Realization)
X [ 2/5] 9,960
Y [2/5] 9,960
Z [1/5] 4,980 24,900
1,38,100 1,38,100

To, Balance b/f 23,500 By, Realization A/c
To, Realization A/c Creditors 7,500
Joint Life Policy 10,000 Unrecorded Liability 2,500
Fixed Assets 70,000 Outstanding Salary 2,000
Stock 7,000 Expenses 1,100
Debtors 9,800 By, X’s Capital A/c 47,960
Unrecorded Assets 1,300 By, Y’s Capital A/c 55,560
By, Z’s Capital A/c 4,980
1,21,600 1,21,600

Date X Y Z Date X Y Z
2022 (`) (`) (`) 2022 (`) (`) (`)
To, Balance b/d - - 2,000 By, Balance b/d 40,000 30,000 -
To, Realization A/c 6,000 - - By, Reserve Fund 4,000 4,000 2,000
To, Bank A/c [2:2:1]
(Balance withdrawn) 47,960 55,560 4,980 By, Realization A/c 9,960 9,960 4,980
(Profit)
By, Realization A/c - 10,000 -
(Creditors)
By, Realization A/c - 1,600 -
53,960 55,560 6,980 (4 months Salary) 53,960 55,560 6,980

Note :
1. Unrecorded Asset and unrecorded liability were not recorded. Any part of such asset utilized to discharge
any part of such liability and discount received there on have been ignored.
But unrecorded asset realized (debts previously written off now recovered) has been recorded. Similarly
unrecorded asset sold has been recorded.
2. Y took over creditors of ` 10,000. This has been recorded. How he settles such liability is his personal
matter. The discount on payment does not benefit the firm.
Special considerations for a retiring partner and the estate of a deceased partner in relation to debts
contracted by the partnership firm:
(a) debts due on the date of retirement/death: the retiring partner and the estate of the deceased partner is liable
for the whole of the debts due by the firm at the date of retirement or death, to the extent of their share.
(b) debts incurred after retirement: where the notice of retirement is not published in accordance with law, the
retiring partner is liable for debts contracted after retirement.
(c) deceased/ insolvent partner: the estate of a deceased or bankrupt partner will not be liable for debts contracted
by the firm after the death or bankruptcy.
Applicability of Section 37 of the Partnership Act:

In case of retirement, the retiring partner or in case of death, the executor of the deceased partner, if the dues are
not settled, then such retired partner or the executor is entitled to the following :
Maximum of :
Interest @ 6% p.a. on the amount due to them(i.e. if the amount is unsettled, like, rate of interest on loan to be
allowed to the retired partner or the executor is not mentioned)
Or
The share of profit earned for the amount due to the partner
Conditions :
(a) The surviving partners/continuing partners continue to carry on the business of the firm.
(b) The business is carried on without any final settlement of accounts between the continuing partners and the
outgoing partners or his estate.
(c) There is no contract to the contrary of the options contained in Section 37 i.e. share in the profits or interest
@ 6% p.a. on the unsettled capital.
Example : Unsettled capital of C ` 52,000 (Date of retirement : 30.09.21, financial year 2021-2022). Net Profit
earned by the firm after C’s retirement ` 25,000. Capitals of A: ` 57,000 and B: ` 76,000)
C is entitled to the maximum of the following :
(i) Interest on unsettled capital = ` 52,000 × 6% × 6 months = ` 1,560
(ii) Profit earned out of unsettled capital = Profit × Retired or Deceased Partner’s unsettled
Dues/ Total Capital of the firm (including the amount due to the retired or deceased partner)
=
` (25,000 × 52,000)/(` 52,000 + 57,000 + 76,000) = ` 7,027.

Insolvency of a partner
If a partner becomes insolvent and fails to pay his debit balance of Capital A/c either wholly or in part, the
unrecoverable portion is a loss to be borne by the solvent partners. The question now arises is that, in what ratio
they will share this loss. Prior to the decision in the leading case of Garner vs. Murray this loss was borne by the
solvent partners in the profit sharing ratio just like ordinary losses.
Decision in Garner vs. Murray Case

Justice Joyee held in the case of Garner vs. Murray that the loss arising due to the insolvency of a partner must
be distinguished from an ordinary loss (including realization loss). Unless otherwise agreed, the decision in Garner
vs. Murray requires –
(i) That the solvent partners should bring in cash equal to their respective shares of the loss on realization;
(ii) That the solvent partners should bear the loss arising due to the insolvency of a partner in the ratio of their
Last Agreed Capitals.
In case of fixed capital system, capitals as per last Balance Sheet represent last agreed capitals. In case of
fluctuating capital system, however, all necessary adjustments in respect of reserved, unappropriated profits or
losses (but not realization profit or loss), Drawings A/c., undisclosed liabilities and assets etc. must be made to get
last agreed capitals. A partner who has nil or negative balance in his capital account before dissolution does not
contribute anything to the loss arising as a result of insolvency of a partner.
Criticism of the decision of Garner vs. Murray

The following criticism may be advocated against the decisions laid down in Garner vs. Murray principle:
(i) If any solvent partner has a debit balance in capital account, he must not bear the deficiency of the insolvent
partner;
(ii) This principle does not apply if there are only two partners;
(iii) In spite of having a credit balance in capital account the solvent partner must bring cash equal to the
amount of loss on reasilation which is immaterial and useless; and
(iv) If any solvent partner who possess more private asset but contributes less capital, he will naturally, as per
Garner vs. Murray decision, bear less amount of deficiency of the insolvent partner than the other solvent
partner who possess less private assets but contributes more capital to the firm. This is not justified.
Applicability in India
According to sub section (ii) of Sec 48(b) of the Indian Partnership Act, if a partner becomes insolvent or
otherwise incapable of paying his share of the contribution, the solvent partners must share ratably the available
assets (including their own contribution to the capital deficiency). That is to say, the available assets will be
distributed in proportion to their capitals.
Thus, under the Indian Partnership Act also the solvent partners are required to make good their share of the
realization loss (i.e., capital deficiency). The total cash available after making good the solvent partners’ share
of capital deficiency shall be shared by the solvent partners in proportion to their capitals. As a result of this the
ultimate debit balance of the insolvent partner’s Capital A/c. is borne by the solvent partners in capital ratio.
The provision of the Indian Partnership Act in this respect are, thus, similar to the rules laid down by the decision
in Garner vs. Murray.
When there is a specific provision in the Partnership Deed as to how the deficiency of an insolvent partner is to

be borne by the solvent partners, such provision must be followed, because the provision of the Act will apply only
when there is no specific agreement.
Illustration 24
A, B and C are in partnership sharing profit and losses equally and agreed to dissolve the firm on 30.06.2021. On
that date their Balance Sheet stood as follows:
Balance Sheet
as at 30th June, 2022
Liabilities (`) Asset (`)
Capital A/c (`) Sundry Asset 50,000
A 34,000 Profit & Loss A/c 12,000
B 24,000 58,000 Capital A/c
Creditors 12,000 C 8,000
70,000 70,000
The assets are realised at 50% of the book value. Realization expenses amounted to ` 5,000. C became insolvent
and received ` 2,000 from his estates.
Close the book of the firm under
(i) Fixed Capital Method and
(ii) Fluctuating Capital Method applying Garner Vs. Murray principle.
Solution:
In the books of A, B & C

To Sundry Asset A/c 50,000 By Bank A/c
‘‘ Bank A/c Amount Realised 25,000
‘‘ Expense 5,000 ‘‘ Capital A/c
By, Loss on Realization
A `10,000
B `10,000
C `10,000 30,000
55,000 55,000
Working Notes:
(a) Under Fixed Capital Method
Deficiency of the insolvent partner Mr. C must be borne by the solvent partner A and B as per their last
agreed capital given in the Balance Sheet i.e., 17:12.

(b) Under Fluctuating Capital Method

Deficiency of the insolvent partner Mr. C must be borne by the solvent partners A & B as the following
adjusted capital which will be considered as the last agreed capital i.e., after adjusting the debit balance of
Profit and Loss Account.
Particulars A (`) B (`)

Capital as per Balance Sheet 34,000 24,000
Less: Debit balance of P&L A/c (-) 4,000 (-) 4,000
(equally)
30,000 20,000
\ Ratio = 3:2
(a) Capital Account under Fixed Capital Method

To, Balance b/d --- --- 8,000 By, Balance b/d 34,000 24,000 ---
‘‘ Realisation A/c Loss 10,000 10,000 10,000 ‘‘ Bank A/c --- --- 2,000
‘‘ Profit & Loss A/c Loss 4,000 4,000 4,000 “ Bank A/c 10,000 10,000 ---
‘‘ C’s Capital A/c 11,724 8,276 --- “ A’s Capital --- --- 11,724
‘‘ Bank A/c 18,276 11,724 --- “ B’s Capital --- --- 8,276
(bal. fig.)
44,000 34,000 22,000 44,000 34,000 22,000

To, Balance b/d 25,000 By, Realisation A/c

“ Capital A/c Expenses 5,000
A 10,000 “ Creditors 12,000
B 10,000 “ Capital A/c
C 2,000 22,000 A 18,276
B 11,724
47,000 47,000
(b) Under Fluctuating Capital Method

To, Balance b/d --- --- 8,000 By, Balance b/d 34,000 24,000 ---
“ Realisation A/c Loss 10,000 10,000 10,000 “ Bank A/c 10,000 10,000 ---


“ Profit & Loss A/c Loss 4,000 4,000 4,000 “ Bank A/c --- --- 2,000
“ C’s Capital A/c 12,000 8,000 --- “ A’s Capital --- --- 12,000
“ Bank A/c 18,000 12,000 --- “ B’s Capital --- --- 8,000
(bal. fig.)
44,000 34,000 22,000 44,000 34,000 22,000

To, Realisation A/c 25,000 By, Realisation A/c
Assets realized Expenses 5,000
“ Capital A/c “ Creditors 12,000
A 10,000 “ Capital A/c
B 10,000 A 18,000
C 2,000 B 12,000
47,000 47,000
Illustration 25
Ram, Rahim and Robert are partners of the firm ABC sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 5: 3: 2. The Balance
Sheet of the firm as on 01.4.2022 is given below:
Partners Capital: Goodwill 50,000

Ram 3,00,000 Machinery 4,55,000
Rahim 2,50,000 Furniture 10,000
Robert 2,00,000 Stock 2,00,000
General Reserve 1,05,000 Debtors 3,00,000
Loan 95.000 Cash & Bank 35,000
10,50,000 10,50,000
Partners of firm decided to dissolve the firm. The firm decided to settle the loan creditors directly. Ram took over
goodwill for 75,000. Rahim took over machinery and furniture at 90% of book value and sundry creditors at book value.
Robert took over stock at 95% of book value and debtors at 90% of the book value. Partners have to pay cash if
the assets taken over had exceeded the amounts due to them.
Prepare:
(i) Realisation Account;
(ii) Partners Capital Account; and
(iii) Cash Account of the firm to show the dissolution proceedings.

Solution:
To, Goodwill 50,000 By, Loan. 95,000

To, Machinery 4,55,000 By, Sundry creditors 1,00,000
To, Furniture 10,000 By, Ram’s Capital A/c 75,000
To, Stock 2,00,000 By, Rahim’s Capital A/c 4,18,500
To, Debtors 3,00,000 By, Robert’s Capital A/c
To, Cash (Loan) 95,000 95% of 2,00,000
To, Rahim’s Capital A/c 1,00,000 90% of 3.00.000 4,60,000
By, Ram’s Capital 30,750
By, Rahim’s Capital 18,450
By, Robert’s Capital 12,300
12,10,000 12,10,000

Particulars Ram Rahim Robert Particulars Ram Rahim Robert
To, Realisation Nc 75,000 4,18,500 4,60,000 By, Balance b/d 3,00,000 2,50,000 2,00,000
To, Realisation A/c 30,750 18,450 12,300 By, General Reserve 52.500 31,500 21,000
To, Cash (b/f) 2,46,750 By, Realisation Nc 1.00,000 2,51,300
By, Cash A/c (b/t) 55,450
3,52,500 4,36.950 4,72,300 3,52,500 4,36,950 4,72,300
To, Balance bid 35,000 By, Loans A/c 95,000

To, Rahim Capital A/c 55,450 By, Ram Capital A/c 2,46,750
To, Robert Capital A/c 2,51,300
3,41,750 3,41,750
Illustration 26
Ram, Rahim and Robert are partners in a firm sharing profits and losses in the proportion of 3:3:2. Their Balance
Sheet as on 31.03.2022 was as follows:
Partners Current Bank 55,000

Account: Stock 69,000
Ram 75,000 Investments 6,000

Rahim 75,000 Debtors 70,000

Robert 1.00.000 2,50,000 Laud and Building 1,25,000
Partners Capital Goodwill 25,000
Accounts:
Ram 15,000
Rahim 25,000
Robert 12.500 52,500
Sundry creditors 47,500
3,50,000 3,50,000
They decided to dissolve the firm on 01.04.2022. They report the result realization as follows:
(`)
Land and Buildings 90,000 — realized in cash
Debtors 60,000 — realized in cash
Investments 5,500 — taken over by Ram
Stock 75,500 — taken over by Rahim
Goodwill 18,000 — taken over by Robert
The realization expenses amounted to ` 2,000. You are required to close the books of accounts of the firm.
Solution:

To Stock 69,000 By Sundry Creditors 47,500
To Investments 6,000 By Bank (assets realized) 1,50,000
To Debtors 70,000 By Ram’s Capital A/c (investments) 5,500
To Land & Buildings 1,25,000 By Rahim’s Capital A/c (Stock) 75,500
To Goodwill 25,000 By Robert’s Capital A/c (Goodwill) 18,000
To Bank (Expenses) 2,000 By Loss transferred to Current A/c:
To Bank (Creditors) 47,500 (`)
Ram 18,000
Rahim 18,000
Robert 12,000
48,000
3,44,500 3,44,500

Ram Rahim Robert Ram Rahim Robert

(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Realisation Nc 5,500 75,500 18,000 By, Balance b/d 15,000 25,000 12,500
To, Realisation A/c 18,000 18,000 12,000 By, Capital A/c 8,500 68,000 17,500
23,500 93,500 30,000 23,500 93,500 30,000
Ram Rahim Robert Ram Rahim Robert

(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Current A/c 8,500 68,500 17,500 By, Balance C/d 75,000 75,000 1,00,000
To, Bank A/c (Bal. Fig) 66,500 6,500 82,500
75,000 75,000 1,00,000 75,000 75,000 1,00,000
To, Balance b/d 55,000 By, Realisation A/c (expenses) 2,000

To, Realisation (Assets realized) 1,50,000 By, Realisation A/c (Creditors) 47,500
By, Ram’s Capital A/c 66,500
By, Rahim’s Capital A/c 6,500
By, Robert’s Capital A/c 62,500
2,05,000 2,05,000
If all the partners are insolvent

Since all partners are insolvent, creditors cannot expect to be paid in full. In such a case Sundry Creditors should
not be transferred to Realization Account. Cash in hand together with the amount realized on sale of assets and
surplus from private estate of partners, if any, less expenses will be applied in making payment to the creditors. The
balance of Creditors Account represents the deficiency to be borne by them which to be transferred to a Deficiency
Account. The balance of Capital Accounts should also to be transferred to the Deficiency Account to close the
books. Alternatively, the deficiency to be borne by the Creditors may be directly adjusted in between Creditors
Account and Capital Accounts.
The following entries required to be passed :
(i) To, pay-off the creditors
Creditors A/c Dr. (Total Creditors)
To, Bank A/c (Amount paid)
To, Deficiency A/c (Amount unpaid)

(ii) When deficiency is transferred

Deficiency A/c Dr.
To, Partners’ Capital A/c
Illustration 27
A, B and C were equal partners in a firm. Their Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2022 was as follows:
A’s Capital 1,60,000 Building 4,00,000

C’s Capital 1,00,000 Machinery 4,00,000
A’s Loan 2,00,000 Furniture and Fixtures 1,60,000
Creditors 10,00,000 Stock 1,60,000
Book Debts 2,Q0,000
Cash at Bank 10,000
B’s Capital (Overdrawn) 1,30,000
14,60,000 14,60,000
The firm was dissolved as all the partners were declared insolvent. The assets were realized as under:
Book debts: 45% less; Building: ` 1,60,000; Stock: ` 1,00,000; Machinery: ` 2,00,000; and Furnitures and
fixtures; ` 40,000. Realization expenses were ` 10,000.
Partner Private Assets (`) Private Liabilities (`)

A 2,50,000 2,50,000
B 2,00,000 1,80,000
C 2,30,000 2,50,000

(i) Realisation Account,
(ii) Bank Account,
(iii) Creditors Account,
(iv) Partners’ Capital Account, and
(v) Deficiency Account.

Solution:
To, Building 4,00,000 By, Bank
To, Machinery 4,00,000 Book debts 1,10,000
To, Furniture 1,60,000 Building 1,60,000
To, Stock 1,60,000 Stock 1,00,000
To, Book debts 2,00,000 Machinery 2,00,000
To, Bank - Realisation exp. 10,000 Furniture 40,000 6,10,000
By, Partners’ Capital A/c: 7,20,000
(Realisation loss)
13,30,000 13,30,000

To, Balance b/d 10,000 By, Realisation 10,000
To, Realisation A/c 6,10,000 By, Creditors A/c (Bal. Fig.) 6,30,000
(Excess of B’s estate)
6,40,000 6,40,000

To, Bank 6,30,000 By, Bal b/d 10,00,000
To, Deficiency A/c (Bal. Fig.) 3,70,000
10,00,000 10,00,000

To, Bal. b/d 1,30,000 By, Bal. b/d 1,60,000 1,00,000
To, Realisahon loss 2,40,000 2,40,000 2,40,000 By, A’s Loan A/c 2,00,000
(7.20,000 in 1:1:1) By, Bank A/c. 20,000
To, Deficiency 1,20,000 By, Deficiency A/c 3,50,000 1,40,000
3,60,000 3,70,000 2,40,000 3,60,000 3,70,000 2,40,000

Dr. Deficiency Account Cr.

To, B’s Capital A/c 3,50,000 By, Creditors A/c 3,70,000
To, C’s Capital A/c 1,40,000 By, A’s Capital A/c 1,20,000
4,90,000 4,90,000
Illustration 28
P, Q, R and T have been carrying on business in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 4:1:2:3. The
following is their Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2022:
Capital Accounts: Premises 2,80,000

P 7,00,000 Furnitures 30,000
T 3.00.000 10,00,000 Stock-in-Trade 2,00,000
Trade Creditors 3,00,000 Trade Debtors 3,50,000
Less: Provision for Bad 50,000 3,00,000
Debts
Capital Accounts:
Q 2,00,000
R 1,50,000 3,50,000
13,00,000 13,00,000
It has been agreed to dissolve the partnership on 1st April, 2022, on basis of the following points agreed upon
between the partners:
(i) P is to take over Trade Debtors at 80% of Book Value ( `3,50,000);
(ii) T is to take over the stock in Trade at 95% of the value; and
(iii) R is to discharge Trade Creditors.
(iv) The realisation is: Premises `2,75,000 and Furnitures `25,000.
(v) The expenses of realisation come to `30,000.
(vi) Q is found insolvent and `21,900 is realised from his estate.
Note: The loss arising out of capital deficiency may be distributed following decision in Garner vs. Murray.
(a) Realisation Account
(b) Bank/Cash Account
(c) Capital Accounts of the Partners.

Solution:
In the books of Firm
2022 To, Trade debtors A/c 3,50,000 2022 By, Provision for Bad Debts A/c 50,000
April 1 To, Stock in Trade A/c 2,00,000 April 1 By, Trade Creditor A/c 3,00,000
To, Premises A/c 2,80,000 By, P’s Capital A/c 2,80,000
To, Furniture A/c 30,000 (Trade Debtors taken over)
To, R’s Capital A/c 3,00,000 By, T’s Capital A/c 1 ,90,000
Trade credit discharged) 30,000 (Stock-in-trade taken over)
Co Bank/Cash (Expenses) By, Bank A/c 3,00,000
(Assets realised)
By, Partners’ Capital A/c 70,000
(P: 28,000: Q: 7,000; R:
14,000: T: Z 21,000)
11,90,000 11,90,000
2022 To Balance b/d 1,40,000 2022 By Realisation A/c (expenses) 30,000

April 1 To Realization A/c 3,00,000 April 1 By Partners’ Capital A/c
To Partner’s Capital A/c: P: 2,90,430
P: 28,000 R: 1,50,000
Q: 21,900 T: 54,470
R: 14,000
T: 21,000
5,24,900 5,24,900
Particulars P (`) Q (`) R (`) T (`) Particulars P (`) Q (`) R (`) T (`)
To, Balance bid — 2,00,000 1,50,000 — By, Balance bid 7,00,000 — — 3,00,00
To, Realisation A/c 2,80,000 — — 1,90,000 By, Realisation — — 3,00,000 —
To, Realisation A/c 28,000 7,000 14,000 21,000 A/c (Trade Credit
(Loss) discharged)
To, Capital A/c 129,570 — — 55,530 By, Bank/Cash A/c 28.000 — 14,000 21,00
(WN-2) (W.N. 1)
To, Bank/Cash A/c 2,90,430 — 1,50,000 54,470 By, Bank/Cash (W.I) — 21,900 — —
By, P’s Capital A/c — 1,29,570 — —
By, T’s Capital A/c — 55,530 — —
7,28,000 2,07,000 3,14,000 3.21,000 7,28,000 2,07,000 3,14,000 3.21,000

Working Notes::
(1) Q’s deficiency of ` 1,85,100 (` 2,07,000 - ` 21,900) should be shared by P and Tin the ratio of their capital
i.e. 7:3. R will not bear any loss on deficiency, because at the time of dissolution he had a debit balance in
his Capital Account.
(2) The amount realised from the estate of Q is ` 21,900.
Illustration 29

Capitals Fixed Assets 1,00,000
P 5,000
Q 3,000
R 2,000 Cash 10,000
Bank Loan 60,000
1,10,000 1,10,000
All the partners were declared insolvent. Profit sharing ratio : 5 : 3 : 2. Assets realized ` 60,000. Prepare necessary
ledger accounts to close the books of the firm.
Solution :

To, Fixed Assets 1,00,000 By, Cash A/c (realisation) 60,000
By, Partners Capital A/cs
(loss on realisation)
P: 20,000
Q: 12,000
R: 8,000 40,000
1,00,000 1,00,000

Particulars P (`) Q (`) R (`) Particulars P (`) Q (`) R (`)
By, Balance b/d 5,000 3,000 2,000
To, Realization A/c 20,000 12,000 8,000 By, Deficiency A/c 15,000 9,000 6,000
20,000 12,000 8,000 20,000 12,000 8,000

Dr. Deficiency Account Cr.

To, Partners Capital A/cs :
P 15,000 By, Bank Loan A/c 18,000
Q 9,000 By, Creditors 12,000
R 6,000
30,000 30,000
Dr. Bank Loan Account Cr.

To, Deficiency A/c 18,000 By, Balance b/d 60,000
To, Cash A/c 42,000
60,000 60,000

To, Deficiency A/c 12,000 By, Balance b/d 40,000
To, Cash A/c 28,000
40,000 40,000

To, Balance b/d 10,000 By, Bank Loan A/c 42,000
To, Realisation A/c 60,000 By, Creditors A/c 28,000
70,000 70,000
Note :
The total deficiency of the partners i.e. the firm is ` 30,000. This is shared between the external liabilities in the
ratio of their amount outstanding ` 60,000 : ` 40,000 = 3 : 2
Bank Loan A/c Dr. `18,000

Creditors A/c Dr. `12,000
To, Deficiency A/c `30,000
Return of Premium to a partner on dissolution before expiry of term :

Conditions :
(i) A partner was admitted in the partnership firm for a fixed term period,

(ii) Such partner had paid a premium for goodwill at the time of admission.
(iii) The partnership firm has dissolved.
Exceptions : The partner will not be entitled to any claim under any of the following conditions :
(i) the firm is dissolved due to death of a partner
(ii) the dissolution is due to the misconduct of the partner claiming refund
(iii) dissolution is in pursuance of an agreement containing no provision for the return of the premium or any
part of it.
Amount of Refund: the amount to be repaid will be determined having regard to the terms upon which the
admission was made and to the length of the period agreed upon and the period that has expired.
Liability of other partners: the amount of refund payable shall be borne by the other partners in their profit
sharing ratio.
Ilustration 30
X was admitted into partnership for 5 years, for which he paid a premium of ` 1,20,000. After 39 months, the
partnership firm was dissolved due to misconduct of Mr. Z , another partner of the firm. Y, being the third partner.
Profit Sharing Ratio : Y : Z : X = 5 : 3 : 2.
Solution:
X is entitled to claim the refund of premium paid at the time of admission, since the admission was for a fixed
term period and the firm is getting dissolved due to a misconduct of Mr.Z, another partner of the firm.
The amount of refund is
= (Total Premium Paid × Unexpired term of the partnership) / Total term of the partnership
= 1,20,000 × 21/60 = ` 42,000
This shall be shared by the other partners Y and Z in their profit sharing ratio 3 : 2.
Y’s Capital A/c Dr. `25,200
Z’s Capital A/c Dr. `16,800

To X’s Capital A/c `42,000
(Being premium paid during admission now refunded to X after adjusting
capitals of other partners)
Piecemeal Distribution
Till now the discussion was based on the implicit assumption that all assets were realized and settlement was
done on the same date. In fact, on the dissolution of a partnership, assets are sometimes realized gradually over
a period of time. In such a case it may be agreed that different parties are to be paid in order of preference as and
when assets are realized without unnecessarily waiting for the final realization of all the assets.
The order of the payment will be as follows :
(i) Realisation expenses
(ii) For provision for expenses that are to be made

(iii) Preferential creditors (say, Income Tax or any payment made to the Government)
(iv) Secured creditors – upto the amount realized from the disposal of assets by which they are secured and for
the balance, if any, to be paid to unsecured creditors
(v) Unsecured creditors – in proportion to the amount of debts, if more than one creditor
(vi) Partners’ loan – if there is more than one partner – in that case, in proportion to the amount of loan
(vii) Partners’ capital – the order of payment may be made by any one of the following two methods:
(a) Surplus Capital Method/ Proportionate Capital Method/ Highest Relative Capital Method
(b) Maximum Possible Loss Method
Surplus Capital Method

This method is applicable when all the partners are solvent. The following steps are to be followed to calculate
the surplus capital:
1. Adjusted capital: the balance lying in the capital accounts of the partners are adjusted with the undistributed
profit or loss, drawings and reserves.
2. Base capital: the adjusted capital is divided by the unit of profit share and the minimum amount is called the
base capital. For example if profit sharing ratio is 5:3:2 the respective capitals will be divided by 5, 3 and 2
respectively.
3. Proportionate capital: the amount is ascertained by multiplying the base capital with unit of profit share. For
example if base capital is ` 20,000 it is multiplied by 5,3 and 2 respectively.
4. Surplus capital: it is ascertained by the difference of adjusted capital and the proportionate capital.
The process continues until we get an absolute surplus.
Example: (Computation of Surplus Capital)

Balance of Capital Accounts
X : ` 35,000, Y: ` 33,000, AND Z : ` 18,000. Reserves ` 10,000. Profit sharing ratio 5:3:2.
Statement Showing Surplus Capital

X Y Z
Particulars (`)
(`) (`) (`)
Capital Balance A 35,000 33,000 18,000

Add Reserves (5:3:2) B 5,000 3,000 2,000
Adjusted Capital C 40,000 36,000 20,000
Unit Share of Profit D 5 3 2
Capital per Unit of Profit Share E 8,000 12,000 10,000
Base Capital (being minimum) F 8,000

X Y Z
Particulars (`)
(`) (`) (`)
Unit Share of Profit G 5 3 2

Proportionate Capital (F × G) H 40,000 24,000 16,000
Surplus Capital (C – H) I 0 12,000 4,000
Unit Share of Profit J 3 2
Capital per Unit of Profit Share K 4,000 2,000
Base Capital (being minimum) L 2,000
Unit Share of Profit M 3 2
Proportionate Capital (L × M) N 6,000 4,000
Absolute Surplus Capital (I – N) O 6,000 0
Implication:
The above table indicates that Y will get the first preference of settlement by ` 6,000. Thereafter, Y and Z will be
settled in the ratio of 3:2. Any balance left will then be open to X Y and Z in the ratio of 5:3:2.
Example: (Distribution of Cash)

A, B and C were partners sharing profits and losses as 2:1:1. The balance sheet as on 31.03.2022 when they
dissolved their partnership was as under:
Capital :
A 60,000 Sundry assets 1,85,000
B 50,000 Cash 15,000
C 30,000
Reserves 10,000
B’s Loan 20,000
Creditors 20,000
Government Due 10,000
2,00,000 2,00,000
` 2,000 was spent for packaging of materials before sale. The realization were made on different dates as under:
April `15,000; May ` 20,000; June ` 30,000; July ` 60,000; August `40,000.
The collections were distributed as and when realized. Prepare a statement showing the distribution of cash
collected.

Solution:
Computation of Surplus Capital
X Y Z
Particulars (`)
(`) (`) (`)
Capital Balance A 60,000 50,000 30,000

Add: Reserves (2:1:1) B 5,000 2,500 2,500
Adjusted Capital C 65,000 52,500 32,500
Unit Share of Profit D 2 1 1
Capital Per Unit of Profit Share E 32,500 52,500 32,500
Base Capital (Being Minimum) F 32,500
Unit Share of Profit G 2 1 1
Proportionate Capital (F × G) H 65,000 32,500 32,500
Surplus Capital (C – H) I 0 20,000 0
Unit Share of Profit J - - -
Capital Per Unit of Profit Share K - - -
Base Capital (Being Minimum) L - - -
Unit Share of Profit M - - -
Proportionate Capital (L × M) N - - -
Absolute Surplus Capital (I – N) O - - -
Statement Showing Distribution of Cash
External Debt B’s Partners Capital

Particulars (`) Loan
Govt. Creditors
(`) A (`) B (`) C (`)
Due (`) (`)
Balance as on 31.03.2022 15,000 10,000 20,000 20,000 65,000 52,500 32,500
Less: expense for packaging 2,000
13,000
Payment of govt. dues 10,000 10,000
3,000 NIL
Payment to creditors 3,000 3,000
NIL 17,000 20,000 65,000 52,500 32,500

External Debt B’s Partners Capital

Particulars (`) Loan
Govt. Creditors
(`) A (`) B (`) C (`)
Due (`) (`)
1ST Realisation 15,000
2,000 20,000 65,000 52,500 32,500
2nd Realisation 20,000
Paid to B 18,000 18,000
2,000 65,000 52,500 32,500
3rd Realisation 30,000
Paid to B 2,000 2,000
Payment of surplus capital to B 20,000 20,000
Payment to partners (2:1:1) 8,000 4,000 2,000 2,000
61,000 30,500 30,500
4th Rrealisation 60,000
Paid to partners (2:1:1) 60,000 3,0000 15,000 15,000
31,000 15,500 15,500
5th Realisation 40,000
Paid to partners (2:1:1) 40,000 20,000 10,000 10,000
Loss on Realisation 11,000 5,500 5,000
Surplus Capital Method/ Proportionate Capital Method/ Highest Relative Capital Method
Under this method, actual capital of the partners on the date of dissolution is compared with their proportionate
capital (determined on the basis of minimum capital per unit of profit) to determine surplus capital of the partners.
Surplus capital is paid first and any balance left thereafter is distributed in the profit sharing ratio. This ensures that
final balances of partners show their share of realisation profit/loss and thus, no settlement need to be dome at that
point of time.
Illustration 31
Partners M, N and P have called upon you to assist them in winding up the affairs of their partnership on 30th
June, 2022. Their Balance Sheet as on that date is given below :


Sundry Creditors 17,000 Cash at Bank 6,500
Capital Sundry Debtors 22,000
Accounts : M 67,000 Stock in trade 13,500
N 45,000 Plant and Equipment 99,000
P 31,500 Loan : M 12,000
Loan : N 7,500
1,60,500 1,60,500
(a) The partners share profits and losses in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2.
(b) Cash is distributed to the partners at the end of each month.
(c) A summary of liquidation transaction are as follows :
July :
` 16,000 — collected from Debtors; balance is irrecoverable.
` 10,000 — received from sale of entire stock.
` 1,000 — liquidation expenses paid.
` 8,000 — cash retained in the business at the end of the month.
August :
` 1,500 — liquidation expenses paid; as part of the payment of his capital, P accepted an equipment for ` 10,000
(book value ` 4,000).
` 2,500 — cash retained in the business at the end of the month.
September :
` 75,000 — received on sale of remaining plant and equipment.
` 1,000 — liquidation expenses paid. No cash is retained in the business.
Required : Prepare a Schedule of cash payments as on 30th September, showing how the cash was distributed.
Solution :
Statement showing the Distribution of Cash (According to Proportionate Capital Method)
Creditors Capital
Particulars
(`) M (`) N (`) P (`)
A. Balance Due 17,000 55,000 37,500 31,500
B. Amount Distributed as on 31st July 17,000 — — 6,500
C. Balance Due (A – B) — 55,000 37,500 25,000
D. Cash paid to ‘N’ and
Equipment Given to P on 31st August. 4,000 10,000

Creditors Capital
Particulars
(`) M (`) N (`) P (`)
E. Balance Due (C – D) 55,000 33,500 15,000
F. Amount Paid to Partners on 41,500 25,400 9,600
30th September
G. Loss on Realisation 13,500 8,100 5,400
(Unpaid Balance) [E – F]
Working Notes :
(i) Statement showing the Calculation of Highest Relative Capital (`)
Particulars M N P
A Balance of Capital Accounts 67,000 45,000 31,500
B Less : Loan 12,000 7,500 —
C Actual Capital (A – B) 55,000 37,500 31,500
D Profit Sharing Ratio 5 3 2
E Actual Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 11,000 12,500 15,750
F Proportionate Capitals Taking M’s Capital as Base Capital 55,000 33,000 22,000
G Excess of Actual Capitals Over Proportionate 4,500 9,500
Capitals (C – F)
H Profit Sharing Ratio — 3 2
I Surplus Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio — 1,500 4,750
J Revised Proportionate Capital taking N’s — 4,500 3,000
Capital as Base Capital
K Excess of Surplus Capital over Revised — — 6,500
Proportionate Capitals (G – J)
Scheme of distribution of available cash : First instalment up to ` 6,500 will be paid to P. Next instalment up to
` 7,500 will be distribution between N and P in the ratio of 3 : 2. Balance realisation will be distributed among M,
N and P in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2.
(ii) Statement showing the Calculation of Cash Available for Distribution
Particulars July (`) August (`) September (`)

A Opening Balance 6,500 8,000 2,500
B Add : Net amount realised 25,000 (1,500) 74,000
(Gross amount — Expenses)
C Less : Closing Balance 8,000 2,500 —
D Amount available for distribution (A + B – C) 23,500 4,000 76,500

(iii) Statement showing the Manner of Distribution of amount available in August and September
Particulars July (`) August (`) September (`)
First ` 7,500 — 4,500 3,000

Balance ` 83,000 41,500 24,900 16,600
(Cash and Equipment) 41,500 29,400 19,600
Less : Actual Distribution in August — 4,000 10,000
Manner of Distribution in September 41,500 25,400 9,600
Illustration 32.
The firm of Blue Collars presented you with the following Balance Sheet drawn as on 31st March 2022 :

Sundry Creditors 37,000 Cash in hand 3,000
Capital Accounts : Sundry Debtors 34,000
L 40,000 Stock in trade 39,000
K 30,000 Plant and Machinery 51,000
J 27,000 97,000 Current Accounts :
K 4,000
J 3,000 7,000
1,34,000 1,34,000
Partners shared profits and losses in the ratio of 4 : 3 : 3. Due to difference among the partners, it was decided to
wind up the firm, realise the assets and distribute cash among the partners at the end of each month.
The following realisations were made :
(i) May — ` 15,000 from debtors and ` 20,000 by sale of stock. Expenses on realisation were ` 500.
(ii) June — Balance of debtors realised ` 10,000. Balance of stock fetched ` 24,000.
(iii) August — Part of machinery was sold for ` 18,000. Expenses incidental to sale were ` 600.
(iv) September — Part of machinery valued in the books at ` 5,000 was taken by K, in part discharge at an
agreed value of ` 10,000. Balance of machinery was sold for ` 30,000 (net).
Partners decided to keep a minimum cash balance of ` 2,000 in the first 3 months and ` 1,000 thereafter.
Required : Show how the amounts due to partners will be settled.
Solution :
(i) Statement showing the Distribution of Cash (According to Proportionate Capital Method)
Creditors Capital
Particulars
(`) L (`) K (`) J (`)
A Amount Due 37,000 40,000 26,000 24,000

Creditors Capital
Particulars
(`) L (`) K (`) J (`)
B Amount Distribution as on 31st May 35,500 — — —
C Balance Due (A – B) 1,500 40,000 26,000 24,000
D Amount Distributed as on 30th June
First ` 1,500 1,500
Next ` 5,333 — 5,333 — —
Next ` 4,667 — 2,667 2,000 —
Balance ` 22,500 — 9,000 6,750 6,750
E Balance Due (C – D) 23,000 17,250 17,250
F Amount Distributed as on 31st August 7,360 5,520 5,520
G Balance Due (E – F) 15,640 11,730 11,730
H Add : Profit on Realisation 760 570 570
(` 41,000 – ` 39,100)
I Amount Distributed (Including 16,400 12,300* 12,300
Machinery Taken by K) as on 30th September.
* Includes Value of Machinery ` 10,000 and Cash
` 2,300
Working Notes :
(i) Assumption : As the firm is dissolved due to difference among the partners, all partners are presumed to be
solvent and the problem has been worked out on the basis of the highest relative capital.
(ii) Statement showing the Calculation of Highest Relative Capitals
Particulars L (`) K (`) J (`)

A Actual Capitals 40,000 26,000 24,000
B Profit Sharing Ratio 4 3 3
C Actual Capitals ÷ Profit Ratio 10,000 8,667 8,000
D Proportionate Capitals Taking 32,000 24,000 24,000
J’s Capital as Base Capital
E Surplus Capital of L and K (A – D) 8,000 2,000 —
F Profit Sharing Ratio 4 3 _
G Surplus Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 2,000 667 _
H Revised Proportionate Capital of L and J 2,667 2,000 —
I Revised Surplus Capital of L (E – H) 5,333 — —
While distributing surplus among partners, 1st instalment up to ` 5,333 will be paid to L, next instalment up to
` 4,667 will be distributed between L and K in the ratio of 4 : 3 and the Balance among L, K and J in the ratio of
4 : 3 : 3.

(iii) Statement showing the Calculation of Cash available each month
Particulars May (`) June (`) August (`) September (`)

A Opening Balance 3,000 2,000 2,000 1,000
B Add : Amount realised Less Expenses 34,500 34,000 17,400 30,000
C Less : Closing blance 2,000 2,000 1,000 —
D Total Cash available for Distribution 35,500 34,000 18,400 31,000
(A+B–C)
(iv)

To Sundry Debtors 34,000 By Sundry Creditors 37,000
To Stock in trade 39,000 By Cash/Bank 1,17,000
To Plant and Machinery 51,000 By L (Assets taken over) 10,000
To Cash/Bank :
Creditors 37,000
Expenses 1,100
To Profit transferred to Capital A/c 1,900
1,64,000 1,64,000
Illustration 33.
A partnership firm was dissolved on 30th June, 2021. Its Balance Sheet on the date of dissolution was as follows :
Capitals : Cash 5,400
Atrik 38,000 Sundry Assets 94,600
Mohit 24,000
Rupa 18,000
Loan A/c — Mohit 5,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
The assets were realised in instalments and the payments were made on the proportionate capital basis. Creditors
were paid ` 14,500 in full settlement of their account. Expenses of realisation were estimated to be ` 2,700 but actual
amount spent on this account was ` 2,000. This amount was paid on 15th September. Draw up a Memorandum of
distribution of Cash, which was realised as follows :
On 5th July ` 12,600
On 30th August ` 30,000
On 15th September ` 40,000

The partners shared profits and losses in the ratio of 2 : 2 : 1. Give working notes.
Solution :
Statement Showing the Distribution of Cash
(According to Proportionate Capital Method)
Creditors Mohit’s Atrik Mohit Rupa
Particulars Loan
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
A Balance Due 15,000 5,000 38,000 24,000 18,000

B Cash Paid (` 5,400 – ` 2,700) 2,700 — — — —
C Balance Unpaid (A – B) 12,300 5,000 38,000 24,000 18,000
D 1st Installment of ` 12,600 11,800 800 — — —
E Balance Unpaid (C – D) 500 4,200 38,000 24,000 18,000
F Less : Written-off 500
G 2nd Installment of ` 30,000 4,200 16,320 2,320 7,160
H Balance Unpaid (E – F – G) 21,680 21,680 10,840
I 3rd Installment (` 40,000 + ` 700) 16,280 16,280 8,140
J Unpaid Balance
(H – I) = Loss on Realisation 5,400 5,400 2,700
Working Notes :
(i) Statement showing the Calculation of Highest Relative Capitals
Atrik Mohit Rupa

Particulars
(`) (`) (`)

B Profit-Sharing Ratio 2 2 1
C Actual Capitals ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 19,000 12,000 18,000
D Proportionate Capitals Taking Mohit’s Capital as Base Capital 24,000 24,000 12,000
E Surplus Capital [A–D] 14,000 Nil 6,000
F Surplus Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 7,000 — 6,000
G Revised Proportionate Capitals Taking Rupa’s Capital as the Basis 12,000 — 6,000
H Revised Surplus Capital (E – G) 2,000 — —
(ii) Distribution of Second Instalment of ` 30,000
Mohit’s
Particulars Atrik (`) Mohit (`) Rupa (`)
Loan (`)
First ` 4,200 4,200 — — —

Mohit’s
Particulars Atrik (`) Mohit (`) Rupa (`)
Loan (`)
Next ` 2,000 (Absolute Surplus) 2,000 — —
Next ` 18,000 (Balance of Surplus) 12,000 — 6,000
Balance ` 5,800 (2 : 2 : 1) 4,200 2,320 2,320 1,160
Total ` 30,000 16,320 2,320 7,160
Illustration 34
East, South and North are in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio 3 : 2 : 1 respectively. They decide
to dissolve the business on 31st July, 2022 on which date their Balance Sheet was as follows :

Capital Accounts : Land and Buildings 30,810
East 38,700 Motor car 5,160
South 10,680 Investment 1,080
North 11,100 Stock 19,530
Loan account : North 3,000 Debtors 11,280
Creditors 10,320 Cash 5,940
73,800 73,800
The assets were realised piecemeal as follows and it was agreed that cash should be distributed as and when
realised :
(`)
14th August 10,380
20th September 27,900
16th October 3,600
North took over investment as follows at a value of:-
15th November 1,260
18th November 19,200
Dissolution expenses were originally provided for an estimated amount of ` 2,700, but actual amount spent on
25th October was ` 1,920. The creditors were settled for ` 10,080.
Required : Prepare a statement showing distribution of cash amongst the partners, according to Proportionate
Capital Method.

Solution :
Statement Showing the Distribution of Cash
(According to Proportionate Capital Method)
Creditors Loan East South North
Particualr
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
A Balance Due 10,320 3,000 38,700 10,680 11,100

B Paid to Creditors
[ ` 5,940 – ` 2,700] 3,240 — — — —
C Balance Due (A - B) 7,080 3,000 38,700 10,680 11,100
D Amount paid on 14th August 6,840 3,000 540
E Less : Written off 240 — 38,160 10,680 11,100
F Balances Due (D - E) (240) — — — —
G Amount paid on 20th September 38,160 10,680 11,100
(i) First 4,860 (i.e. ` 5,400 – ` 540) 4,860 — —
(ii) Balance ` 23,040 33,300 10,680 11,100
H Balance Due (F - G) 17,280 — 5,760
I Amount paid on 16th October 16,020 10,680 5,340
J Balance Due (H-I) 1,800 1,200 600
K Amount paid on 25th October (being 14,220 9,480 4,740
excess over estimated expenses 390 260 130
` 780)
L Balance due (J - K) 13,830 9,220 4,610
M Cash brought in by North 630 420 210
N Balance Due (L-M) 13,200 8,800 4,400
O Amount paid on 18th November 9,600 6,400 3,200
P Balance unpaid (N-O) 3,600 2,400 1,200
Working Note :
Statement Showing the Calculation of Highest Relative Capitals
East South North

Particulars
(`) (`) (`)

B Profit Sharing Ratio 3 2 1
C Actual Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 12,900 5,340 11,100
D Proportionate capitals taking South’s Capital as Base Capital 16,020 10,680 5,340
(being the smallest) × PSR
E Surplus capital (i.e. Excess of Actual Capitals over 22,680 — 5,760
proportionate capital) [A-D]

East South North

Particulars
(`) (`) (`)
F Profit Sharing Ratio 3 — 1

G Surplus Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 7,560 — 5,760
H Revised Proportionate Capitals taking North’s Capital as Base 17,280 — 5,760
Capital
I Revised Surplus Capital [E-H] 5,400 — —
J Distribution Sequence
First ` 5,400 [To East] 5,400 — —
Next ` 23,040 [To East & North in the ratio of 3 : 1] 17,280 — 5,760
Balance ` 19,200 [To East, South & North in the ratio 9,600 6,400 3,200
of 3 : 2 : 1]
Maximum Loss Method :

Steps
(1) Prepare a statement showing distribution of cash
(2) Pay off the external Liabilities
(3) After all the payment is made for the external liabilities, the partners will be paid off.
Total Due of Partners xxx
Less : Net/Balance of Realisation (x)
Maximum Loss xxx
(4) The maximum loss shall be shared amongst the partners in their profit sharing ratio, as if, there will be no
further realisation.
(5) If any of the partner capitals, after step (4) is negative, that partner shall be treated like an insolvent partner.
(6) The deficiency of the insolvent partner as per step (5) shall be shared by the other solvent partners (i.e. those
partners who has positive capital balances) in their capital contribution ratio as per Garner vs. Murray Rule.
(7) Repeat the steps (3) to (6) till final realisation.
PROBLEMS ON MAXIMUM LOSS METHOD

Illustration 35
The following is the Balance Sheet of X, Y and Z, who were sharing in the ratio 5 : 3 : 2, on 31st December, 2021
when they decided to dissolve the partnership.

Creditors 55,000 Cash 20,000
37,500 Other assets 13,04,000
31,500
2,00,000
10,00,000
13,24,000 13,24,000

Note : There was a bill for ` 4,000 due on 01.04.2022 under discount.
Other assets realised as under :
1st January : ` 8,85,000, 1st February : ` 3,00,000 ; 1st March : ` 8,000; 1st April : ` 5,000; 1st May : ` 10,000.
The expenses of realisation were expected to be ` 5,000, but ultimately amounted to ` 4,000 only and were paid on
1st May. The acceptor of the bill under discount met the bill on the due date.
Required : Prepare a statement showing the monthly distribution of cash according to Maximum Loss Method.
Solution:
Statement showing the Distribution towards Firm’s Outside debts’ & Partners’ Loan
Particulars Creditors (`) Y’s Loan (`)

A Amount Due 10,00,000 2,00,000
B Amount paid on 1st Jan. (` 20,000 + ` 8,85,000 – ` 5,000) 9,00,000 —
C Balance Due (A - B) 1,00,000 2,00,000
D Amount paid on 1st February 1,00,000 2,00,000
E Balance Due (C - D) Nil Nil
Statement showing the Distribution of Cash

(According to Maximum Loss Method)
Particulars Total (`) X (`) Y (`) Z (`)

(i) Distribution of ` 4,000
A. Amount due as on 1st March 1,24,000 55,000 37,500 31,500
Less : Max. Possible Loss if the remaining
nothing ( ` 1,24,000 – ` 4,000)
in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2 1,20,000 60,000 36,000 24,000
Note : Cash available = ` 8,000 – ` 4,000
(Reserved for discounted B/R) = ` 4,000
Adjustment of X’s Deficiency between Y
and Z in their Capital ratio i.e. 375 : 315 — 5,000 (2,717) (2,283)
— — (1,217) 5,217
Adjustment of Y’s Deficiency (charged to Z) — — 1,217 (1,217)
B. Cash paid as on 1st March 4,000 — — 4,000
(ii) Distribution of ` 9,000 (including amount kept —
reserved for B/R no longer required)
C. Balance due (A-B) 1,20,000 55,000 37,500 27,500
Less : Max. Possible Loss
( ` 1,20,000 – ` 9,000) 1,11,000 55,500 33,300 22,200
Note : Cash available = ` 5,000 + ` 4,000 = ` 9,000 (500) 4,200 5,300

Particulars Total (`) X (`) Y (`) Z (`)

Adjustment of X’s Deficiency between — 500 (272) (228)
Y and Z in their Capital ratio i.e. 375 : 315
D. Cash paid as on 1st April 9,000 — 3,928 5,072
(iii) Distribution of ` 11,000
E. Balance due (C-D) 1,11,000 55,000 33,572 22,428
Less : Max. Possible Loss 1,00,000 50,000 30,000 20,000
( ` 1,11,000 – ` 11,000)
F. Cash paid as on 1st May 11,000 5,000 3,572 2,428
G. Unpaid Balance (E - F) 1,00,000 50,000 30,000 20,000
Illustration 36
The following is the Balance Sheet of P, Q and R on 31st August, 2021 when they decided to dissolve the
partnership. They share profits in the ratio of 2 : 2 : 1.

Creditors 2,000 Sundry Assets 48,500
P’s Loan 5,000 Cash 500
P’s Capital 15,000
Q’s Capital 18,000
R’s Capial 9,000
49,000 49,000
The assets realised the following sums in instalments.

I— ` 1,000, II— ` 3,000, III— ` 3,900, IV— ` 6,000, V— ` 20,000.
The expenses of realisation were expected to be ` 500 but ultimately amounted to ` 400 only.
Required : Show, how at each stage, the cash received should be distributed among partners according to
Maximum Loss Method.
Solution :
Statement showing the Realisation and Distribution of Cash
Partners’ Partners’
Realisation Creditors
Installments Loans Capital
(`) (`)
(`) (`)
(I) (After taking into account cash and amount 1,000 1,000
set aside for expenses)
(II) 3,000 1,000 2,000
(III) 3,900 3,000 900

Partners’ Partners’
Realisation Creditors
Installments Loans Capital
(`) (`)
(`) (`)
(IV) 6,000 — — 6,000

(V) (including saving in expenses) 20,100 — — 20,100
34,000 2,000 5,000 27,000
Statement showing the Distribution of Cash among partners

Particulars Total (`) P (`) Q (`) R (`)
(i) Distribution of ` 900
A. Balance Due 42,000 15,000 18,000 9,000
B. Less : Max. Possible loss, if the remaining assets
prove to be worthless
( ` 42,000 – ` 900) in the ratio (2 : 2 : 1) 41,100 16,440 16,440 8,220
C. Deficiency of P’s Capital charged to Q and R in the
ratio of their Capitals — 1,440 (960) (480)
i.e., 18,000 : 9,000 (Garner vs. Murray)
D. Amount paid 900 — 600 300
(ii) Distribution of ` 6,000
E. Balance after payment (A -D) 41,100 15,000 17,400 8,700
F. Less : Max. Possible loss
( ` 41,100 – ` 6,000) 35,100 14,040 14,040 7,020
G. Amount paid 6,000 960 3,360 1,680
(iii) Distribution of ` 20,100
H. Balance after payment (E - G) 35,100 14,040 14,040 7,020
I. Less : Max. Possible loss
( ` 35,100 – ` 20,100) 15,000 6,000 6,000 3,000
J. Amount paid 20,100 8,040 8,040 4,020
K. Unpaid balance (H - J) 15,000 6,000 6,000 3,000
Illustration 37
Rahul, Roshan and Rohan were in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1 respectively. The
partnership was dissolved on 30th June, 2021 when the position was as follows :
Capitals : Cash in hand 28,000
Rahul 1,40,000 Sundry Debtors 2,94,000


Roshan 70,000 Stock in trade 1,12,000
Rohan 14,000
Creditors 2,10,000
4,34,000 4,34,000
There was bill for ` 10,000, due on 30th November, 2021, under discount. It was agreed that the net realisations
should be distributed in their due order (at end of each month) but as safely as possible. The realisations and
expenses were as under :
Stock and Debtors Expenses

Date
(`) (`)
31st July 84,000 7,000

31st August 1,26,000 5,400
30th September 70,000 4,900
31st October 77,000 3,500
30th November 35,500 3,500
The Stock was completely disposed off and amounts due from debtors were realised, the balance being
irrecoverable. The acceptor of the bill under discount met the billl on the due date. Prepare a Statement showing
the piecemeal distribution of cash according to Maximum Loss Method.
Solution :
Creditors Rahul Roshan Rohan
Particulars
(`) (`) (`) (`)
A. Balance Due 2,10,000 1,40,000 70,000 14,000

B. Cash on hand on 30th June paid to creditors 28,000 — — —
C. Balance outstanding (A – B) 1,82,000 1,40,000 70,000 14,000
D. Cash paid on 31st July 77,000 — — —
E. Balance outstanding (C – D) 1,05,000 1,40,000 70,000 14,000
F. ` 1,05,000 paid to creditors on 31st August 1,05,000 — — —
G. Balance outstanding (E – F) — 1,40,000 70,000 14,000
Balance available for distribution
(`1,20,600 – ` 1,05,000 – ` 10,000)
= ` 5,600
Less : Maximum loss (` 2,24,000 – ` 5,600) in
ratio of 3 : 2 : 1 (1,09,200) (72,800) (36,400)

Creditors Rahul Roshan Rohan

Particulars
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Balance 30,800 (2,800) (22,400)

Deficiency of Roshan and Rohan’s capital
charged to Rahul (25,200) 2,800 22,400
H. Cash paid on 31st August 5,600 — —
I. Balance outstanding (G – H) 1,34,400 70,000 14,000
Less : Maximum Loss (` 2,18,400 – ` 65,100) (76,650) (51,100) (25,550)
Balance 57,750 18,900 (11,550)
Deficiency of Rohan’s capital charged to
Rahul and Roshan (2 : 1) (7,700) (3,850) 11,550
J. Cash paid on 30th September 50,050 15,050 —
K. Balance outstanding (I – J) 84,350 54,950 14,000
Less : Maximum loss (` 1,53,300 – ` 73,500) (39,900) (26,600) (13,300)
L. Cash paid on 31st October 44,450 28,350 700
M. Balance outstanding (K – L) 39,900 26,600 13,300
Less : Maximum loss (` 79,800 – `42,000*) (18,900) (12,600) (6,300)
N. Cash paid on 30th November 21,000 14,000 7,000
O. Unpaid Balance (M – N) 18,900 12,600 6,300
*Note : Cash available on 30th November = (` 35,500 – ` 3,500) + ` 10,000 (Reserved for Discounted B/R, now
no longer required) = ` 42,000.
Illustration 38
E, F and G were partners in a firm, sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1, respectively. Due to extreme
competition, it was decided to dissolve the partnership on 31st December, 2021. The Balance Sheet on that date
was as follows :

Capitals Accounts : Machinery 1,54,000
E 1,13,100 Furniture and Fittings 25,800
F 35,400 Investments 5,400
G 31,500 1,80,000 Stock 97,700
Current Accounts : Debtors 56,400
E 26,400 Bank 29,700
G 6,000 32,400 Current Account : F 18,000
Reserves 1,08,000
Loan Account : G 15,000
Creditors 51,600
3,87,000 3,87,000

The realisation of assets is spread over the next few months as follows :
February, Debtors, ` 51,900; March : Machinery, ` 1,39,500; April, Furniture, etc. ` 18,000; May : G agreed to
take over Investments at ` 6,300; June, Stock, ` 96,000.
Dissolution expenses, originally provided, were ` 13,500, but actually amounted to ` 9,600 and were paid on 30th
April. The partners decided that after creditors were settled for ` 50,400, all cash received should be distributed at
the end of each month in the most equitable manner.
Required : Prepare a statement of actual cash distribution as is received following “Maximum Loss basis”.
Solution :
Creditors G’s Capital Accounts

Particular
Loan (`) E (`) F (`) G (`) Total (`)
A Balance due [Creditors net of 51,600 15,000 1,93,500 53,400 55,500 3,02,400
discount]
Paid to Creditors and G 50,400 15,000 — — — —
B Balance due (A - B) Max. Possible — — 1,93,500 53,400 55,500 3,02,400
C Loss if remaining assets fetch
nothing (` 3,02,400 – ` 2,700)
in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1 1,49,850 99,900 49,950 2,99,700
Adjustment of F’s Deficiency 43,650 (46,500) 5,550
between E and G in the ratio of
their fixed capitals i.e. `1,13,100 : (36,370) 46,500 (10,130)
`31,500
Balance Adjustment of G’s 7,280 — (4,580)
Deficiency
(charged to E) (4,580) 4,580 2,700
D Cash paid to E on 28th Feb. 2,700 — — 2,99,700
E Balance due (C - D) 1,90,800 53,400 55,500
Possible Max. Loss (` 2,99,700 –
` 1,39,500) 1,60,200
F Cash paid on 31st Mar. 80,100 53,400 26,700 1,39,500
G Balance Due (E - F) 1,10,700 — 28,800 1,60,200
Possible Max. Loss 80,100 53,400 26,700
(`1,60,200 – ` 21,900) 1,38,300
H Cash paid on 30th April 69,150 46,100 23,050 21,900
I Balance Due (G - H) 10,950 7,300 3,650 1,38,300
J Maximum Loss (`1,38,300 – ` 69,150 46,100 23,050
6,300) 1,32,000
K Cash brought in by G 66,000 44,000 22,000

Creditors G’s Capital Accounts

Particular
Loan (`) E (`) F (`) G (`) Total (`)
L Balance Due (I + K) 3,150 2,100 1,050 (6,300)
Possible Max. Loss 66,000 44,000 22,000 1,32,000
(` 1,32,000 – ` 96,000) 18,000 12,000 6,000 36,000
M Cash paid on 30th June 48,000 32,000 16,000 96,000
N Unpaid Balance (L – N) 18,000 12,000 6,000 36,000
Working Note :
Statement showing the Calculation of Cash Available for Distribution

February March April May June
Particular
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
A Opening Balance 29,700 — — — —

B Add : Net Amount realised 51,900 1,39,500 18,000 — 96,000
C Less : Provision for Expenses 13,500 — — — —
D Add : Provision no longer required — — 3,900 — —
E Cash available for distribution 68,100 1,39,500 21,900 — 96,000
(A + B – C + D)

Amalgamation of Partnership
4.6
Firms
As defined earlier, a Partnership firm is formed with two or more persons. But it can also be formed in any of
the following ways.
(A) When two or more sole proprietors forms new partnership firm;
(B) When one existing partnership firm absorbs a sole proprietorship;
(C) When one existing partnership firm absorbs another partnership firm;
(D) When two or more partnership firms form new partnership firm.
The amalgamation is used to be done to avoid competition amongst them and to maximize the profit of the
firm/firms.
Accounting entries under different situation are in below:
(A) When two or more sole proprietors form a new partnership firm
When two or more sole proprietorship businesses amalgamate to form a new partnership firm, the
existing sets of books will be closed and a new set of books of accounts to be opened, recording all assets,
liabilities and transactions of the partnership.
Steps to be taken for the existing books.

Step 1 : Prepare the Balance Sheet of the business on the date of dissolution.
Step 2 : Open a Realisation Account and transfer all assets and liabilities, except cash in hand and cash at bank,
at their book values.
However, cash in hand and cash at bank are transferred to Realisation Account only when they are
taken over by the new firm.
Step 3 : All undistributed reserves or profits or losses (appearing in the balance sheet) are to be transferred to
Partners’ Capital Accounts.
Step 4 : Calculate Purchase Consideration on the basis of terms and conditions agreed upon by the parties.
Generally, purchase consideration is calculated on the basis of agreed value of assets and liabilities
taken over by the new firm. The purchase consideration is calculated as under:
(`)
Agreed values of assets taken over xxxx
Less: Agreed values of liabilities assumed (xxx)
Purchase consideration xxxx
Step 5 : Credit Realisation Account by the amount of Purchase Consideration.

Step 6 : If there are any unrecorded assets or liabilities, they are to be recorded.
Step 7 : The Profit or loss on relisation (balancing figure of Realisation Account) to be transferred to the Capital
Account of the proprietor.
Step 8 : To ensure that all the accounts of the Sole Proprietor’s business are closed.
Accounting Entries in the Books of Amalgamating Sole Proprietors :

1. For transferring sundry assets to Realisation Account
Realisation A/c Dr.
To, Sundry Assets A/c [Individually]
(Assets transferred to Realisation Account at their book values
except Cash and Bank i.e. if not taken over by the new firm)
2. For transferring sundry liabilities to Realisation Account
Liabilities A/c Dr.
To, Realisation A/c [Individually]
(Liabilities transferred to Realisation Account at their book values)
3. For the amount of purchase consideration
New Firm A/c Dr.
To, Realisation A/c
(Purchase consideration due from the new firm)
4. For assets taken over by the proprietor
Capital A/c Dr.
To, Realisation A/c
(Assets taken over by the proprietor)
5. For realisation of assets not taken over by the new firm
Bank A/c Dr.
To, Realisation A/c
(Realisation of assets not taken over by the new firm)
6. For recording of unrecorded assets
Assets A/c Dr.
To, Capital A/c
(Unrecorded assets are recorded)
7. For realisation of unrecorded assets
Bank A/c Dr.
To, Assets A/c
(Realisation of unrecorded assets)
(Note: If unrecorded assets are taken over by the new firm, it is also transferred to Realisation Account along
with other assets.)

8. For payment of liabilities not taken over

Realisation A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c
(Payment of liabilities not taken overby the new firm)
9. For recording of unrecorded liabilities
Capital A/c Dr.
To, Liabilities A/c
(Being the unrecorded liabilities are recorded)
10. For payment of unrecorded liabilities
Liabilities A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c
(Payment of unrecorded liabilities)
(Note : If unrecorded liabilities are taken over by the new firm, it is also transferred to Realisation Account
along with other liabilities.)
11. For liabilities taken over by the proprietor
Realisation A/c Dr.
To, Capital A/c
(Being liabilities assumed by the proprietor)
12. For realisation expenses
Realisation A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c
(Realisation expenses paid)
13. For profit on realisation
Realisation A/c Dr.
To, Capital A/c
(Profit on realisation transferred to Capital Account)
14. For loss on realisation
Capital A/c Dr.
To, Realisation A/c
(Loss on realisation transferred to Capital Account)
15. For accumulated profits / reserves
Reserves A/c Dr.
To, Capital A/c
(Undrawn profits transferred to Capital Account)

16. For accumulated losses

Capital A/c Dr.
To, Profit and Loss A/c (if any)
(Accumulated losses transferred to Capital A/c))
17. For settlement of purchase consideration by the New firm
Capital in New Firm A/c Dr.
To, New Firm A/c
(Settlement of purchase consideration)
18. For final adjustment
Capital A/c Dr.
To, Capital in New Firm A/c
To, Bank A/c (if any)
(Final adjustment to close the books of account)
Accounting Entries in the Books of the New Firm

The new firm records all the assets and liabilities at the values it has decided to take over. If the purchase
consideration payable is, more than the net assets (assets minus liabilities) acquired, it represents goodwill.
Conversely, if the purchase consideration payable is less than the net assets acquired, it represents capital
reserve.
1. If the net acquired assets is equal to purchase consideration.
Assets A/c Dr. [Acquired value]
To, Liabilities A/c [Assumed value]
To, Partners’ Capital A/c [Purchase consideration]
2. If the net acquired asset is more than the purchase consideration:
To, Capital Reserve A/c [Purchase consideration - net assets]
3. If the net acquired asset is less than the amount of purchase consideration, it represents goodwill.
Goodwill A/c Dr. [Purchase consideration - net assets]

Illustration 39
A and B carry on independent business and their position on 31.03.2022 are reflected in the Balance Sheet given
below :
Liabilities A (`) B (`) Assets A (`) B (`)
Sundry creditors for 1,10,000 47,000 Stock-in-trade 1,70,000 98,000
purchases Sundry Debtors 89,000 37,000
Sundry creditors for 750 2,000 Cash at bank 13,000 7,500
expenses
Cash in hand 987 234
Bills payable 12,500 -
Furniture and Fixtures 2,750 1,766
Capital A/c 1,53,000 95,500
Investments 513 —
2,76,250 1,44,500 2,76,250 1,44,500
Both of them want to form a partnership firm from 1.4.2022 in the style of AB & Co. on the following terms:
(a) The capital of the partnership firm would be ` 3,00,000 and to be contributed by them in the ratio of 2:1.
(b) The assets of the individual businesses would be evaluated by C at which values, the firm will take them over
and the value would be adjusted against the contribution due by A and B.
(c) C gave his valuation report as follows :
Assets of A : Stock-in trade to be written-down by 15% and a portion of the sundry debtors amounting to
` 9,000 estimated unrealisable; furniture and fixtures to be valued at ` 2,000 and investments to be taken at
market value of ` 1,000.
Assets of B : Stocks to be written-up by 10% and sundry debtors to be admitted at 85% of their value; rest
of the assets to be assumed at their book values.
(d) The firm is not to consider any creditors other than the dues on account of purchases made.
You are required to pass necessary Journal entries in the books of A and B. Also prepare the opening Balance
Sheet of the firm as on 01.04.2022.
Solution :
In the books of A
Journal

2022 Realisation A/c Dr. 2,76,250
Apr.1 To, Stock-in-trade A/c 1,70,000
To, Cash at bank A/c 13,000
To, Cash in hand A/c 987
To, Furniture & Fixture A/c 2,750
To, Investments A/c 513
(Transfer of different Assers to Realisation A/c)


Creditors for Goods A/c Dr. 1,10,000
Creditors for Expenses A/c Dr. 750
To, Realisation A/c 1,23,250
(Transfer of different liabilities to Realisation A/c)
AB & Co. A/c (Note 1) Dr. 1,18,987
(Purchase consideration due)
Capital A/c Dr. 34,013
To, Realisation A/c 34,013
(Realisation loss transferred to Capital A/c)
Capital in AB & Co. A/c Dr. 1,18,987
To, AB & Co. A/c 1,18,987
Capital A/c Dr. 1,18,987
To, Capital in AB & Co. A/c 1,18,987
In the books of B
Journal
2022 Realisation A/c Dr. 1,44,500
Apr.1 To, Stock-in-trade A/c 98,000
To, Cash at bank A/c 7,500
To, Cash in hand A/c 234
To, Furniture & Fixture A/c 1,766
(Transfer of different Assers to Realisation A/c)
Creditors for Goods A/c Dr. 47,000
Creditors for Expenses A/c Dr. 2,000
(Transfer of different liabilities to Realisation A/c)
AB & Co. A/c Dr. 1,01,750
To Realisation A/c 1,01,750
(Purchase consideration due )


Realisation A/c Dr. 6,250
To, Capital A/c 6,250
(Realisation Profit transferred to Capital A/c)
Capital in AB & Co. A/c Dr. 1,01,750
To, AB & Co. A/c 1,01,750
Capital A/c Dr. 1,01,750
To, Capital in AB & Co. A/c 1,01,750
Balance Sheet of AB & Co. as on 01.04.2022

Capital Accounts : Furniture & Fittings 3,766
A 2,00,000 Investments 1,000
B 1,00,000 Stock-in-trade 2,52,300
Sundry creditors for purchases 1,57,000 Sundry Debtors 1,11,450
Bills payable 12,500 Cash at bank 99,763
(13,000 + 7,500 + 81,013 - 1,750)
Cash in hand (987 + 234) 1,221
4,69,500 4,69,500
Working Notes :
(1) Calculation of purchase consideration :
Particulars A (`) B (`)
Furniture 2,000 1,776
Investments 1,000 -
Stock-in-trade 1,44,500 1,07,800
Cash at bank 13,000 7,500
2,41,487 1,48,750
Less : Sundry creditors for purchases 1,10,000 47,000
Bills payable (Assumed arising out of credit purchases) 12,500 -
Net assets taken over by the AB & Co. 1,18,987 1,01,750
Capital as per agreement 2,00,000 1,00,000
Less: Net assets taken over 1,18,987 (+) 1,01,750 (-)
Cash to be introduced (+) / withdrawn (-) 81,013 1,750

(B) When an existing partnership firm absorbs a sole proprietorship

When a sole proprietorship is taken over by an existing firm, the original business of the sole proprietor is
dissolved and compensated by a share of the partnership firm which is acquiring it. In this case, assets
and liabilities of the sole proprietorship business are taken over by the partnership firm at agreed values. The
procedures for closing the books of account of the sole proprietorship are same as explained earlier.
However, the following points are to be noted:
(i) The assets and liabilities of the sole proprietorship taken over by the existing firm, are added with the
existing assets and liabilities of the firm.
(ii) The capital of the new partner (the sole proprietorship) is equal to the purchase consideration agreed upon.
(iii) Calculation and treatment for goodwill and Capital reserve are same as explained in situation (A).
(iv) Before amalgamation, all the assets and liabilities of the firm may be revalued. Any profit or loss on
revaluation is transferred to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in the old profit-sharing ratio.
(v) Goodwill of the firm is to be adjusted by crediting the Partners’ Capital Accounts in their old profit-sharing
ratio.
(vi) Balance of reserve and surplus of the firm is also to be credited to partners’ Capital Accounts in the old
profit-sharing ratio.
Illustration 40
Following are the Balance Sheets of partners X and Y (sharing profits and losses in the ratio of their capital) and
the sole proprietor Z as on 31.03.2022 :
Partners Sole Partners Sole

Liabilities Assets
X&Y Proprietor Z X&Y Proprietor Z
Capital Goodwill - 2,000
X 15,000 - Building 25,000 -
Y 5,000 - Stock 10,000 15,000
Z - 10,000 Bills receivable 5,000 5,000
Creditors 26,000 13,000 Debtors 4,000 6,000
Loan - 5,000 Cash in Hand 2,000 -
46,000 28,000 46,000 28,000
The partners decided to admit Z as a partner and Z agreed to amalgamate his business with that of the partnership
on the following terms :
1. The new profit-sharing ratio among X, Y, and Z will be in the ratio of their capitals.
2. The building is to be appreciated by ` 15,000 and provision @ 5 % is to be created on debtors.
3. The goodwill of the partnership is valued at ` 10,000 and of the sole proprietor at ` 1,500; both are to be
recorded in the books.
4. Stock is to be taken at ` 9,200 and ` 16,800, respectively of the firm and the sole proprietor.
Prepare ledger accounts to close the books of Z, to make necessary Journal entries in the books of the firm and
prepare the Balance Sheet of the re-constituted partnership.

Solution :
Working Note : Calculation of purchase consideration
Assets taken over : (`) (`)
Goodwill 1,500
Stock 16,800
Bills receivable 5,000
Debtors 6,000 29,300
Less: Liabillties taken over:
Creditors 13,000
Loan 5,000
Provision for bad debts 300 18,300
Purchase consideration 11,000
In the books of Z

To, Goodwill A/c 2,000 By, Creditors A/c 13,000
To, Stock A/c 15,000 By, Loan A/c 5,000
To, Bills receivable A/c 5,000 By, Partners X & Y A/c 11,000
To, Debtors A/c 6,000
To, Capital A/c - Profit 1,000
29,000 29,000

To, Partners X & Y A/c 11,000 By, Balance b/d 10,000
By, Realisation A/c 1,000
11,000 11,000
Dr. Partners X & Y Account Cr.

To, Realisation A/c 11,000 By, Capital A/c 11,000
11,000 11,000

In the Books of X & Y

Journals Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars L.F (`) (`)

Building A/c Dr. 15,000
To, Revaluation A/c
(Increase in the Value of Building) 15,000
To, Stock A/c
To, Provision for Bad Debt A/c 800
(Decrease in the value of assets ) 200
To, X Capital A/c
To, Y Capital A/c 10,500
(Profit on revaluation transferred) 3,500
To, X Capital A/c
(Goodwill raised in the books) 2,500
Stock A/c Dr. 16,800
Debtors A/c Dr. 6,000
To, Loan A/c 5,000
To, Creditors A/c 13,000
To, Provision for Bad Debt A/c 300
To, Z Capital A/c 11,000
(Assets and liabilities taken over)
Balance Sheet of X, Y & Z (after absorption) as at 01.04.2022

Capital Account Goodwill 11,500
-X 33,000 Building 40,000
-Y 11,000 Stock 26,000
-Z 11,000 Bills Receivable 10,000
Loan 5,000 Debtors 10,000
Crditors 39,000 Less: Provision 500 9,500
Cash in hand 2,000
99,000 99,000

(C) When one firm takes over another firm

In this case, the procedures for closing of books are same as earlier. The assets of the absorbed firm added with
the firm who absorbed the firm.
The treatment for capital reserve and goodwill are same as before.
Illustration 41
Following is the Balance sheet of AB & Co. and CD & Co. as on 31.03.2022.
AB & Co. CD & Co. AB & Co. CD & Co.

Liabilities Assets
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Bank Loan 10,000 - Stock-in-trade 32,000 24,000
Bills Payable 30,000 40,000 Sundry Debtors 18,000 30,000
Capital A 60,000 - Machinery 60,000 20,000
Capital B 30,000 - Cash in hand 12,000 2,000
Capital C 36,000 Furniture 8,000 6,000
Capital D 24,000 Investments - 18,000
130,000 100,000 130,000 100,000
AB & Co. absorbed CD & Co. on 01.04.2022 on the following terms:
(a) The value of the goodwill of CD & Co. would be ` 12,000;
(b) The investments of CD & Co. to be sold out for ` 24,000 and the realised cash will be introduced
in the acquiring business;
(c) The stock of CD & Co. to be reduced to ` 22,000;
(d) The machinery of CD & Co. will be increased by 40%;
(e) The Furniture of CD & Co. will be reduced by 10%.
It was further agreed that for AB & Co., following are the adjustments to be made :
(i) Assets are to be revalued as follows :
Goodwill- ` 16,000; Stock - ` 40,000; Machinery - ` 84,000; Furniture - ` 7,200;
(ii) Bank loan to be repaid
Show necessary Ledger Accounts to close the books of CD & Co. and to prepare necessary Journal entry and
Balance Sheet of AB & Co. after absorption.
Solution :
Working Notes:
Calculation of Purchase Consideration
Assets taken over : (`)
Machinery 28,000
Furniture 5,400
Stock 22,000

Assets taken over : (`)

Debtors 30,000
Cash (` 24,000 + ` 2,000) 26,000
Goodwill 12,000
1,23,400
Less : Liability taken over
– Bills payable
Purchase consideration 40,000
83,400
In the books of CD & Co.

To, Stock-in-trade 24,000 By, Bills Payable A/c 40,000
“ Sundry Debtors 30,000 By, AB & Co A/c 83,400
“ Machinery 20,000
“ Cash in hand 26,000
“ Furniture 6,000
To, Partners’ Capital A/cs:
C - 8,700
D - 8,700 17,400
123,400 123,400

To, Balance b/d 2,000 By, Realisation A/c 26,000
To, Investments A/c 24,000
26000 26,000

Date Particulars C (`) D (`) Date Particulars C (`) D (`)
To, Capital in By, Balance b/d 36,000 24,000
AB & Co. A/c 47,700 35,700 By, Profit on Sale of 3,000 3,000
Investment A/c
By, Realisation A/c 8,700 8,700
47,700 35,700 47,700 35,700

In the books of AB & Co.

Date Particulars A (`) B (`) Date Particulars A (`) B (`)
To, Balance c/d 83,600 53,600 By, Balance b/d 60,000 30,000
By, Goodwill A/c 8,000 8,000
By, Revaluation A/c 15,600 15,600
83,600 53,600 83,600 53,600

Capital Accounts Goodwill 28,000
A 83,600 Machinery 1,12,000
B 53,600 Furniture 12,600
C 47,700 Stock 62,000
D 35,700 Debtors 48,000
Bills payable 70,000 Cash `(26,000 + 12,000 – 10,000) 28,000
2,90,600 2,90,600
Journal
Date Particulars L.F Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
2022 Bank Loan A/c Dr. 10,000
To Cash A/c 10,000
(Being the bank loan repaid)
(Being the goodwill raised )
Stock A/c Dr. 8,000
To Revaluation A/c 32,000
(Being increase in the value of assets)
Revaluation A/c Dr. 800
To Furniture A/c 800
(Being the decrease in the value of furniture)


(Being the profit on revaluation transferred to Partners’ Capital
A/cs in the profit-sharing ratio)
Furniture A/c Dr. 5,400
Stock A/c Dr. 22,000
Debtors A/c Dr. 30,000
Cash A/c Dr. 26,000
To Bills Payable A/c
To C ‘s Capital A/c 40,000
To D’s Capital A/c 47,700
(Being the introduction of capital by C & D) 35,700
(D) When two or more partnership firms form a new partnership firm
When two or more partnership firms amalgamate to form a new partnership firm, the books of account of the old
firm is to be closed. In the books of each old firm, a Realisation Account to be opened. The accounting entries of
the amalgamating firm is same as before as they were absorbed.
Illustration 42
Two partnership firms, carrying on business under the style of R & Co. (Partners A & B) and W & Co. (Partners C
& D) respectively, decided to amalgamate into RW & Co. with effect from 1st April 2022. The respective Balance
Sheets of both the firms as on 31st March, 2022 are in below :
Liabilities R (`) W (`) Assets R (`) W (`)

Capital B 19,000 - Goodwill - 5,000
Capital C - 10,000 Machinery 10,000 -
Capital D - 2,000 Stock-in-trade 20,000 5,000
Bank Loan 15,000 - Sundry Debtors 10,000 10,000
Creditors 10,000 9,500 Cash in hand - 1,500
Capital - A 4,000 -
44,000 21,500 44,000 21,500
Profit sharing ratios are : A & B = 1:2; C & D = 1:1. Agreed terms are :
(i) All fixed assets are to be devalued by 20%.
(ii) All stock in trade is to be appreciated by 50%.

(iii) R & Co. owes ` 5,000 to W & Co. as on 31st March 2013. This is settled at ` 2,000. Goodwill is to be ignored
for the purpose of amalgamation.
(iv) The fixed capital accounts in the new firm (RW & Co.) are to be : Mr A ` 2,000; Mr. B ` 3,000; Mr C ` 1,000
and D ` 4,000.
(v) Mr. B takes over bank overdraft of R & Co. and contributed to Mr. A the amount of money to be brought in
by Mr. A to make up his capital contribution.
(vi) Mr C is paid off in cash from W & Co. and Mr. D brings in sufficient cash to make up his required capital
contribution.
Pass necessary Journal entries to close the books of both the firms as on 31st March 2022.
Solution :
Calculation of Purchase Consideration
Assets taken over : R & Co. (`) W & Co. (`)

Plant & Machinery 8,000 -
Stock-in-trade 30,000 7,500
Sundry Debtors [(* After adjustment of ` 3,000 10,000 *7,000
(` 5,000 – 2,000)] (A) 48,000 14,500
Liability taken over:

Sundry Creditors [(* ` (10,000 – 3000)] *7,000 9,500
(B)
Purchase consideration (A-B) 41,000 5,000
In the books of R & Co.

Journals Dr. Cr.

31.3.22 Realisation A/c Dr. 40,000
To, Machinery A/c 10,000
To, Stock-in-trade A/c 20,000
(Different assets transferred)
Sundry Creditors A/c Dr. 10,000
(Sundry creditors transferred to Realisation Account)
Bank Loan A/c Dr. 15,000
To, B Capital A/c 15,000
(Bank overdraft taken over by B)


RW & Co. A/c Dr. 41,000
Realisation A/c Dr. 11,000
To, A Capital A/c 3,667
To, B Capital A/c 7,333
(Profit on realisation transferred to partners capital in the
ratio of 1:2)
B Capital A/c Dr. 2,333
To, A Capital A/c 2,333
(Deficit in A’s capital made good by B)
A Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
B Capital A/c (3,000 + 36,000) Dr. 39,000
To, RW & Co. A/c 41,000
(Capital accounts of the partners closed by transfer to RW
& Co.)
Alternatively Shows:
A Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
B Capital A/c Dr. 3,000
Loan from B A/c Dr. 36,000
To, RW & Co. A/c 41,000
Note : It should be noted that the credit balance in B’s capital account is ` 39,000. His agreed capital in RW &
Co is ` 3,000 only. Since there is no liquid assets in R & Co. from which B can be repaid, the excess amount of
` 36,000 should be taken over by RW & Co. as loan from B.
In the books of W & Co.

Journals

31.3.22 Realisalion A/c Dr. 20,000
(Different Assets transferred)


Sundry Creditors A/c Dr. 9,500
(Sundry creditors transferred)
RW & Co. A/c Dr. 5,000
D’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,750
(Loss on realisation transferred to Capital Account equally)
Cash A/c Dr. 4,750
To, D’s Capital A/c 4,750
(Being the necessary amount brought in by D to make up his
required capital contribution)
To, RW & Co. A/c 5,000
To, Cash A/c 6,250
(Capital accounts of the partners closed by transfer to RW &
Co. and balance paid by cash)
Alternatively Shows:
To, Cash A/c 6,250
(Being the C's Capital is paid off)
To, RW & Co. A/c 5,000
(Being the Partner's Capital transferred to RW & Co.)

R & Co. W & Co. R & Co. W & Co.
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Goodwill - 5,000 By, Creditors 10,000 9,500

“ Machinery 10,000 - By, RW & Co. 41,000 5,000
“ Stock-in-trade 20,000 5,000 By, C’s Capital 2,750

R & Co. W & Co. R & Co. W & Co.

(`) (`) (`) (`)
“ Sundry Debtors 10,000 10,000 By D’s Capital 2,750

“ Cash in hand -
“ A’s Capital 3,667
“ B’s Capital 7,333
51,000 20,000 51,000 20,000
Dr. Partners’ Capital Accounts of R & Co. Cr.

A B A B
(`) (`) (`) (`)
2022 To Balance b/d 4,000 — 2022 By Balance b/d — 19,000
Mar “ A Capital A/c — 2,333 Mar “ Realisation A/c (Profit) 3,667 7,333
“ Loan A/c — 36,000 “ Bank overdraft A/c — 15,000
“ R W & Co. A/c 2,000 3,000 “ B’s Capital A/c 2,333 —
6,000 41,333 6,000 41,333
Dr. Partners’ Capital Accounts of W & Co. Cr.

C D C D
(`) (`) (`) (`)
2022 To Realisation A/c (Loss) 2,750 2,750 2022 By Balance b/d 10,000 2,000
Mar “ Cash A/c 6,250 — Mar “ Cash A/c — 4,750
“ R W & Co. A/c 1,000 4,000
10,000 6,750 10,000 6,750
Illustration 43
A and B carry on independent business in provisions and their position as at 31.3.2022 are reflected in the
Balance Sheets given below:
A (`) B (`)
Stock in Trade 1,70,000 98,000
Cash at Bank 13,000 7,500
Furniture and Fixtures 2,750 1,766
Investments 513 -----
2,76,250 1,44,500

A (`) B (`)
Represented by Sundry Creditors for
Purchases 1,10,000 47,000
Expenses 13,250 2,000
Capital Account 1,53,000 95.500
2,76,250 1,44.500
Both of them want to. form a partnership firm from 1st April, 2022 on the following understanding:
(a) The capital of the partnership would,be `3 lakhs which would be contributed by them in the ratio of 2 :1.
(b) The assets of the individual business would be evaluated by C at which values, the firm will take them over
and the value would be adjusted against the contribution due by A and B.
(c) C gave his valuation report as follows:
Business of A: Stock in Trade to be written down by 15% and a portion of Sundry Debtors amounting to
`9,000 estimated unrealisable not to be assumed by the firm; furniture and fixtures to be valued at `2,000 and
investments to be taken of market value of 1,000. Assets of B: Stocks to be increased by 10%, and Sundry
Debtors to be admitted at 85% of their value; rest of the assets to be assumed at their book value.
(d) The firm is not to assume any Creditors other than the dues on account of purchases made.
Prepare the opening Balance Sheet of the firm.
Solution:
Calculation Net Assets taken over
A (`) B (`)
Investments 1,000 —
Sundry debtors 80,000 31,450
Furniture & fixtures 2,000 1,766
Stock in trade 1,44,500 1,07,800
Cash at bank 13,000 7,500
2,41,487 1,48,750
Less: Sundry Trade Creditors 1,10,000 47,000
1,31,487 1,01,750
Add: Additional Cash bought is by A 68,513 —
Less: Excess Amount transferred to Current A/c. — 1,750
2,00,000 1,00,000

M/s A & B
Capital Furniture and Fixtures 3,766

A 2,00,000 Investments 1,000
B 1,00,000 3,00,000 Sundry Debtors 1,11,450
Sundry Creditors 1,57,000 Stock in Trade 2,52,300
B’s Current A/c 1,750 Cash in hand 1 ,221
Cash at Bank 89,013
4,58,750 4,58,750

Conversion of Partnership Firm into a

Company and Sale of Partnership Firm to a 4.7
Company
F
or various reasons, an existing partnership may sell its entire business to an existing Joint Stock
Company. It can also convert itself into a Joint Stock Company. The former case is the absorption of a
partnership firm by a Joint Stock Company but the latter case is the flotation of a new company to take
over the business of the partnership.
In either of the above cases, the existing partnership firm is dissolved and all the books of account are closed.
Broadly, the procedure of liquidation of the partnership business is same as what has already been explained in
“Amalgamation of Partnership”
Some important points :

(1) The Purchase Consideration is satisfied by the Company either in the form of cash or shares or debentures
or a combination of two or more of these. The shares may be equity or preference shares. The shares
may be issued at par, at a premium or at a discount. For the partnership, the issue price is relevant
which may form a part of the purchase consideration.
(2) In the absence of any agreement, share received from purchasing company should be distributed among the
partners in the same ratio as profits and losses are shared.
Accounting Entries in the books of selling firms.

1. For transferring different assets to Realisation Account
Realisation A/c Dr. [Individually]
To, Sundry Assets A/c
(Assets transferred to Realisation Account at their book values)
2. For transferring different liabilities to Realisation Account
Liabilities A/c Dr. [Individually]
To, Realisation A/c
(Liabilities transferred to Realisation Account at their book values)
3. For purchase consideration due
Purchasing Co. A/c Dr
To, Realisation A/c
(Purchase consideration due from the new firm)

4. For assets taken over by the proprietor

Capital A/c Dr
To, Realisation A/c
(Assets taken over by the proprietor)
5. For realisation of assets not taken over by the Company
Bank A/c Dr.
To, Realisation A/c
(Realisation of assets not taken over by the new firm)
6. For recording unrecorded assets
Assets A/c Dr
To, Capital A/c
(Unrecorded assets recorded)
7. For realisation of unrecorded assets
Bank A/c Dr
To, Assets A/c
8. For payment of liabilities not taken over
Realisation A/c Dr
To, Bank A/c
(Payment of liabilities not taken over by the new firm)
9. For recording unrecorded liabilities
Capital A/c Dr
To, Liabilities A/c
(Being the unrecorded liabilities recorded)
10. For payment of unrecorded liabilities
Liabilities A/c Dr
To, Bank A/c
(Payment of unrecorded liabilities)
(Note: If unrecorded liabilities are taken over by the Company, it is also transferred to Realisation Account
along with other liabilities.)
11. For liabilities taken over by the proprietor
Realisation A/c Dr
To, Capital A/c
(Being liabilities assumed by the proprietor)

12. For realisation expenses

Realisation A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c
(Realisation expenses paid)
13. For profit on realisation
Realisation A/c Dr
To, Capital A/c
14. For loss on realisation
Capital A/c Dr
To, Realisation A/c
(Loss on realisation transferred to Capital Account)
15. For accumulated profits / reserves
Reserves A/c Dr
Profit and Loss A/c Dr
To, Capital A/c
(Undrawn profits transferred to Capital Account)
16. For Loss : Reverse entry of 15.
17. For transferring partners’ current accounts (Credit balances) to capital accounts
Partners’ Current A/cs Dr.
To, Partners’ Capital A/cs
If there is a debit balance in current account, the reverse entry shall be recorded.
18. For Settlement of purchase consideration by the company
Shares in Purchasing Co. Dr.
Debentures in Purchasing Co. Dr.
Cash A/c Dr.
To, Purchasing Co. A/c
19. For final adjustment
Partners’ Capital A/cs Dr.
To, Shares in Purchasing Co. A/c
To, Debenture in Purchasing Co. A/c
To, Cash A/c
Accounting Entries in the books of the Purchasing Company

The purchasing company will record all the assets and liabilities at agreed values. Calculation of
Goodwill and Capital Reserve same as explained earlier.

1. For assets and liabilities taken over:

(When net assets taken over is less than the Purchase consideration)
Assets A/c Dr. (Agreed Value)
Goodwill A/c Dr. (Balancing figure)
To, Liabilities A/c (Agreed Value)
To, Firm A/c (Purchase Consideration)
(Being different assets and liabilities taken over)
(When net assets taken over is more than the Purchase consideration)
Assets A/c Dr. (Agreed Value)
To, Liabilities A/c (Agreed Value)
To, Firm A/c (Purchase Consideration)
To, Capital Reserve A/c (Balancing Figure)
(Being different assets and liabilities taken over)
2. For discharge of Purchase Consideration:
Firm A/c Dr (Purchase Consideration)
To, Share Capital A/c (Face value of shares issued)
To, Securities Premium A/c (if any)
To, Debentures A/c
To, Bank A/c
Illustration 44
X and Y were in partnership in XY & Co. sharing profits in the proportions 3:2. On 31st March 2022, they
accepted an offer from P Ltd. to acquire at that date their fixed assets and stock at an agreed price of ` 7,20,000.
Debtors, creditors and bank overdraft would be collected and discharged by the partnership firm.
The purchase consideration of ` 7,20,000 consisted of cash ` 3,60,000, debentures in P Ltd. (at par)
` 1,80,000 and 12,000 Equity Shares of ` 10 each in P Ltd. X will be employed in P Ltd. but, since Y was retiring
X agreed to allow him ` 30,000 in compensation, to be adjusted through their Capital Accounts. Y was to
receive 1,800 shares in P Ltd. and the balance due to him in cash. The Balance Sheet of the firm as on 31.03.2022
is in below :

X’s Capital Account 1,20,000 Fixed Assets 4,80,000
Loan from X 2,10,000 Stock 45,000
Bank overdraft 1,50,000 Debtors 75,000
Creditors 1,80,000 Y’s Capital Account 60,000
6,60,000 6,60,000
The sale of the assets to P. Ltd. took place as agreed; the debtors realised ` 60,000 and creditors were settled

for ` 1,71,000. The firm then ceased business. You are required to pass necessary Journal entries and show:
(a) Realisation Account (b) Bank Account (c) Partners’ Capital Accounts.
Solution:
In the books of XY & Co.

Journals
31.3.22 Realisalion A/c Dr. 6,00,000
To, Fixed Assets A/c 4,80,000
(Different Assets transferred)
Creditors A/c Dr. 1,80,000
(Sundry creditors transferred)
P Ltd A/c Dr. 7,20,000
Bank A/c Dr. 3,60,000
Debentures in P Ltd. Dr. 1,80,000
Shares in P Ltd. Dr. 1,80,000
To, P. Ltd A/c
(Purchase consideration Received) 7,20,000
Bank A/c Dr. 60,000
(Debtors realized)
Realisation A/c Dr. 1,71,000
To, Bank A/c 1,71,000
(Payment to Creditors)
Realisation A/c Dr. 1,89,000
To, X Capital A/c 1,13,400
Loan from X Dr. 2,10,000
To, X Capital 2,10,000
(Loan Balance transferred)


X Capital A/c Dr. 30,000
(Adjustment for compensation)
X Capital A/c Dr. 4,13,400
To, Share in P Ltd 1,53,000
To, Debenture in P Ltd. 1,80,000
To, Bank A/c 80,400
(Final settlement of accounts of X)
Y Capital A/c Dr. 45,600
To, Shares in P Ltd. 27,000
To, Bank 18,600
(Fianal settlement of accounts of Y)
To, Fixed Assets A/c 4,80,000 By, Creditors A/c 1,80,000

To, Stock A/c 45,000 By, Bank A/c (Debtors realised) 60,000
To, Debtors A/c 75,000 By, P Ltd A/c (Purch. Consid.)
To, Bank A/c (creditors payment) 1,71,000 Bank 3,60,000
To, X’s Capital A/c (profit) 1,13,400 Debentures in P Ltd 1,80,000
To, Y’s Capital A/c (profit) 75,600 Shares in P Ltd. 1,80,000
9,60,000 9,60,000
To, Realisation A/c 60,000 By, Balance b/d 1,50,000

(Debtors realised) By, Realisation A/c 1,71,000
To, S Ltd. A/c 3,60,000 (Crs payment)
(Purchase Consideration) By, Capital A/c - X 80,400
By, Capital A/c - Y 18,600
4,20,000 4,20,000


Dt. Particulars X (`) Y (`) Dt. Particulars X (`) Y (`)
To, Balance b/d - 60,000 By, Balance b/d 1,20,000 -
To, Y Capital A/c 30,000 By, Loan from X 2,10,000 -
To, Shares in P Ltd 1,53,000 By, Realisation A/c 1,13,400 75,600
To, Debentures in 27,000 (profit)
P Ltd A/c By, X ‘s Capital A/c
To, Bank A/c (final 1,80,000 - 30,000
payment) 80,400 -
18,600
4,43,400 1,05,600 4,43,400 1,05,600
Note :
Value of equity shares (`) (`)
Total Purchase consideration 7,20,000
Discharged:
In Cash 3,60,000
By Debentures 1,80,000 5,40,000
Balance by 12,000 Equity shares of ` 10 per each 1,80,000
So the cost of each equity share be ` 1,80,000/12,000 = ` 15 per share.
Thus in the books of P Ltd. Security premium will be ` 12,000 × 5 = ` 60,000
Illustration 45
Suchandra, Ashmita and Kasturi were running partnership business sharing Profit and Losses in 2:2:1 ratio. Their
Balance Sheet as on 31.03.2022 stood as following: (` in 000’s)
Fixed Capital Fixed Assets 920.00

Suchandra. 690.00 Investment 115.00
Ashmita 460.00 Current Assets:
Kasturi 230.00 1,380.00 Stock 230.00
Current Account: Debtors 632.50
Suchandra 138.00 Cash in Bank 287.50 1,150.00
Kasturi 92.00 230.00
Unsecured Loan 230.00
Current Liabilities 345.00
2,185.00 2,185.00
On 1.4.2022, they agreed to form new company TT (P). Ltd. with Ashmita and Kasturi each taking up 460
eq. share of `10 each, which shall take over the firm as going concern including Goodwill, but excluding cash
and bank balance.

The following are also agreed upon:

(a) Goodwill will be valued at 3 years purchase of super profit.
(b) The actual profit for the purpose of Goodwill valuation will be ` 4,60,000.
(c) The normal rate of return will be 18% p.a. on Fixed Capital.
(d) All other assets and liabilities will be taken at Book value.
(e) Ashmita and Kasturi are to acquire interest in the new company at the ratio 3:2.
(f) The purchase consideration will be payable partly in shares of `10 each and partly in cash. Payment in cash
being to meet the requirement to discharge Suchandra, who has agreed to retire.
(g) Realisation expenses amounted to ` 1,17,300.
You are required to close the books of the firm by passing necessary journal entries.
Solution:
(a) Realization A/c Dr. 26,49,600
To, Fixed Assets A/c 9,20,000
To, Investment A/c 1,15,000
To, Stock A/c 2,30,000
To, Sundry Debtors A/c 6,32,500
To, Goodwill N 6,34,800
To, Bank A/c (Realization Expenses) 1,17,300
(Being transfer of Assets To, Realization A/c)
(b) Unsecured loan A/c Dr. 2,30,000
Current liabilities A/c Dr. 3,45,000
(Being transfer of liabilities To, Realization A/c)
(c) Suchandra’s Capital A/c Dr. 46,920
Ashmita’s Capital A/c Dr. 46,920
Kasturi’s Capital A/c Dr. 23,460
(Being transfer of realization losses To, partner’s Capital A/c)
(d) TT (P) Ltd. A/c Dr. W.N.(3) 19,57,300
(Being purchase consideration due)
(e) Goodwill A/c Dr.W.N. (2) 6,34,800
To, Suchandra’s Capital A/c 2,53,920
To, Ashmita’s Capital A/c 2,53,920
To, Kasturi’s Capital No 1 ,26,960
(Being transfer of goodwill To, parties Capital A/c)


(f) Suchandra’s Current A/c Dr. 1,38,000
Kasturi’s Current A/c Dr. 92,000
To, Suchandra’s Capital A/c
To, Kasturi’s Capital A/c
(Being transfer of Current A/c balances To, Capital A/c)
(g) Suchandra’s Capital A/c Dr. 10,35,000
To, Bank A/c 10,35,000
(Being amount of Capital paid To, Suchandra)
(h) Ashmita’s Capital A/c Dr. 11,500
To, Kasturi’s Capital A/c 11,500
(Being amount payable by Kasturi To, Ashmita in order To,
make their claim in new company as 3:2)
(i) Bank A/c Dr. 8,64,800
Shares in TT (P) Ltd. A/c Dr. 10,92,500
To, TT (P). Ltd. A/c 19,57,300
(Being amount received, amount shares in Tata (P) Ltd.
distributed for Purchase consideration)
Working Notes:
1. Dr. Ashmita’s Capital A/c Cr.
To, Realiztion A/c 46,920 By, Balance c/d 4,60,000

To, Kasturi’s Capital 11,500 By, Goodwill A/c 2,53,920
To, Shares in TT (P) Ltd. 6,55,500
7,13,920 7,13,920
Dr. Kasturi’s Capital A/c Cr.

To, Realization A/c 23,460 By, Balance c/d 2,30,000

To, Shares in TT (P) Ltd. 4,37,000 By, Goodwill A/c 1,26,960
By, Current A/c 92,000
By, Ashmita’s Capital A/c 11,500
4,60,460 4,60,460
2. Calculation of goodwill.
Normal Ratio of return = 1 8% p.a. or fixed capital
=
` 13,80,000 × 18%
=
` 2,48,400

Actual Profit = ` 4,60,000

(-) Normal Profit = ` 2,48,400
Super Profit = ` 2,11,600
Goodwill = ` 2,11,600 × 3 years of purchase of S.P.
=
` 6,34,800
Suchandra’s Share = ` 6,34,800 × 2/5
=
` 2,53,920
Ashmita’s Share = ` 6,34,800 × 2/5
=
` 2,53,920
Kasturi’s Share = ` 6,34,800 × 1/5
=
` 1,26,960
3. Computation of Purchases Consideration
Investments ` 1,15,000
Fixed Assets ` 9,20,000
Stock ` 2,30,000
Debtors ` 6,32,500
Goodwill ` 6,34,800
` 25,32,300
Less: Unsecured loan ` 2,30,000
Current liabilities ` 3,45,000
` 19,57,300
4. Calculation of cash required from TT (P) Ltd.
Cash required to pay to Suchandra ` 10,35,000
Less: Cash available after expenses (` 2,87,500 - ` 1,17,300) ` 1,70,200
Cash received for purchase Consideration ` 8,64,800
5. Shares of ` 10,92,500 are to be issued to Ashmita and Kasturi in the ratio of 3:2
Ashmita `10,92,500 × 3 = `6,55,500

5
2
Kasluri `10,92,500 × 5 = `4,37,000

Accounting of Limited
4.8
Liability Partnership
In the recent times, a new form of business organisation, namely the Limited Liability Partnership has been
formed which combines the features of two common forms of business – the partnership and the company.
Meaning of Limited Liability Partnership (LLP)

Limited Liability Partnership is a specific form of business organisation consisting of partners whose liability
is limited to the capital contribution made by them. It is a combination of both partnership and company and has
the characteristics of both these forms of organisations. Unlike a partnership, the partners of a limited liability
partnership have limited liability (similar to that in the company) which implies that personal assets of the partners
will not be not used for paying off the debts of the organisation.
In India, all limited liability partnerships are governed by the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008 which
came into effect from April 1, 2009.
NB: the provisions of Indian Partnership Act, 1932 shall not apply to a limited liability partnership.
Nature of Limited Liability Partnership

The nature of a limited liability partnership can be understood from the following:
●● A limited liability partnership is a body corporate formed and incorporated under a statute.
●● It has a legal entity separate from that of its partners.
●● Any change in the partners of a limited liability partnership would not affect the existence, rights or liabilities
of the limited liability partnership.
Features of Limited Liability Partnership

Some of the important features of a limited liability partnership registered in India are:
~~ A limited liability partnership is a body corporate.
~~ It is formed and incorporated under the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008.
~~ Any individual or body corporate may be a partner in a limited liability partnership.
~~ Every limited liability partnership shall have at least two partners.
~~ Every limited liability partnership shall have at least two designated partners who are individuals and at least
one of them shall be a resident in India.
~~ Every limited liability partnership shall have either the words “limited liability partnership” or the acronym
“LLP” as the last words of its name.

Books of Accounts of Limited Liability Partnership

As per Sec. 34 of Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008, a limited liability partnership shall maintain such
proper books of accounts as may be prescribed relating to its affairs for each year of its existence on cash or accrual
basis and according to double entry system of accounting and shall maintain the same at its registered office for
such period as may be prescribed.
As per Rule 24(1) of the Limited Liability Partnership Rules, 2009 every limited liability partnership shall keep
books of accounts which are sufficient to show and explain the limited liability partnership’s transactions, and are
such as to:
(a) Disclose with reasonable accuracy, at any time, the financial position of the limited liability partnership at
that time; and
(b) Enable the designated partners to ensure that any Statement of Account and Solvency prepared under this
rule complies with the requirements of the Act.
The books of account shall contain:

(a) particulars of all sums of money received and expended by the limited liability partnership and the matters
in respect of which the receipt and expenditure takes place;
(b) a record of the assets and liabilities of the limited liability partnership;
(c) statements of goods purchased, inventories, work-in-progress, finished goods and cost of goods sold; and
(d) any other particulars which the partners may decide.
Rule 24(3) of the Limited Liability Partnership Rules, 2009 specifies that the books of accounts which a limited
liability partnership is required to keep shall be preserved for eight years from the date on which they are made.
Statement of Account and Insolvency

Every limited liability partnership shall, within a period of six months from the end of each financial year,
prepare a Statement of Account and Solvency for the said financial year as at the last day of the said financial year
in such form as may be prescribed, and such statement shall be signed by the designated partners of the limited
liability partnership. As per Sec. 36 of the said Act, such Statement of Account and Insolvency filed by a limited
liability partnership with the Registrar shall be available for inspection by any person in such manner and on
payment of such fees as may be prescribed. Every limited liability partnership shall file within the prescribed time,
the Statement of Account and Solvency with the Registrar every year in such form and manner, and accompanied
by such fees as may be prescribed.
Rule 24(3) of the Limited Liability Partnership Rules, 2009 specifies that every limited liability partnership shall
file the Statement of Account and Solvency in Form 8 with the Registrar, within a period of thirty days from the
end of the six months of the financial year to which the Statement of Account and Solvency relates. Such Statement
of Account and Solvency has to be signed on behalf of the limited liability partnership by its designated partners.
Every limited liability partnership has to prepare the following statement of account as prescribed in Part B of
LLP Form 8 pursuant to Rule 24 of Limited Liability Partnership Rules, 2009:
1. Statement of Assets and Liabilities; and
2. Statement of Income and Expenditure.

The format of the Statement of Assets and Liabilities is as follows:
Figures as at the end of Figures as at the end of

Particulars the current reporting the previous reporting
period (in ` ) period (in ` )
(I) CONTRIBUTION AND LIABILITIES
(1) Partner’s funds
Contribution received
Reserves and surplus (including surplus being the
profit/loss made during year)
(2) Liabilities
Secured loans
Unsecured loans
Short term borrowings
Creditors/Trade payables - Advance from customers
Amount of other liabilities
Other liabilities (to specify)
Provisions
For taxation
For contingencies
For insurance
Other provisions (if any)
Total
(II) ASSETS
Gross Fixed assets (including intangible assets)
Less: depreciation and amortization
Net fixed assets
Investments
Loans and advances
Inventories
Debtors/trade receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Amount of other assets
Other assets (to specify)
Total

The details of contingent liabilities are required to disclosed separately as under:

(a) Whether there are any contingent liabilities to report? Yes/ No
(b) (c) (d)

S. No. Description of contingent liability Amount
The format of the Statement of Income and Expenditure is as follows:
Figures for the period Figures for the period

(Current reporting (Previous reporting
period) period)
Particulars
From (DD/MM/YYYY) From (DD/MM/YYYY)
To (DD/MM/YYYY To (DD/MM/YYYY
(in ` ) (in ` )
Income
Gross turnover
Less: Excise duty or service tax
Net Turnover Details
(I) Domestic turnover
(a) Sale of goods manufactured
(b) Sale of goods traded
(c) Sale or supply of services
(II) Export turnover
(a) Sale of goods manufactured
(b) Sale of goods traded
(c) Sale or supply of services
Other income
Increase/ (decrease) in stocks including for raw
materials, work in progress and finished goods
Total Income
Expenses
Raw material consumed
Purchases made for re-sale
Consumption of stores and spare parts

Power and fuel

Personnel Expenses
Administrative expenses
Payment to auditors
Selling expenses
Insurance expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Interest
Other expenses
Total expenditure
Net Profit or Net Loss (before taxes)
Provision for Tax
Profit after Tax
Profit transferred to Partners’ account
Profit transferred to Reserves and Surplus
Failure to maintain books of accounts, prepare Statement of Account and Solvency etc.
Any limited liability partnership which fails to comply with the provisions as set out u/s 34 shall be punishable
with fine which shall not be less than ` 25,000 but which may extend to ` 5,00,000, and every designated partner
of such limited liability partnership shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than ` 10,000 but which
may extend to ` 1,00,000.
Annual Return
As per Sec. 35 of Limited Liability Act, 2008, every limited liability partnership shall file an Annual Return duly
authenticated with the Registrar within sixty days of closure of its financial year in such form and manner, and
accompanied by such fees as may be prescribed. Any limited liability partnership which fails to comply with the
provision as set out u/s 35 shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than ` 25,000 but which may extend
to ` 5,00,000. If a limited liability partnership contravenes the provisions of this section, the designated partner of
such limited liability partnership shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than ` 10,000 but which may
extend to ` 1,00,000. As per Sec. 36 of the said Act, the Annual return filed by a limited liability partnership with
the Registrar shall be available for inspection by any person in such manner and on payment of such fees as may
be prescribed. If in any return, any person makes any statement which is false in any material particular knowing
it to be false or, which omits any material fact knowing it to be material, he shall be punishable with imprisonment
which may extend to two years, and also be liable to fine which may extend to ` 5,00,000 but which shall not be
less than ` 1,00,000.
Audit of books of accounts

The accounts of the limited liability partnership shall be audited in accordance with the prescribed rules. An
auditor or auditors of a limited liability partnership shall be appointed for each financial year of the LLP for

auditing its accounts. A person shall be qualified for appointment as an auditor of a limited liability partnership
unless he is a Chartered Accountant in practice.
Illustration 46
P and Q are the partners of a limited liability partnership - M/s P&Q LLP dealing in electrical goods. The
following is their trial balance as on March 31, 2022:
Name of Accounts Dr. (` ) Cr. (` )

Inventories on April 1, 2021 4,50,000
Equipment 5,50,000
Premises 8,00,000
Bank 9,46,500
Sundry creditors 1,65,000
Secured loan 1,80,000
Unsecured loan 1,35,000
Returns outward 67,500
Outstanding expenses 24,000
Sales revenue from goods traded 53,00,000
Revenue from services rendered 2,35,000
Indirect Tax on turnover 1,35,000
Interest received on investment 67,500
Purchases 29,47,500
Salaries 8,45,000
Stationery charges 13,200
Communication charges 27,300
Insurance 54,800
Advertisement 44,200
Delivery charges 48,000
Interest on debt 95,500
Furniture & Fixture 5,40,000
Long-term investments 3,15,000
Cash 2,10,000


P’s contribution 1,300,000
Q’s contribution 950,000
8,694,000 8,694,000
(a) Unsold inventories on 31.03.2022 worth ` 5,62,500.
(b) Outstanding rent amounts to ` 36,000.
(c) Rate of depreciation on Furniture & Fixture @ 10%.
(d) Depreciate equipment by ` 67,500
(e) Provisions to be created: ` 22,500 for possible bad debts and ` 180,000 for taxation.
Considering the additional information provided above, you are required to prepare:
(i) Statement of Income and Expenditure for the year ended March 31, 2022; and
(ii) Statement of Assets and Liabilities as on that date.
Solution:
M/s P&Q LLP
Statement of Income and Expenditure for the year ended March 31, 2022
Particulars (`) (`)
Income
Gross Turnover [53,00,000+235,000] 55,35,000
Less: Excise duty (1,35,000)
Net Turnover Details 54,00,000
Other income: Interest on investments 67,500
Increase in inventories 1,12,500
[Closing 562,500 – Opening 450,000]
Total Income 55,80,000
Expenses
Purchases 29,47,500
Less: Returns outward (67,500) 28,80,000
Salaries 8,45,000
Add: Outstanding 36,000 3,48,000
Stationery charges 13,200

Particulars (`) (`)
Communication charges 27,300

Insurance 54,800
Advertisement 44,200
Delivery charges 48,000
Interest on debt 95,500
Depreciation: on Furniture & Fixture 54,000
on Equipment 67,500 1,21,500
Provision for bad debts 22,500
Total expenditure 45,00,000
Net Profit or Net Loss (before taxes) (Total Income – Total Expenditure) 10,80,000
Less: Provision for Tax 1,80,000
Profit after Tax 9,00,000
Profit transferred to Reserves and Surplus 9,00,000
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as on March 31, 2022
Particulars (`) (`)
(I) CONTRIBUTION AND LIABILITIES
(1) Partner’s funds
P’s Contribution 13,00,000
Q’s Contribution 9,50,000 22,50,000
General Reserves 2,70,000
Profit earned in 2021-22 9,00,000
(2) Liabilities
Secured loans 1,80,000
Unsecured loans 1,35,000
Sundry creditors 1,65,000
Outstanding expenses [24,000 + 36,000] 60,000
Provision for taxation 1,80,000
Total 41,40,000
(II) ASSETS
Premises 8,00,000

Particulars (`) (`)

Equipment 5,50,000
Less: Depreciation 67,500 4,82,500
Furniture & Fixture 5,40,000
Less: Depreciation 54,000, 4,86,000
Net fixed assets 17,68,500
Investments: Long-term 3,15,000
Inventories 5,62,500
Less: Provision for bad debts 22,500 3,37,500
Cash and cash equivalents
Bank 9,46,500
Cash 2,10,000 11,56,500
Total 41,40,000
Solved Case(s)
Amal, Bimal and Kamal were the partners in a firm which is engaged in the manufacturing of leather shoes. Their
business is located in the outskirts of the city of Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh. The partners are in this business since
1997, and they share profits and losses in the ratio of 3:2:1.
On November 5, 2021, Kamal met with a serious road accident while travelling from Lucknow to Kanpur after
attending a meeting with one of their customers. After being hospitalized for three long months, he was released
in the first week of February 2022. During this time, he realised that it would not be possible for him to continue
as a partner in this business and so he decided to retire from the firm. He communicated his decision to the other
partners and it was mutually agreed upon that Kamal will continue till the end of this financial year and thereafter
retire from the business, while the other partners will continue. The Balance Sheet of the firm as on 31.03.2022
was as follows:

Capital Accounts: Plant 40,000
Amal 45,000 Building 50,000
Bimal 35,000 Furniture 4,000
Kamal 25,000 1,05,000 Debtors 30,000
Profit & Loss A/c 12,000 Stock 25,000
Reserve fund 15,000 Bank 3,500


Creditors 20,500
1,52,500 1,52,500
Kamal retired on that date subject to the following conditions:

(i) Goodwill of the firm to be valued at Rs. 36,000;
(ii) Building is to be appreciated by 20%;
(iii) Plant and Furniture are to be depreciated by 10% and 15% respectively;
(iv) Provision to be made for doubtful debts @ 5%.
Amal and Bimal are to bring in cash, if necessary, in their profit sharing ratio to pay off Kamal’s dues on
retirement and leave a sum of Rs. 10,000 as working capital.
1. Ascertain the amount of profit or loss arising to the firm out of revaluation. Also state the share of individual
partner therein.
2. Determine the amount of cash to be brought in by Amal and Bimal to pay off Kamal’s dues.
3. Draft the post-retirement Balance Sheet of the partnership firm.
Answer:
1. The amount of profit or loss arising to the firm out of revaluation is - `39,900 share of individual partner
therein are `19,950, `13,300 and `6,650 respectively.

To, Provision for Doubtful Debts A/c 1,500 By, Goodwill A/c 36,000
To, Depreciation on Plant A/c 4,000 By, Building A/c 10,000
To, Depreciation on Furniture A/c 600
To, Partner’s Capital A/c
- Amal’s Capital (3/6) 19,950
- Bimal’s Capital (2/6) 13,300
- Kamal’s Capital (1/6) 6,650 39,900
46,000 46,000
2. Additional amount to be brought in by Amal and Bimal: (`)

Amount paid to Kamal 36,150
Add: required working capital to be maintained 10,000
46,150

Less: Cash at Bank as per existing balance Sheet 3,500

Amount to be brought in 42,650
So, Amount to be brought in by Amal = 42,650 × 3/5 = 25,590
Amount to be brought in by Bimal = 42,650 × 2/5 = 17,060
3. Balance Sheet as at 31.03.2022

Capital A/C Goodwill 36,000
Amal 1,04,040 Buildings 60,000
Bimal 74,360 1,78,400 Plant 36,000
Furniture 3,400
Creditors 20,000 Debtors 30,000
Less: Provision 1,500 28,500
Stock 25,000
Bank [Note 1] 10,000
1,98,900 1,98,900
Working Notes:

Amal Bimal Kamal Amal Bimal Kamal
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Bank A/c - - 36,150 By, Balance b/d 45,000 35,000 25,000
- Dues paid off (Bal. By, Reserve Fund A/c 7,500 5,000 2,500
fig.) By, Revaluation A/c 19,950 13,300 6,650
- Profit
By, Profit & Loss A/c 6,000 4,000 2,000
To, Balance c/d 1,04,040 74,360 - By, Bank A/c (Def.) 25,590 17,060 -
(Bal. fig.)
1,04,040 74,360 36,150 1,04,040 74,360 36,150
By Balance b/d 1,04,040 74,360 -

Exercise
1. Sacrificing ratio is:

a. New Profit sharing ratio - old profit sharing ratio.
b. Equal to old profit sharing ratio
c. Equal
d. Old profit sharing ratio - new profit sharing ratio.
2. Which of the following is not an essential feature of a partnership firm?
a. Mutual agency.
b. Existence of business.
c. Association of two or more people.
d. Compulsory registration
3. Generally sacrifice ratio is concerned with the situation of:
a. Admission of a new partner
b. Retirement of a partner
c. Dissolution of firm
d. Conversion of firm into company
4. Which of the following account is mainly prepared at the time of dissolution of the firm?
a. Revaluation A/c
b. Goodwill A/c
c. Realization A/c
d. Memorandum Revaluation A/c
Answers:
1 d 2 d 3 d 4 d
1. In absence of partnership deed the profit or loss should be distributed among partners in their capital
ratio.
2. In absence of partnership deed, partners are entitled to interest on capital @ 6% p.a.
3. New-partner pays premium for goodwill, which will be shared by old partners in their new profit sharing
ratio.
4. When the capitalization of profits method is used then the value of goodwill on the basis of future
maintainable profits is more than that of on the basis of super profits.
5. It is necessary to revalue of assets and liabilities at the time of admission of a new partner.

6. After the death of a partner, the combined shares of continuing partners decrease.
7. Changes in profit sharing ratio among the existing partners may occur at any time during the financial year.
8. Loss on Realisation should be distributed according to capital ratio.
9. The surrender value of Joint Life Policy is distributed among all partners in their old ratio upon
retirement.
10. Adjustments are recorded in Partner’s Current Account in Fixed Capital Method.
Answers:
1 False 2 False 3 False 4 False 5 True

6 False 7 True 8 False 9 True 10 True
1. Profit or Loss on revaluation is shared among the partners in _________ Ratio.

2. Realisation account is opened at the time of __________ of firm.
3. Memorandum revaluation account is prepared when the _________ of assets and liabilities are not
altered.
4. Interest to be allowed @ 0.75 per cent per month on Partners Capital of ` 60 Lakh; Manager’s
Commission @ 5 per cent of Net Profit before charging such commission. If the Net Profit before charging
interest on capital and manager’s commission amounted to ` 14.85 Lakh, then manager’s commission
will be _____________.
5. The amount due to deceased partner is paid to his/ her _____________.
6. Surplus capital method is suitable when all partners are _____________.
7. Profit or loss on revaluation of assets and liabilities is shared by the _____________.
8. At the time of admission of a partner, General Reserve is distributed among the partners in _____________
sharing ratio.
9. If there is any change in profit sharing ratio of the partners, the old partnership will be _____________
10. An incoming partner contributes _____________ to share in the total assets and _____________ for
future profits.
Answer:
1 Old profit sharing 2 Dissolution of the firm

3 Book value 4 ` 47,250
5 Executors 6 Solvent
7 Old Partners 8 Old Profit.
9 Terminated 10 Capital, goodwill

~~ Multple Choice Questions

1. X and Y are partners with the capital of ` 50,000 and ` 30,000 respectively. Interest Payable on Capital
is 10% p.a. If the profits earned by the firm is ` 4,800, what will be the Interest on Capital for X and Y?
a. ` 5,000 and ` 3,000
b. ` 3,000 and ` 1,800
c. No interest will be paid to the partners
d. None of the above
2. X and Y were partners sharing profit/losses as 3:2. They admit Z as a new partner, giving him 1/5th share
of future profits. What should be the new profit sharing ratio?
a. 12:8:5
b. 3:2:1
c. 8:12:5
d. 5:8:12
3. B and D are partners, sharing profit or loss in the ratio 3 : 2. They admit K for 1/6th share of profits in
the firms of which she takes 2/3rd from B and 1/3rd from D. What will be the new profit sharing ratio?
a. 44: 31: 15
b. 31: 44: 15
c. 32: 41: 14
d. 15: 31: 44
4. G and C are partners. They are entitled for 9% interest on their capital contributions. The firm allowed
` 54,000 towards interest on capital to partners. What will be the capital contribution of each partner if
interest on Gunnu’s capital is `13,500 more than the interest on Chinu’s capital?
a. ` 2,25,000
b. `2,55,000
c. `2,50,000
d. `2,15,000
Answers:
1 b 2 a 3 a 4 a
1. A, B and C are the partners in Cosco Engineering Works sharing profits and losses at 6: 3: 5. The
Balance Sheet as on 31.12.2021 is given below:
Balance Sheet as on 31st December 2021

Liabilities Amount (`) Assets Amount (`)

Capital Accounts: Land and Building 10,000
A 25,000 Furniture & Fixture 5,000
B 15,000 40,000 Debtors 30,000
Current Accounts: Stock 23,100
A 1,000 Bank 2,500
B 500 1,500 C’s Current Accounts 4,900
Reserve 1,400
Creditors 28,600
Mortgage Loan 4,000
75,500 75,500
It was decided by the partners to dissolve the partnership on 31.12.2021. The following amount has been
realized:
Furniture & Fixture ` 2,000; Land and Building ` 6,000; Debtors ` 20,000 and Stock ` 15,000. Creditors
are agreed to forgo 25% in full settlement of their total dues. The full amount of Mortgage Loan has
been paid. Realisation expenses paid for ` 1,650. It was ascertained that B had become insolvent, and
B’s estate had contributed only 50 paise in a rupee.
You are required to prepare Realisation Account, Bank Account and Partners Capital Account following
the rule given in Garner Vs. Murray.
[Answer: Loss on realisation `19,600; Final dividend from B ` 4,400; Bln paid off to
A ` 23,850 and C ` 14,350]
2. M/s P and Co., having P and Q as equal partners, decided to amalgamate with R and Co., having R and
S as equal partners on the following terms and condition:
(i) The new firm PR and Co. to pay ` 12,000 to each firm for Goodwill.
(ii) The new firm to take over investments at 10% depreciation, land at ` 66,800, premises at ` 53,000,
machinery at ` 9,000 and only the trade liabilities of both the firms. The Debtors being taken over
at given value.
(ii) Type writers (written off) worth ` 800, belonging to R & Co., and not appearing in the balance sheet
was also not taken over by the new firm.
(iv) Bills Payable pertains to trade transaction only.
(v) All the four partners in the new firm to bring in ` 1, 60,000 as capital in equal shares.
The following were the Balance Sheets of both firms on the date of amalgamation: (`)
Liabilities P & Co. R & Co. Assets P & Co. R & Co.
Trade Creditors 20,000 10,000 Cash 15,000 12,000
Bills Payable 5,000 - Investments 10,000 8,000
Bank Overdraft 2,000 10,000 Debtors ` 10,000
P’s Loan 6,000 - Less: ` 1,000 9,000 4,000

Liabilities P & Co. R & Co. Assets P & Co. R & Co.
Capital : Furniture 12,000 6,000
P 35,000 - Premises 30,000 -
Q 22,000 - Land - 50,000
R - 36,000 Machinery 15,000 -
S - 20,000 Goodwill (Purchased) 9,000 -
General Reserve Invest- 8,000 3,000
ment
FluctuationFund 2,000 1,000
1,00,000 80,000 1,00,000 80,000
Assuming immediate discharge of bank overdraft, pass necessary Journal Entries to close the books of
P & Co. and R & Co. Also pass Journal entries in the books and prepare the Balance Sheet of the New
Firm.
[Answer: Purchase Consideration of A & Co. ` 80,000 and B & Co. ` 80,000, Total of
Balance Sheet ` 1,95,000]
3. Amar, Akbar and Anthony are equal partners of M/S. Andal & Co. The Balance Sheet of the firm as on
31.12.2022 was as follows:

Capital Account: Fixed Assets:
Ram 50,000 Land 50,000
Manas 1,00,000 Building 70,000
Param (30,000) 1,20,000 Plant & Machinery 2,00,000 3,20,000
Current Assets:
Loan from bank 5,00,000 Stock 3,00,000
Creditors 1,00,000 Debtors 1,00,000 4,00,000
7,20,000 7,20,000
On the date, it is decided to convert the partnership into limited company called Pandal limited on the
following items:
a. Land to be revalued at ` 1,50,000
b. Plant and machinery is to be revalued at ` 2,50,000.
c. Depreciation amounting ` 20000 is to be written off on building.
d. A provision of 10% books valued to be mate of obsolete stock.
e. Provision of doubtful debts made at 10% of debtors.
f. A discount of 6% would be earned on creditors when paid out.
g. The new company issue ` 12,000 equity shares 10 each credited as full paid up, such share capital
being valued at ` 1,50,000 and the balance payable is to be discharge by issue of 10% debentures of
` 100 each.

Show the necessary ledger accounts to close the books of Andal & Co. and show the opening balance
sheet of the new company. All partners are solvent and have sufficient cash resource as may be necessary
to settle the respective accounts, Shares and debentures are divided equal among the partner.
[Answer: Profit on Realisation of Amar ` 32,000, Akbar ` 32,000, Anthony ` 32,000; Purchase
Consideration ` 2,16,000; Cash Brought in by Anthony ` 70,000; Total of Balance Sheet ` 8,10,000]
4. Abhi, Sara and Parth carry on business in partnership under the style of M/s A & Co sharing profits and
losses in the ratio of 5:3:2. They have floated A Pvt. Ltd for the purpose of takeover of their business.
The following is the Balance Sheet of the firm as on 31st December, 2022:
Liabilities ( `) Assets (`)

Capital Account: Cash 6,000
Abhi 1,01,000 Bank 14,000
Sara 1,51,000 Debtors 60,000
Parth 1,33,000 (-) Provision 2,000 58,000
Stock 42,000
Creditors 50,000 Fixed Assets at WDV 3,00,000
Expenditure related to A. Pvt. Ltd:
Formation Expenses 12,000
Bank Account (note-1) 3,000
15,000
4,35,000 4,35,000
Note-1: (In the name of A Pvt. Ltd.) Deposit of par value of 300 equity shares of ` 10 each, subscribed
equally by the partners as subscribers to the memorandum and article of association. On that day A
Pvt. Ltd took over the business for a total consideration of `5,00,000 (excluding 300 shares allotted as
subscribers of memorandum). The purchase consideration was to be discharge by the allotment of equity
shares of `10 each at par in the profit- sharing ratio and 15% debenture of `100 each at par for surplus
capital. The directors of A. Pvt Ltd revalued fixed assets of A & Co. as ` 4,00,000.
You are asked to:
(a) State the number of equity shares and debenture allotted by A Pvt Ltd to Abhi, Sara & Parth.
(b) Show the journal entries in connection with the above transaction in the books of A Pvt Ltd. Show
your workings.
[Answer: Profit on Realisation of Abhi `59,000, Sara `35,400, Parth `23,600; No. of equity shares issued:
Abhi 16,000, Sara 9,600, Parth 6,400; No. of debentures issued: Sara 904, Parth 926]
Unsolved Case
M/s PQR is a partnership business in Guwahati, Assam engaged in the wholesale of edible oil. The business has
three partners, P, Q and R who started the business way back in October 1987. As per their partnership deed, the
partners share profits and losses in the ratio of 5: 3: 2.
Even though their business was going on pretty well, none of their daughters and sons agreed to carry on the

business started by their fathers. So, during the year 2021-22, the partners mutually decided to dissolve their
business after the close of the accounts for that financial year. The Balance Sheet of the firm as on 31.03.2022 is
given below:

Capital Accounts: Machinery 5,00,000
P 1,00,000 Car 1,00,000
Q 4,00,000 Debtors 4,50,000
R 2,00,000 7,00,000 Stock 6,00,000
Creditors 10,00,000 Bank 50,000
17,00,000 17,00,000
Machinery and stock are sold for ` 2,50,000 and ` 1,80,000 respectively. Car is taken over by Q for ` 1,20,000.
An amount of ` 2,00,000 could be realized from the Debtors. It was agrred between P, Q and R that any deficiency
of any partner in Capital account is to be met by other partners in their profit sharing ratio. During the dissolution
process, P was declared insolvent, the third partner, R could bring in ` 50,000 only.
1. Ascertain the amount of profit or loss arising in the event of dissolution of the firm.
2. Determine the amount of deficiency of P and how such deficiency has been borne by the other partners.
3. Show the settlement of the Bank Account of the firm as at the end of the dissolution process.


SECTION-E
Lease, Branch and Departmental
Accounts etc.
Lease Accounting
Lease Accounting 5

After Studying this module, the students will be able to:
~~ Identify the types of lease;
~~ Get detail knowledge of accounting and reporting of lease transactions as per AS 19;
~~ Earn the knowledge of comparative provisions under Ind AS.

Lease Accounting 5
A
lease is an agreement which is entered into by the owner of an asset (lessor) with the intended user of the
asset (lessee) in return for a payment or series of payments for an agreed period of time. It is a transaction
which gives the lease the right to use an asset for a specified period of time.
It is to ne noted here that the definition of a lease includes agreements for the hire of an asset which contain a
provision giving the hirer an option to acquire title to the asset upon the fulfillment of agreed conditions. These
agreements are commonly known as hire purchase agreements.
In India, accounting for leases is covered under Accounting Standard (AS) 19 Leases.
Objective
The objective of AS 19 is to prescribe the appropriate accounting policies and disclosures in relation to finance
leases and operating leases for both lessees and lessors.
Applicability
AS 19 should be applied in accounting for all leases other than:
(a) lease agreements to explore for or use natural resources, such as oil, gas, timber, metals and other mineral
rights;
(b) licensing agreements for items such as motion picture films, video recordings, plays, manuscripts, patents
and copyrights; and
(c) lease agreements to use lands.
Important Definitions
The following terms are used in this Standard with the meanings specified:
A lease is an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee in return for a payment or series of payments
the right to use an asset for an agreed period of time.
A finance lease is a lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incident to ownership of an asset.
An operating lease is a lease other than a finance lease.
A non-cancellable lease is a lease that is cancellable only: (a) upon the occurrence of some remote contingency;
or (b) with the permission of the lessor; or (c) if the lessee enters into a new lease for the same or an equivalent
asset with the same lessor; or (d) upon payment by the lessee of an additional amount such that, at inception,
continuation of the lease is reasonably certain.
The inception of the lease is the earlier of the date of the lease agreement and the date of a commitment by the
parties to the principal provisions of the lease.

Lease Accounting
The lease term is the non-cancellable period for which the lessee has agreed to take on lease the asset together
with any further periods for which the lessee has the option to continue the lease of the asset, with or without further
payment, which option at the inception of the lease it is reasonably certain that the lessee will exercise.
Minimum lease payments are the payments over the lease term that the lessee is, or can be required, to make
excluding contingent rent, costs for services and taxes to be paid by and reimbursed to the lessor, together with:
(a) in the case of the lessee, any residual value guaranteed by or on behalf of the lessee; or
(b) in the case of the lessor, any residual value guaranteed to the lessor:
(i) by or on behalf of the lessee; or
(ii) by an independent third party financially capable of meeting this guarantee. However, if the lessee has
an option to purchase the asset at a price which is expected to be sufficiently lower than the fair value
at the date the option becomes exercisable that, at the inception of the lease, is reasonably certain to be
exercised, the minimum lease payments comprise minimum payments payable over the lease term and
the payment required to exercise this purchase option.
Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged or a liability settled between knowledgeable,
willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.
Economic life is either: (a) the period over which an asset is expected to be economically usable by one or more
users; or (b) the number of production or similar units expected to be obtained from the asset by one or more users.
Useful life of a leased asset is either: (a) the period over which the leased asset is expected to be used by the
lessee; or (b) the number of production or similar units expected to be obtained from the use of the asset by the
lessee.
Residual value of a leased asset is the estimated fair value of the asset at the end of the lease term.
Guaranteed residual value is:
(a) in the case of the lessee, that part of the residual value which is guaranteed by the lessee or by a party on
behalf of the lessee (the amount of the guarantee being the maximum amount that could, in any event,
become payable); and
(b) in the case of the lessor, that part of the residual value which is guaranteed by or on behalf of the lessee, or
by an independent third party who is financially capable of discharging the obligations under the guarantee.
Unguaranteed residual value of a leased asset is the amount by which the residual value of the asset exceeds
its guaranteed residual value.
Gross investment in the lease is the aggregate of the minimum lease payments under a finance lease from the
standpoint of the lessor and any unguaranteed residual value accruing to the lessor.
Unearned finance income is the difference between:
(a) the gross investment in the lease; and
(b) the present value of (i) the minimum lease payments under a finance lease from the standpoint of the lessor;
and (ii) any unguaranteed residual value accruing to the lessor, at the interest rate implicit in the lease.
Net investment in the lease is the gross investment in the lease less unearned finance income.
The interest rate implicit in the lease is the discount rate that, at the inception of the lease, causes the aggregate
present value of (a) the minimum lease payments under a finance lease from the standpoint of the lessor; and (b)
any unguaranteed residual value accruing to the lessor, to be equal to the fair value of the leased asset.

The lessee’s incremental borrowing rate of interest is the rate of interest the lessee would have to pay on a
similar lease or, if that is not determinable, the rate that, at the inception of the lease, the lessee would incur to
borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to purchase the asset.
Contingent rent is that portion of the lease payments that is not fixed in amount but is based on a factor other
than just the passage of time (e.g., percentage of sales, amount of usage, price indices, market rates of interest).
Classification of Leases
The classification of leases is based on the extent to which risks and rewards incident to ownership of a leased
asset lie with the lessor or the lessee.
Risks include the possibilities of losses from idle capacity or technological obsolescence and of variations in
return due to changing economic conditions. Rewards may be represented by the expectation of profitable operation
over the economic life of the asset and of gain from appreciation in value or realisation of residual value.
Leases are classified into two types:
1. Finance lease: A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards
incident to ownership. Title may or may not eventually be transferred.
2. Operating lease: A lease is classified as an operating lease if it does not transfer substantially all the risks
and rewards incident to ownership.
It is important to note that lease classification is made at the inception of the lease. If at any time the lessee and
the lessor agree to change the provisions of the lease, other than by renewing the lease, in a manner that would
have resulted in a different classification of the lease the revised agreement is considered as a new agreement over
its revised term. However, Changes in estimates (for example, changes in estimates of the economic life or of the
residual value of the leased asset) or changes in circumstances (for example, default by the lessee), do not give rise
to a new classification of a lease for accounting purposes.
1. Finance Lease
Finance lease is a lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incident to ownership of an asset.
Whether a lease is a finance lease or an operating lease depends on the substance of the transaction rather
than its form.
Situations which lead to a lease being classified as a finance lease
(a) the lease transfers ownership of the asset to the lessee by the end of the lease term;
(b) the lessee has the option to purchase the asset at a price which is expected to be sufficiently lower than
the fair value at the date the option becomes exercisable such that, at the inception of the lease, it is
reasonably certain that the option will be exercised;
(c) the lease term is for the major part of the economic life of the asset even if title is not transferred;
(d) at the inception of the lease the present value of the minimum lease payments amounts to at least
substantially all of the fair value of the leased asset; and
(e) the leased asset is of a specialised nature such that only the lessee can use it without major modifications
being made.
Indicators of situations leading to finance lease
(a) if the lessee can cancel the lease, the lessor’s losses associated with the cancellation are borne by
the lessee;

Lease Accounting
(b) gains or losses from the fluctuation in the fair value of the residual fall to the lessee (for example in the
form of a rent rebate equalling most of the sales proceeds at the end of the lease); and
(c) the lessee can continue the lease for a secondary period at a rent which is substantially lower than
market rent.
Treatment of finance lease in financial statement of lessee
Treatment of finance lease transactions is very significant bcoz if such transactions are not reflected in the
lessee’s balance sheet, the economic resources and the level of obligations of an enterprise are understated
thereby distorting financial ratios. It is therefore appropriate that a finance lease be recognised in the lessee’s
balance sheet both as an asset and as an obligation to pay future lease payments.
Recognition of finance lease by lessee: At the inception of the lease, the asset and the liability for the future
lease payments are recognised in the balance sheet at the same amounts.
Such recognition should be at an amount equal to the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the
lease. However, if the fair value of the leased asset exceeds the present value of the minimum lease payments
from the standpoint of the lessee, the amount recorded as an asset and a liability should be the present value
of the minimum lease payments from the standpoint of the lessee.
In calculating the present value of the minimum lease payments the discount rate is the interest rate implicit
in the lease, if this is practicable to determine; if not, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate should be used.
Lease payments should be apportioned between the finance charge and the reduction of the outstanding
liability. The finance charge should be allocated to periods during the lease term so as to produce a constant
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.
Finance lease and Depreciation: A finance lease gives rise to a depreciation expense for the asset as well as
a finance expense for each accounting period. The depreciation policy for a leased asset should be consistent
with that for depreciable assets which are owned. If there is no reasonable certainty that the lessee will obtain
ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset should be fully depreciated over the lease term or its useful
life, whichever is shorter.
Disclosure of financial lease by lessee:
The lessee should, in addition to the requirements of AS 10, Accounting for Fixed Assets, AS 6, Depreciation
Accounting, and the governing statute, make the following disclosures for finance leases:
(a) assets acquired under finance lease as segregated from the assets owned;
(b) for each class of assets, the net carrying amount at the balance sheet date;
(c) a reconciliation between the total of minimum lease payments at the balance sheet date and their present
value. In addition, an enterprise should disclose the total of minimum lease payments at the balance
sheet date, and their present value, for each of the following periods: (i) not later than one year; (ii) later
than one year and not later than five years; (iii) later than five years;
(d) contingent rents recognised as expense in the statement of profit and loss for the period;
(e) the total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases
at the balance sheet date; and
(f) a general description of the lessee’s significant leasing arrangements including, but not limited to, the
following: (i) the basis on which contingent rent payments are determined; (ii) the existence and terms of
renewal or purchase options and escalation clauses; and (iii) restrictions imposed by lease arrangements,
such as those concerning dividends, additional debt, and further leasing.
Provided that a Small and Medium Sized Company, as defined in the Notification, may not comply with sub-
paragraphs (c), (e) and (f).

Treatment of finance lease in financial statement of lessor

Recognition of finance lease by lessor: The lessor should recognise assets given under a finance lease in its
balance sheet as a receivable at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease.
The recognition of finance income should be based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic rate of return
on the net investment of the lessor outstanding in respect of the finance lease.
Disclosure of financial lease by lessor:
The lessor should make the following disclosures for finance leases:
(a) a reconciliation between the total gross investment in the lease at the balance sheet date, and the present
value of minimum lease payments receivable at the balance sheet date. In addition, an enterprise should
disclose the total gross investment in the lease and the present value of minimum lease payments
receivable at the balance sheet date, for each of the following periods: (i) not later than one year; (ii)
later than one year and not later than five years; (iii) later than five years;
(b) unearned finance income;
(c) the unguaranteed residual values accruing to the benefit of the lessor;
(d) the accumulated provision for uncollectible minimum lease payments receivable;
(e) contingent rents recognised in the statement of profit and loss for the period;
(f) a general description of the significant leasing arrangements of the lessor; and
(g) accounting policy adopted in respect of initial direct costs.
paragraphs (a) and (f).
2. Operating Lease
Operating lease is a lease other than a finance lease.
Treatment in financial statement of lessee

Recognition of operating lease:
Lease payments under an operating lease should be recognised as an expense in the statement of profit and
loss on a straight line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more representative of the
time pattern of the user’s benefit.
Disclosure of operating lease:
The lessee should make the following disclosures for operating leases:
(a) the total of future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases for each of the
following periods: (i) not later than one year; (ii) later than one year and not later than five years; (iii)
later than five years;
(b) the total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases
at the balance sheet date;
(c) lease payments recognised in the statement of profit and loss for the period, with separate amounts for
minimum lease payments and contingent rents;
(d) sub-lease payments received (or receivable) recognised in the statement of profit and loss for the period;
(e) a general description of the lessee’s significant leasing arrangements including, but not limited to, the
following: (i) the basis on which contingent rent payments are determined; (ii) the existence and terms of

Lease Accounting
renewal or purchase options and escalation clauses; and (iii) restrictions imposed by lease arrangements,
such as those concerning dividends, additional debt, and further leasing.
paragraphs (a), (b) and (e).
Treatment in financial statement of lessor

Recognition of operating lease:
The lessor should present an asset given under operating lease in its balance sheet under fixed assets.
Lease income from operating leases should be recognised in the statement of profit and loss on a straight line
basis over the lease term, unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which
benefit derived from the use of the leased asset is diminished.
Operating lease and Depreciation: The depreciation of leased assets should be on a basis consistent with the
normal depreciation policy of the lessor for similar assets, and the depreciation charge should be calculated
on the basis set out in AS 6, Depreciation Accounting.
Disclosure of operating lease:
The lessor should, in addition to the requirements of AS 6, Depreciation Accounting and AS 10, Accounting
for Fixed Assets, and the governing statute, make the following disclosures for operating leases:
(a) for each class of assets, the gross carrying amount, the accumulated depreciation and accumulated
impairment losses at the balance sheet date; and (i) the depreciation recognised in the statement of
profit and loss for the period; (ii) impairment losses recognised in the statement of profit and loss for the
period; (iii) impairment losses reversed in the statement of profit and loss for the period;
(b) the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases in the aggregate and for each
of the following periods: (i) not later than one year; (ii) later than one year and not later than five years;
(iii) later than five years;
(c) total contingent rents recognised as income in the statement of profit and loss for the period;
(d) a general description of the lessor ’s significant leasing arrangements; and
(e) accounting policy adopted in respect of initial direct costs.
paragraphs (b) and (d).
Sale and Leaseback Transactions
A sale and leaseback transaction involves the sale of an asset by the vendor and the leasing of the same asset
back to the vendor. The lease payments and the sale price are usually interdependent as they are negotiated
as a package.
Accounting of sale and leaseback transaction
The accounting treatment of a sale and leaseback transaction depends upon the type of lease involved.
When a sale and leaseback transaction results in a finance lease: Any excess or deficiency of sales
proceeds over the carrying amount should not be immediately recognised as income or loss in the financial
statements of a seller-lessee. Instead, it should be deferred and amortised over the lease term in proportion
to the depreciation of the leased asset.
When a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating lease: In such a case, if it is clear that the
transaction is established at fair value, any profit or loss should be recognised immediately. If the sale price is

below fair value, any profit or loss should be recognised immediately except that, if the loss is compensated
by future lease payments at below market price, it should be deferred and amortised in proportion to the lease
payments over the period for which the asset is expected to be used. If the sale price is above fair value, the
excess over fair value should be deferred and amortised over the period for which the asset is expected to be
used.
For operating leases, if the fair value at the time of a sale and leaseback transaction is less than the carrying
amount of the asset, a loss equal to the amount of the difference between the carrying amount and fair value
should be recognised immediately. For finance leases, no such adjustment is necessary unless there has been
an impairment in value, in which case the carrying amount is reduced to recoverable amount in accordance
with the Accounting Standard dealing with impairment of assets.
Illustration 1
Arun Ltd. has taken an equipment on operating lease for the coming 5 years. As per the agreement with the
lessor, it will not make any payment for lease rentals for the first 2 years, and will have to pay ` 21,00,000 in each
of the following 3 years. Advise Arun Ltd. on accounting for the lease rentals in this case.
Solution:
As per AS-19, lease payments under an operating lease should be recognised as an expense in the statement of
profit and loss on a straight line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more representative of
the time pattern of the user’s benefit.
The pattern of payment, in this case, does not follow straight line basis, rather it is arising towards the end of
the lease period. For accounting purpose, such effect should be neutralized i.e. the total payment of ` 63,00,000 in
the last 3 years should be spread over the entire lease period of 5 years i.e. ` 12,60,000 should be charged to the
statement of profit and loss for each year.
Illustration 2
Vishnu Ltd. leased a printing machine from Garur Ltd. for a period of 3 years. The useful life of the printing
machine is known to be of 5 years. It was agreed between the lessor and lessee that the amount will be paid in 3
instalments and at the termination of the lessee, Garur Ltd. will take back the said machine. The following details
are available in respect of the machine lessee:
~~ Cost of the printing machine is ` 15,00,000;
~~ Unguaranteed residual value at the end of the lease period is ` 2,00,000;
~~ Fair value of the machine is ` 15,00,000;
~~ The internal rate of return of the investment is 10%.
(a) State whether the lease is a finance lease or an operating lease?
(b) Ascertain the amount of unearned finance income.
Given: PVF10%, 3 = 0.7513; PVAF10%, 3 = 2.4868.
Solution:
(a) Present value of unguaranteed residual value = ` 2,00,000 × 0.7513 = ` 1,50,260
⸫ Present value of lease payments = ` (15,00,000 – 1,50,260) = ` 13,49,740

Lease Accounting
13,49,740
Present value of lease payments as percentage of Fair value = = 90% (approx.)
15,00,000
As the ‘Present value of lease payments’ makes a substantial portion of the ‘Fair value’, the machine lease
by Vishnu Ltd. from Garur Ltd. is a finance lease by nature.
Present value of lease payments 13,49,740
(b) Annual lease payments = = = ` 5,42,762 (approx.)
PVAF10%, 3 2.4868
Gross investment in lease = ` [(` 5,42,762 × 3) + 2,00,000] = ` 18,28,286
⸫ Unearned finance income = Excess of ‘Gross investment in lease’ over ‘Cost of the printing machine’
= ` (18,28,286 – 15,00,000)
= ` 3,28,286

Exercise
1. The person who undertake an agreement, conveys to another person the right to use in return for rent, an
assest for an agreed period of time.
a. Lessor
b. Lessee
c. Both
2. Operating lease is a _________ .
a. Revocable contract
b. Non revocable contract
c. Operating contract
3. Which lease transfer substantially all the risk and rewards incident to ownership of an asset?
a. Operating lease
b. Finance lease
c. Both
4. In which types of lease expenses like maintenance, repair, and taxes are born by the lessor?
a. Operating lease
b. Financial lease
c. Both
5. Short-term lease which is often cancellable is known as
a. Finance Lease
b. Net Lease
c. Operating Lease
d. Leverage Lease
6. A lease which is generally not cancellable and covers full economic life of the asset is known as:
a. Sale and leaseback
b. Operating Lease
c. Finance Lease
d. Economic Lease

Lease Accounting
7. One difference between Operating and Financial lease is:

a. There is often an option to buy in operating lease
b. There is often a call option in financial lease.
c. An operating lease is generally cancelable by lease
d. A financial lease in generally cancelable by lease.
Answer:
1 a 2 a 3 b 4 a 5 c 6 c 7 c
1. As per AS-19 in__________ lease risk and reward is not transferred to the lessee.
2. In financial lease as per As-19 leased assets is shown in the Balanced sheet of _________.
3. __________ account is credited when lessor receive an amount.
Answer:
1 Operating 2 Lessee
3 Lessee Account
B. Numerical Questions:
1. Unique Ltd. availed a lease from Papan Ltd. on following terms:

~~ A lease for a tenor of 3 years, in the beginning of year 2020 for equipment costing ` 7,00,000 and
which has an expected useful life of 5 years. The fair market value is also ` 7,00,000.
~~ 3 equal annual payments are made at end of each year.
~~ The property reverts back to the lessor on termination of the lease.
~~ The unguaranteed residual value is estimated at ` 75,000 at the end of year 2022.
~~ IRR=10%
~~ The present value of ` 1 due at the end of 3rd year at 10% rate of interest is 0.7513.
~~ The present value of annuity of ` 1 due at the end of 3rd year at 10% IRR is ` 2.4868
(i) State with reason whether the lease constitute finance lease.
(ii) Calculate unearned finance income.
[Answer: Unearned finance income `1,51,451]


Branch (including Foreign Branch) and Departmental Accounts
Branch (including Foreign Branch)

6
and Departmental Accounts
6.1 Branch Accounting
6.2 Departmental Accounting

Branch (including Foreign Branch) and

Departmental Accounts

~~ Do the accounting of domestic branches.
~~ Understand the accounting of foreign branches.
~~ Get the knowledge for preparation of Departmental Income Statement.

Branch Accounting 6.1

Branch is an extended location of an organisation, other than its head office, where businesses of similar or
related to the organisation are conducted. Usually a organisation opens branches for the following purposes:
~~ For profit making organisations: Through opening a branch organisation can offer visibility and brand
exposure which can positively influence its profits.
~~ For non-profit making organisations: To satisfy a large number of stakeholders needs by increasing its
outreach.
The typical characteristics of a branch are:
~~ A branch is not a separate legal entity, but rather an extended unit of an organisation.
~~ All branches are controlled by their head office; hence a branch is completely dependent on its head office
for its operation and decision making.
~~ An organisation can open a branch in the same country where it is registered or in any other country.
~~ Branches are opened by both profit making organisations (viz. departmental stores, hotels etc.) and non-
profit making organisations (viz. charitable institutions) as well.
Classification of Branches
On the basis of geographical area of operation branches are of two types
~~ Domestic Branch: Domestic branch is mainly opened and operated in the same country where the
organisation is registered and has its head office.
Example: State bank of India and its different branches all over the India
~~ Foreign Branch: Foreign branch is opened and operated in a country other than the country where the
organisation is registered and has its head office.
Example: Dubai branch of State bank of India.
Moreover, depending on the level of control between the branch and head office, a domestic branch can be
further classified into the following two types:
~~ Dependent Branch: This type of branch is completely dependent on its head office in respect of its operation,
administration and further maintenance of its accounts.
~~ Independent Branch: It maintains its own books of accounts and records its transactions independently.
Branch Accounting
~~ Branch accounting refers to the recording and maintenance of each transaction taken place by a branch to
determine the financial results and also get to know the financial position of a branch.

~~ For the dependent branch, accounting is done by the H.O and while for an independent branch the accounting
is done at the branch itself.
~~ Branch accounting is based on ‘Responsibility Accounting’ system, where the branches act as a ‘Revenue
Centre’ in addition to being ‘Cost Centre’.
~~ The transactions between branch and head office are recorded; and branch and other parties. At the end of
each financial period it ascertains the financial result of each branch viz. profit and loss.
Some of the common transactions that are usually involved in branch accounting include goods sent by the H.O
and return of the goods, if any, assets sent by H.O, cash remitted by H.O for meeting the branch expenses, sales
effected by branch, branch proceeds sent to H.O at time intervals, Goods sent by the H.O for sale; such goods may
be sent either at cost price or invoice price:
Methods of Branch Accounting

Accounting for Dependent Branches: The recording of transactions take place at branch and maintenance of
accounts of each branch is done by the H.O. Any dependent branch follows any of the following four methods of
accounting:
1. Debtors Method or Synthetic Method.
2. Stock Debtors method or Analytical Method.
3. Final Accounts Method (Cost Basis)
4. Final Accounts Method (on Whole Sale Price Basis).
Debtor Method or Synthetic Method

Under this method of accounting, head office maintains separate branch account for each branch which appears
as ‘Debtor’ in the books of the H.O; hence the H.O has the right to claim the money arising out of the operations
carried out by the branch after meeting the necessary expenses of branch. Primarily H.O adopts Debtor Method or
Synthetic Method for its dependent branch accounting which generally small scale and size. This method is also
called the ‘Synthetic Method’
The typical characteristics of this method of accounting for dependent branches are:
~~ Two ledger accounts are maintained for recording the transactions, namely Branch Account and Goods Sent
to Branch Account.
~~ In the Branch Account only the transactions between the H.O and branch are to be recorded.
~~ Under this method, all transactions relating to a branch are recorded and maintained in the Branch Account.
The Branch Account is by nature a nominal account which ascertains the net profit or loss of the branch.
When goods are sent by H.O to branch at ‘Cost’ that are to be accounted at cost price whereas, when goods sent
by H.O at ‘Invoice Price’ that are to be accounted at Invoice Price and load thereof has to be cancelled to ensure
the proper result. The journal entries of the various transactions under this method are:
●● Common for Cost or Invoice Price
1. Goods sent to branch by the head office Branch A/c Dr.

To Goods sent to branch A/c

2. Cash sent to branch by head office for meeting Branch A/c Dr.
different expenses. To Bank/Cash A/c
3. Cash remitted by branch to head office on account Bank/Cash A/c Dr.
of sale. To Branch A/c
4. Goods returned by branch to the head office. Goods sent to branch A/c Dr.
To Branch A/c
5. Abnormal loss in the branch. Abnormal Loss A/c Dr.
To Branch A/c
6. Claim received from insurance company on Bank/Cash A/c Dr.
account of abnormal loss. To Abnormal Loss A/c
7. Actual loss due to abnormal loss. General P&L A/c Dr.
●● Additional entries (Only if goods sent at invoice price)
1. To reduce load on opening stock. Stock Reserve A/c Dr.

To Branch A/c
2. To reduce load on goods sent to branch by the head Goods sent to branch A/c Dr.
office. To Branch A/c
3. To reduce load on goods returned by branch to the Branch A/c Dr.
head office. To Goods sent to branch A/c
4. To reduce load on abnormal loss in the branch Branch A/c Dr.
5. To reduce load on closing stock. Branch A/c Dr.
To Stock Reserve A/c
Transactions which do not appear in Branch Account

The following transactions do not appear in the Branch Account:
(a) Expenses incurred by Branch out of cash, since either reduced cash balance at the end is decreased or the
liability at the end is increased.
(b) Purchase of Goods/Fixed Assets by Branch, since book value of Goods/Fixed assets at the end is increased
and either the amount of remittances is reduced or the Creditors at the end are increased.
(c) Sale of Goods/Fixed Assets by Branch since book value of Goods/Fixed assets at the end is decreased and
either the amount of remittances is increased or the Debtors at the end are increased.
(d) Bad debts, discount allowed, sales returns by customers to branch, cash received by Branch from Branch
Debtors, etc., since the debtors at the end appear at the adjusted figure.
(e) Depreciation and Profit/Loss on sale of fixed assets since fixed assets at the end appear at the adjusted figure.
(f) Abnormal Losses since stock at the end appears at the adjusted figure.

Illustration 1
DK Traders of Assam has a branch at Mumbai. The branch receives all supply of goods from the head office
(Assam). From the following particulars relating to Mumbai Branch for the year ending Mar.31, 2022. Prepare a
Branch Accounts and a Goods Sent to Branch Account in the books of the Head office.

Stock at Branch on 1.04.2021 (at cost): 8400 Bills Receivable received from Debtor 20,000
Branch Debtor on 1.04.2021 6200 Cash sent to branch for exp.
Petty Cash at Branch on 1.04.2021: 200 - Salaries 3,800
Goods Sent to Branch - Petty exp. 400
during the year (at cost): 80,000 Stock at Branch on 31.3.2022 (at cost) 6,400
Goods returned by the branch 800 Petty Cash at Branch on 31.3.2022 300
Cash Sales during the year 72,000 Branch Debtor on 31.3.2022 ?
Credit Sales during the year 46,000
Cash received from Debtor 18,800
Solution: Books of DK Traders (Assam H.O.)

Dr. Mumbai Branch Account Cr.
To, Balance b/f: By, Bank A/c [Remittance by branch]

Stock (at cost) 8,400 Cash Sales ` 72,000
Debtors 6,200 Collection from Debtors ` 18,800 90,800
Petty Cash 200 By, Goods Sent to Branch A/c 800
To, Goods Sent to Branch A/c [at cost] 80,000 [Returned by branch]
To, Bank A/c [Cash sent] By, Balance c/f
Salaries ` 3,800 Stock (at cost) 6,400
Petty Expenses ` 400 Debtors [WN:1] 13,400
4,200 Petty Cash 300
To, General P/L A/C [Branch Transfer] 32,700 Bills Receivable 20,000
1,30,700 1,30,700
Dr. Goods Sent to Branch Account Cr.

To Mumbai Branch A/c 800 By Mumbai Branch A/c 80,000

[Returned by branch] [Cost of goods sent]
To Trading/ Purchases A/c [Transfer] 79,200
80,000 80,000

Working Notes:
1. Closing Balance of Branch Debtors:
Memorandum Branch Debtors Account
To Opening Balance 6,200 By Cash collected 18,800

To Credit Sales 46,000 By Bills Receivable Received 20,000
By Closing Balance [B/fig] 13,400
52,200 52,200
Illustration 2
S Ltd. Sends goods to Siliguri Branch Account at an invoice price (IP) so as to show 20% profit on such IP.
Branch sale are partly on cash and partly on credit. From the following details prepare Branch Account in the books
of the Head Office [Fig. in `]:
Opening stock at Branch at invoice price 8,000 Cash received from customers 6.50,000
Closing stock at Branch at invoice price 8,500 Discount allowed to customers 20,000
Goods sent to Branch at cost price 4,80,000 Closing balance of Debtor 92,000
Goods returned to H.O at invoice price 40,000 Opening balance of Debtor 1,00,000
Sales:
Credit – `6,80,000
Cash – `1,10,000
Bad debts 2,000
Returns from Customers 14,000
Sundry Branch Exp. 1,50,000
Solution: Books of S Ltd. (……H.O.)

Dr. Siliguri Branch Account Cr.
To, Balance b/f By, Stock Reserve A/c 1,600

Stock [at IP] 8,000 [Load on opening Stock Reserve:
Debtors 8,500 `8,000×20%]
To, Goods sent to branch A/c 6,00,000 By, Goods sent to branch A/c 1,20,000
[goods sent at IP: ` 4,80,000 × [Load on goods sent: 6,00,000 ×
100/80] 20%]
To, Goods sent to branch A/c 8,000 By, Goods sent to branch A/c 40,000
[Load on goods returned : `40,000 × [Returns by Branch to H.O: at IP]
20%] By, Bank A/c [Remittance from branch]
To, Bank A/c 1,50,000 Cash sales ` 1,10,000
[Remittance for branch expenses] Receipt from customers ` 6,50,000 7,60,000

To, Stock Reserve A/c 1,700 By, Balance c/f

[Load on closing Stock Reserve: Stock [at IP] 8,500
8500×20%] Debtors 92,000
To, General P/L A/c [Branch NP 1,54,400
transferred]
10,22,100 10,22,100
Illustration 3
Prepare a Branch account in the books of Head Office from the following particulars for the year ended 31st
March, 2022 assuming that H.O. sold goods at cost price 25%.

Stock on 1.4.2021 (I.P.) 12,500 Bad Debts 2,000
Debtors ( “ ) 5,000 Allowances to customers 1,000
Purchase ( “ ) 1,000 Returns Inwards 1,000
Goods sent to branch (I.P.) 40,000 Charges sent to Bank:
Goods return to H.O. (I.P.) 5,000 Rates & Taxes 3,000
Cash Sales 12,000 Salaries 8,000
Cash received from Debtors 30,000 Misc. Exps. 1,000
Stock on 31.03.2022 (I.P.) 15,000
Debtors ( “ ) 4,000
Petty Cash ( “ ) 1,000
Solution:
In the books of H.O.
Dr. Branch Account Cr.

To, Balance b/d By, Stock Reserve (Loading) 2,500
Stock 12,500 ,, Bank A/c:
Debtors 5,000 Cash Sales 12,000
Petty Cash 1,000 18,500 ,, Cash Received from Debtors 30,000 42,000
,, Goods sent to branch 40,000 ,, Goods sent to branch 5,000
(Return to H.O.)
,, Bank A/c: ,, Goods sent to branch
Rates & Taxes 3,000 (Loading) 8,000


Salaries 8,000 By, Balance c/d
Misc. Expenses 1,000 12,000 Stock 15,000
,, Goods sent to Branch 1,000 Debtors 4,000
(Loading on returns) Petty Cash 1,000 20,000
,, Closing Stock Reserve 3,000
(` 15,000 × 1/5 )
,, General Profit & Loss A/c 3,000
77,500 77,500
25 1 1
Note: Here, loading is = of invoice price. Hence, loading on opening stock will be `12,500 × = `2,500
125 5 5
and so on.
Stock-Debtors Method or Analytical Method

Under this method, the two primary assets of a branch namely Stock and Debtors are accounted for in full details.
All transactions relating to a branch are recorded and maintained in details through separate accounts; hence
it is also called ‘Analytical Method’. Under this method, specific sets of following ledger accounts namely are
maintained: Branch Stock Account, Branch Debtors Account, Goods Sent to Branch Account, Branch Adjustment
Account, Branch Cash Account, Branch Expenses Account, Branch Profit and Loss Account; and Branch Fixed
Assets Account. In addition to the above ledger account the Branch Stock Adjustment Account is required to be
maintained in case when goods are sent at Invoice Price (IP) to eliminate the ‘load factor’ arising from IP. Branch
Stock Adjustment Account records the transactions relating to stock/goods involving IP, (viz. Opening & Closing
Branch Stock, Goods sent to Branch, Goods Returned to Branch Abnormal loss). Branch Stock Adjustment
Account reflects the gross Profit/loss of the branch. Thus, this method determines both the gross profit/loss and net
profit/loss of a branch.
Branches having large scale of operations and required detailed recording of transactions adopt Stock-Debtors
Method or Analytical Method of Branch Accounting.
Journal Entries
1. For goods sent to branch
Branch Stock A/c Dr.
To, Goods Sent to Branch A/c
2. For goods returned by branch to head office
Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr.
To, Branch Stock A/c
3. For goods received from other branches
Branch Stock A/c Dr.
To, Goods Sent to Branch A/c.
4. For goods transferred to other branches on advice of head office


5. For Cash Sales
Bank A/c Dr.
6. For Credit Sales
Branch Debtors A/c Dr.
7. For bills accepted by Branch Debtors
Bills Receivable A/c Dr.
To, Branch Debtors A/c
8. For cash collected from debtors
Bank A/c Dr.
9. For bad debts, discount allowed, etc.
Branch Expenses A/c Dr.
10. For depreciation on branch fixed assets
To, Branch Fixed Assets A/c
11. For branch expenses incurred in cash
To, Cash/Bank A/c
12. For transferring branch expenses to Branch Profit and Loss Account/Branch Adjustment Account
Branch Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
Or, Branch Adjustment A/c Dr.
To, Branch Expenses A/c
13. For shortage in stock/pilferage/theft
(i) Shortage in Stock/Pilferage/Theft A/c Dr.
(ii) Branch Adjustment A/c Dr.

To, Shortage in Stock/Pilferage/Theft A/c

14. For loss by fire/loss in transit

(i) Accidental Loss A/c Dr.
(ii) Branch Adjustment A/c (Loading) Dr.

Bank A/c (insurance claim received) Dr.
Insurance Company (claim yet to receive) Dr.
General Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To, Accidental Loss A/c
15. For loading on opening stock including stock in transit at the beginning
Stock Reserve A/c Dr.
To, Branch Adjustment A/c
16. For loading on net goods sent
To, Branch Adjustment A/c
17. For loading on closing stock including stock-in-transit at the end
Branch Adjustment A/c Dr.
To, Stock Reserve A/c
[In the Balance Sheet of head office, the Stock Reserve is shown as a deduction from branch stock at the end]
18. For transferring gross profit
(i) Branch Adjustment A/c Dr.
To, Gross Profit A/c
(ii) Gross Profit A/c Dr.
To, Branch Profit and Loss A/c
19. For transferring net profit of the branch
To, General Profit and Loss A/c
(For net loss, reverse entry)
20. For closing Goods Sent to Branch A/c
To, Purchases A/c [Trader]
To, Trading A/c [Manufacturer]
Illustration 4
M/S C and Sons has a branch at Kolkata where it sends goods at cost plus 50%. From the following particulars

regarding the branch, prepare Branch Stock Accounts, Branch Adjustment Account, Branch Debtor Account and
Branch Profit & loss Account as would appear in the books of C Ltd.’s head office. [Fig. in `]
(`) (`)
Stock at cost (1.04.2021) 40,000 Sales returned to Branch 6,000
Debtors (1.04.2021) 36,000 Bad Debts 400
Cash (1.04.2021) 10,000 Cash remitted to H.O 1,60,000
Goods sent to Branch (at IP) 1,98,000 Expenses paid by H.O 10,000
Sales: Cash: `54,0000 credit: 1,58000 Cash (31.3.2022) 12,000
Normal loss at cost 4,000 Stock at IP (31.03.2022) 54,000
Debtor (31.03.2022) 60,000
Solution:
Books of M/S C and Sons. (H.O.)
Dr. Kolkata Branch Stock Account Cr.
To Balance b/f [at IP ` 40,000 × 150/100] 60,000 By Branch Cash A/c [Cash sales] 54,000
To Goods Sent to Branch A/c [at IP] By Branch Debtors A/c [Credit sales] 1,58,000
To Branch Debtors A/c [Sales return] 1,98,000 By Branch Adjustment A/c 6,000
To Branch Adjustment A/c 6,000 [Normal loss – at IP (`4000 × 150/100)
[Apparent Gross Profit B/fig] 4,000 By Balance c/f [at IP] [B/fig] 54,000
2,72,000 2,72,000
NB: The missing figure appearing in the debit-side of Branch Stock A/c has been considered as Apparent Gross
Profit and NOT Stock Surplus as the branch has suffered normal loss of stock.
Kolkata Branch Adjustment Account

Dr. Cr.
To, Branch Stock A/c [Normal loss] 6,000 By, Balance b/f [Load on opening stock: 20,000
To, Branch P/L A/c 70,000 ` 60,000×50/150]
[Gross profit transferred - B/fig ] By, Goods Sent to Branch A/c 66,000
To, Balance c/f [Load on closing stock: 18,000 [Load on goods sent: ` 1,98,000 ×
` 54,000 × 50/150] 50/100] 8,000
By, Branch Stock A/c [Apparent Gross
94,000 Profit] 94,000

Kolkata Branch Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.
To, Balance b/f 36,000 By, Branch Stock A/c [Sales return] 6,000
To, Branch Stock A/c [Credit sales] 1,58,000 By, Bad Debts A/c 400
By, Branch Cash A/c 1,27,600
[Collection from Debtors B/fig] 60,000
By, Balance c/f
1,94,000 1,94,000
Kolkata Branch Profit & Loss Account

Dr. Cr.
To, Bad Debts A/c 400 By, Branch Stock Adjustment A/c 70,000
To, Branch Expenses A/c [WN:1] 39,600 [Gross Profit Transferred]
To, General P/L A/c [Branch Net Profit] 30,000
70,000 70,000
Working Notes:
1. Branch expenses paid by branch
Dr. Kolkata Branch Cash Account Cr.
To, Balance b/f 10,000 By, Bank A/c[Cash remitted to Branch] 1,60,000
To, Branch Stock A/c [Cash sales] 54,000 By, Branch Expenses A/c [b/fig] 19,600
To, Branch Debtors A/c [Collection 1,27,600 By, Balance figure c/f 12,000
from debtors]
1,91,600 1,91,600
Kolkata Branch expenses for the year

Dr. Kolkata Branch Expense Account Cr.
To, Bank A/c [Paid by H.O] 20,000 By, Branch Profit & Loss A/c – B/fig 39,600
To, Branch Cash A/c [Paid by Branch- 19,600 39,600
WN1]
39,600 39,600
NB: The drafting of Branch Expenses A/c is not mandatory and the total branch expenses could be ascertained
by simple aggregation.

Illustration 5
Green Ltd. with their H.O. at Kolkata, invoiced goods to their Patna Branch at 20% less than the list price, which
is Cost plus 100% with instruction that cash sales are made at invoice price and credit price at list price. From
following particulars, prepare Branch Stock account and Branch Stock Adjustment Account for the year ended on
31.3.2021
Stock at cost (1.4.2020) 4,800 Cash received from Debtors 34,254

Debtors (1.4.2020) 4,000 Expenses at Branch 6,946
Goods received from H.O. (at IP) 52,800 Remitted to H.O 48,000
Goods returned to H.O. 400 Debtor (31.3.2021) 9,746
Stock at IP (31.3.2021) 7,040
Sales: Credit 40,000
Cash 18,400
Solution:
Books of Green Ltd. (Kolkata H.O.)
Dr Patna Branch Stock Account Cr.
To, Balance b/f [at IP] 4,800 By, Goods Sent to Branch A/c 400
To, Goods Sent to Branch A/c [at IP] 52,800 [Goods returned (at IP) – assumed]
To, Branch Adjustment A/c 8,000 By, Branch Cash A/c 18,400
[Excess Contribution to Gross Profit By, Branch Debtors A/c 40,000
- WN:3] By, Balance c/f [at IP] 7,040
To, Stock Surplus A/c [B/fig] 240
65,840 65,840
NB: Balancing figure appearing in the debit-side of Branch stock A/c has been considered as ‘Stock Surplus’ as
the problem involves ‘Excess Contribution to Gross Profit’.
Dr. Patna Branch Adjustment Account Cr.
To, Goods Sent to Branch A/c 150 By, Balance b/f [Load on opening stock: 1,800
[Load: 400 × 60/160] `4800 × 60/160]
To, Branch P/L A/c 26,900 By, Goods Sent to Branch A/c 19,800
[Gross Profit transferred – B/fig] [Load on goods sent: `52,800 × 60/160]
To, Balance c/f [Load on closing stock: 2,640 By, Branch Stock A/c 8,000
`7,040 × 60/160] [Excess Contribution to Gross Profit]
By, Stock Surplus A/c 90
[Load: `240 × 60/160]
29,690 29,690

Working Notes:
1. Relation between Cost Price(CP), Invoice Price(IP) and List Price(LP):
Considering CP=100, LP=100+100% thereof=200. Hence IP= LP Less 20% thereof = 200 – 20% =160.
2. Transactions relating to Branch Debtors:
Dr. Patna Branch Debtors Account Cr.

To, Balance b/f 4,000 By, Bank A/c [Cash received from 34,254
To, Branch Stock A/c [Credit sales] 40,000 Debtors]
By, Balance c/f 9,476
44,000 44,000
3. Excess Contribution to Gross Profit:

Here, the difference between the LP and IP results ‘Excess Contribution to Gross Profit’. It arises only out of
the credit sales which have been made at list price.
⸫ Excess Contribution to Gross Profit = ` 40,000 × 40/200 = ` 8,000
Final Accounts Method

●● This method of Branch accounting is applicable for every branch whether dealing with goods or services.
●● Features:
~~ Under this method, a Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account and a separate Branch Account for
recording branch related transactions are prepared and maintained.
~~ Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account determines both Gross Profit/Loss and Net Profit/Loss
~~ This Branch Account follows double entry system which is by nature a personal account.Performa of
Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account
Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account

Dr. for the year ended…. Cr.
To, Opening Stock *** By, Sales: Cash ***

To, Goods Sent to Branch *** Credit ***
Less: Returns by Branch ** Less: Returns ** ***
To, Gross Profit c/d *** By, Goods-in-Transit ***
By, Abnormal Loss ***
By, Closing stock ***
By, Gross Loss c/d (if any) ***
*** ***

To, Gross Loss b/d *** By, Gross Profit b/d ***
To, Salaries *** By, Net Loss (if any) ***
To, Rent & Salaries ***
To, Petty Cash Exp. ***
To, Abnormal loss ***
Less, Insurance claim ***
To, Net Profit ***
**** ****
To, Balance B/f By, Bank A/c (remittance to H.O.) ***

Stock *** By, Goods Sent to Branch A/c ***
Debtor *** (Returns by Branch) ***
Petty Cash *** By, General Profit & Loss A/c ***
To, Goods Sent to Branch A/c ***
To, Bank A/c (remittance) *** By, Balance c/f ***
To, General Profit & Loss A/c ***
*** ***
Final Accounts Method (on Wholesale Price basis)

●● This method of accounting is adopted by those mercantile organisations where both the H.O and Branch sell
goods to the customers hence both contributes to the organisation’s total profit.
●● Here H.O gets the due credit for profit arising out of the ‘Goods sent to Branch’ and ‘Goods sold to
Customers’; whereas Branch gets credit for ‘Goods sold to Customers’ only.
●● Under this method, the transactions involving goods movement are valued at different ways in the books of
H.O and branch; According to the values different profits take place
~~ At Cost: Price at which H.O has purchased the goods.
~~ At Retail Price: It also referred as List Price or Catalogue Price; the value at which goods are sold by
the H.O and Branch to the customers.
►► Profit made by H.O from sale of goods to customers at Retail Price Retail Profit = Retail Price
(–)Less Cost.
►► Profit made by from sale of goods to customers Retail Price, Retail Profit = Retail Price (–)Less
Wholesale Price.

~~ At Wholesale Price: It is same as Invoice Price at which Goods are sent by the H.O to its Branch. Profit
made by the H.O is, Wholesale Profit = Wholesale Price (–)Less cost.
●● Features:
~~ Under this method, a Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account and a separate Branch Account for
recording branch related transactions are prepared and maintained.
~~ Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account determines both Gross Profit/Loss and Net Profit/Loss.
~~ This Branch Account follows double entry system which is by nature a personal account.
●● Values at which the transactions relation to movement of goods are recorded in the books of accounts of the
H.O are hereunder:
Transactions Value
Opening stock of goods At Cost
Purchase (less Purchase) At Cost
Goods Sent to Branch At Wholesale Price
Sales by H.O to customers At Retail Price
Goods lost abnormally At Cost
Closing stock of goods At Cost
●● Values at which the transactions relation to movement of goods are recorded in the books of accounts of the
H.O are hereunder:
Transactions Value
Opening stock of goods At Wholesale Price
Goods Sent by H.O to Branch Less Returns At Wholesale Price
Goods-in-transit At Wholesale Price
Sales by H.O to customers At Wholesale Price
Goods lost abnormally At Wholesale Price
Closing stock of goods At Wholesale Price
Illustration 6
Blue Ltd has a retail branch at Mumbai. Goods are sold at 60% profit on cost. The wholesale price is cost plus
40%. Goods are invoiced from Pune H.O. to Mumbai Branch at wholesale price. From the following particulars
ascertain the profit made at H.O. and Branch for the year ended on 31.3.2019. [Fig. in `]:
Particulars H.O Branch Particulars H.O Branch

Stock on 1.4.2018 7,00,000 - Sales 42,84,000 14,40,000

Particulars H.O Branch Particulars H.O Branch

Purchases 42,00,000 - Stock on 31.3.2019 16,80,000 2,52,000
Goods sent to Branch 15,12,000 -
(at IP)
Sales at H.O are made only on wholesale basis and that at Branch only to consumers.
Solution:
Problem Note:
Blue Ltd. (H.O.)
Trading and Profit & Loss account for the year ended 31.3.2019
Dr. Cr.
Particulars H.O (`) Branch (`) Particulars H.O (`) Branch (`)
To, Opening Stock 7,00,000 - By, Sales 42,84,000 14,40,000
To, Purchase 42,00,000 - By, Goods Sent to Branch 15,12,000 -
To, Goods Received from H.O - 15,12,000 By, Closing Stock 16,80,000 2,52,000
To, Gross Profit c/d 25,76,000 1,80,000
74,76,000 16,92,000 74,76,000 16,92,000

To, Stock Reserve [WN:2] 72,000 - By, Gross Profit b/d 25,76,000 1,80,000
To, Net Profit 25,04,000 1,80,000
25,76,000 1,80,000 25,76,000 1,80,000
Working Notes:
1. Relationship Between Cost Price (CP), Selling Price (SP) and Wholesale Price (WP)
Let CP be `100. Thereof SP =` (100+60) = `160; and WP = (100+40) = 140
2. Unrealised profit in Unsold stock
Unrealised profit on closing stock of branch = ` (2,52,000×40/140) = ` 72,000
Branch Petty Cash under Imprest System

●● H.O allowed its branches to maintain petty cash in respect of small amount of expenses incurred by the
concerned branch; such petty cash is reimbursed by the H.O to branch to meet the expenses from time to
time. Under ‘Imprest System’ such petty cash balance has been maintained by the branch-
~~ The Imprest balance of petty cash is determined by the H.O and sent to the branch at the beginning of
the period.
~~ Branch petty expenses are incurred out of the Imprest balance.
~~ This method ensures the maintenance of original balance of Branch Petty Cash.

Accounting for Independent Branch

When there are voluminous transactions in a Branch, they prepare the accounts independently. They purchase
and sell goods independently and also sell the goods which are sent by H.O.. As the branches are owned by H.O.,
the profit or loss so made by the branch is enjoyed by H.O.
These independent branches maintain a complete set of books of account for recording its transactions. They
prepare a Trial Balance, Trading and Profit and Loss Account and a Balance Sheet at the end of the year. As such,
they maintain a Head Office Account and on contrary H.O. maintains a Branch Account. All sorts of transactions,
e.g., remittance of cash, transfer of goods etc. are to be passed through these accounts.
Needless to say that where H.O. receives the accounts from the branches, it incorporates profit of the branches as –
Branch A/c Dr.
Sometimes, the balance of branch account in H.O. books and H.O. accounts in branch books do not agree. If
that be so, the same must be adjusted accordingly i.e., Goods-in-Transit or Cash-in-Transit etc. At last the Branch
Balance Sheet is amalgamated with H.O. Balance Sheet by eliminating inter-branch/H.O. transaction as per the
respective heads of assets and liabilities.
At the Branch Level all transactions that take place in the branch are recorded in the books of Branch like Cash
Book, Subsidiary Books etc.). All necessary ledger accounts and after that the trial balance are prepared and
maintained by the Branch itself. The independent branch may at times draft its final accounts and send it to the H.O
At the H.O transaction between branch and H.O are also recorded in the books of the H.O. Moreover, the H.O also
maintains ‘Goods Sent to Branch Account’ and ‘Branch Account’ separately for each independent branch.
The relevant journal entries are:
Sl.
Transaction HO Books Branch Books
No.
1. Goods sent by H.O. to Branch Branch A/c Dr. Goods Recd. from H.O. A/c. Dr.
To, Goods Sent to Branch A/c To, H.O. A/c
2. Goods returned by Branch to Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr. HO A/c. Dr.
H.O. To, Branch A/c To, Goods Recd. From H.
O. A/c
3. Branch Expenses incurred at — Expenses A/c Dr.
Branch Office To, Cash / Bank A/c
4. Branch expenses paid for by Branch A/c Dr. Expenses A/c. Dr.
the Head Office To, Cash/Bank A/c To, H.O. A/c
5. Purchases made from parties — Purchases A/c Dr.
other than H.O. by Branch To, Bank/ Creditors A/c
6. Sales effected by the Branch Cash/Debtors A/c Dr.
To, Sales A/c

Sl.
Transaction HO Books Branch Books
No.
7. Collection from Debtors Cash/Bank A/c Dr. H.O. A/c Dr.
received directly by the H.O. To, Branch A/c To, Sundry Debtors A/c
8. Payment by H.O. for Purchase Branch A/c Dr. Purchases/Creditors A/c Dr.
made by the Branch To, Bank A/c To, H.O. A/c
9. Purchase of Asset by Branch — Sundry Assets A/c Dr.
To, Bank/Liability
10. Asset account maintained at Branch Asset A/c Dr. H.O. A/c Dr.
H.O. and asset purchased by To, Branch A/c To, Bank/Creditors A/c
Branch
11. Depreciation when asset Branch A/c Dr Depreciation A/c Dr.
account is maintained by To, Branch Asset A/c To, H.O. A/c
H.O.
12. Remittance of Funds by H.O. Branch A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
to Branch To, Bank A/c To, H.O. A/c
13. Remittance of Funds to H.O. Bank A/c Dr. H.O. A/c Dr.
by Branch To, Branch A/c To, Bank A/c
14. Transfer of Goods between Recipient Branch A/c Dr. i. Supplying Branch A/c Dr.
different branches To, Supplying Branch A/c To, Goods recd. from
H.O. A/c
ii. Goods recd. from H.O. Dr.
A/c
To, H.O. A/c
15. Charging the Branch service Branch (Expenses) A/c Dr. Expense A/c Dr.
charges by H.O. To, Service Charges A/c To, H.O. A/c
16. Cash-in-transit Cash-in-transit A/c. Dr. Cash-in-transit A/c. Dr.
To, Branch A/c. To, H.O. A/c.
17. Goods-in-transit Goods-in-Transit A/c. Dr. Goods-in-Transit A/c. Dr.
To, Branch A/c. To, H.O. A/c.
Illustration 7
Journalise the following transactions in the books of Kolkata Head Office, Delhi Branch and Agra Branch :
(a) Goods worth ` 50,000 are supplied by Delhi Branch to Agra Branch under the instructions of Head Office.

(b) Delhi Branch draws a bill receivable for ` 40,000 on Agra Branch which sends its acceptance.
(c) Delhi Branch received ` 10,000 from Agra Branch.
(d) Goods worth ` 20,000 were returned by a customer of Agra Branch to Delhi Branch.
(e) Agra Branch collected ` 20,000 from a customer of Delhi Branch.
Solution :
Books of Kolkata Head Office
Dr. Journal Cr.
Particulars L.F. Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
(a) Agra Branch A/c Dr. 50,000

To, Delhi Branch A/c 50,000
(Being the goods supplied by Delhi Branch to Agra Branch)
(b) Delhi Branch A/c Dr. 40,000

To, Agra Branch A/c 40,000
(Being a B/R drawn by Delhi upon Agra Branch)
(c) Delhi Branch A/c Dr. 10,000

(Being Cash sent by Agra Branch to Delhi Branch)
(d) Delhi Branch A/c Dr. 20,000

(Being the goods returned by customer of Agra Branch to Delhi
Branch)
(e) Agra Branch A/c Dr. 20,000

To, Delhi Branch A/c 20,000
(Being the Cash collected by Agra Branch from a customer of
Delhi Branch
Books of Delhi Branch

Dr. Journal Cr.
Particulars L.F. (`) (`)
(a) Kolkata Kolkata H.O. A/c Dr. 50,000

To, Goods sent to Branch A/c 50,000
(Being the goods supplied to Agra Branch)

(b) Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 40,000

To, Kolkata Kolkata H.O. A/c 40,000
(Being the acceptance of a B/R received from Agra Branch)
(c) Cash A/c Dr. 10,000
To, Kolkata H.O. A/c 10,000
(Being the cash received from Agra Branch)
(d) Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr. 20,000
(Being the goods received from a customer of Agra Branch)
(e) Kolkata H.O. A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Debtors A/c 20,000
(Being the cash collected by Agra Branch from our customer)
Books of Agra Branch

Dr. Journal Cr.
(a) Goods sent to Branch A/c Dr. 50,000

(Being the goods received from Delhi Branch)
(b) Kolkata H.O. A/c Dr. 40,000
To, Bill Payable A/c 40,000
(Being a B/P accepted for Delhi Branch)
(c) Kolkata H.O. A/c Dr. 10,000
To, Cash A/c 10,000
(Being cash paid to Delhi Branch)
(d) Kolkata H.O. A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Debtors A/c
(Being the goods returned by customer of Delhi Branch) 20,000
(e) Cash A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Kolkata H.O. A/c
(Being the Cash received from a customer of Delhi Branch) 20,000

Illustration 8
X Ltd. of Assam has a Branch at Darjeeling. From the given information, reconcile Darjeeling Branch Current
A/c with Assam H.O. Current A/c by preparing Branch Current A/c in the books of H.O.
Assam H.O. Darjeeling Branch

Particulars
Dr. (`) Cr. (`) Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
Goods sent to branch - 13,02,400 - -
Goods received by branch - - 12,80,400 -
Cash sent by branch - - - 1,86,500
Cash received by H.O. 1,00,000 - - -
Darjeeling Branch Current A/c 4,11,100 - - -
Assam H.O. Current A/c - - - 3,02,600
Solution:
Books of X Ltd. (Assam H.O.)
Dr. Darjeeling Branch Current Account Cr.
To, Balance b/f 4,11,100 By, Goods-in-Transit A/c [WN:1] 22,000

By, Cash-in-Transit A/c [WN:2] 86,500
By, Balance c/f [B/fig] 3,02,600
4,11,100 4,11,100
NB: The Darjeeling Branch Current A/c (in the books of H.O.) Assam H.O. Current A/c (in the Branch books)
reflects the same but opposite balance; hence H.O. can proceed with incorporation of the Branch accounts
in its books.
Working Notes
Assam H.O. Current Account
Goods sent to Branch 13,02,400 Journal Entry:
Less: Goods received by Branch 12,80,400 Goods-in-Transit A/c Dr. 22,000
22,000 To, Darjeeling Branch A/c 22,000
Cash-in-Transit Account
Cash sent to Branch 1,86,500 Journal
Less: Cash received by H.O. 1,00,000 Cash-in-Transit A/c……. Dr. 86,500
86,500 To Darjeeling Branch A/c 86,500

llustration 9
A Delhi head office passes one entry at the end of each month to adjust the position arising out of inter- branch
transactions during the month. From the following inter-branch transactions in March 2022, make the entries in the
books of Delhi Head office.
(a) Kolkata Branch :
(i) Received goods from Patna branch ` 9,000 and Ahmedabad branch ` 6,000.
(ii) Sent goods to Ahmedabad branch ` 15,000 and Patna branch ` 12,000.
(iii) Sent acceptances to Patna branch ` 6,000 and Ahmedabad branch ` 3,000.
(b) Kanpur branch [apart from (a) above] :
(i) Sent goods to Ahmedabad branch ` 9,000.
(ii) Recived B/R from Ahmedabad branch ` 9,000.
(iii) Recived cash from Ahmedabad branch ` 5,000.
Solution:
Books of H.O.
Journal
Particulars L.F. Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
Kanpur Branch A/c Dr. 5,000

Patna Branch A/c Dr. 9,000
Ahmedabad Branch A/c Dr. 7,000
21,000
To, Kolkata Branch A/c
Statement of Inter-branch Transactions
Kolkata Kanpur Patna Ahmedabad

Particulars
Dr. (`) Cr. (`) Dr. (`) Cr. (`) Dr. (`) Cr. (`) Dr. (`) Cr (`)
Goods Received 15,000 – – – – 9,000 – 6,000
Goods Sent – 27,000 – – 12,000 – 15,000 –
Acceptance – 9,000 – – 6,000 – 3,000 –
Goods Sent – – – 9,000 – – 9,000 –
B/R Received – – 9,000 – – – – 9,000
Cash – – 5,000 – – – – 5,000
15,000 36,000 14,000 9,000 18,000 9,000 27,000 20,000
Balance 21,000 – – 5,000 – 9,000 – 7,000
36,000 36,000 14,000 14,000 18,000 18,000 27,000 27,000
Incorporation of Branch Trial Balance in Head Office Books

An branch prepares its own trial balance and the same is sent to the H.O. for incorporation. As such, after

receiving the same from the branch, the H.O. has to incorporate the branch’s accounts with that of its own accounts
to prepare and ascertain the net financial result of the concern. There are two methods for incorporating branch trial
balance in H.O. Book:
(a) First Method
All revenue items are passed through Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account and Profit or Loss so made (in
the Profit and Loss Account) together with assets and liabilities are passed through Branch Account for the purpose
of preparing consolidated Balance Sheet in the Books of H.O.
Incorporation Entries
(a) For all revenue expenses related to Trading A/c i.e. Opening stock, Purchase, Return
Branch Trading A/c Dr. Inwards, Wages and other items
To, Branch A/c appearing in the debit side.
(b) For all revenue incomes related to Trading A/c i.e. Sales, Closing Stock and Return
Branch A/c Dr. Outwards and other items that
To, Branch Trading A/c appear in the credit side.
(c) For gross profit of the Branch

Branch Trading A/c Dr.
To, Branch P&L A/c
In case of gross loss, the entry will be reversed.
(d) For all revenue expenses related to P&L A/c i.e. items that appear in the debit side
Branch P & L A/c Dr. of the P & L Account.
To, Branch (All Revenue Expenses) A/c
(e) For all revenue incomes related to P & L A/c i.e. items that appear in the credit
Branch (All Revenue Incomes) A/c Dr. side of the P & L Account.
To, Branch P&L A/c
(f) For net profit of the Branch
Branch P&L A/c Dr.
To, General P&L A/c
In case of net loss, the enry will be reversed.
(g) For branch assets.
Branch Assets A/c........................................................Dr.
To, Branch A/c
(h) For branch liabilities.
Branch A/c...................................................................Dr.
To, Branch Liabilties A/c
(b) Second Method / Abridged Method

This method is applicable only when net profit or net loss is given instead of detailed information about all

revenue expense and income. Under this method, only net profit/net loss will be transferred to Branch Account.
Branch Assets and Branch Liabilities will not appear in branch account and this branch account will show a
balance. The same must be equal to the difference between assets and liabilities, i.e., in other words, net worth of
the business.
Illustration 10
SL Corporation presented the following trial balance on 31.03.2022 to the H.O. at New Delhi.
Particulars Debit (`) Particulars Credit (`)

Delhi H.O. 6,480 Sales 76,000
Stock 1.4.2021 12,000 Goods supplied to H.O. 12,000
Purchase 35,600 Creditors 3,700
Goods Return From H.O. 18,000
Salaries 3,000
Debtors 7,400
Rent 1,920
Misc. Expense 940
Furniture 2,800
Cash and Bank 3,560
91,700 91,700
The branch account on H.O. books on 31.03.2022 stood at ` 920 (Debit).
On 31.03.2022, the, H.O. forwarded goods to the value of ` 5,000 to the branch which are received on 3rd July.
A cash remittance of ` 2,400 by branch on 29th March 2022, was received by the H.O. on 2nd April 2022.
Closing Stock was valued at ` 5,400
Show the incorporation entries in the books of H.O. showing separate Branch Trading and Branch Profit and
Loss Account, and Prepare Branch Account and Branch Balance Sheet also in H.O. books.
Solution:
(a) First Method
In the Books of H.O.
Journal
Date Particulars L/F Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
31.03.22 Branch Trading A/c Dr. 65,600

To Branch A/c 65,600
(Items of Br. Trading incorporated)
` 12,000 + ` 35,600 + ` 18,000)

Branch A/c Dr. 93,400

To Branch Trading A/c 93,400
(Items of Br. Trading incorporated i.e.,
` 76,000 + ` 12,000 + ` 5,400)
Branch Trading A/c Dr. 27,800

To Branch Profit & Loss A/c 27,800
(Gross Profit transferred) [` 93,400 – ` 65,600]
Branch Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 5,860
To Branch A/c 5,860
(Item of Branch Profit & Loss incorporated i.e.,
` 3,000 + ` 1,920 + ` 940)
Branch Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 21,940

To General Profit & Loss A/c 21,940
(Net Profit Transferred) [` 27,800 – ` 5,860]
Goods-in-Transit A/c Dr. 5,000
To Branch A/c 5,000
(Goods-in-Transit adjusted)
Remittance (Cash)-in-Transit A/c Dr. 2,400
To Branch A/c 2,400
(Remittance-in-Transit adjusted)
Branch Asset A/c Dr. 19,160
To Branch A/c 19,160
(Branch Asset incorporated) [` 2,800 + ` 5,400 + ` 7,400 + ` 3,560]
Branch A/c Dr. 3,700
To Branch Liabilities A/c 3,700
(Branch liabilities incorporated)
Dr. Branch Trading and Profit and Loss Account Cr.
To, Branch A/c By, Branch A/c

Stock 12,000 Sales 76,000
Purchase 35,600 Goods supplied to H.O. 12,000
Goods from H.O. 18,000 65,600 Closing Stock 5,400 93,400
To, Branch Profit and Loss A/c 27,800
93,400 93,400

To, Branch A/c By, Branch Trading A/c 27,800

Salaries 3,000 - Gross Profit
Rent 1,920
Office Expenses 940 5,860
To, General Profit and Loss 21,940
A/c (Net Profit transferred)
27,800 27,800

01.04.21 To Balance b/d 920 31.03.22 By Branch Trading A/c 65,600

,, Branch P&L A/c 5,860
,, Goods-in-Transit A/c 5,000
31.03.22 ,, Branch Trading A/c 93,400 ,, Remittance-in-Transit A/c 2,400
,, Branch Assets A/c
Furniture 2,800
,, Branch Liabilities A/c 3,700
Stock 5,400
Creditors
Debtors 7,400
Cash 3,560 19,160
98,020 98,020
Branch Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2022

H.O. A/c Furniture 2,800
Opening balance (Dr.) 6,480 Stock 5,400
Less: Net Profit 21,940 15,460 Debtors 7.400
19,160 19,160
(b) Second Method/Abridged Method

01.04.21 To, Balance b/d 920 31.03.22 By, Goods-in-Transit A/c 5,000
,, Remittance-in-Transit A/c 2,400
31.03.22 ,, Branch P&L A/c Net Profit 21,940 ,, Balance c/d 15,460*
22,860 22,860

Note: This is the difference between Branch Assets and Branch Liabilities
(`19,160 – `3,700) = `15,460.
Closing of Branch Books

Branch closes its accounts at the end of the financial year by passing the following entries: In this situation,
accounts can be prepared by two methods.
Method – 1
All revenue items are passed through H.O. Account.
Journal entries
(a) For all revenue expenses that appear in the debit side of Branch Trading A/c
H.O. A/c Dr.
To, Opening Stock A/c
,, Purchase A/c Actual amount
,, Goods Received from H.O. A/c
,, All revenue expenses
(b) For all revenue incomes that appear in the credit side of Branch Trading A/c
Sales A/c Dr.
Closing Stock A/c Dr.
Actual amount
All revenue incomes A/c Dr.
To, H.O. A/c
(c) For all Branch Assets:
H.O. A/c Dr.
Actual amount
To, Branch Assets A/c
(d) For all Branch Liabilities:
Branch Liabilities A/c Dr.
Actual amount
To, H.O. A/c
Method - 2
In this case, net profit or net loss is transferred to Head Office Account, but treatment of branch assets and
branch liabilities will remain the same.
(a) For Net Profit:
To, H.O. A/c with the amount of net loss
with the amount of net profit
(b) For Net Loss:
H.O. A/c Dr.
with the amount of net loss

Illustration 11
A Chennai Head Office has an independent Branch at Ahmedabad. From the following particulars, give
journal entries to close the books of the Ahmedabad Branch. Show also the Chennai Head Office account in the
branch books.
Ahmedabad Branch
Dr. Trial Balance as at 31st December, 2021 Cr.

Stock on 1st January 8,200 Creditors 2,700
Purchases 12,800 Sales 34,950
Wages 6,550 Head Office 14,000
Manufacturing Expenses 3,400 Discount 150
Rent 1,700 Purchase Returns 300
Salaries 5,500
Debtors 4,000
General Expenses 2,000
Goods received from H.O. 7,200
Cash at Bank 750
52,100 52,100
(a) Closing Stock at Branch ` 14,350.
(b) The branch fixed assets maintained at H.O. books were: Machinery ` 25,000, Furniture ` 1,000 Depreciations
are to be allowed at 10% on Machinery and 15% on Furniture.
(c) Rent due ` 150.
(d) A remittance of ` 4,000 made by the Branch on 29th Dec. 2021 was received by Head Office on 4th January,
2022.
Solution:
Method 1:
In the books of Branch
Journal
31.12.21 Depreciation A/c Dr. 2,650

To, Head Office A/c 2,650
(Depreciation on fixed assets maintained in head office books @
10% on Machinery and 15% on Furniture)

Rent A/c Dr. 150

To, Outstanding Rent A/c 150
(Rent Outstanding)
Cash-in-Transit A/c Dr. 4,000
(Cash remitted to H.O. but not received within 31st December)
Head Office A/c Dr. 50,150
To, Opening Stock 8,200
,, Purchases 12,800
,, Wages 6,550
,, Manufacturing Expenses 3,400
,, Rent (` 1,700 + ` 150) 1,850
,, Salaries 5,500
,, General Expenses 2,000
,, Goods received from H.O. 7,200
,, Depreciation 2,650
(Above items transferred to H.O. A/c)
Discount A/c Sales A/c Dr. 150
Purchase Returns A/c Dr. 34,950
Closing Stock A/c Dr. 300
To, Head Office A/c Dr. 14,350
(Above items transferred to H.O. A/c) 49,750

To, Closing Stock A/c 14,350
,, Debtors A/c 4,000
,, Bank A/c 750
,, Cash-in-Transit A/c (Assets transferred to H.O. A/c) 4,000
Creditors A/c Outstanding Rent A/c Dr. 2,700

To, Head Office A/c Dr. 150
(Liabilities transferred to H.O. A/c) 2,850

Dr. Head Office Account Cr.
31.12.21 To, Sundries- (debit balance 50,150 1.1.20 By, Balance b/d 14,000
of Revenue items) ,, Depreciation A/c 2,650
,, Cash-in-Transit A/c 4,000
,, Sundry Assets 23,100 ,, Sundries –Credit Balance of
Revenue items 49,750
,, Sundry Liabilities 2,850
73,250 73,250
Method 2:
Date Particulars L/F (`) (`)
2021 Depreciation A/c Dr. 2,650

Dec. 31 To, Head Office A/c 2,650
(Depreciation on fixed assets @ 10% Monthly and @ 15% or
Furniture in H.O. Books.)
Rent A/c Dr. 150
To, Outstanding Rent A/c 150
(Rent Outstanding)
Cash-in-Transit A/c Dr. 4,000
(Cash remitted to H.O. but in transit)
Head Office A/c Dr. 400
To, Profit & Loss A/c 400
(Net Loss Transferred.) [ ` 50,150 – ` 49,750]
To, Closing Stock 14,350
,, Debtors 4,000
,, Cash at Bank 750
,, Cash-in-Transit 4,000
(Asset transferred to H.O. A/c)

Creditors A/c Dr. 2,700

Outstanding Rent A/c Dr. 150
(Various Liabilities transferred to H.O. A/c)
Dr. Head Office Account Cr.

31.12.21 To, Profit & Loss A/c 400 31.12.21 By, Balance b/d 14,000
Net Loss ,, Depreciation A/c 2,650
,, Closing Stock A/c 14,350 ,, Cash-in-Transit A/c 4,000
,, Debtors A/c 4,000 ,, Credit A/c 2,700
,, Cash at Bank 750 ,, Outstanding Rent 150
,, Cash-in-Transit A/c 4,000
23,500 23,500
Illustration 12
Puskar Enterprise has its H.O. in Ranchi and a branch in Imphal. The following Trial Balance has been extracted
from the books of accounts as at 31st March, 2022:
Head Office Branch Office

Particulars
Dr. (`) Cr. (`) Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
Capital --- 16,50,000 --- ---
Debtors 3,00,000 --- 1,80,000 ---
Creditors --- 1,50,000 --- ---
Purchases 27,42,000 --- --- ---
Sales --- 25,50,000 --- 13,11,000
Goods sent to Branch at I.P. --- 11,40,000 11,25,000 ---
Fixed Assets (Net) 10,50,000 --- 2,00,000 ---
Stock (1.4.2021) 24,000 --- 60,000 ---
Stock Adjustment (Unrealised Profit) --- 12,000 --- ---
H.O./Branch Current A/c 5,25,000 --- --- 3,60,000
Administrative & Selling Expenses 8,41,500 --- 74,500 ---
Cash and Bank 46,500 --- 39,000 ---
Provision for Bad Debts --- 27,000 --- 7,500
55,29,000 55,29,000 16,78,500 16,78,500

Other relevant information:

i. All goods are purchased by the H.O. Goods are sent to branch at cost plus 25%.
ii. Stock 31.3.2022 are valued at:
H.O. ` 36,000
Branch ` 45,000 (Invoice Price)
iii. Depreciation is to be provided on fixed assets at 10% on book value.
iv. Bad debts provision is to be maintained at 5% on debtors as at the end of the year.
v. Cash-in-transit from branch to H.O. at 31st March 2022 was `1,50,000.
vi. Goods-in-transit from H.O. to branch at 31st March, 2022 at invoice price was `15,000.
Prepare in Columnar from, the branch and H.O. Trading and Profit and Loss Accounts for the year ended 31st
March, 2022 and a combined Balance Sheet of Puskar Enterprises as on that date.
Solution:
In the books of H.O.
Columnar Trading and Profit and Loss Account
Dr. for the year ended March 31, 2022 Cr.
H.O. Branch H.O. Branch

(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Opening Stock 24,000 60,000 By, Sales 25,50,000 13,11,000
,, Purchases 27,42,000 --- ,, Goods Sent to Branch 11,40,000 ---
,, Goods from H.O. --- 11,25,000 ,, Closing Stock 36,000 45,000
,, Gross Profit c/d 9,60,000 1,71,000
37,26,000 13,56,000 37,26,000 13,56,000

To, Adm. & Selling Exp. 8,41,500 74,500
,, Depreciation 1,05,000 20,000 By, Gross Profit b/d 9,60,000 1,71,000
,, Stock Adjustment (for closing) 12,000 --- ,, Stock Adjustment (for opening) 12,000 ---
20% of (45,000 + 15,000)
,, Provision for Bad Debts (new) 15,000 9,000 ,, Provision for Bad 27,000 7,500
Debts (old)
Net Profit 25,500 75,000
9,99,000 1,78,500 9,99,000 1,78,500
Balance Sheet (Combined) as at March 31, 2022

Capital 16,50,000 Fixed Assets 12,50,000


Add: Net Profit 1,00,500 17,50,500 Less: Depreciation 1,25,000 11,25,000
(25,500 + 75,000)
5,25,000 Current Assets
Current A/c – H.O. Stock
Less: Branch (Cr.) 3,60,000 H.O. 36,000
Cash-in-transit 1,50,000 Branch 45,000
Goods-in-transit 15,000 5,25,000 81,000
Nil Less: Stock Adj. 12,000 69,000
Creditors 1,50,000
Goods-in-Transit 15,000
Debtors
H.O. 3,00,000
Branch 1,80,000
4,80,000
Less; Prov. for Bad 24,000 4,56,000
Debts
Cash at Bank
H.O. 46,500
Branch 39,000
Cash-in-transit 1,50,000 2,35,500
19,00,500 19,00,500
Foreign Branch
Foreign branch is opened and operated in a country other than the country where the organisation is registered
and has its head office. Example: Dubai branch of State bank of India.
A foreign branch maintains its own books of accounts. It drafts the trial balance (in foreign currency) and
sends the same to the head office. The H.O. converts the items of the trial balance in the domestic currency of the
H.O. and thereafter drafts the final accounts. The branch trial balance is converted into H.O. currency under the
following methods:
1. Net Investment Method: As per this method, all items of the trial balance except H. O. Account are
converted using closing rate. H.O. Account is represented at the figure at which Branch Account appears in
H.O. books, subject to adjustment for goods and cash-in-transit.
2. Current and Non-current Method: In this case, different rates are applied for current assets and liabilities,

and fixed assets and liabilities. For current assets and current liabilities closing rate is used, and historical
rates are applied on fixed assets and long-term liabilities.
3. Temporal Method: This method is considered applicable when exchange rate is fluctuating.
Differences between foreign branch and domestic branch:
Domestic Branch Foreign Branch
Location A domestic branch is established and carried A foreign branch is always established and
out in the same country where its H.O is carried out its operations in a country other
situated. than the country of its H.O
Nature It can be either dependent or independent. It’s always independent.
Currency H.O and Branch both follow the same currency Whereas the transactions and accounting for
for recording the transactions and preparing foreign branches happen to be different than its
accounts. H.O.
Illustration 13
SS Textiles Ltd. have a branch in Auckland, New Zealand. The trail balance of the branch as on 31.03.2022 was
as given below:
Dr. (NZ $) Cr. (NZ $)

Head Office Account 18,000
Sales 1,20,000
Goods from the Head Office Account 90,000
Opening Stock 15,000
Office furniture 20,000
Cash 100
Bank 1,900
Expenses outstanding 2,000
Salaries 6,000
Taxes & Insurance 500
Rent 2,000
Debtors 4,500
1,40,000 1,40,000
The Branch Account in the head office showed a debit balance of ` 13,20,000 and ‘Goods sent to Branch
Accounts’ a credit balance of ` 80,00,000.
Office furniture were acquired in 2005 when NZ $1 = ` 80.
The exchange rates were (NZ $1): January 1, 2020 - ` 88; December 31, 2020 - ` 92; Average – ` 90.

The stock at branch on December 31, 2022 was valued at NZ $9,000.

Convert the Branch Trial Balance into rupees and prepare the Branch Trading and Profit and Loss Account for
2022, and the Branch Account in Head Office books. Depreciation is to be written off the office furniture @ 10%.
Solution:
Auckland Branch Trial Balance as at December 31, 2022
Item Rate (`) Dr. (NZ $) Cr. (NZ $) Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
H.O. Account - 18,000 13,20,000
Sales 90 1,20,000 108,00,000
Goods from H.O. A/c - 90,000 80,00,000
Stock on Jan. 1, 2021 88 15,000 13,20,000
Office Furniture 80 20,000 16,00,000
Cash 92 100 9,200
Bank 92 1,900 1,74,800
Expenses outstanding 92 2,000 1,84,000
Salaries 90 6,000 5,40,000
Taxes & Insurance 90 500 45,000
Rent 90 2,000 1,80,000
Debtors 92 4,500 4,14,000
1,40,000 1,40,000 1,22,83,000 1,23,04,000
Difference in exchange 21,000
123,04,000 123,04,000
Closing stock 92 18,000 8,28,000
Auckland Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account

Dr. for the year ended December 31, 2022 Cr.

To, Goods from H.O. 80,00,000 By, Closing Stock 8,28,000
116,28,000 116,28,000
To, Salaries 5,40,000 By, Gross Profit b/d 23,08,000
To, Taxes & Insurance 45,000

To, Rent 1,80,000

To, Difference in exchange 21,000
To, Depreciation 1,60,000
To, Net Profit 13,62,000
23,08,000 23,08,000
Dr. Auckland Branch Account Cr.
To, Balance b/d 13,20,000 By, Branch Trading A/c (`)
To, Branch Trading A/c (`) Opening stock 13,20,000

Sales 108,00,000 Goods from H.O. 80,00,000 93,20,000
Stock 8,28,000 116,28,000
By, Branch P & L A/c 9,46,000
(Sundry expenses )
By, Balance c/d 26,82,000
1,29,48,000 1,29,48,000

Departmental Accounting 6.2
F
or effective operation, efficient management and adequate control, many big organisations that deal with
various products or services or multiple types of specialized activities, consider each product, service or
specialized activities as separate segments or units of the entities. The concerned entity in order to record
the details of segments or units rationally split into a few segments or units which are technically referred
to as Departments.
Industry Illustrative Departments

Bank Forex, Underwriting, credit card
Hospitals Rooms, medical store, cafeteria
Hotels Rooms, restaurants, confectionary, gym and spa
Departmental store Stationery, electronics, grocery
Two-wheelers Motorcycles, scooters
Automobile Hatchback, Sedan, SUV, EVs
Management of the concerned entity wants to evaluate the operating results (profit/loss) for each department.
Hence, on the basis of system of Responsibility Accounting, the idea of Departmental Accounting has emerged and
has been widely implemented.
Responsibility Accounting: For better performance and control, responsibility and authority are decentralized
to each department. A manager or supervisor is assigned to each department to whom the targets and budgets are
provided for carrying out the operations. Although all departments are “Cost Centres”, all may not be “Revenue
Centres”. At the end of certain period, the performance of the Department/Centre is assessed and suitable
measures are taken for betterment.
Concept note: Branch vs Department

Points of
Department Branch
Difference
Concept A segment or unit into which an entity is Establishment of a large organisation that is
rationally divided. located at different places
Purpose Enhancement of effective operations, efficient Primary objective is to boost up the sales
management and proper control. revenue of the entity.

Points of
Department Branch
Difference
Location Generally, Departments are not separated Each branch is set up at different geographical
geographically. location.
Interrelation A department can never have a branch on its A branch may consists of numerous
own. departments.
Departmental Accounting
Concept of Departmental Accounting

Although traditional accounting reflects the overall financial performance (profit/loss) of an entity, it fails
to provide the operating performances of each department. To ensure adequate managerial control and proper
decision-making, it is necessary to ascertain the operating results of each department. The branch of accounting
that gives emphasis on the assessment of the financial performance of each department of a large organisation is
referred to as Departmental Accounting.
Features of Departmental Accounting

~~ In the books of accounts, transactions are recorded department-wise. All expenses and incomes are recognized
separately for each department.
~~ It is an application of Responsibility Accounting system.
~~ Each department is considered as Responsibility Centre.
~~ Both external as-well-as internal transactions are recorded.
~~ It provides information to internal stakeholders of the entity.
~~ It involves the drafting of Departmental Trading & Profit & Loss Account.
Objectives of Departmental Accounting

~~ To get an analytical idea about the affairs of each department.
~~ To ascertain the true operating result and efficiency of each department (department profit/loss).
~~ To compare the financial performance among different departments.
~~ To provide data and information to the management for decision-making and policy-formulation.
Methods of Maintaining Departmental Accounts

Two approaches are usually followed for obtaining the individual figures of the various items of expenses and
incomes. An organisation can follow any one of them.
~~ Maintenance of same set of books; or
~~ Maintenance of separate set of books
Maintenance The amounts of various items of expenses and incomes, etc. are gathered by maintaining
of same set of the books of accounts in the tabular or columnar format. Hence, this method is referred to as
books Columnar or Tabular Method. Accounting Department, centralized in nature, maintains the
entire records. This method is widely accepted because of it is comparatively less expensive.

Maintenance of Individual figures of various items of expenses and incomes, etc. are obtained by keeping
separate set of the books of each department separately. Hence, this method is referred to as Unitary
books Method. Each concerned department maintains their records independently. Although the
method is very expensive, large-sized firms usually practice it.
Preparation of Departmental Final Accounts
Components of Departmental Final Accounts

Departmental Trading Account: This account is drafted in columnar format where each column represents
each department. It is prepared for ascertaining Departmental Gross Profits/Gross Loss of individual departments.
In this account, the direct expenses are debited and direct incomes are credited.
Departmental Profit & Loss Account: This account is also drafted in columnar format where each column
represents each department. It is prepared for ascertaining Departmental Net Profits / Net Loss of individual
departments. In this account the indirect expenses are debited and allocated indirect incomes are credited, after
considering Gross Profit/Gross Loss of individual departments.
General Profit & Loss Account: This account is drafted for the determination of Overall Net Profit/ Net Loss
of the entity. Indirect expenses and Indirect incomes that cannot be rationally apportioned between the departments
are debited and credited respectively, after considering departmental Net Profits/ Net Loss. The format of this
account is like the normal income state i.e no Department specific columns are there.
Format of Departmental Trading Account, Departmental Profit & Loss Account and General Profit &
Loss Account
Departmental Trading & Profit & Loss Account
Dr. for the year ended... Cr
Particulars Dept. I Dept. II Particulars Dept. I Dept. II

To, Opening Stock xx xx By, Sales xx xx
To, Purchases xx xx By, Transfer xx xx
To, Wages xx xx By, Closing Stock xx xx
To, Other Direct Expenses xx xx
To, Transfer xx xx
To, Gross Profit c/d xx xx
xxx xxx xxx xxx
To, Rent xx xx By, Gross Profit b/d xx xx
To, Salaries xx xx By, Indirect Incomes xx xx
To, Depreciation and amortisation xx xx
To, Other Indirect Expenses xx xx
To, General P/L A/c xx xx
[Dept. Net Profit Transferred]
xxx xxx xxx xxx

General Profit & Loss Account

Dr. for the year ended... Cr

To, General Expenses xx By, Departmental P/L A/c [Net Profit] xx
To, Stock Reserve [Provision on Stock] xx
To, Capital A/c [ Net Profit transferred] xx
xxx xxx
Steps for Preparation of Departmental Final Accounts

Step I. Determination of Departmental Gross Profit/ Loss
Items Treatment
Directly allocable Direct Expenses Debited to Departmental Trading A/c
Direct Expenses that cannot be directly allocated Apportion the expenses on some suitable basis and
debit them to Departmental Trading A/c.
Directly Allocable Direct Incomes Credited to Departmental Trading A/c
Goods transferred from one department to other Debited to Transferee(Receiving) Department and
department credited to Transferor (Sending)Department.
(Journal: Transferee Department A/c Dr.
To Transferor Department A/c)
After determining Departmental Gross Profit/Loss, it is transferred to Departmental Profit & Loss A/c.
Step II: Determination of Departmental Net Profit/Loss

Items Treatment
Directly allocable Indirect Expenses Debited to Departmental Profit & Loss A/c
Indirect Expenses that cannot be directly allocated Apportion the expenses on some suitable basis and
debit them to Departmental Profit & Loss A/c.
Directly Allocable Indirect Incomes Credited to Departmental Profit & Loss A/c
Indirect Incomes that cannot be directly allocated Apportion the Incomes on some suitable basis and
credit them to Departmental Profit & Loss A/c.
After determining Departmental Net Profit/Loss, it is transferred to General Profit & Loss A/c.
Step III: Determination of Overall Net Profit/Loss of the concern

Items Treatment
Indirect Expenses that could not be allocated to Debited to General Profit & Loss A/c.
departments

Items Treatment
Indirect Incomes that could not be allocated to Credited to General Profit & Loss A/c.
departments
Provision for Unrealised Profit (if any) On Closing Inventory, debit them to General Profit
& Loss A/c and on Opening Inventory, credit them to
.General Profit & Loss A/c
By, Balancing General Profit & Loss A/c, Consolidated or Overall Net Profit / Loss is ascertained.
Certain Specific Transactions
Items of Income
●● Incomes which are directly allocable to a specific department are credited to the respective department.
●● Incomes which are common for more than one department are apportioned rationally over all departments.
Income Items common for more than one

Basis of Apportionment
department
Discount Received Net Purchases i.e Purchases less Returns Outward (if any)
Sales Commission Net Sales i.e Sales less Returns Inward (if any)
Other Indirect Incomes which are of financial in nature viz. Dividend received, Interest earned on Deposits,
Profit on sale of fixed assets are credited of General P/L A/c, as these items relate the organisation as whole and
cannot be apportioned over the departments.
Items of Expenses
●● Expenses which are directly allocable to a specific department are debited to the respective department.
●● Expenses which are common for more than one department are apportioned rationally over all departments.
Expense Items common for more than one

Basis of Apportionment
department
Commission to Purchase Manager, Carriage inwards Purchases
Selling expense, Commission to salesman, bad debts, Sales
Discount allowed
Depreciation, Insurance, Repairs and Maintenance Value of Fixed Assets
Rent and rates, Insurance, Heating Floor area occupied
Power Horse power (HP) or HP × Hours Worked
Other indirect expenses which are of general nature viz. General charges, Sundry charges, MD’s Remuneration,
Miscellaneous expenses etc. as well as expenses which are of financial in nature viz. Bank Charges, Interest on
loan/debentures, are debited to General P/L A/c as these items relate the organisation as whole and cannot be
apportioned over the departments.

Illustration 14
M/s Unique is a departmental store having three departments – X, Y and Z. Information regarding three
departments for the year ended March 31, 2022 are given below:
Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`)

Opening Stock 72000 48000 40000
Furniture 40,000 40,000 20,000
Purchases 2,64,000 1,76,000 88,000
Sales 3,60,000 2,70,000 1,80,000
Closing stock 90,000 35,000 42,000
Sundry Debtors 30,000 20,000 20,000
Floor area occupied by each department (in sq. ft) 6,000 5,000 4,000
Number of employees 50 40 30
Electricity Consumed (in units) 600 400 200
The Balances of other revenue items in the books for the year given below (in `)

Carriage Inwards 6,000 Discount Received 3,600
Carriage Outwards 5,400 Employees Welfare Expenses 4,800
Discount Allowed 4,500 Rent, Rates &Taxes 15,000
Advertisement 5,400 Electricity charges 6,000
Wages 96,000 Depreciation on furniture 2,000
After providing Provision for Bad Debts at 5%, prepare Departmental Trading and Profit and Loss Account
Solution
M/s Unique
Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss Account
Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`) Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`)
To, Opening Stock 72,000 48,000 40,000 By, Sales 3,60,000 2,70,000 1,80,000
To, Purchases 2,64,000 1,76,000 88,000 By, Closing Stock 90,000 35,000 42,000
To, Carriage Inwards (WN:1) 3,000 2,000 1,000
To, Gross Profit c/d 1,11,000 79,000 93,000
4,50,000 3,05,000 2,22,000 4,50,000 3,05,000 2,22,000
To, Rent, Rates & Taxes (WN:1) 6000 5000 4000 By, Gross Profit b/d 1,11,000 79,000 93,000
To, Wages (WN:1) 40,000 32,000 24,000
To, Carriage Outwards (WN:1) 2,400 1,800 1,200 By, Discount Received 1800 1200 600
To, Discount Allowed (WN:1) 2,000 1,500 1,000
To, Electricity Expenses 3,000 2,000 1,000

Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`) Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`)

To, Advertisement (WN:1) 2,400 1,800 1,200
To, Depreciation (WN:1) 800 800 400
(WN:1)
To, Employees Welfare 2000 1600 1200
Expenses (WN:1)
To, Provision for Bad Debt 1500 1000 1000
(WN:2)
To, General P/L A/c ( Dept. NP 52,700 32,700 58,600
transferred)
1,12,800 80,200 93,600 1,12,800 80,200 93,600
Working Notes
1. Allocation of unallocated income and expenses
Item of Expenses (`) Basis Ratio X (`) Y (`) Z (`)

Carriage Inwards 6000 Purchases 3:2:1 3,000 2,000 1,000
Rent, Rates & Taxes 15,000 Floor area 6:5:4 6,000 5,000 4,000
Wages 96,000 Number of employees 5:4:3 40,000 32,000 24,000
Carriage Outwards 5,400 Sales 4:3:2 2,400 1,800 1,200
Discount Allowed 4,500 Sales 4:3:2 2,000 1,500 1,000
Electricity expenses 6,000 Electricity consumed 3:2:1 3,000 2,000 1,000
Advertisement 5,400 Sales 4:3:2 2,400 1,800 1,200
Depreciation on Furniture 2,000 Value of Furniture 2:2:1 800 800 400
Employees Welfare Expenses 4,800 Number of employees 5:4:3 2,000 1,600 1,200
Discount Received 3,600 Purchases 3:2:1 1,800 1,200 600
2. Provision for Bad Debt
Dept. X: ` 30,000 × 5% = ` 1,500,
Dept. Y: ` 20,000 × 5% = ` 1,000, Dept. Z: ` 20,000 × 5% = ` 1,000
Inter-Departmental Transfer
When goods/services are transferred from one department (Transferor Department) to another department
(Transferee Department), it is known as Inter-Departmental Transfer and such transfers are considered to be as
“Purchases” of the Transferee Department and “Sales” of the Transferor Department.
Valuation of Transfer: It can be done on of the following three basis
At Cost ●● Transferor Department transfers goods/services to Transferee Department at “Cost to

the Transferor Department”.
●● If part of goods transferred remains in the closing inventory of Transferee Department,
then the creation of “Provision for Unrealised Profit” is not required.

At Cost plus Profit Transferor Department transfers goods/services to Transferee Department at a value
higher than the Cost. Hence, it is referred as ‘Cost plus Profit’.
Departments which produce or render intermediate goods/services usually follows this
method to ensure that the Transferor Department gets due credit (in the form of profit-
booking) out of such transfer.
If part of goods transferred remains in the closing inventory of Transferee Department,
then the creation of “Provision for Unrealised Profit” is required.
At Normal Selling Transferor Department transfers goods/services to Transferee Department at ‘Normal
Price Selling Price’ i.e prevailing Market Price.
Departments which produce or render marketable goods/services usually follows this
method to ensure that the Transferor Department gets due credit (in the form of profit-
booking) out of such transfer.
Actual profit earning capacity remains undisclosed to the stakeholders.
If part of goods transferred remains in the closing inventory of Transferee Department,
then the creation of “Provision for Unrealised Profit” is required.
Provision for Unrealised Profit

Based on the concept of Responsibility Accounting, more often than not, departments are considered as ‘Profit
Centres’ and hence, goods are transferred from Transferor Department to Transferee Department at a value which
is higher than the cost. The value may be Normal Selling Price or may be higher/lower than Selling Price, but
the value will definitely include an element of profit to ensure that the Transferor Department gets due credit (in
the form of profit booking). After receiving the goods, Transferee Department carry out necessary processes and
eventually transfer/sell them to other department/market. At the end of certain period, it may be found that the
closing inventory of Transferee Department holds a part of goods which were earlier received from Transferor
Department. It means that part of goods which were transferred from Transferred Department has remained
unsold although the profit on it has been booked by the Transferor Department. This leads to the concept of
Unrealised Profit.
Unrealised Profit refers to the profit booked (but not earned) by the transferor department out of inter-departmental
transfers. Although the due credit is given to Transferor Department and the profit is reflected in the Transferor
Department’s Profit, this profit cannot be considered as earned/realized by the entity as it is not yet earned from
any outside party.
As per the Concept of Prudance, unrealized profit is needed to be adjusted. Hence, “Provision for Unrealised
Profit” is maintained both on closing stock as well as on the subsequent opening stock. Moreover, it needs to noted
that such Provision is required to be created on goods received at higher than cost from all predecessor departments
and not only the immediately preceding department.
Steps for calculation of amount of Provision for Unrealised Profit
Step I: Identification of the ‘Value of Transferred Stock’ included in the Closing Stock of the Transferee
Department
Step II: Ascertainment of the Gross Profit Rate (GP Rate) on Sales of the Transferor Department
Step III: Apply the GP Rate to the ‘Value of Transferred Stock’
Provision for Unrealised Profit = Value of Transferred Stock (of Transferor Dept.) × GP Rate(of Transferee Dept.)

Accounting of Transfer:
Transactions Journal Entry
On transfer of goods/ services Transferee Department A/c Dr.
To, Transferor Department A/c
Creation of Provision for Unrealised Profit On Closing Stock
General Profit & Loss A/c
To, Provision for Unrealised Profit A/c
On Opening Stock ( in subsequent period)
Provision for Unrealised Profit A/c
To, General Profit & Loss A/c
Illustration 15
A firm has two departments – Raw Materials and Manufacturing. The finished goods are produced by the
Manufacturing Department with raw materials supplied by Raw Materials department at selling price. Using
the following information prepare Departmental Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended on
31st March 2022.
Raw Materials Dept. (`) Manufacturing Dept. (`)

Opening Stock 1,20,000 20,000
Purchases 8,00,000 6,000
Sales 8,80,000 1,80,000
Manufacturing Expenses -- 24,000
Selling Expenses 1,600 800
Raw Materials transferred to Manufacturing Dept. 1,20,000 --
Closing Stock 80,000 24,000
Cost of the closing stock of the manufacturing department consists of 25% for manufacturing expenses and 75%
for raw materials. In the preceding year Raw Materials Department earned gross profit at the rate of 10%. Salaries
of ` 5,000 and Insurance Premium of ` 1,600 are allocated between the two departments on the basis of sales ratio.
Find out the Net Profit of the firm as a whole.
Solution :
Dr. Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31.3.2022 Cr.
Raw Manufac- Raw Manufac-

Materials turing Materials turing
To, Opening Stock 1,20,000 20,000 By, Sales 8,80,000 1,80,000
To, Purchases 8,00,000 6,000 By, Transfer (Transferred 1,20,000 -
To, Transfer (Received from - 1,20,000 to MF)
RM) By, Closing Stock 80,000 24,000
To, Manufacturing Expenses - 24,000

Raw Manufac- Raw Manufac-

Materials turing Materials turing
To, Gross Profit c/d 1,60,000 34,000
10,80,000 2,04,000 10,80,000 2,04,000
To, Salaries (44:9) 4,150 850 By, Gross Profit b/d 1,60,000 34,000
To, Selling Expenses 1,600 800
To, Insurance Premium 1328 272
(44:9)
To, General P/L A/c 1,52,922 32,078
(Dept. Net Profit
transferred)
1,60,000 34,000 1,60,000 34,000
Dr. General Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31.3.2022 Cr.

To, Stock Reserve ( WN:1) 1380 By, Departmental Profit & Loss A/c 1,52,922
To, Capital A/c (NP transferred) 1,83,620 Raw Materials Manufacturing 32,078
1,85,000 1,85,000
Working Notes:
1. Unrealized Profit in unsold stock:
Profit rate on transferred goods = GP rate of Raw Materials Dept.
= { Gross profit /( Sales + Transfer)} × 100
= { 1,60,000 / (8,80,000 + 1,20,000) } × 100
= 16%
Value of the goods of Manufacturing dept. included in the Closing stock of Raw Materials Dept.
= ` 24,000 × 75% = ` 18,000
Unrealized Profit in Closing Stock = ` 18,000 × 16% = ` 2,880
Value of the goods of Manufacturing dept. included in the Opening stock of Raw Materials Dept.
= `. 20,000 * 75% = ` 15,000
Unrealised Profit in Opening Stock = ` 15,000 × 10% = ` 1,500
Net Stock Reserve = ` 2,880 – ` 1,500 = ` 1,380
Illustration 16
A & Co. has two departments P & Q. department P sells goods to department Q at normal selling prices. From the

following particulars, prepare departmental Trading & PL account for the year ended 31.03.2022 and also ascertain
the net profit to be transferred to Balance Sheet:
Department P Department Q
Particulars
(`) (`)
Opening stock 5,00,000 NIL
Purchases 28,00,000 3,00,000
Goods from P NIL 8,00,000
Wages 3,50,000 2,00,000
Travelling expenses 20,000 1,60,000
Closing stock at cost to the department 8,00,000 2,09,000
Sales 30,00,000 2,00,0000
Printing & Stationery 30,000 25,000
The following expenses incurred for both the departments were not apportioned between the departments:
Salaries ` 33,000, advertisement expenses ` 1,20,000,General expenses ` 5,00,000,Depreciation is to be charged
@30% on the machinery worth ` 96,000.
The advertisement expenses of the departments are to be apportioned in the turnover ratio. Salaries and
depreciation are to be apportioned in the ratio 2:1 and 1:3 respectively. General expenses are to be apportioned in
the ratio 3:1.
Solution:
A & Co.
Departmental Trading and P/L Account
Deptt. P Deptt. Q Deptt. P Deptt. Q
Particulars Total (`) Particulars Total (`)
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Opening Stock 5,00,000 Nil 5,00,000 By, Sales 30,00,000 20,00,000 50,00,000
To, Purchases 28,00,000 3,00,000 31,00,000 By, Goods 8,00,000
transferred to Q
To, Goods from P 8,00,000 By, Closing Stock 8,00,000 2,09,000 10,09,000
To, Wages 3,50,000 2,00,000 5,50,000
To, Gross Profit c/d 9,50,000 9,09,000 18,59,000
46,00,000 22,09,000 60,09,000 46,00,000 22,09,000 60,09,000
To, Travelling 20,000 1,60,000 1,80,000 By, Gross Profit b/d 9,50,000 9,09,000 18,59,000
Expenses
To, Printing & 30,000 25,000 55,000
Stationery

Deptt. P Deptt. Q Deptt. P Deptt. Q

Particulars Total (`) Particulars Total (`)
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Salaries (2:1) 2,20,000 1,10,000 3,30,000
To, Advertisement 72,000 48,000 1,20,000
Expenses (3:2)
To, General 3,75,000 1,25,000 5,00,000
Expenses (3:1)
To, Depreciation 7,200 21,600 28,800
(1:3)
To, Net Profit c/d 2,25,800 4,19,400 6,45,200
9,50,000 9,09,000 18,59,000 9,50,000 9,09,000 18,59,000
To, Provision for 38,000 By, Net Profit b/d 6,45,200
unrealised profit on
closing stock (note
2)
To, Capital A/c (net 6,07,200
profit transferred)
Working notes:
1. Gross profit ratio of department P = ` 9,50,000/` (30,00,000 + 8,00,000) × 100 = 25%
2. Proportionate P department’s stock in department Q
(Purchase from department P/total purchases of department Q) × total stock of department Q
= ` (8,00,000/11,00,000) × ` 2,09,000 = ` 1,52,000
Unrealised profit = 25% of ` 1,52,000 = ` 38,000
Illustration 17
A Ltd. manufacturing electronic components operates with two departments. Transfer made between the
departments of both purchased goods and manufactured finished goods. Goods purchased are transferred at cost
and manufactured goods are transferred only at selling price as is the case with open market.
Transactions for the year ended Mar. 31, 2022 are given below:
Particulars Dept. X (`) Dept. Y (`)

Opening Stock 20,000 15,000
Sales 1,90,000 1,35,000
Wages 12,500 7,500
Purchases 1,00,000 80,000
Closing stock:
Purchased goods 2,000 5,000
Manufactured goods 7,000 8,000

The following were the transfers from Dept. X to Dept. Y: Purchased goods ` 6,000 and finished goods ` 20,000;
and from Dept. Y to Dept. X: Purchased goods ` 5,000 and finished goods ` 35,000. Stocks were valued at cost to
the department concerned. It is estimated that the closing stock of manufactured goods of Dept. Y consists of 20%
for goods received from Dept. X.
You are required to prepare Departmental Trading Account and A Ltd.’s Trading Account for the year ended Mar.
31, 2022. Also show the reconciliation of the profits ascertained from these accounts.
Solution :
A Ltd.
Departmental Trading Account
Particulars X (`) Y (`) Particulars X (`) Y (`)
To, Opening Stock 20,000 15,000 By, Sales 1,90,000 1,35,000
To, Purchases 1,00,000 80,000 By, Transfer [Goods sent]:
To, Transfer [Goods received]: Purchased goods 6,000 5,000
Purchased goods 5,000 6,000 Finished goods 20,000 35,000
Finished goods 35,000 20,000 By, Closing Stock:
To, Wages 12,500 7,500 Purchased goods 2,000 5,000
To, Departmental Profit [Bal. 52,500 59,500 Manufactured goods 7,000 8,000
Fig.]
2,25,000 1,88,000 2,25,000 1,88,000
Trading Account
Dr. for the year ended 31.3. 2022 Cr.
To, Opening Stock [20,000 + 15,000] 35,000 By Sales [1,90,000 + 1,35,000] 3,25,000
To, Purchases [1,00,000 + 80,000] 1,80,000 By Closing Stock:
To, Wages [12,500 + 7,500] 20,000 Purchased goods [2,000 + 5,000] 7,000
To, Gross Profit [Bal. Fig.] 1,11,110 Manufactured goods[WN: 1] 14,110
3,46,110 3,46,110
Reconciliation of Profits:
The departmental profits ascertained from the Departmental Trading & P/L A/c and the company’s Gross Profit
determined from the Company’s Trading A/c can be reconciled as under:
Gross Profit of the company = Profit of Dept. X + Profit of Dept. Y – Unrealised profit in Unsold stock
= ` 52,500+ ` 59,500 – ` (490+400) = ` 1,11,110

Working Notes:
1. Value of closing stock of manufactured goods:
Dept. X (`) Dept. Y (`)

‘Profit rate of the transferor’on ‘transferred goods’
Gross Profit
× 100
Sales + Transfer of Finished Goods
Value of ‘transferred goods’ included in closing ` 1,400 ` 1,600
stock [7,000 × 20%] [8,000 × 20%]
Less: Unrealised profits included in closing ` 490 ` 400
stock [1,400 × 35%] [1,600 × 25%]
[Transferred goods × Profit rate of transferor]
∴Total cost of closing stock of manufactured goods = [7,000 + 8,000] – [ 490 + 400] = ` 14,110
Illustration 18
Samudra & Co. a partnership firm has three departments viz. K, L, M which are under the charge of the Partners
B, C and D respectively. The following Consolidated P&L Account is given below :
Dr. Profit and Loss Account Cr.

To, Opening Stocks (Note i) 81,890 By, Sales (Note vii) 4,00,000
To, Purchases (Note ii) 2,65,700 By, Closing Stocks (Note viii) 89,000
To, Salaries and Wages 48,000 By, Discounts Received (Note x) 800
(Note iii)
To, Rent Expenses (Note iv) 10,800
To, Selling Expenses (Note v) 14,400
To, Discount Allowed (Note v) 1,200
To, Depreciation (Note vi) 750
To, Net Profit for the year 67,060
4,89,800 4,89,800
From the above account and the following additional information, prepare the Departmental P&L Account for
the year ended 31st March, 2013.
(i) Break up of Opening Stock Department wise is: K - ` 37,890; L - ` 24,000 and M - ` 20,000.
(ii) Total Purchases were as under: K - ` 1,40,700; L - ` 80,600; M - ` 44,400.
(iii) Salaries and Wages include ` 12,000 wages of Department M. The balance Salaries should be apportioned
to the three departments as 4:4:1.

(iv) Rent is to be apportioned in the ratio of floor space which is as 2:2:5.

(v) Selling Expenses and Discount Allowed are to be apportioned in the ratio of Turnover.
(vi) Depreciation on assets should be equally charged to the three departments.
(vii) Sales made by the three departments were: K - ` 1,80,000; L - ` 1,30,000 and M - ` 90,000.
(viii) Break up of Closing Stock Department wise is: K - ` 45,100; L - ` 22,300 and M - ` 21,600. The Closing
Stock of Department M includes ` 5,700 goods transferred from Department K. However, Opening Stock
does not include any goods transferred from other departments.
(ix) Departments K and L sold goods worth ` 10,700 and ` 600 respectively to Department M.
(x) Discounts received are traceable to Departments K, L and M as ` 400; ` 250 and ` 150 respectively.
(xi) Partners are to share the profits as under: (a) 75% of the Profits of Departments K, L and M to the respective
Partner in Charge, (b) Balance Profits to be credited as 2:1:1.
Solution:
Dr. Departmental P&L Account for the year ended 31st March, 2022 Cr.
Particulars K (`) L (`) M (`) Particulars K (`) L (`) M (`)

To, Opening Stock 37,890 24,000 20,000 By, Sales 1,80,000 1,30,000 90,000
To, Purchases 1,40,700 80,600 44,400 By, Transfer 10,700 600 —
To, Inter-Dept Trf — — 11,300 By, Closing Stock 45,100 22,300 21,600
To, Wages — — 12,000
To, Gross Profit c/d 57,210 48,300 23,900
2,35,800 1,52,900 1,11,600 2,35,800 1,52,900 1,11,600
To, Salaries (4:4:1) 16,000 16,000 4,000 By, Gross Profit b/d 57,210 48,300 23,900
To, Rent (2:2:5) 2,400 2,400 6,000 By, Discounts 400 250 150
To, Selling Exp 6,480 4,680 3,240 Received
To, Disc. (18:13:9) 540 390 270

To, Depreciation 250 250 250
To, Net Profit c/d 31,940 24,830 10,290
57,610 48,550 24,050 57,610 48,550 24,050
Computation of Stock Reserve

From the above profits, Stock Reserve should be eliminated on the Closing Stock.
~~ GP Rate in Department K = `(57,210 × 100) / `1,90,700 = 30%.
~~ Stock Reserve = 30% on ` 5,700 = ` 1,710.

Dr. Profit and Loss Appropriation Account Cr.

To, Stock Reserve 1,710 By, Profit b/d 67,060

To, Profits transferred to Capital: (31,940 + 24,830 + 10,290)
B : 75% of 31,940 23,955
C : 75% of 24,830 18,623
D : 75% of 10,290 7,718 50,296
To, Balance profits trfd in 2: 1: 1
B : 50% of 15,054 7,527
C : 25% of 15,054 3,763
D : 25% of 15,054 3,764
(bal.fig) 15,054
67,060 67,060
Illustration 19
The following details are available in respect of a business for a year.
Department Opening Stock Purchase Sales

X 120 units 1,000 units 1,020 units at ` 20.00 each
Y 80 units 2,000 units 1,920 units at ` 22.50 each
Z 152 units 2,400 units 2,496 units at ` 25.00 each
The total value of purchases is ` 1,00,000. It is observed that the rate of Gross Profit is the same in each
department. Prepare Departmental Trading Account for the above year.
Solution:
Computation of Closing Stock Quantity (in units)
Particulars X Y Z
Opening Stock 120 80 152
Add: Purchases 1,000 2,000 2,400
Less : Units Sold (1,020) (1,920) (2,496)
Closing Stock 100 106 56
Computation of Gross Profit Ratio
We are informed that the GP Ratio is the same for all departments. Selling Price is given for each department’s
products but the Sale Quantity is different from that of Purchase Quantity. To find the Uniform GP Rate, the sale
value of Purchase Quantity should be compared with the Total Cost of Purchase, as under. Assuming all purchases
are sold, the sale proceeds would be

Particulars (`)
Department X 1,000 units @ ` 20.00 20,000
Department Y 2,000 units @ ` 22.50 45,000
Department Z 2,400 units @ ` 25.00 60,000
Total Sale Value of Purchase Quantity 125,000
Less : Cost of Purchase 1,00,000
Gross Profit Amount 25,000
Gross Profit Ratio 25,000 ÷ 1,25,000 20% of Selling Price
Computation of Profit and Cost for each article

Department Selling Price Profit at 1/5 of SP Cost = Sales – Profit
Department X ` 20.00 1/5 of ` 20.00 = 4.00 ` 16.00
Department Y ` 22.50 1/5 of ` 22.50 = 4.50 ` 18.00
Department Z ` 25.00 1/5 of ` 25.00 = 5.00 ` 20.00
Dr. Departmental Trading Account for the year ended... Cr.
Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`) Total (`) Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`) Total (`)
To, Op. stock 1,920 1,440 3,040 6,400 By, Sales 20,400 43,200 62,400 126,000
To, Purchase 16,000 36,000 48,000 100,000 By, Cl. stock 1,600 2,880 1,120 5,600
To, Gross Profit 4,080 8,640 12,480 25,200
22,000 46,080 63,520 131,600 22,000 46,080 63,520 131,600

Opening and Closing Stocks are valued at Cost as indicated in WN 3 above. Sale Amount in the Trading Account
is computed for the Sale Quantity only. Gross Profit is calculated at 20% of Sale Value.
Illustration 20
M/s Auto Garage consists of three departments: Spares, Services and Repairs. Each department being managed
by a departmental manager whose commission was respectively 5%, 10% and 10% of the respective departmental
profit. In the absence or inadequacy of profit, a minimum commission of ` 3,000 is to be paid to managers. Inter-
departmental transfers of goods and services are made on the basis of loaded price given as under:
From Spares to Services 5% above cost
From Spares to Repairs 10% above cost
From Repairs to Services 10% above cost
In respect of the year ended 31st March, 2022 the books has already been closed and positions drawn. Subsequently
it was discovered that closing stock of departments had included inter-departmental transferred goods at loaded
price instead of the correct cost price. From the following information prepare a revised statement recomputing the
departmental profit or loss.

Repairs
Spares (`) Service (`)
(`)
Net Profit/Loss as per accounts 19,000 25,200 (profit) 36,000
(loss) (profit)
Inter-departmental transfers included at
loaded price in the departmental stocks --- 32,500 2,100
(` 10,500 from Spares and ` 22,000 (from
from Repairs) spares)
Solution:
Statement showing computation of correct departmental profit:
Spares Service Repairs

Particulars
(`) (`) (`)
Net Profit/ (Loss) as per accounts (19,000) 25,200 36,000
Add: Managerial Remuneration: 3,000
[Spares: Higher of (19,000) × 5/95) and 3,000]
[Service: Higher of (22,500 × 10/90) and 3,000] - 3,000 -
[Repairs:Higher of (36,000 × 10/90) and 3,000] - - 4,000
∴ Profits before Managerial Remuneration (16,000) 28,200 40,000
Less: Unrealised Profits of transferor department [WN:1] 691 - 2,000
(16,691) 28,200 38,000
Less: Managerial Remuneration: 3,000 - -
[Spares: Higher of (16,691) × 5%) and 3,000]
[Service: Higher of (28,200 × 10%) and 3,000] - 3,000 -
[Repairs:Higher of (38,000 × 10%) and 3,000] - - 3,800
∴ Correct departmental profit (19, 691) 25,200 34,200
Working Notes:
Transferee
Services (`) Repairs (`) Total (`)
Transferor
500 191 691

Spares
[10,500 × 5/105] [` 2,100 × 10/110]
2,000 .. 2,000
Repairs
[22,000 × 10/110]

Solved Case(s)
Pal & Co., is a manufacturer of umbrella with their head office at Kolkata. In order to expand their business, Mr.
Sourav Pal, grandson of the founder Mr, Suresh Pal, opened a branch of their business at Bangalore in the southern
Indian state of Karnataka in the year 2018-19.
It was decided by Sourav that the goods will be invoiced from Kolkata head office to their Bangalore branch at
20% less than list price, which is cost plus 100%, with instruction that cash sales are made at invoice price and
credit sales at list price.
There were not much transactions between the head office and Bangalore branch during the next to financial
years due to the lockdown induced by the COVID-19 outbreak. However, the business started with slowly but
steadily in 2021-22.
The following particulars have been made available to you for the year ended 31.03.2022:
(`)
Stock at Bangalore branch on 01.04.2021 (at invoice price) 24,000
Amount due from debtors on 01.04.2021 20,000
Goods received from head office (at invoice price) 2,64,000
Goods returned to head office (at invoice price) 2,000
Sales:
Cash 92,000
Credit 2,00,000
Cash received from debtors 1,71,268
Expenses incurred at Bangalore branch 34,732
Remittance from Bangalore branch to Kolkata head office 2,40,000
Amount due from debtors on 31.03.2022 48,732
Stock at Bangalore branch on 31.03.2022 (at invoice price) 30,800
It is further communicated by the branch manager that there has been some stock shortage at their Bangalore
branch which were identified in the month of March 2022.
1. Calculate the amount of stock shortage (at invoice price) that occurred at Bangalore branch.
2. Determine the gross profit or loss made by Bangalore branch for the year ended 31.03.2022.
3. Determine the net profit or loss made by Bangalore branch for the year ended 31.03.2022.
Answer:
1. Calculation of stock shortage:
Particulars (`) (`)

Stock on 1.1.21 at invoice price 24,000

Particulars (`) (`)

Goods from head office at invoice price 2,64,000
2,88,000
Less : Returns to head office at invoice price 2,000
2,86,000
Less : Cash sales 92,000
Less: Invoice value of credit sales: [160/200 × 2,00,000] 1,60,000 2,52,000
Stock that should have been on 31.12.21 at invoice price `34,000 34,000
Less : Actual stock on 31.12.21 at invoice price 30,800
Stock shortage at invoice price 3,200
2.
Dr. Branch Stock Adjustment Account Cr.

To Goods Sent to Branch A/c By Balance b/f
(load on returns from branch) : (load on opening stock) :
[60/160 × `2,000] 750 [60/160 × ` 24,000] 9,000
“ Stock Shortage A/c 31.12. 21
(load on stock shortage) : By Goods Sent to Branch A/c
[60/160 × `3,200] 1,200 (load on goods sent) :
“ Branch Profit and Loss A/c 1,34,500 [60/160 × `2,64,000] 99,000
(gross profit transferred) “ Branch Stock A/c 40,000
(balancing figure) (apparent gross profit)
“ Balance c/f
(load on closing stock) :
[60/160 × `30,800] 11,550
1,48,000 1,48,000
3. Net profit or loss made by Bangalore branch for the year ended 31.03.2022 - `97,768
Dr. Branch Profit and Loss Account Cr.

To Branch Expenses A/c 34,732 By Branch Stock Adjustment A/c 1,34,500


“ Stock Shortage A/c : [100/160 × 3,200] 2,000 (gross profit)
“ General Profit and Loss A/c 97,768
(branch net profit transferred)
1,34,500 1,34,500
Working Note:
Dr. Branch Stock Account Cr.
To Balance b/f 24,000 By Bank (cash sales) 92,000
31.12.21 “ Branch debtors (credit sales) 2,00,000
To Goods Sent to Branch A/c 2,64,000 “ Goods Sent to Branch A/c 2,000
“ Branch Adjustment A/c 40,000 (returns from branch)
(apparent gross profit) “ Stock Shortage A/c (see Note 2) 3,200
“ Balance c/f 30,800
3,28,000 3,28,000
Dr. Branch Debtors Account Cr.

To Balance b/f 20,000 By Bank 1,71,268
31.12.21 “ Balance c/f 48,732
To Branch Stock A/c (credit sales) 2,00,000
2,20,000 2,20,000
Working Notes:
(1) When cost price is ` 100, list price is ` 200 (i.e., cost price plus 100%), and invoice price is ` 160 (i.e., list
price minus 20%).

Exercise
1. In Departmental P&L A/c, insurance on stock should be apportioned based on Average Value of Stock
ratio.
2. In the final Balance Sheet closing stock of a department receiving goods from another department at cost
plus 10% profit, should be shown at the cost to the receiving department
3. For apparent profit or loss (i.e. difference between sales price and invoice price), journal entry is passed
involving Branch Stock A/c and Branch Stock Adjustment A/c.
4. Under Stock Debtors System of Branch Accounting, Branch Stock A/c is maintained at cost price.
5. The objective of keeping Branch Stock A/c at invoice price under Stock Debtors System is to ensure
control over stock.
6. Branch Stock Adjustment A/c is used to record the loading on stock and on goods sent and to record the
apparent profit or loss.
7. Under Final Accounts method, profit or loss of any branch is ascertained by preparing Branch Profit and
Loss Account in place of Branch Account.
8. Under Debtors System of maintaining branch accounts, depreciation does not appear in Branch Account.
9. Stock debtor’s system of maintaining branch account is used for independent branch.
10. For independent branch, incorporation of branch trial balance is required.
Answers:
1 True 2 False 3 True 4 False 5 True

6 True 7 True 8 True 9 False 10 True
1. In branch accounts, in debtor’s system, opening balances of assets are ________ to branch account.
2. A branch which keeps complete records of ________ all accounting transactions are called ________.
3. A branch which does not keep the full system of accounting is known as ________.
4. Stock and debtor system is popularly known as ________.
5. Branch account is prepared to ascertain ________ of the branch.
6. The system in which profit and loss made by the branch is determined by preparing branch trading and
profit & loss account at cost price is ________ .
7. The account prepared for the ascertaining the amount of gross profit earned by the branch under stock
and debtor system is ________

8. The account prepared to adjust the loading included in the value of opening and closing stock at branch
is termed as ________.
9. The account prepared in the same way as that when goods are invoice at cost, except that all entries are
made at invoice price is termed as ________.
10. The goods sent by the head office may be either at ________ or cost plus profit
Answer:
1 Debited 2 Independent branch

3 Dependent branch 4 Analytical Method
5 Profit and loss 6 Final account methods
7 Branch adjustment account 8 Stock reserve and surplus account
9 Branch stock account 10 Cost price

1. Mr. A, a cloth trader of Kolkata opened a Branch at Nagaon on 1.4.2021. The goods were sent by Head
Office to the Branch and invoiced at selling price to the Branch, which is 25% of the cost price of Head
Office. The following are the particulars relating to the transactions of the Nagaon Branch:
Particulars (`)
Goods sent to Branch (at cost to H.O.) 4,50,000
Sales : Cash 2,10,000
Credit 3,20,000
Cash collected from Debtors 2,85,000
Return from Debtors 10,000
Discount Allowed 8,500
Cash sent to Branch -
for Freight 30,000
for Salaries 8,000
for other expenses 12,000
Spoiled clothes written off at invoice price 10,000
Normal loss estimated at 15,000
Prepare Nagaon Branch Stock Account, Branch Debtors Account and Branch Adjustment Account
showing the net profit of the branch for the year 2021-22.
[Answer: Stock Shortage ` 17,500; Closing Balance of Branch Debtors Account ` 16,500; Gross Profit
` 92,000; Net Profit ` 20,000]

2. A Nagpur merchant has a branch at Noida to which he charges out the goods at cost plus 25%. The
Noida branch keeps its own sales ledger and transmits all cash received to the head office every day. All
expenses are paid from the head office. The transactions for the Branch were as follows: (all figures in `)
Stock on 1.1.2022 22000 Allowances to customers 500

Debtors on 1.1.2022 200 Returns inward 1000
Petty cash on 1.1.2022 200 Cheques sent to branch:
Cash sales 5300 Rent: ` 1,200; Wages: ` 400: Salaries : ` 1800
Goods sent to branch 40000 Stock on 31.12.2022 26000

Collections on ledger accounts 42000 Debtors on 31.12.2022 4000
Goods returned to head office 600 Petty cash on 31.12.2022 (including 250
Bad debts 600 miscellaneous income not remitted ` 50)
Prepare the Noida Branch Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ending 31.12.2022 in the
head office books.
[Answer: Gross Profit `23,480; General Profit & Loss `19,430]
3. A Mumbai head office passes an entry at the end of each month to adjust the position arising out of inter-
branch transactions during the month. From the following inter-branch transactions in April, 2022, make
the entry in the books of Mumbai head office:
(a) Jaipur branch:
(i) Received goods from Pune branch ` 9,000 and Ajmer branch ` 6,000.
(ii) Sent goods to Ajmer branch `15,000 and Pune branch ` 12,000.
(iii) Received bills receivable from Ajmer branch ` 9,000.
(iv) Sent acceptances to Pune branch ` 6,000 and Ajmer branch ` 3,000.
(b) Kolkata branch [apart from (a) above]:
(i) Received goods from Pune branch ` 15,000 and Jaipur branch ` 6,000.
(ii) Cash sent to Pune branch ` 3,000 and Jaipur branch ` 6,000.
(c) Pune branch [apart from (a) and (b) above]:
(i) Sent goods to Ajmer branch ` 9,000.
(ii) Received bills receivable from Ajmer branch ` 9,000.
(iii) Received cash from Ajmer ` 5,000.
[Answer: Net Adjustment: Jaipur (+) 12,000, Kolkata (-) 12,000, Pune (-) 2,000, Ajmer (+) 2,000]
4. Mr. P is the proprietor of a retail business which has two main departments which sell respectively
Computers and Printers. On 31.12.2022, the balances in the books of the business were as follows:

Capital 71,000


Sales: Computers 59,000
Printers 29,500
Purchases; Computers 20,000
Printers 10,000
Stock on 1.1.2021: Computers 2,320
Printers 2,136
Salaries: Computers 20.560
Printers 15,440
Advertising 615
Discount allowed: Computers 400
Printers 200
Drawings 3,000
Buildings (Cost) 43.000
Equipment at W.D.V.: Computers 18,000
Printers 7,000
Debtors and Creditors 10,200 5,319
Bank 5,600
Rent and Rates 1.580
Canteen Charges 875
Heating and Lighting 880
Insurance of Stock 940
General Administrative Expenses 2,073
Total 1,64,819 1,64,819
Additional information —
(i) At 31.12.2021, the following amounts were outstanding:
Salaries — Computers ` 250 and Printers ` 170; Heating and Lighting ` 20.
(ii) The general administrative expenses and the rent and rates included prepayments of ` 33 and ` 80
respectively.
(iii) Stocks at 31.12.2021 were: Computers ` 2,800; Printers ` 2,450.
(iv) Depreciation is to be provided on equipment at 10% on W.D.V.
(v) The managers of the Computers and Printers departments are to be paid a commission of 5% of the
net profit (prior to the commission payment) of the respective departments.

(vi) In apportioning the various expenses between the two departments due regard is to be given to the
following information:
Number of Workers Average Stock Levels (`) Floor Area (sq.mt)
Hardware 18 5,000 8,000
Electrical 12 4,400 4,000
(vii) The general administrative expenses are primarily incurred in relation to the processing of purchases
and sales invoices.
Prepare a Departmental Trading and Profit and Loss Account and the Balance Sheet.
[Answer: Net Profit of Computer `11,471 and Printers `19,814; Total of Balance Sheet `86,663]
5. Department A sells goods to department B at a profit of 25% on cost and to department C at 10%
profit on cost. Department B sells goods to A and C at a profit of 15% and 20% on sales, respectively.
Department C charges 20% and 25% profit on cost to department A and B respectively.
Department managers are entitled to 10% commission on net profit subject to unrealised profit on
departmental sales being eliminated. Departmental profits after charging manager’s commission, but
before adjustment of unrealised profit are as under:
(`)
Department A 36,000
Department B 27,000
Department C 18,000
Stock lying at different departments at the end of the year are as under:
Dept. A Dept. B Dept. C

(`) (`) (`)
Transfer from Department A – 15,000 11,000
Transfer from Department B 14,000 – 12,000
Transfer from Department C 6,000 5,000 –
Find out the correct departmental profit after charging manager’s commission.
[Answer: Correct departmental profits Dept. A `32,400, Dept. B `22,950, Dept. C `16,200]

Unsolved Case(s)
M/s Jai Traders, a manufacturer of ceramic utensils has been in business for last 36 years. In the year 2015-16,
it decided to open a branch for cater to their customers in the eastern part of India. It was decided by the senior
management members to open the branch at Patna. The Patna branch ultimately started its operations from January
1, 2017. Over the years, its business gradually grew in the eastern states of the country. The following particulars
relate to Patna branch for the year ending March 31, 2022:
Particulars (`)
Balances on April 1, 2021:
Stock 40,000
Debtors 14,000
Petty cash 1,500
Furniture 12,000
Prepaid fire insurance premium 1,150
Outstanding salaries 2,100
Goods sent to branch 2,80,000
Cash sales 3,30,000
Credit sales 1,83,000
Cash received from debtors 1,35,000
Cash paid by debtors direct to head office 22,000
Discount allowed 1,100
Cash sent to branch for expenses:
Rent: ` 12,000; Salaries; ` 5,400; Petty cash: ` 4,000; Insurance premium (from 1.4.2021 to
31.3.2022)
Goods returned by the branch 4,000
Goods returned by the debtors 7,000
Stock at branch on 31.03.2022 38,000
Petty expenses paid by the branch 2,850
Loss of stock by fire 4,800
It is the policy of the organisation to provide depreciation on furniture @ 10% p.a.
1. Determine the amount due from Branch debtors as at the end of the financial year 2021-22.
2. Ascertain the amount of profit or loss at Kanpur Branch for the year ending 31.03.2022 by preparing Branch
Account in the books of Jaipur head office.


Insurance Claim for Loss of Assets and Loss of Profit
Insurance Claim for Loss of

7
Stock and Loss of Profit
7.1 Insurance Claim for Loss of Stock
7.2 Insurance Claim for Loss of Profit

Insurance Claim for Loss of Stock and

Loss of Profit

After Studying this module, the students will be able to:
~~ Determine the amount of insurance claim for loss of stock; and
~~ Ascertain the amount of insurance claim for loss of profit

Insurance Claim for

7.1
Loss of Stock
D
uring the course of running the operations, an organization may face different adversities like accidents.
Such accidents, may happen in the premises of an organization (viz. factory, godown, shop etc.) and
cause damage to various assets used by such organization. The physical assets present in the premises
are the fixed assets (viz. building, machineries, furnitures etc.) and stock. To replenish the mutilated
assets, the business immediately needs some money. So, to cover the risks of such losses, it takes on a policy with
insurance company(s) so as to recover a part or whole of the loss.
The business pays insurance premium yearly or quarterly or as per agreement. If any accidental loss occurs,
the business has to compute the amount of loss and file a claim for compensation to the insurance company. The
insurance company, in turn, appoints loss assessors to investigate the reasons and extent of the loss. As per the
report of the loss assessor, insurance claims are met.
Loss of Stock
Of the different forms of accidental losses, loss by fire is the most common one. A fire insurance policy is usually
taken to cover two types of losses: 1. Loss of Stock and 2. Loss of Profits.
As stocks constitute a considerable portion of the working capital of any business and specially for trading
concerns, any loss of stock directly affects the solvency of the business. A business has to cover this risk adequately.
Determination of Amount of Insurance Claim

The amount of insurance claim to be made by the organisation which suffered the loss depends on the following
factors:
1. Value of stock present at the time of accident: If stock records and stock are destroyed, it becomes difficult
to ascertain the amount of stock lost. When the loss suddenly occurs, up-to-date value of stock does not
become available. In that case, the value of stock present can be ascertained using relevant information, and
by drafting a Memorandum Trading Account. A Memorandum Trading Account is actually a statement (not
an account) which is prepared following the proforma of a Trading Account. It has to be prepared starting
from the first date of the accounting period in which the accident has taken place and ending on the date of
accident. Its specimen is as follows:
Memorandum Trading A/c for the period April 1 of year of accident – Date of accident
To Opening Stock *** By Sales ***

To Purchases *** By Closing Stock ***
To Gross Profit *** [Balancing Figure]
[Sales × GP rate] *** ***

It is to be noted that in Memorandum Trading Account, the Gross Profit is estimated by multiplying ‘Sales’
for this period with the rate of Gross Profit (GP). The GP rate may be known to the entity or it has to be
ascertained. The GP rate is usually estimated on the basis of the details of the last accounting period. The
organisation determines the GP rate by preparing the Trading Account for the accounting period immediately
preceding the period in which the accident has occurred.
NB: Adjustments may be necessary while preparing the Trading Accounts of the current period and preceding
accounting years for slow-moving items, abnormal or defective items not fetching same rate of gross profit,
goods distributed as samples, goods taken away by proprietors, over or under valuation of stocks, omission
of recording of stocks, etc.
2. Value of stock salvaged: It is the quantity of stock that could be saved from the accident. The value of this
salvaged stock is to be deducted from the ‘value of stock present at the time of accident’ for ascertaining the
‘value of stock lost by the accident’ which represents the ‘Gross Claim’ to be lodged.
3. Contents of the insurance policy: The insurance policy includes details like policy value, average clause
etc. Policy Value is the maximum amount that can be realized by the insured from the insurance company
on the occurrence of the accident. It influences the amount of net claim that can be lodged by the insured.
Average Clause simply states that in the absence of adequate insurance coverage, the insurance company
will not shoulder the entire risk. It is a tool of the insurance company to discourage under-insurance by the
insured. This clause implies that in case of under-insurance, the insured will also have to share a portion of
the loss along with the insurance company. It is to be noted that Average Clause will not be applicable if the
policy value is greater than or equal to the amount of loss suffered. In case of under-insurance, the net claim
from the insurance company will be lower than the Gross Claim. On application of Average Clause, Net
Claim will be computed as under:
Policy Value
Net Claim ×
Value of stock lost on date of accident
Certain special situations

Goods-in-Transit or Goods sent to branches/ consignee: The cost of Goods-in-transit is to be deducted from
‘Purchases’ figure in Trading A/c or Memorandum Trading A/c, as the case may be. Alternatively, the cost of such
goods may also be credited to the Trading A/c or Memorandum Trading A/c.
Goods sold but not yet to be delivered: Sale value of such goods is to be deducted from ‘Sales’ figure in
Trading A/c or Memorandum Trading A/c.
Goods sent on approval basis: Cost of such goods is to be deducted from ‘Purchases’ figure in Trading A/c or
Memorandum Trading A/c, as the case may be. Further, deduct the sale value of such goods from ‘Sales’ figure in
Trading A/c or Memorandum Trading A/c.
Change in price level
For applying the GP rate determined sale of the period in which loss has occurred in the Memorandum Trading
A/c, the effect of such price changes have to be nullified from the different items of Memorandum Trading A/c. For
this purpose the method of stock pricing (i.e. FIFO, LIFO etc.) is to be considered.
Under-valued or Over-valued stock
When the stock is valued at a figure higher or lower than the cost, it affects the normal GP rate. When stock is
under-valued, amount of under-valuation is added back to the respective stock to arrive at the cost; while in case of
over-valuation, the over-valued amount is to be deducted to arrive at the cost of such stock. Further, for calculation
of Gross Claim, the unsold portion of such under/ over-valued stocks is to be considered.

Abnormal/ Defective/ Usual Selling line Items: Goods which cannot fetch the usual rate of gross profit are
considered as referred to as unusual or abnormal items. For preparing the Memorandum Trading Account, the
portion of the value of such goods which has not yet been written off, should be deducted from the Opening Stock.
If any such goods have been purchased in the current period, the Cost Price of such goods should be deducted from
purchases. If any portion of such goods have been sold in the current period, the Selling Price should be deducted
from current sales. Lastly if any portion of such, goods remains unsold on the date of fire, the agreed value of such
portion should be added with the estimated value of normal stock to arrive at the estimated value of (total) stock on
that date. Similar adjustments may be required while preparing the Trading Account of the last financial year/s, if
abnormal items existed then. As an alternative measure, columnar Trading Account showing normal and abnormal
items separately may be prepared.
Illustration 1
A fire occurred on 15th September 2021 in the premises of Sen & Co. from the following figures, calculate the
amount of claim to be lodged with the insurance company for loss of stock.
Particulars (`)
Stock at cost on 1.1.2020 40,000
Stock at cost on 1.1.2021 60,000
Purchases in 2020 80,000
Purchase from 1.1.2020 to 15.9.2021 1,76,000
Sales in 2020 1,20,000
Sales from 1.1.2021 to 15.9.2021 2,10,000
During the current year cost of purchase has risen by 10% above last years’ level. Selling prices have gone up by
5%. Salvage value of stock after fire was ` 4,000.
Solution:
Memorandum Trading Account for the period from 1.1.2021 to 15.9.2021

Current Year Last Year Current Year Last Year
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To Opening Stock 60,000 60,000 By, Sales 2,10,000 2,00,000

,, Purchase 1,76,000 1,60,000 By, Closing Stock 1,32,000 1,20,000
,, Gross Profit 1,06,000 1,00,000
(B/fig.) (50% of
Sales)
3,42,000 3,20,000 3,42,000 3,20,000
Working Notes:
1. Value of Closing Stock (`)
Stock at last years’ level 60,000
Add: 10% increase in cost of purchase 6,000
66,000

Amount of Claim (`)

Less: Stock Salvaged 4,000
Actual Value of Stock last 1,28,000
Actual Value of Stock Loss
Trading Account (for ascertaining rate of Gross Profit)
Dr. For the year ended 31.12.2020 Cr.

To, Opening Stock 40,000 By, Sales (less returns) 1,20,000
To, Purchase (less returns) 80,000 By, Closing Stock 60,000
To, Gross profit (bal. fig.) 60,000
1,80,000 1,80,000
∴ Percentage of gross profit on sales = (Gross Profit/Sales) × 100
= (` 60,000/` 1,20,000) × 100
= 50%
Illustration 2
Mr. X’s godown was destroyed by fire on 1.6.2022 when the goods in stock were insured for ` 60,000. The
following particulars are given:
Balance Sheet (Extract)
as at 31st December 2021

Creditor for goods 20,000 Stock (including goods held by agent ` 2,000) 36,000
Debtors 70,000
Transactions upto 31st May, 2022 include:

Cash Received from Debtors 3,40,000 Cash paid to Creditors 2,20,000
Bad Debt written off 3,500 Discount Received 1,000
Balance on 31.5.2022:
Debtors 70,000
Creditors 30,000
(i) Debtors on 31.5.2022, included an amount owing from the agent from sales to date ` 4,000 less 10%
commission and his expenses amounting to ` 100 on 31.5.2022 – the agent still held the said goods valued
at ` 3,600 (at selling price).

(ii) Sales (total) for the periods include ` 1,600 for goods which have the selling price reduced by 50% and also
` 6,000 reduced by 25%.
(iii) The normal mark up is 50% on cost and except the above, all sales can be assumed to be at the full selling
price.
(iv) All the goods were destroyed and there was no salvage value of the goods.
Calculate the amount of claim.
Solution:
In the Books of Mr. X

Dr. Debtors Account Cr.
2022 2022
Jan 1 To Balance b/d 70,000 May 31 By Cash Received 3,40,000
May 31 ,, Sales (bal. fig.) 3,40,000 ,, Bad Debts 3,5001
4,10,000 (excluding form agent) 4,10,000

2022 2022
May, To Cash paid 2,20,000 Jan. 1 By Balance b/d 20,000
31 ,, Discount Received 1,000
,, Balance c/d 30,000 May 31 ,, Purchase (bal. fig) 2,31,000
2,51,000 2,51,000
Dr. Godown Stock Account Cr.

2021 2021 By Cost of Goods Sold 2,29,0662
May To Balance b/d May ,, Stock at Agents 3,0673
31 (` 36,000 – ` 2,000) 34,000 31 ,, Stock Destroyed by fire 32,867
,, Purchase from the (bal. fig)
Creditors) 2,31,000
2,65,000 2,65,000
Thus, amount of claim which will be lodged for ` 32,867.

Working Notes:
1. Bad Debts
Particulars (`)
Sales 4,000
Less: Commission @10% 400 500
Expenses 100 3,500
2. Cost of Goods Sold
Sales Normal Selling Price Cost (2/3 of Selling Price)

(`) (`) (`)
1,600 3,200 2,133

6,000 8,000[6,000 × (100/75)] 5,333
3,32,400 (bal. fig.) – 2,21,600
3,40,000 2,29,066
3. Stock at Agent
Sales (`) Cost (`)

4,000 2,667 (` 4,000 × 2/3)
— 2,400 (` 3,600 × 2/3)
Less: Agents’ hand at the beginning 5,067
2,000
3,067
Illustration 3
X Ltd. has taken out a fire policy of ` 1,60,000 covering its stock. A fire occurred on 31st March, 2022. The
following particulars are available :
`
Stock as on 31.12.2021 60,000
Purchases to the date of fire 2,60,000
Sales to the date of fire 1,80,000
Commission on purchase to be paid @2%
Gross Profit Ratio @ 50% on cost
You are asked to ascertain (i) total loss of stock; (ii) amount of claim to be made against the Insurance Company
assuming that the policy was subject to average clause. Stock salvage amounted to ` 41,360.

Solution:
In the books of X Ltd.
Memorandum Trading Account for the period ended 31st March, 2022

“ Purchase 2,60,000 “ Closing Stock 2,06,800
Add: Carriage Inward 1,600 (bal. figure)
Add: Com. on Purchase 5,200 2,66,800
“ Gross Profit 60,000
(@ 50% on cost or 33 % on sale)
3,86,800 3,86,800
Note: Carriage Inward and Com. on Purchase are direct expenses and hence, these are added to purchases.
Loss of Stock:
(`)
Stock at the date of fire 2,06,800
Loss of Stock 1,65,440
Amount of claim applying Average Clause
Amount of Policy
Amount of Claim = Actual Loss ×
Value of stocks at the date of fire
=
` 1,65,440 × (` 1,60,000/ ` 2,06,800)
=
` 1,28,000
Illustration 4
A fire occurred in the premises of Sri. G. Vekatesh on 1.4.2022 and a considerable part of the stock was destroyed.
The stock salvaged was ` 28,000. Sri Venkatesh had taken a fire insurance policy for ` 17,10,000 to cover the loss
of stock by fire.
You are required to ascertain the insurance claim which the company should claim from the insurance company
for the loss of stock by fire. The following particulars are available:
(`) (`)
Purchases for the year 2021 9,38,000 Stock on 1.1.21 1,44,000
Sales for the year 2021 11,60,000 Stock on 31.12.2021 2,42,000
Purchases from 1.1.22 to 1.4.22 1,82,000 Wages paid during 2021 1,00,000
Sales from 1.1.22 to 1.4.22 24,00,000 Wages paid 1.1.22 to 1.4.22 1,80,000
Sri Venkatesh had in June 2021 consigned goods worth ` 50,000, which unfortunately were lost in an accident.
Since there was no insurance cover taken, the loss had to be borne by him full.

Stocks at the end of each year for and till the end of calendar year 2020 had been valued at cost less 10%.
From 2021, however there was a change in the valuation of closing stock which was ascertained by adding 10%
to its costs.
Solution:
In order to find the rate of gross profit on sales for the year 2021, the following Trading Account is to be prepared
for the same year as:
Trading Account
Dr. For the year ended 31st Dec. 2021 Cr.
1,44,000 × (100/90) By, Stock lost by Accident 50,000
To, Purchases 9,38,000 By, Closing Stock (2,42,000 ×100/110) 2,20,000
To, Wages 1,00,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c (G.P. transferred) 2,32,000
14,30,000 14,30,000
Rate of Gross Profit on Sales = 2,32,000/11,60,000 × 100 = 20%
Dr. Trading Account for the period (from 1.1.22 to 1.4.22) Cr.
To, Purchases 1,82,000 By, Closing Stock 2,28,000
To, Wages 18,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c (G.P. @20% of
48,000
sales)
4,68,000 4,68,000
Amount of Claim = Stock destroyed – Stock salvaged
=
` 2,28,000 – ` 28,000
=
` 2,00,000
As the policy amount is less than the value of stock destroyed, average clause is applicable. Here, the amount of
claim will be:
Net Claim = Loss of Stock × (Amount of Policy / Stock at the date of fire)
=
` 2,00,000 × (1,71,000 / 2,28,000)
=
` 1,50,000/-

Illustration 5
On 1.4.2021, godown of Y Ltd. was destroyed by fire. The records of the company revealed the following
particulars: (`)
Stock on 1.1.2021 75,000
Stock on 31.12.2021 80,000
Purchases during 2021 3,10,000
Sales during 2021 4,00,000
Purchase from 1.1.2022 to the date of fire 75,000
Sales from 1.1.2022 to the date of fire 1,00,000
In valuing Closing Stock of 2021, ` 5,000 was written off whose cost was ` 4,800. Part of this stock was sold in
2022 at a loss of ` 400, at ` 2,400. Stock salvaged was ` 5,000. The godown and the cost of which was fully insured.
Indicate from above amount of claim to be made against the insurance company.
Solution:
(a) For ascertaining the rate of Gross Profit
In the books of Y Ltd.
Dr. Trading Account for the year ended 31.12.2021 Cr.

“ Purchases 3,10,000 “ Closing Stock 80,000
Less: Purchase of Abnormal 4,800 3,05,200 Add: Loss on value of 200 80,200
items of goods abnormal items
“ Gross Profit (bal. fig.) 1,00,000 ( ` 5,000 – ` 4,800)
4,80,200 4,80,200
` 1,00,000
Percentage of Gross Profit on sales = ` 4,00,000 × 100
= 25%
Memorandum Trading Account

for the period ended 31st March, 2022
Particulars (`) Particulars (`) (`)

“ Purchases 75,000 Less: Sale of abnormal Stock (` 2,400 2,000 98,000
“ Gross Profit (@25% on ` 24,500 – ` 400)
98,000) “ Closing Stock 81,700
(bal. fig.)
1,79,700 1,79,700

Alternative approach
In a combined form
Trading Account
Dr. for the year ended 31st December, 2022 Cr.
Normal Abnormal Normal Abnormal
Total Total
Particulars Items Items Particulars Items Items
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To Opening Stock 75,000 --- 75,000 By Sales 4,00,000 --- 4,00,000
,, Purchase ,, Closing Stock 80,200 (-) 200 80,000
,, Gross Profit @25% on 3,05,200 4,800 3,10,000 ,, Gross Loss
sales 1,00,000 --- 1,00,000 --- 5,000 5,000
4,80,200 4,800 4,85,000 4,80,200 4,800 4,85,000

for 3 months ending 31st March, 2022

Total Total
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To Opening Stock 80,200 (-) 200 80,000 By Sales 98,000 2,000 1,00,000
,, Purchase ,, Closing Stock 81,700 2,4001 84,100
,, Gross Profit 75,000 --- 75,000 (bal. fig)
24,500 4,600 29,100
1,79,700 4,400 1,84,100 1,79,700 4,400 1,84,100
1. 50% of ` 4,800 i.e., remaining abnormal stocks are valued at cost.

Amount of Claim (`)
Value of Stock at the date of fire 84,100
79,100
Illustration 6
On 30.09.2022 the stock of Harshvardhan was lost in a fire accident. From the available records the following
information is made available to you to enable you to prepare a statement of claim of the insurer:

Stock at cost on 1.4.2021 75,000 Sales less returns for the year ended 6,30,000
Stock at cost on 31.3.2022 1,04,000 31.3.2022
Purchases less returns for the year 5,07,500 Purchase less returns up to 30.09.2022 2,90,000
ended 31.3.2022 Sales less returns up to 30.09.2022 3,68,100
In valuing the stock on 31.03.2022 due to obsolescence 50% of the value of the stock which originally cost

` 12,000 had been written-off. In May 2022, ¾th of these stocks had been sold at 90% of original cost and it is now
expected that the balance of the obsolete stock would also realize the same price, subject to the above, G.P had
remained uniform throughout stock to the value of ` 14,400 was salvaged.
Solution:
for the period ended 30.09.2022
Total Total
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To Opening Stock 98,000 6,000 1,04,000 By Sales 3,60,000 8,100 3,68,100
,, Purchase 2,90,000 --- 2,90,000 (Less returns)
(Less: Returns) ,, Closing Stock 1,18,000 2,700 1,20,700
,, Gross Profit 90,000 4,800 94,800
(25% on Normal Sales) 4,78,000 10,800 4,88,800 4,78,000 10,800 4,88,800
∴ Amount of Claim (`)

Stock at the date of fire 1,20,700
1,06,300
Working Notess:
Trading Account
To Opening Stock 75,000 By Sales (Less: Returns) 6,30,000
,, Purchase (Less: Returns) 5,07,500 ,, Closing Stock 1,10,0001
,, Gross Profit 1,57,500
7,40,000 7,40,000
` 1,57,500
So, Percentage of Gross Profit on sales = ` 6,30,000 × 100
= 25%
1. Closing Stock
Particulars (`)
Add: Stock Written off 6,000
1,10,000
2. Sale of Abnormal Items of goods
3
` 12,000 × × (90/100) = ` 8,100
4

3. Closing Stock of Abnormal Items

1
` 12,000 × × (90/100) = ` 2,700
4
Illustration 7
A fire occurred in the premises of M/s Bad Luck Traders twice during the accounting year 2021-22 that is on 31st
August 2021 and again on 30th November, 2021. From the following particulars, calculate the claim to be lodged
in respect of the goods lost by fire on the aforementioned date:
1. The stock as at 31st March, 2021 was valued at ` 59,000.
2. The purchases from 1st April, 2021 to 31st August, 2021 amounted to ` 3,45,000.
3. The purchases from 1st September, 2021 to 30th November, 2021 amounted to ` 1,90,000 of which goods
costing ` 45,000 were received on 10th December, 2021.
4. Sales for the period from 1st April, 2021 to 31st August, 2021 amounted to ` 4,71,000.
5. The sales for the period from 1st September, 2021 to 30th November, 2021 amounted to ` 2,25,000. It
includes sale of old furniture of ` 27,000.
The company earns a steady rate of Gross profit at 20% at the beginning of the year 2021. However, the selling
price was raised by 20% from the month of April.
The value of the goods salvaged was ` 30,000 and ` 2,000 on 31st August, 2021 and on 30th November, 2021
respectively.
The firm had taken out a fire insurance policy of ` 45,000 on 1st April, 2021. At the time of receiving the
insurance claim on 31st August, 2021, no additional premium was paid for restoration of the insurance policy to its
original amount. The policy was subject to average clause.
Solution:
Amount of stock lost on August 31, 2021
Particulars (`)
Value of stock on date of fire (WN-2) 90,000

Less: Value of stock salvaged 30,000
∴ Actual Loss of Stock 60,000
Applicability of Average Clause (for first insurance claim)
Here, Insurable Value = Value of stock on date of fire = ` 90,000; Policy Value = ` 45,000. There is under-
insurance.
∴ Average clause will be applicable.
Policy Value
\Net Claim = Actual loss of Stock ×
Insurable Value

45,000
=
60,000 × = ` 30,000
90,000

Amount of stock lost on November 30, 2021

Particulars (`)
Goods destroyed by fire (WN-3) 43,000
Less: Value of stock salvaged 2,000
∴ Actual Loss of Stock 41,000
Applicability of Average Clause (for second insurance claim)

Here, Insurable Value = Value of stock on date of fire = ` 43,000; Policy Value = ` 15,000 [WN: 4]
In this case also there is under-insurance.
∴ Average clause will be applicable.
Policy Value
\ Net Claim = Actual loss of Stock ×
Insurable Value
15,000
=
41,000 ×
43,000
=
` 14,302 (approx,)
Working Notess:
1. New Rate of GP in 2021-22:

Sale price Gross Profit
Normal Price 100 20
Add: Increase in sale Price 20 20
120 40
40 × 100
∴ Rate of GP in 2021-22 = = 33.33 %
120
2. Stock on the date of first accident i.e. August 31, 2021

Memorandum Trading Account for the period Apr. 1 – Aug. 31, 2021
To Opening Stock 59,000 By Sales 4,71,000
To Purchases 3,45,000 By Closing Stock [Bal. Fig.] 90,000
To Gross Profit 1,57,000
[` 4,71,000 × 33.33% (WN: 1)
5,61,000 5,61,000

3. Stock on the date of second accident i.e. November 30, 2021

for the period Sept. 1 – November 30, 2021
To Opening Stock 30,000 By Sales 2,25,000
To Purchases 1,90,000 Less: Sale of furniture 27,000 1,98,000
Less: Goods-in-Transit 45,000 1,45,000
By Closing Stock [Bal. Fig.] 43,000
To Gross Profit 66,000
[` 1,98,000 × 33.33%] 2,41,000 2,41,000
4. Policy Value of the fire insurance policy

~~ For the first insurance claim
The value of fire insurance policy taken = ` 45,000
~~ For the second insurance claim
As the original policy was not restored at the time of receiving the insurance claim on 31.8.2021, the
subsequent ‘Policy Value’ will get reduced by the amount of insurance claim received.
∴ revised policy value = Original policy value – Compensation received on first insurance claim
= ` 45,000 – ` 30,000
= ` 15,000

Insurance Claim for

7.2
Loss of Profit
D
uring regular course of operations an organization may suffer from different types of accidents. Such
accidents may occur due to natural calamities, human induced accidents. Such accidents usually hamper
the regular operations of the organisation, and thus in turn affecting the organisation’s profitability. To
cover such risk, the organization usually enters into a contract with insurance company to cover the risk
of loss of profit. Such a policy is known as ‘Loss of Profit policy’ or ‘Consequential Loss policy’.
For determination of the amount of claim for ‘Loss of Profit policy’, the organization needs to ascertain the
amount of profit which the organization could have earned. In relation to determination of such loss of profit, the
following terms are significant:
●● Indemnity period: The period for which normal activities of the business is interrupted is known as
indemnity period.
●● Standard turnover: The turnover of the previous year corresponding to the period of indemnity after
adjustment of trend in turnover.
●● Adjusted annual turnover: Turnover during 12 months immediately preceding the date of damage (taking
trend into consideration).
●● Standing charges: Unavoidable fixed expenses which have to be paid even if there is reduction in sale.
Calculation of the Net Claim under Loss of Profit Policy

The amount of net claim is determined through the following steps:
Step 1 Ascertainment of Gross Profit (GP) for previous accounting period:

1. In case of existence of Net profit
GP = Net Profit for Previous Accounting Period + Insured Standing Charges.
2. In case of existence of Net loss
Insured Standing Charges
GP = Insured standing charges - Net Loss ×
All Standing Charges
Step 2 Determination of GP rate

GP
GP rate = × 100
Sales
Step 3 Calculate Short Sales

Short Sales = Standard Turnover – Actual Turnover for Indemnity Period.

Step 4 Calculate GP Lost on Short Sales:

GP Lost = Short Sale × GP rate
Step 5 Determine admissible additional expenses for insurance claim:
Least of the following:
i. Actual additional expenses
ii. Sales due to additional expenses × GP rate
Net Profit + Insured Standing Charges
iii. Actual additional expenses ×
Net Profit + All Standing Charges
Step 6 Calculation of Gross Claim
Gross claim = GP lost + Admissible Expenses for Insurance Claim – Saving in Standing Chages.
Step 7 Insurable value = Adjusted Annual Turnover × GP rate
Step 8 Claim to be lodged:
Situation 1: When average clause is applicable(insurable value < policy value)
Policy Value
Net Claim = × Gross Claim
Insurable Value
Situation 2: When average clause is Not applicable (insurable value is >policy value)
Net Claim = Gross Claim
NB: Some of the important points relating to the variables are as under:
~~ If additional Sales due to additional expenses is not given, assume that entire sale has been attained due to
additional expenses.
~~ All standing charges = insured standing charges + uninsured standing charges.
~~ In absence of specific information assume that all standing charges are insured.
~~ If sales for past years is given we need to determine the trend of sales.
Illustration 8
On account of fire on June 15, 2021, in business house of a company, the working remained disturbed up to
December 15, 2021 as a result of which it was not possible to affect any sales. The company had taken out an
insurance policy with an average clause against consequential losses for ` 1,40,000 and a period of 7 months has
been agreed upon as indemnity period. An increase of 25% was marked in the current year’s sales as compared to
last year. The company incurred an additional expenditure of ` 12,000 to make sales possible and made a saving
of ` 2,000 in insured standing charges.
Ascertain the claim under the consequential loss policy keeping the following additional information in view:

Actual sales from 15.6.21 to 15.12.21 70,000 Total standing charges for last financial
Sales from 15.6.20 to 15.12.20 2,40,000 year 1,20,000
Net profit for the financial year 80,000 Turnover for last financial year 6,00,000
Insured standing charges for last 70,000 Turnover from 16.6.20 to 15.6.21 5,60,000
financial year

Solution:
GP for previous accounting period
= Net profit for previous accounting period + Insured standing charges.
= ` 80,000 + ` 70,000 = ` 1,50,000
GP `1,50,000
GP rate = × 100 = × 100 = 25%
Sales `6,00,000
Short sale = standard turnover – actual turnover for indemnity period.

= `(2,40,000 × 125%) – ` 70,000 = ` 2,30,000
GP Lost = Short sale × GP rate
= ` 2,30,000 × 25% = ` 57,500
Admissible additional expenses for insurance claim
Least of the following: (`)
i. Actual additional exp. 12,000
ii. Sales due to additional expenses × GP rate (` 70,000 × 25%) 17,500
Net Profit + Insured standing charges
Net Profit + All standing charges
80,000 + 70,000
` (12000 × ) 9,000
8,00,000 + 1,20,000
Admissible additional expenses 9,000
Gross claim = GP lost + admissible expenses for insurance claim – Saving in standing charges.
= ` (57,500 + 9,000 – 2,000) = ` 64,500
Insurable value = adjusted annual turnover × GP rate
= (` 56,00,000 × 125%) × 25% = ` 1,75,000
Policy Value `1,40,000
Net Claim = × Gross claim = × ` 64,500 = ` 53,118
Insurable Value `1,70,000
Illustration 9
From following details, calculate consequential loss claim:
●● Date of fire: Sept. 1
●● Indemnity period: 6 months
●● Period of disruption September 1 to February 1
●● Sum insured ` 1,08,900
●● Sales were ` 6,00,000 for preceding financial year ended 31st march.
●● Net profit for preceding financial year ` 36,000 plus insured standing charges ` 72,000
●● Rate of gross profit 18%
●● Turnover during disruption period ` 67,500

●● Annual turnover for 12 months immediately preceding the date of fire ` 6,6,0000
●● Standard turnover i.e. for corresponding months in the year preceding the date of fire ` 2,25,000
●● Increase in the cost of working capital ` 12,000 with a saving of insured standing charges ` 4,500 during
the disruption period;
●● Reduced turnover avoided through increase in working capital ` 30,000
●● A special clause stipulated:
~~ Increase in rate of GP by 2%
~~ Increase in turnover (standard and annual) 10%
Solution:
GP rate = 18% + 2% = 20%
Short sale = standard turnover – actual turnover for indemnity period.
= (` 2,25,000 × 110%) – ` 67,500 = ` 1,80,000
GP Lost = Short sale × GP rate
= ` 1,80,000 × 20% = ` 36,000
Admissible additional expenses for insurance claim
Least of the following: (`)
i. Actual additional exp. 12,000
ii. Sales due to additional expenses × GP rate (` 30,000 × 20%) 6,000
Net Profit + Insured standing charges
Net Profit + All standing charges
36,000 + 72,000
` (12000 × ) 11,368
[3,60,000 + (72,000 + 6,000)]
Admissible additional expenses 6000
Gross claim = GP lost + admissible expenses for insurance claim – saving in standing charges =
` (36,000 + 6,000 – 4,500) = ` 37,500
Insurable value = adjusted annual turnover × GP rate

= (` 6,60,000 × 110%) × 20% = ` 1,45,200
Policy Value `1,08,900
Net Claim = × Gross claim = = × ` 37,500 = ` 28,125
Insurable Value `1,45,200
Illustration 10
A fire occurred on Mar. 15, 2021 in the premises of Omega Ltd. A Loss of Profit policy was taken by Omega Ltd.
for ` 80,000. The indemnity period was for 3 months. Net Profit for the year ending Dec. 31, 2020 was ` 56,000
and standing charges (all insured) amounted to ` 49,600. Determine insurance claim from the following details
available from quarterly sales tax returns:

Sales 2018 2019 2020 2021

(`) (`) (`) (`)
From Jan.1 to Mar.31 1,20,000 1,30,000 1,42,000 1,30,000
From Apr.1 to June 30 80,000 90,000 1,00,000 40,000
From July 1 to Sept.30 1,00,000 1,10,000 1,20,000 1,00,000
From Oct.1 to Dec.31 1,36,000 1,50,000 1,66,000 1,60,000
(`)
Sales from 16.3.2020 to 31.3.2020 28,000
Sales from 16.3.2021 to 31.3.2021 Nil
Sales from 16.6.2020 to 30.6.2020 24,000
Sales from 16.6.2021 to 30.6.2021 6,000
Solution:
Statement of Claim for Loss of Profit
Particulars (`)
GP lost on Short Sales [WN: 4] 16,080

Less: Savings in Standing Charges Nil
∴ Gross Claim 16,080
Policy Value
∴ Net Claim (under “Average clause”) = Gross Claim ×
Insurable Value
80,000
= ` 16,080 ×
1,19,680
= ` 10,749 (Approx.)
Working Notes:
WN: 1 Trend of Turnover of last few years
Sales of: 2018 = ` (1,20,000 + 80,000 + 1,00,000 + 1,36,400) = ` 4,36,400
2019 = ` (1,30,000 + 90,000 + 1,10,000 + 1,50,000) = ` 4,80,000
2020 = ` (1,42,000 + 1,00,000 + 1,20,000 + 1,66,000) = ` 5,28,000
Rate of Turnover change = Turnover of the current year – Turnover of the previous year
× 100
Turnover of the previous year
5,28,000 – 4,80,000
For 2020 = × 100 = 10%
4,80,000
4,80,000 – 4,36,400
For 2019 = × 100 = 10% (approx.)
4,36,400

Thus, we observe a 10% upward trend in turnover over the last few years.
2. Calculation of GP Rate
Particulars (`)
Net Profit of 2020 56,000

Add: Insured Standing Charges 49,600
∴ Insured Gross Profit 1,05,600
Sales of 2020 = ` 5,28,000 (as computed above)
Gross Profit
∴ Rate of Gross Profit in 2020 = × 100
Sales
1,05,600
= × 100
5,28,000
= 20 %
3. Calculation of Short Sales
Particulars (`) (`)
Standard Turnover (from March 15, 2021 to June 15, 2021):

Turnover from April 1, 2020 to June 30, 2020 1,00,000
Add: Turnover from March 16, 2020 to March 31, 2020 28,000
1,28,000
Less: Turnover from June 16, 2020 to June 30, 2020 24,000 1,04,000
Add: Upward trend @ 10% [WN: 1] 10,400

1,14,400
Less: Actual Turnover (from March 15, 2021 to June 15, 2021)
Turnover from April 1, 2021 to June 30, 2021 40,000
Add: Turnover from March 16, 2021 to March 31, 2021 Nil
40,000
Less: Turnover from June 16, 2021 to June 30, 2021 6,000 34,000
∴ Short Sales 80,400
4. GP lost on Short Sales

Short sales × Rate of GP = ` 80,400 × 20%
=
` 16,080

5. Annual Turnover i.e. Sale for the year ending March 15, 2021
(`)
From March 16, 2020 to March 30, 2020 28,000
From April 1, 2020 to June 30,2020 1,00,000
From July 1, 2020 to September 31,2020 1,20,000
From October 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010 1,66,000
From January 1, 2021 to March 31, 2021 1,30,000
5,44,000
Less: March 16, 2021 to March 31, 2021 Nil
5,44,000
6. Applicability of Average Clause
Insurable Value = Adjusted Annual Turnover × GP Rate = (` 5,44,000 × 110%) × 20% = ` 1,19,680
Policy Value = ` 80,000 (Given)
In this case, as Policy Value < Insurable Value, there is ‘under insurance’ and so Average Clause is applicable.

Exercise
1. Salvage of stock means stock saved during accident.

2. Unusual item and defective item is separate under insurance claim
3. Defective items mean goods which cannot fetch the usual rate of gross profit.
4. Average clause is applicable in case of under insurance.
5. A memorandum trading account is to be prepared to ascertained the value of stock on the date of fire.
6. A marine insurance policy is taken to cover the claims for loss of stock.
7. The amount paid by insured to insurer as a consideration is known as premium.
8. Gross profit must always be calculated as a percentage on purchase.
Answers:
1 True 2 False 3 True 4 True

5 True 6 False 7 True 8 False
1. Standard turnover corresponds with the_____________ period.

2. Under insurance claim ‘Standing charges’ means______________ Standing charges only.
3. If the policy value is _____________ the value of stock lost, is called over insurance.
4. In case of Loss of Profit Policy, Gross Profit is the sum of Net Profit plus ________________ Standing
Charges.
5. If value of stock on the date of fire is `4,29,000, salvage is `15,70,000 then stock destroyed by fire will
be ______________.
6. Goods costing ` 1,0,000 were insured for `50,000. Out of these goods,3/4th are destroyed by fire. The
amount of average clause will be –––––––––––––.
7. Loss of stock is calculated by deducting –––––––––– from book value of stock as on date of fire.
8. The difference between the value of stock on the date of fire and stock salvaged is –––––––––––.
Answer:
1 indemnity 2 insured
3 more than 4 Insured
5 ` 2,71,500 6 ` 37,500
7 Stock salvaged 8 Claim for loss of stock

1. From the following information, calculate the amount of claim for loss of stock with Insurance Company
B Ltd:
Particulars Amount (`)

Purchase for the year 2021 9,15,000
Sales for the year 2021 12,00,000
Purchase from 1.1.2022 to 30.6.2022 8,00,000
Sales from 1.1.2012 to 30.6.2022 9,90,000
Stock on 1.1.2021 1,35,000
Stock on 1.1.2022 1,50,000
You are informed that:

(i) In 2022, the purchase prices raised by 20% above the level prevailing in 2021.
(ii) In 2022, the selling prices hiked by 10% over the level prevailing in 2021.
(iii) Salvaged value of stock `20,000.
(iv) Fire insurance policy for `1,48,750 to cover the loss of stock by fire.
[Answer: Actual stock lost by fire `1,50,000, Claim to be made after applying Average
Clause `1,31,250]
2. X & Co. suffered a loss of stock due to fire on 31.3.2022. From the following information prepare a
statement showing the claim for the loss to be submitted:

Purchase for the year 2021 3,20,000
Sales for the year 2021 4,05,200
Purchase from 1.1.2022 to 31.3.2022 1,08,000
Sales from 1.1.2022 to 31.3.2022 1,22,800
Stock on 1.1.2021 76,800
Stock on 1.1.2022 63,600
An item of goods purchased in 2020 at a cost of `20000 was valued at `12,000 on 31.12.2020. Half
of these goods were sold during 2021 for `5,200 and the remaining stock was valued at`4,800 on
31.12.2021. ¼th of the original stock was sold for `2,800 in February 2022 and the remaining stock was
valued at 60% of the original cost. With the exception of this item, the rate of gross profit remained fixed.
The stock salvaged was estimated at `24,000. The insurance policy value was for `3,00,000.
[Answer: Actual stock lost by fire `48,000]

3. A fire occurred on 1st February, 2022, in the premises of Legend Ltd., a retail store and business was
partially disorganized upto 30th June, 2022. The company was insured under a loss of profits for `
1,25,000 with a six months period indemnity. From the following information, compute the amount of
claim under the loss of profit policy.
Actual turnover from 1st February to 30th June, 2022 ` 80,000
Turnover from 1st February to 30th June, 2021 ` 2,00,000
Turnover from 1st February, 2011 to 31st January, 2022 ` 4,50,000
Net Profit for last financial year ` 70,000
Insured standing charges for last financial year ` 56,000
Total standing charges for last financial year ` 64,000
Turnover for the last financial year ` 4,20,000
The company incurred additional expenses amounting to ` 6,700 which reduced the loss in turnover.
There was also a saving during the indemnity period of ` 2,450 in the insured standing charges as a result
of the fire.
There had been a considerable increase in trade since the date of the last annual accounts and it has been
agreed that an adjustment of 15% be made in respect of the upward trend in turnover.
[Answer: Amount of claim under the policy ` 39,390]

Hire Purchase & Installment Sale Transactions
Hire Purchase and Installment

8
Sale Transactions

~~ Understand the accounting related to acquisition of high value items (both in the books of hire purchaser
and hire vendor);
~~ Equip themselves with the accounting of acquisition of large quantities of low value items (under Debtors
method, Stock-Debtor’s method and Final Accounts method).

Hire Purchase and Installment Sale

Transactions 8
I
t is not always possible by a purchaser to meet up the higher demand for goods due to immediate cash
payment. To meet this demand the concept of Hire Purchase is very popular in the market.
Under this system the purchaser (Hirer) pays the entire amount in staggered way viz. monthly, quarterly or
yearly with some interest. Under this system the goods are sold with the following conditions:
Possession of goods is delivered to a hirer but the title to the goods (Ownership) are transferred only when the
agreed sum (Hire Purchase price) is paid by the hirer.
Such hirer has a right to terminate the agreement at any time before the property so passes. That means he has
the option to return the goods in which case he need not pay installments falling due thereafter. However, the hirer
cannot recover the sums already paid as such sums legally represent hire charges of the goods in question.
The hire-purchaser, during that period of possession of goods, cannot damage, destroy, pledge or sell such goods.
He is supposed to take all such care of goods as a prudent person does in his own goods.
In case of Installment Sale, it is not only the possession of goods but also the ownership in goods is
transferred to the buyer immediately at the time of agreement.
Further, in installment system if the buyer stops the payment of dues, then he does not have the right of seizing
his goods. The differences between installment sale and hire-purchase are as below:
Particulars Hire Purchase Installment Sale

Ownership Stipulates the time at which the ownership Ownership passes at the time of sale.
passes to the buyer. It is usually on the payment
of last installment.
Default in Seller can repossess the goods. In that case the Seller does not have any other right except
making payment installment so far paid is treated to be Hiring the right of suing the buyer for the non-
charges. payment of price.
Right of sale or No right to sale or otherwise transfer the goods Right to sale or otherwise transfer the
other wise since the legal position of the hirer is bailee. goods.
Loss or damages Any loss occurring to goods has to be borne by Any loss occurring to goods has to be
to the goods. the seller if the buyer takes reasonable care. borne by the buyer.
Situation – I : when rate of interest, total cash price and in stallments are given

Illustration 1
X purchases a car on hire-purchase system on 01.01.2018. The total cash price of the car is ` 4,50,000 payable
` 90,000 down and three installments of ` 1,70,000, ` 1,50,000 and ` 1,08,460 payable at the end of first, second
and third year respectively. Interest is charged at 10% p.a.
You are required to calculate interest paid by the buyer to the seller each year.
Solution:
Following table is useful for calculating interest paid with each installment :
Analysis of Installments
Opening Payment towards
Payment Closing Balance
Balance of Cash Installments Principal/Cash
Year towards Interest of Cash Price
Price Price
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
01.01.18 4,50,000 90,000 90,000 - 3,60,000

31.12.19 3,60,000 1,70,000 1,34,000 36,000 2,26,000
31.12.22 2,26,000 1,50,000 1,27,400 22,600 98,600
31.12.21 98,600 1,08,460 98,600 9,860 -
Situation – II : When rate of interest and installments are given but total cash price is not given
Illustration 2
X purchased a T.V on hire-purchase system. As per terms he is required to pay ` 3000 down, ` 4000 at the end of
first year, ` 3000 at the end of second year, and ` 5000 at end of third year. Interest is charged at 12% p.a.
You are required to calculate total cash price of T.V and interest paid with each installment.
Solution :
Calculation of Cash Price Installment Interest Cash Price
(`) (`) (`)
3rd Installment 5,000

(-) Interest (12/112 × 5,000) 536
4,464 536 4,464
Balance of Cash Price 3,000
(+) 2nd Installment 7,464

Calculation of Cash Price Installment Interest Cash Price
(`) (`) (`)
(-) Interest (12/112 × 7,464) 800 800 2,200

(+) 1st Installment 4,000
10,664
(-) Interest (12/112 × 10,664) 1,143 1,143 2,857
(+) Down Payment Total Cash Price 3,000 - 3,000
12,521 2,479 12,521
Situation – III : When only installments are given, but cash price and rate of interest are not given
Illustration 3
X & Co. purchased a Motor car on April 1, 2019 on hire-purchase paying ` 60,000 cash down and balance
in four annual installments of ` 55,000, ` 50,000, ` 45000 and ` 40,000 each installment comprising
equal amount of cash price at the end of each accounting period. You are required to calculate total cash
price and amount of interest in each installment.
Solution : Hire-purchase Price (`)

Down Payment 60,000
1st installment 55,000
2nd installment 50,000
3rd installment 45,000
4th installment 40,000
Total 2,50,000
As each installment comprises equal amount of cash price the differences in installment amounts are due to
interest amount only. Assuming X is the amount of Cash Price in each installment and I is the amount of interest.
Thus for the installments, starting from last installment, we have the following equations:
(`)
(i) X+I = 40,000
(ii) X + 2I = 45,000
(iii) X + 3I = 50,000
(iv) X + 4I = 55,000
Subtracting any preceding equation from the following equation we get I = ` 5,000 and by substituting the value
of I in any equation we get X = ` 35,000.

The hire-purchase price is divided into cash price and interest parts as under :
Particulars Cash Price (`) Interest (`) Installment (`)

Down Payment 60,000 - 60,000
First installment 35,000 20,000 55,000
Second installment 35,000 15,000 50,000
Third installment 35,000 10,000 45,000
Fourth installment 35,000 5,000 40,000
Total 2,00,000 50,000 250,000
Total Cash Price 2,00,000
Hire Purchase Price 2,50,000
Total Interest 50,000
Situation – IV : When reference to annuity table rate of interest and installments are given but total
cash price is not given
In such questions the reference to annuity table gives the present value of the annuity for a number of years at a
certain rate of interest. This present worth is equal to total cash price. Therefore, with the help of annuity tables the
total cash price of the total installments given can be calculated and then question can be solved by the first method.
Illustration 4
On 01.01.2018 X purchase a plant from Y on hire purchase system. The hire purchase rate was settled at ` 60,000,
payable as to ` 15,000 on 01.01.2018 and ` 15,000 at the end of three successive year. Interest was charged @5%
p.a. The asset was to be depreciated in the books of the purchaser at 10% p.a. on Reducing Balance Method. Given
the present value of an annuity of Re. 1 p.a. @5% interest is ` 2.7232.
Ascertain the cash price.
Solution :
Amount of Interest Present value
`1 ` 2.7232
` 15,000 ` 15,000 × 2.7232

= ` 40,848
1
∴ Cash Price = ` 40,848 + ` 15,000 (down) = ` 55,848.
Accounting Treatment
Accounting treatment in the books of buyer is presented in below :
In the Books of the Hire-Purchaser
The following methods are followed:
(1) Cash Price Method

(2) Interest Suspense Method

Cash Price Method:
1. Hire Purchase A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Hire Vendor A/c [Cash price] xxxx
2. Hire Vendor A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Bank A/c [Down payment] xxxx
3. Interest A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Hire Vendor A/c xxxx
To, Bank A/c [Installment amount] xxxx
5. P/L A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Interest A/c xxxx
To, Depreciation A/c xxxx
Interest Suspense Method:

1. Hire Purchase Asset A/c [Cash Price] Dr. xxxx
Interest Suspense A/c [Total Interest] Dr. xxxx
To, Hire Vendor A/c [H.P price] xxxx
To, Bank A/c [Down payment] xxxx
3. Interest A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Interest Suspense A/c xxxx
To, Bank A/c [Installment amount] xxxx
5. P/L A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Interest A/c xxxx
To, Depreciation A/c xxxx
Illustration 5
On 1.1.2017 Mr. X took delivery from Mr. Y of 5 machines on a hire purchase system. ` 4,000 being paid on
delivery and the balance in five installments of ` 6,000 each, payable annually on 31st December. The vendor
company charges 5% interest p.a. on yearly balances. The cash price of 5 machines was ` 30,000. Show the entries
(without narration) Assets Account, Mr. Y Account for 5 years assuming that the purchaser charges depreciation
@20% on straight line method.

Solution:
Computation of Interest
Hire-purchase price (`) (`)
Down payment 4,000
Interest ` 6,000 × 5 = 30,000 34,000
Less: Cash Price 30,000
∴ Interest 4,000
Analysis of Payments of Vendors
Opening Balance Towards Towards Closing balance

Installment
Year of Cash Price Principal Interest of Cash Price
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
01.01.2017 30,000 4,000 --- --- 26,000

31.12.2017 26,000 4,700 1,300 6,000 21,300
31.12.2018 21,300 4,935 1,065 6,000 16,365
31.12.2019 16,365 5,182 818 6,000 11,183
31.12.2020 11,183 5,441 559 6,000 5,742
31.12.2021 5,742 5,742 258 6,000 NIL
(bal. fig.)
4,000
In the Books of Mr. X

Journal (without narrations) Dr. Cr.
2017 Assets A/c Dr. 30,000

Jan. 1. To, Mr. Y A/c 30,000
Mr. Y A/c Dr. 4,000
To, Bank A/c 4,000
Dec. 31. Interest A/c Dr. 1,300
To, Mr. Y A/c 1,300
Mr. Y A/c Dr. 6,000
To, Bank A/c 6,000
Depreciation A/c Dr. 6,000
To, Assets A/c 6,000

Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 7,300

To, Interest A/c 1,300
To, Depreciation A/c 6,000
2018 Interest A/c Dr. 1,065
Dec. 31. To, Mr. Y A/c 1,065
Mr. Y A/c Dr. 6,000
To, Bank A/c 6,000
To, Interest A/c 1,065
2019 Interest A/c Dr. 818
Dec. 31. To, Mr. Y A/c 818
Mr. Y A/c Dr. 6,000
To, Bank A/c 6,000
To, Interest A/c 818
Dec. 31. To, Mr. Y A/c 559
Mr. Y A/c Dr. 6,000
To, Bank A/c 6,000
To, Interest A/c 559
Dec. 31. To, Mr. Y A/c 258

Mr. Y A/c Dr. 6,000

To Bank A/c 6,000
To Assets A/c 6,000
To Interest A/c 258
To Depreciation A/c 6,000
Dr. Asset Account Cr.

2017 2017
Jan. 1. To Mr. Y A/c 30,000 Dec. 31. By Depreciation A/c. 6,000
`` Balance c/d. 24,000
30,000 30,000
2018 2018
Jan. 1. To Balance b/d. 24,000 Dec. 31. By Depreciation A/c. 6,000
24,000 24,000
2019 2019
18,000 18,000
2020 2020
12,000 12,000
2021 2021
6,000 6,000
Note:
It has been observed that Hire Purchase Trading Account (Debtors) method and Stock and Debtors method of
ascertaining profit or loss on sale of goods of small value under hire purchase system based on the simplified approach
are not fully compliant with AS 19 “Leases” since loading amount contains both profit as well as interest element.
As both companies and other than companies are involved in Hire Purchase Trading it is necessary to prepare the
company accounts in compliance with Accounting Standards as per Companies Act, 2013.

Accordingly it is proposed to follow the methods other than Hire Purchase Trading Account (Debtors) Method
and Stock and Debtors Method in case of Companies.
Meaning of Sales Method

Sales method follows a practical approach and practically (of course not technically) treats the hire purchaser as
owner of the asset. Under this method, the asset is recorded at full cash price on the basis of ‘substance over form’.
This method is more appropriate since the intention all along is to buy the asset.
Journal Entries
The various accounting entries in the books of the hire purchaser and hire vendor are shown below:
Case In the Books of Hire Purchaser In the Books of Hire Vendor

1. On transfer of Possession Asset A/c Dr. Hire Purchaser’s A/c Dr.
To, Hire Vendor’s A/c To, H.P. Sales A/c
2. On making Down Payment Hire Vendor’s A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c To, Hire Purchaser’s A/c
3. On making Interest due on Interest A/c Dr. Hire Purchaser’s A/c Dr.
unpaid balance To, Hire Vendor’s A/c To, Interest A/c
4.
On making payment of Hire Vendor’s A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
Installment To, Bank A/c To, Hire Purchaser’s A/c
5. On providing Depreciation Depreciation A/c Dr. No Entry
To, Asset A/c
6. On closure of Depreciation A/c Profit & Loss A/c Dr. No Entry
To, Depreciation A/c
7. On closure of Interest A/c Profit & Loss A/c Dr. Interest A/c Dr.
To, Interest A/c To, Profit & Loss A/c
Disclosure in Balance Sheet

At the end of each accounting period the balances of relevant accounts appear in the Balance Sheet as shown
below:
Disclosure in Balance Sheet
Balance Sheet of Hire Purchaser Balance Sheet of Hire Vendor
Liabilities (`) Assets (`) Liabilities (`) Assets (`)
Fixed Assets: Current Assets:

Asset (at full cash price) xxx Hire Purchase Debtors xxx
Less: Depreciation till xxx
date

Balance Sheet of Hire Purchaser Balance Sheet of Hire Vendor

Liabilities (`) Assets (`) Liabilities (`) Assets (`)
Less: Balance in Hire xxx

Vendor’s Account
xxx xxx
Illustration 6
On 01.01.2019 A purchased five Machines each costing ` 1,58,500 each from B Payment was to be made 20%
down and the remainder in four equal annual installments commencing from 31.12.2019 with interest at 10% p.a.
A writes off depreciation @20% on the diminishing balance.
Give the necessary journal entries and ledger accounts in the books of A and B under Sales Method. Also show
how the relevant of items will appear in the Balance Sheet.
Solution:
Journal
Journal A Journal B Dr. (`) Cr. (`)

01.01.2019
(a) Machines A/c Dr. (a) A A/c Dr. 7,92,500
To, B A/c To, HP Sales A/c 7,92,500
(b) B A/c Dr. (b) Bank A/c Dr. 1,58,500
To, Bank A/c To, A A/c 1,58,500
31.12.2019
(c) Interest A/c Dr. (c) A A/c Dr. 63,400
To, B A/c To, Interest A/c 63,400
(d) B A/c Dr. (d) Bank A/c Dr. 2,21,900
(e) Depreciation A/c Dr. (e) No Entry 1,58,500
To, Machines A/c 1,58,500
(f) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (f) No Entry 1,58,500
To, Depreciation A/c 1,58,500
(g) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (g) Interest A/c Dr. 63,400
To, Interest A/c To, Profit & Loss A/c 63,400


31.12.2020
(a) Interest A/c Dr. (a) A A/c Dr. 47,550
(c) Depreciation A/c Dr. (c) No Entry 1,26,800
(d) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (d) No Entry 1,26,800
(e) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (e) Interest A/c Dr. 47,550
31.12.2021
(a) Interest A/c Dr. (c) A A/c Dr. 31,700
To, Bank A/c To A A/c 1,90,200
(c) Depreciation A/c Dr. (c) No Entry 1,01,440
(d) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (d) No Entry 1,01,440
31.12.2022
(a) Interest A/c Dr. (d) A A/c Dr. 15,850
(c) Depreciation A/c Dr. (c) No Entry 81,152
To, Machines A/c 81,152
(d) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (d) No Entry 81,152


Dr. Machinary Account Cr.
01.01.19 To, B A/c 7,92,500 31.12.19 By, Depreciation A/c 1,58,500

7,92,500 7,92,500
01.01.20 To, Balance b/d 6,34,500 31.12.20 By, Depreciation A/c 1,26,800
6,34,500 6,34,500
5,07,200 5,07,200
01.01.22 To, Balance b/d 4,05,760 31.12.22 By, Depreciation A/c 81,152
4,05,760 4,05,760
Dr. B’s Account Cr.

01.01.19 To, Bank A/c 1,58,500 01.01.19 By, Machines A/c 7,92,500
[Down Payment]
31.12.19 To, Bank A/c 2,21,900 31.12.19 By, Interest A/c 63,400
[` 1,58,500 + ` 63,400] [(` 7,92,500 -
` 1,58,500) × 10/100]
To, Balance c/d 4,75,500

8,55,900 8,55,900
31.12.20 To, Bank A/c 2,06,050 01.01.20 By Balance b/d 4,75,500
[` 1,58,500 + ` 47,550]
To, Balance c/d 3,17,000 31.12.20 By, Interest A/c 47,550
[` 4,75,500 × 10/100]

5,23,050 5,23,050
31.12.21 To, Bank A/c 1,90,200 01.01.21 By, Balance b/d 3,17,000
[` 1,58,500 + ` 31,700]
To Balance c/d 1,58,500 31.12.21 By, Interest A/c 31,700
[ ` 3,17,000 × 10/100]
3,48,700 3,48,700
[` 1,58,500 + ` 15,850]
31.12.22 By, Interest A/c 15,850
[` 1,58,500 × 10/100]
1,74,350 1,74,350
An Extract of Balance Sheet of A

1st 2nd 3rd 4th
1st yr 2nd yr 3rd yr 4th yr
Liabilities yr yr yr yr Assets
(`) (`) (`) (`)
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Fixed Assets:
Machines 7,92,500 7,92,500 7,92,500 7,92,500
Less: Depreciation till date 1,58,500 2,85,300 3,86,740 4,67,892
Less: Balance due To B 4,75,500 3,17,000 1,58,500 -
1,58,500 1,90,200 2,47,260 3,24,608
In the Books of B
Dr. A’s Account Cr.
01.01.19 To, Sales A/c 7,92,500 01.01.19 By, Bank A/c 1,58,500
[Down payment]
31.12.19 To, Interest A/c 63,400 31.12.19 By, Bank A/c 2,21,900
8,55,900 8,55,900
01.01.20 To, Balance b/d 4,75,500 31.12.20 By, Bank A/c 2,06,050
31.12.20 To, Interest A/c 47,550 31.12.20 By, Balance c/d 3,17,000

5,23,050 5,23,050
31.12.21 To, Interest A/c 31,700 By, Balance c/d 1,58,500
3,48,700 3,48,700
31.12.22 To, Interest A/c 15,850
1,74,350 1,74,350
An Extract of Balance Sheet of B

1st 2nd 3rd 4th
1st yr 2nd yr 3rd yr 4th yr
Liabilities yr yr yr yr Assets
(`) (`) (`) (`)
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Current Assets:
Hire Purchase Debtors – A 4,75,500 3,17,000 1,58,500 -
Default and Repossession

Depending on the number of items repossessed as compared to the number of items sold on hire purchase basis,
repossession can be of two types, namely (1) Complete or Full Repossession and (2) Partial Repossession.
If a hire purchaser fails to pay any installment on the stipulated date, the hire purchaser is said to be at default. In
case of default by the hire purchaser, the hire vendor may repossess the goods. Repossession means taking back the
possession of goods by the hire vendor. Subject to agreement, the repossession may be either complete or partial.
Meaning of Complete or Full Repossession

In case of complete or full repossession the hire vendor takes back the possession of all the goods.
Journal Entries under Complete or Full Repossession

All Entries till the date of default are passed in the usual manner. The additional Entries are as follows:
Books of Hire Purchaser Books of Hire Vendor

1. For Closing Hire Vendor’s Account 1. On Repossession of goods
Hire Vendor’s A/c Dr. Goods Repossessed A/c Dr.
To, Asset A/c To, Hire Purchaser’s A/c
Note: This entry is passed with the amount due to the Note: This entry is passed with the revalued amount
hire-vendor. of goods repossessed.


2. For Closing Asset Account 2. For amount spent on reconditioning of Goods
(i) If the Book Value of the Asset exceeds the Repossessed
amount due to Hire-Vendor Goods Repossessed A/c Dr.
Profit & Loss A/c Dr. To, Cash A/c/Bank A/c
To, Asset A/c 3. For sale of Goods Repossessed
(ii) If the amount due to Hire-Vendor exceeds Cash A/c/Bank A/c /Debtors A/c Dr.
the Book Value of the Asset To, Goods Repossessed A/c
Asset A/c Dr. 4. For loss on sale of Goods Repossessed
To, Profit & Loss A/c Profit & Loss A/c Dr.
To, Goods Repossessed A/c
Note: In case of profit, a reverse entry will be passed.
Illustration 7
On 1.1.2020, A purchased 5 Machines from B. Payment was to be made — 20% down and the balance in four
annual installments of ` 2,80,000, ` 2,60,000, ` 2,40,000 and ` 2,20,000 commencing from 31.12.2020. The
vendor charged interest @ 10% p.a. A, writes off depreciation @ 20% p.a. on the original cost.
On A’s failure to pay the installment due on 31.12.2021, B repossessed all the machines on 01.01.2022 and
valued them on the basis of 40% p.a. depreciation on W.D.V. basis. B after incurring `6,000 on repairs sold the
machines for ` 2,66,000 on 30th June 2022. Prepare the relevant accounts in the books of A and B.
Solution:
Computation of Cash Price and Periodic Interest
B
D=B+C E = D×R/
A Closing Balance C F = D-E
Closing Balance (100 + R)
Installment after the Installment Opening
before the payment Interest
Number Payment Amount Balance
of Installment D× 10/110
of Installment
IV — 2,20,000 2,20,000 20,000 2,00,000
III 2,00,000 2,40,000 4,40,000 40,000 4,00,000
II 4,00,000 2,60,000 6,60,000 60,000 6,00,000
I 6,00,000 2,80,000 8,80,000 80,000 8,00,000
Let the cash price be ‘X

X = ` 8,00,000 + 20% of X (i.e. down payment) 0.8X = ` 8,00,000
X = ` 8,00,000/0.8 = `10,00,000

In the Book of A
01.01.20 To, B’s A/c 10,00,000 31.12.20 By, Depreciation A/c 2,00,000
10,00,000 10,00,000
8,00,000 8,00,000
01.01.22 To, Balance b/d 6,00,000 01.01.22 By, B’s A/c 6,60,000
To, P&L A/c (Profit) 60,000
6,60,000 6,60,000
01.01.20 To, Bank A/c 2,00,000 01.01.20 By, Machinery A/c 10,00,000
(Down payment)
[` 2,00,000 + ` 80,000] [(` 10,00,000 - ` 2,00,000)
× 10/100]
10,80,000 10,80,000
31.12.21 To, Balance c/d 6,60,000 01.01.21 By, Balance b/d 6,00,000
By, Interest A/c 60,000
(` 6,00,000 × 10/100)]
01.01.22 To, Machinery A/c 6,60,000 01.01.22 By, Balance b/d 6,60,000
In the Books of B
01.01.20 To, H.P. Sales A/c 10,00,000 01.01.20 By, Bank A/c 2,00,000
(Down Payment)

[(` 10,00,000 - ` 2,00,000) (` 2,00,000 + ` 80,000)
× 10/100] By, Balance c/d 6,00,000
10,80,000 10,80,000
01.01.21 To, Balance b/d 6,00,000 31.12.21 By, Balance c/d 6,60,000
31.12.21 To, Interest A/c
[ ` 6,00,000 × 10/100] 60,000
6,60,000 6,60,000
01.01.22 To, Balance b/d 6,60,000 01.01.22 By, H.P. Goods 3,60,000
Repossessed A/c
By, Profit & Loss A/c 3,00,000
6,60,000 6,60,000
Dr. H.P. Goods Repossessed Account Cr.
01.01.22 To, A’s A/c 3,60,000 30.06.22 By, Bank A/c 2,66,000
To, Bank A/c 6,000 By, P&L A/c 1,00,000
3,66,000 3,66,000
Partial Repossession
In case of partial repossession, the hire vendor takes back the possession of a part of the goods.
Practical Steps under Partial Repossession
Step1: Calculate Book value of Goods Repossessed

A. Cost
B. Less: Depreciation upto date of repossession
C. Book value of Goods Repossessed
Step 2: Calculate Agreed Value of Goods Repossessed
Step 3: Loss on default = Book Value – Agreed Value

Journal Entries Under Partial Repossession

Entries till the date of default are passed in the usual manner. The additional Entries are as follows:

1. For transfer of the agreed value of Goods 1. On Repossession of Goods at agreed value
Repossessed H.P. Goods Repossessed A/c Dr.
Hire Vendor’s A/c Dr. To, Hire Purchaser’s A/c
To, Asset A/c
2. For Transfer of Loss on default
Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 2,3,4—Same entries as in case of complete
To, Asset A/c repossession.
Note: In case of profit on default, the reverse entry
will be passed
Illustration 8
On 1.1.2020, A purchased 5 Machines from B. Payment was to be made—20% down and the balance in four
annual installments of ` 2,80,000, ` 2,60,000, ` 2,40,000 and ` 2,20,000 commencing from 31.12.2020. The
vendor charged interest @ 10% p.a. A, writes off depreciation @ 20% p.a. on the original cost.
On A’s failure to pay the installment due on 31.12.2021, after negotiations on 01.01.2022 B agreed to leave two
machines with A adjusting the value of the other three machines against the amount due.The machines being valued
at cost less 40% p.a. depreciation on W.D.V basis, B after spending ` 6000 on repairs of each of such machines sold
@ ` 70,000 on 30th June 2022. Prepare the relevant accounts in the books of A and B.
Solution:
B E = D×R/
D= B+C
A Closing Balance (100 +R) F = D-E
C Closing Balance
Installment after the Interest Opening
Installment before the payment
Number payment of Balance
of Installment D× 10/110
Installment
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
IV - 2,20,000 2,20,000 20,000 2,00,000
III 2,00,000 2,40,000 4,40,000 40,000 4,00,000
II 4,00,000 2,60,000 6,60,000 60,000 6,00,000
I 6,00,000 2,80,000 8,80,000 80,000 8,00,000
Let the cash price be ’X’

X= ` 8,00,000 +20% of X (i.e. down payment)
0.8X = ` 8,00,000
X = ` 8,00,000/0.8 = ` 10,00,000

In the Books of A
01.01.20 To, B A/c 10,00,000 31.12.20 By, Depreciation A/c 2,00,000

10,00,000 10,00,000
8,00,000 8,00,000
01.01.22 To, Balance b/d 6,00,000 01.01.22 By, B A/c 2,16,000
By, P&L A/c [loss on default] 1,44,000
By, Depreciation A/c 80,000
6,00,000 6,00,000

(Down payment)
[` 2,00,000 + ` 80,000] [(` 10,00,000 - ` 2,00,000)
To, Balance c/d 6,00,000 × 10/100]
10,80,000 10,80,000
31.12.21 To, Balance c/d 6,60,000 01.01.21 By, Balance b/d 6,00,000
31.12.21 By, Interest A/c 60,000
[(` 6,00,000 × 10/100)]
Working Notes:
1. Calculation of Book value of Goods Repossessed (`)
A. Cost [` 2,00,000 × 3] 6,00,000
B. Less: Depreciation for 2 years [` 6,00,000 × 20% × 2] 2,40,000
3,60,000

2. Calculation of Agreed value of Goods Repossessed (`)
A. Cost [` 2,00,000 × 3] 6,00,000
B. Less: Depreciation for 1st Year [40% of ` 6,00,000] 2,40,000
C. Book Value in the beginning of 2nd year 3,60,000
D. Less: Depreciation for 2nd year [40% of ` 3,60,000] 1,44,000
E. Book Value at the end of 2nd Year 2,16,000
3. Loss on Default = Book Value – Agreed Value = ` 3,60,000 - ` 2,16,000 = ` 1,44,000
In the Books of B
01.01.20 To, H.P. Sales A/c 10,00,000 01.01.20 By, Bank A/c 2,00,000
(Down payment)
[(` 10,00,000 – [` 2,00,000 + ` 80,000]
` 2,00,000) × 10/100]

10,80,000 10,80,000
01.01.21 To, Balance b/d 6,00,000 31.12.21 By, Balance c/d 6,60,000
31.12.21 To, Interest A/c 60,000
[` 6,00,000 × 10/100]
6,60,000 6,60,000
01.01.22 To, Balance b/d 6,60,000 01.01.22 By, H.P. Goods 2,16,000
Repossessed A/c
6,60,000 6,60,000
Dr. H.P. Goods Repossessed Account Cr.

01.01.22 To, A’s A/c 2,16,000 30.06.22 By, Bank A/c 2,10,000
To, Bank A/c (Repairs) 18,000 By, P&L A/c (Loss) 24,000
[` 6,000 × 3]
2,34,000 2,34,000

Illustration 9
A Transport purchased from Kolkata Motors 3 Tempos costing ` 50,000 each on the hire purchase system on
1.1.2020. Payment was to be made ` 30,000 down and the remainder in 3 equal annual installments payable on
31.12.2020, 31.12.2021 and 31.12.2022 together with interest @ 9%. p.a. A Transport writes off depreciation at the
rate of 20% p.a. on the diminishing balance. It paid the installment due at the end of the first year i.e. 31.12.2020 but
could not pay the next on 31.12.2021. Kolkata Motors agreed to leave one Tempo with the purchaser on 31.12.2021
adjusting the value of the other 2 Tempos against the amount due on 31.12.2021. The Tempos were valued on the
basis of 30% depreciation annually on W.D.V. basis.
Required: Show the necessary accounts in the books of A Transport for the year 2020, 2021, 2022.
Solution:
In the Books of
Dr. Tempos Account Cr.
01.01.20 To, Kolkata Motors’ A/c 1,50,000 31.12.20 By, Depreciation A/c 30,000
(` 50,000 × 3) (20% on ` 1,50,000)
1,50,000 1,50,000
31.12.21 By, Kolkata Motors’ A/c 49,000
(Value of 2 tempos taken
away)
31.12.21 By, P&L A/c (Loss on 15,000
Default)
31.12.21 By, Balance c/d (value of 32,000
one tempo left)
1,20,000 1,20,000
31.12.22 By, Balance c/d 25,600
32,000 32,000
Dr. Kolkata Motor’s Account Cr.
01.01.20 To, Bank A/c (Down 30,000 01.01.20 By, Tempos A/c 1,50,000
Payment) (` 50,000 ×3)
31.12.20 To, Bank A/c 50,800 31.12.20 By, Interest A/c 10,800
(9% on ` 1,20,000)

31.12.20 To, Balance c/d 80,000

1,60,800 1,60,800
31.12.21 To, Tempos A/c 49,000 01.01.21 By, Balance b/d 80,000
31.12.21 To, Balance c/d 38,200 31.12.21 By, Interest A/c 7,200
(9% on ` 80,000)
87,200 87,200
31.12.22 To, Bank A/c 41,638 01.01.22 By, Balance b/d 38,200
31.12.22 By, Interest A/c 3,438
(9% on ` 38,200)
41,638 41,638
Working Notes:
1. Value of a tempo left with the buyer = ` 50,000 × 80/100 × 80/100
= ` 32,000
2. Value of Tempos taken away by the seller = ` 50,000 × 2 × 70/100 × 70/100
= ` 49,000
3. Loss on Tempos taken away = Book Value – Agreed Value
= [2 × ` 50,000 × 80/100 × 80/100] - ` 49,000
= ` 15,000.
Illustration 10
On 1 January 2021, A purchased from B a plant valued at ` 7,45,000; payment to be made by four semi-annual
installments of ` 2,10,000 each; interest being charged at 5% per half year. A paid the first installment on 1st July
2021 but failed to pay the next. B repossessed the plant on 4 January 2022.On 5 January 2022, after negotitation,
A was allowed to retain the plant of which the original cash price was ` 3,90,000 and he was to bear the loss on the
remainder which was taken over by B on that date for ` 3,75,000. B waived the interest after 31st December 2021.
Another agreement was signed for payment of the balance amount.
Show by ledger accounts the necessary records in the books of A charging depreciation at 10% per annum half
yearly on the written down value.
Solution:
In the Books of A
01.01.21 To, B’s A/c 7,45,000 30.06.21 By, Depreciation A/c 37,250
7,45,000 7,45,000

7,07,750 7,07,750
01.01.22 To, Balance b/d 6,72,362 05.01.22 By, B’s A/c 3,75,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c 54,613 By, Balance c/d 3,51,975
(Balancing Figure)
[3,75,000 – 3,20,387]
7,26,975 7,26,975
30.6.21 To, balance c/d 7,82,250 01.01.21 By, Plant on Hire 7,45,000
Purchase A/c
30.06.21 By, Interest A/c 37,250
[` 7,45,000 × 5%]
7,82,250 7,82,250
31.12.21 To, Balance c/d 6,00,863 31.12.21 By, Interest A/c 28,613
[` 5,72,250 × 5%]
8,10,863 8,10,863
6,00,863 6,00,863
Working Note:
Calculation of Book Value of Plant Repossessed and Retained
Particulars Repossessed (`) Retained (`)

A. Cash Price of the Plant 3,55,000 3,90,000
B. Less: Depreciation @10% for 6 months (17,750) (19,500)
C. Book Value 3,37,250 3,70,500
D. Less: Depreciation @10% for 6 months (16,863) (18,525)
E. Book Value 3,20,387 3,51,975

Illustration 11
Z sold 3 Machinery for a total cash sale price of ` 6,00,000 on hire purchase basis to X on 01.01.2019. The terms
of agreement provided for 30% as cash down and the balance of the cash price in three equal installments together
with interest at 10% per annum compounded annually. The installments were payable as per the following schedule:
1st installment on 31.12.2020; 2nd installment on 31.12.2021 and 3rd installment on 31.12.2022. X paid the 1st
installment on time but failed to pay thereafter. On his failure to pay the second installment, Z repossessed two
machineries and valued them at 50% of the cash price. X charges 10% p.a. depreciation on straight line method.
Prepare necessary ledger accounts in the books of X for 2019-2021.
Solution: In the Books of X
01.01.19 To, Z’s A/c 6,00,000 31.12.19 By, Depreciation A/c 60,000
6,00,000 6,00,000
5,40,000 5,40,000
By, Z’s A/c 2,00,000
By, Profit and Loss A/c 80,000
(balancing figure)
4,80,000 4,80,000
Dr. Z’s Account Cr.

31.12.19 To, Balance c/d 4,62,000 By, Interest A/c [10% on 42,000
(` 6,00,000 – ` 1,80,000)]
6,42,000 6,42,000
31.12.21 To, Bank A/c (1,40,000 + 2,28,200 01.01.20 By, Balance c/d 4,62,000
42,000 + 46,200) 31.12.20 By, Interest A/c 46,200
To, Balance c/d 2,80,000 [10% on ` 4,62,000]
5,08,200 5,08,200
To, Balance c/d 1,08,000 31.12.21 By, Interest A/c 28,000
3,08,000 3,08,000

Working Notes:
1. Book value of machine left and repossessed
Particulars 1 left 2 repossessed

A. Costs 2,00,000 4,00,000
B. Less: Depreciation for 3 years @10% (60,000) (1,20,000)
1,40,000 2,80,000
2. Agreed Value of 2 Machinery Repossessed = Cash Price – 50% of cash price
=
` (4,00,000 – 2,00,000)
=
` 2,00,000
3. Loss on Default = Agreed Value – Book Value
=
` (2,00,000 – 2,80,000)
=
` 80,000
Illustration 12
X purchased a truck for ` 2,80,000, payment to be made ` 91,000 down and 3 installments of ` 76,000 each at
the end of each year. Rate of interest is charged at 10% p.a. Buyer depreciates assets at 15% p.a. on written down
value method.
Because of financial difficulties, X, after having paid down payment and first installment to the end of 1st year
could not pay second installment and seller took possession of the truck. Seller, after spending ` 9,200 on repairs
of the asset sold for ` 150,000. Show the relevant accounts in the books of the purchaser & the vendor.
Solution:
Total Cash Installment Interest Paid towards Cash Price

Particulars Price Paid @ 10% Int Paid (Installment-Interest)
(`) (`) (`) (`)
280,000
Down Payment 91,000 91,000 0 91,000
189,000
End of 1st year 57,100 76,000 18,900 57,100
131,900
End of 2nd Year 62,810 76,000 13,190 62,810
69,090
End of 3rd Year 69,090 76,000 6,910 69,090
Total 0 3,19,000 39,000 2,80,000

In the Books of X
Dr. Truck Account Cr.

1st To, Vendor A/c 2,80,000 By, Depreciation A/c 42,000
Year By, Bal c/d 2,38,000
2,80,000
2,80,000 35,700
2nd To, Bal b/d 2,38,000 By, Depreciation A/c 1,45,090
Year By, Vendors A/c 57,210
2,38,000 By, P/L A/c 2,38,000
(Bal. figure)
Dr. Vendors Account Cr.

1st To, Bank (Down Payment) 91,000 By, Truck (Cash Price) A/c 2,80,000
Year To, Bank (Installment) 76,000 By, Interest A/c 18,900
To, Bal c/d 1,31,900
2,98,900 2,98,900
To, Asset A/c 1,45,090 By, Balance b/d 1,31,900

2nd (Default- Assets taken ” Interest A/c 13,190
Year over)
1,45,090 1,45,090
In the Books of Vendor

Dr. X Account Cr.

1st To, Hire Purchase Sales A/c 2,80,000 By, Bank (Down) A/c 91,000
Year To, Interest A/c 18,900 By, Bank (Installment) A/c 76,000
2,98,900 2,98,900
2nd To, Balance b/d 1,31,900 By, Goods Repossessed A/c 1,45,090
Year To, Interest A/c 13,190
1,45,090 1,45,090

Dr. Goods Repossessed Account Cr.

To, X A/c (Purchaser) A/c 1,45,090 By, Bank (Sales) A/c 1,50,000
To, Bank (Repairing 9,200 By, P/L A/c (Bal Figure) 4,290
Charge) A/c
1,54,290 1,54,290
Illustration 13
Z Associates purchased seven trucks on hire purchase on 1st July, 2021. The cash purchase price of each truck
was ` 1,00,000. The company has to pay 20% of the cash purchase price at the time of delivery and the balance in
five half yearly installment starting from 31st December, 2021 with interest at 5% per annum at half yearly rates.
On the Company’s failure to pay the installment due on 30th June 2022, it was agreed that the Company would
return 3 trucks to the vender and the remaining four would be retained. The vendor agreed to allow him a credit
for the amount paid against these 3 trucks less 25%. Show the relevant Accounts in the books of the purchaser
and vendor assuming the books are closed in June every year and depreciation @ 20% p.a. is charged on Trucks.
Vendor after spending ` 2,000 on repairs sold away all the three trucks for ` 80,000.
Solution :
In Books of Hire-Purchaser
Dr. Truck Account Cr.
01.07.21 To, Hire Vendor’s 7,00,000 30.06.22 By, Depreciation A/c 1,40,000
A/c (Cost of Trucks By, Hire Vendor’s A/c (Value of 3 81,000
@ ` 1,00,000 each) Trucks returned to Vendor)
By, P & L A/c (Loss on surrender) 1,59,000
[4/7 of (` 7,00,000 - ` 1,40,000)
7,00,000 7,00,000
Dr. Hire Vendor’s Account Cr.

01.07.21 To, Bank A/c 1,40,000 01.07.21 By, Truck A/c 7,00,000
(7,00,000 × 20/100) 31.12.21 By, Interest A/c 14,000
[5,60,000 × 2.5%]
[(20% of 5,60,000 +14,000] [4,48,000 × 2.5%]
30.06.22 To, Truck A/c 81,000
(Value of Truck surrendered)
30.06.22 To, Balance c/d 3,78,200
7,25,200 7,25,200

Rate of interest is [5% ÷ 2] = 2.5% for half year.
Working Notes :
(i) Credit allowed by Vendor against 3 trucks (`)
Total amount of principal paid against 7 trucks
(` 1,40,000 + ` 1,12,000) 2,52,000
Total amount of principal paid against 3 trucks (` 2,52,000 × 3/7) Credit allowed by Vendor 1,08,000
(` 1,08,000 – 25% of ` 1,08,000) 81,000
(ii) Loss on surrender of 3 trucks
Book value of 3 turcks surrendered [(` 1,00,000 × 3) less 20% of ` 3,00,000] 2,40,000
Less : Credit allowed by Vendor against these 3 Trucks 81,000

Loss on surrender of 3 Trucks 1,59,000
In Books of Hire Vendor

Dr. Z Associates Account Cr.
01.07.21 To H.P. Sales A/c 7,00,000 01.07.22 By Bank A/c 1,40,000

31.12.21 To Interest A/c 14,000 31.12.21 By Bank A/c 1,26,000
30.06.22 To Interest A/c 11,200 30.06.22 By Goods Repossessed A/c 81,000
30.06.22 By Balance c/d 3,78,200
7,25,200 7,25,200

30.6.22 To Banerjee & Co. 81,000 30.6.22 By Bank A/c (Sales) 80,000
30.6.22 To Cash A/c 2,000 30.6.22 By Profit & Loss A/c 3,000
(expenses) (Loss on Sale)
83,000 83,000
Illustration 14
On 1.1.2019, B & Brothers bought 5 computers from Chirag Computers on hire-purchase. The cash price of each
computer was ` 20,000. It was agreed ` 30,000 each at the end of each year. The Vendor charges interest @ 10%
p.a. The buyer depreciates computers at 20% p.a. on the diminishing balance method.
B & Brothers paid cash down of ` 5,000 each and two installments but failed to pay the last installment.
Consequently, the Computer Traders repossessed three sets, leaving two sets with the buyer and adjusting the value
of 3 sets against the amount due. The sets repossessed were valued on the basis of 30% depreciation p.a. on the
written down value. The sets repossessed were sold by the Chirag Computers for ` 30,000 after necessary rapairs
amounting to ` 5,000 on 30th June 2022.

Required : Open the necessary ledger account in the books of both the parties.
Solution :
In the Books of B & Brothers
Dr. Computers Account Cr.
01.01.19 To, Chirag 1,00,000 31.12.19 By, Depreciation A/c 20,000

Computers A/c By, Balance c/d 80,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
80,000 80,000
By, Chirag Computers 20,580
(computers surrendered)
By, P & L A/c 10,140
- Loss on surrender
64,000 64,000
Dr. Chirag Computers Account Cr.
01.01.19 To, Cash A/c 25,000 01.01.19 By, Computers A/c 1,00,000
31.12.19 To, Cash A/c 30,000 31.12.19 By, Interest A/c
To, Balance c/d 52,500 [(` 1,00,000 – 7,500
1,07,500 ` 25,000) × 10%] 1,07,500
30,000 52,500
31.12.20 To, Cash 01.01.20 By, Balance b/d
27,750 5,250
To, Balance c/d 31.12.20 By, Interest A/c
[52,500 × 10%]
57,750 57,750
20,580 27,750
31.12.21 To, Computers A/c 01.01.21 By, Balance b/d 2,250
(surrendered) 9,420 31.12.21 By, Interest A/c
To, Balance c/d 30,000 30,000

Working Notes :
(i) Total Interest = Hire Purchase Price – Cash Price
= [` 25,000 + (` 30,000 × 3)] – (` 20,000 × 5)
= ` 1,15,000 – ` 1,00,000 = ` 15,000
(ii) Interest for 3rd year = ` 15,000 – ` 7,500 – ` 5,250 = ` 2,250
(iii) Agreed Value of 3 Computers Repossessed on the basis of depreciation @ 30% p.a.

`
Cost (Cash Price) of 3 Computers 60,000
Less : Depreciation @ 30% p.a. for 3 years [` 18,000 + ` 12,600 + ` 8,820] 39,420
20,580
(iv) Book Value of 3 Computers Repossesed on the basis of depreciation

@ 20% p.a `
Cost (Cash Price) of 3 Computers 60,000
Less : Depreciation @ 20% WDV for 3 years [` 12,000 + ` 9,600 + ` 7,680] 29,280
30,720
(v) Loss on Surrender = Book value – Agreed Value = ` 30,720 – ` 20,580 = ` 10,140
In the Books of Chirag Computers
Dr. B & Brothers Account Cr.
01.01.19 To, H.P. Sales A/c 1,00,000 01.01.19 By, Cash A/c 25,000
31.12.19 To, Interest A/c 7,500 31.12.19 By, Cash A/c 30,000
1,07,500 1,07,500
01.01.20 To, Balance b/d 52,500 31.12.20 By, Cash A/c 30,000
31.12.20 To, Interest A/c 5,250 31.12.20 By, Balance c/d 27,750
57,750 57,750
01.01.21 To, Balance b/d 27,750 31.12.21 By, Goods Repossessed 20,580
31.12.21 To, Interest A/c 2,250 A/c 9,420
By, Balance c/d
30,000 30,000

30.06.22 To, B & Brothers A/c 20,580 30.06.22 By, Cash A/c 30,000
30.06.22 To, Cash A/c (Repairs) 5,000 (sales)
30.06.12 To, Profit & Loss A/c (Profit) 4,420
30,000 30,000
Debtors Method, Stock-Debtors Method & Final Accounts Method

When the per unit sale price of the goods sold under hire purchase is small, but the number of items sold is
large, it becomes infeasible for the Hire vendor to maintain a separate account for individual hire purchaser. So
Hire Vendor maintains a Day book for recording the hire purchase transactions. This is called the Hire Purchase
Sales Register. The Hire Vendor can ascertain the profit using the information contained in the Hire Purchase Sales
Register by adopting any of the following methods:
[A] Debtors Method
[B] Stock-Debtors Method
[C] Final Accounts Method
In such transactions no separate accounting is done for the interest element. In other words, no distinction is done
between trading profit and interest charged.
[A] DEBTORS METHOD or HIRE PURCHASE TRADING (Stock Approach)
Under this method both double entry ledger accounts and memoranda accounts are maintained for recording
hire purchase transactions. The double entry accounts maintained are H.P. Trading A/c, General Trading
A/c (if any), Goods sold on H.P. A/c, and the Memorandum accounts are Memorandum H.P. Stock A/c,
Memorandum H.P. Debtors A/c, Memorandum Shop/ Godown Stock A/c (if any). The profit/ loss from hire
purchase transaction gets determined through H.P. Trading A/c.
Under this method, the hire purchase transactions are accounted for as under:
Transaction/Items Journal entry

Opening Balance of ‘Shop Stock’ or ‘Godown Stock’ General Trading A/c Dr.
To, Shop/Godown Stock A/c
Opening balance of ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock with H.P Trading A/c Dr.
H.P. Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock’ To, H.P Stock A/c
(at H.P. price)
Load on ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock with H.P. Stock Reserve A/c Dr.
Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock’ (Opening) To, H.P. Trading A/c
Opening balance of ‘Overdue Installments’ or H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
‘Installments Due ( customers still paying )’ or ‘H.P. To, H.P. Debtors A/c
Debtors’


Good sold on H.P. basis ( at H.P. price) H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
To, Goods sent on H.P. A/c
(at H.P. price)
Load on ‘Goods sold on H.P.’ Goods sent on H.P. A/c Dr.
To, H.P. Trading A/c
Transfer of Purchases A/c General Trading A/c Dr.
To, Purchases A/c (at cost)
Installments matured No journal entry
Cash received from H.P. customers Bank A/c Dr.
Expenses relating H.P. Transactions (Hire Expenses) H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
To, Hire Expenses A/c
Repossession of goods : Repossessed Stock A/c Dr.
●● Unmatured Installments on repossessed goods To, H.P. Trading A/c
●● Matured Installments / Installments due on Repossessed Stock A/c Dr.
repossessed goods To, H.P Trading A/c
●● Resale of repossessed goods Bank A/c
To, Repossessed Stock A/c
●● Value of repossessed stock No journal entry
N.B.: It is used to ascertain the ‘Loss on Repossession’
●● Loss on repossession H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
To, Loss on Repossession A/c
Closing of ‘Goods sent out on H.P. A/c’ Goods sold on H.P. A/c Dr.
To, Shop/Godown Stock A/c
Closing balance of ‘Shop Stock’ or Godown Stock’ Shop/Godown Stock A/c Dr.
To, General Trading A/c
Closing balance of ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock with H.P. Stock A/c Dr.
H.P. Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock To, H.P. Trading A/c
(at H.P. price)
Load on ‘Stock out on hire’ or Stock with H.P. H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
Customers or ‘H.P. Stock (Closing) To, Stock Reserve A/c
Closing balance of ‘Overdue Installments’ or H.P. Debtors A/c Dr.
‘Installments Due (customers still paying)’ or ‘H.P. To, H.P. Trading A/c
Debtors’


Transfer of Profit earned from hire purchase H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
Transfer of Loss suffered from hire Purchase General Profit & Loss A/c Dr.
Transaction/Items Recording in Memoranda Accounts

Opening Balance of ‘Shop Stock’ or ‘Godown Stock’ Opening balance in the left side of Memorandum
Shop Stock A/c or Memorandum Godown Stock A/c
as ‘To Balance b/f’.
Opening balance of ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock with Opening balance in the left side of Memorandum H.P.
H.P. Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock’ Stock A/c as ‘To Balance b/f’.
Load on ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock with H.P. No recording
Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock’ (Opening)
Opening balance of ‘Overdue Installments’ or Opening balance in the left side of Memorandum H.P.
‘Installments Due ( customers still paying )’ or ‘H.P. Debtors A/c as ‘To Balance b/f’.
Debtors’
Good sold on H.P. basis ( at H.P. price) Left side of Memorandum H.P. Stock A/c as ‘To
Goods sold on H.P’..
Load on ‘Goods sold on H.P.’ No recording
Transfer of Purchases A/c Left side of Memorandum Shop Stock A/c as ‘To
Purchases’.
Installments matured Right side of Memorandum H.P. Stock A/c as ‘By
Matured Installments’.
Left side of Memorandum H.P. Debtors A/c as ‘To

Matured Installments’.
Cash received from H.P. customers Right side of Memorandum H.P. Debtors A/c as ‘By
Cash Received’.
Expenses relating H.P. Transactions (Hire Expenses) No recording
Repossession of goods : Reflected in the right side of Memorandum H.P. Stock
●● Unmatured Installments on repossessed goods A/c as ‘By Goods Repossessed’.
●● Matured Installments / Installments due on Right side of Memorandum H.P Debtors A/c as ‘By
repossessed goods Goods Repossessed’.
●● Resale of repossessed goods No recording

Transaction/Items Recording in Memoranda Accounts

●● Value of repossessed stock No recording
●● Loss on repossession No recording
Closing of ‘Goods sent out on H.P. A/c’ Right side of Memorandum Shop Stock A/c as ‘By
Goods sold on H.P.
(at cost)’.
Closing balance of ‘Shop Stock’ or Godown Stock’ Closing balance in the right side of Memorandum
Shop Stock A/c or Memorandum Godown Stock A/c
as ‘By Balance c/f’.
Closing balance of ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock with Closing balance in the right side of Memorandum H.P.
H.P. Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock Stock A/c as ‘By Balance c/f’.
Load on ‘Stock out on hire’ or Stock with H.P. No recording
Customers or ‘H.P. Stock (Closing)
Closing balance of ‘Overdue Installments’ or Closing balance in the right side of Memorandum H.P.
‘Installments Due (customers still paying)’ or ‘H.P. Debtors A/c as ‘By Balance c/f’.
Debtors’
Transfer of Profit earned from hire purchase No recording
Transfer of Loss suffered from hire Purchase No recording
Proforma of H. P. Trading Account:
Books of Hire Vendor

Dr. Hire Purchase Trading A/c for the year ended …. Cr.
To, H.P. Stock [at H.P. price: Opening xx By, Stock Reserve [Load on Opening xx
Balance] Stock] xx
To, H.P. Debtors[Opening Balance] xx By, Goods sent on H.P. [ Load on goods
To, Goods sold on H.P. A/c [at H.P.] xx sent] xx
To, Hire Expenses xx By, Bank A/c [Cash Received] xx
To, Loss on Repossession xx By, Repossessed Stock A/c xx
By, H.P. Stock A/c [at H.P. Price: Closing
Balance]
To, Stock Reserve [Load on Closing Stock] xx By, H.P. Debtors [Closing Balance] xx
To, General P/L A/c [ Profit on H.P xx By, General P/L A/c [Loss on H.P xx
transferred (Bal. Fig)] transferred (Bal. Fig.)]
xxx xxx

[B] STOCK - DEBTORS METHOD

Under this method, the basic principle is to do complete accounting of all hire purchase transactions under
double entry system. The ledger accounts that are maintained in this case are: H.P. Stock A/c, H.P. Stock
Adjustment A/c, H.P. Debtors A/c, Shop/ Godown Stock A/c (if any) and Goods sold on H.P A/c. In case of
repossession of goods by hire vendor, Repossessed Stock A/c is maintained. The profit/loss is determined
through H.P. Stock Adjustment A/c.
Under this method, the hire purchase transactions are accounted for as under:
Transaction /Items Journal Entry/ Treatment

Opening balance of ‘Shop Stock’ or ‘Godown Stock’ Opening balance in Debit side of Shop Stock A/c or
Godown Stock A/c or General Trading A/c as ‘To,
Balance b/f’.
Opening balance on ‘Stock out on hire’ or Opening balance in Debit side of H.P Stock A/c as
‘Stock with H.P. Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock ‘To, Balance b/f’.
Opening balance of ‘Overdue Installments’ or Opening balance in Debit side of H.P. Debtors A/c as
‘Installments Due (customers still paying)’ or ‘H.P. ‘To, Balance b/f’.
Debtors
Goods sold on H.P basis (at H.P.price) H.P. Stock A/c Dr.
To, Goods sent on H.P. A/c
Transfer of purchases A/c Shop stock/Godown Stock /General Trading A/c Dr.
To, Purchases A/c
Installments matured H.P. Debtors A/c Dr.
To, H.P. Stock A/c
To, H.P. Debtors A/c
Expenses relating to H.P transactions (Hire Expenses) H.P. Stock Adjustment A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c
Repossession of goods Repossessed Stock A/c Dr.
●● Unmatured Installments on repossessed goods To, H.P. Stock A/c
●● Matured Installments/ Installments due on Repossessed Stock A/c Dr.
repossessed goods To, H.P. Debtors A/c
●● Resale of repossessed goods Bank A/c Dr.
●● Value of repossessed stock Closing balance in Credit side of Repossessed Stock
A/c
●● Loss of repossession H.P. Stock Adjustment A/c Dr.

Transaction /Items Journal Entry/ Treatment

Closing of ‘Goods sent out on H.P. A/c’ Goods sent on H.P. A/c Dr.
To, Shop Stock A/c
Closing balance of ‘Shop Stock’ or ‘Godown Stock’ Closing balance in Credit side of Shop Stock A/c or
Godown Stock A/c or General Trading A/c as ‘By
Balance c/f.’
Closing balance of ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock with Closing balance in Credit side of H.P. Stock A/c as
H.P. Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock ‘By Balance c/f’.
Closing balance of ‘Overdue Installments’ or Closing balance in Credit side of H.P. Debtors A/c as
‘Installments Due (customers still paying)’ or ‘H.P. ‘By Balance c/f’.
Debtors’
Transfer of Profit earned from hire purchase H.P. Stock Adjustment A/c Dr.
Transfer of Loss suffered from hire purchase General Profit & Loss A/c Dr.
To, H.P. Stock Adjustment A/c
[C] FINAL ACCOUNTS METHOD or HIRE PURCHASE TRADING (Transaction Approach)

This method is based on the basic principle of complete double entry accounting of all hire purchase
transactions. Double entry ledger accounts that are maintained are – H.P. Trading A/c, H.P. Debtors A/c,
H.P. Sales A/c.
H.P. Sales Account: It records value of goods sold on hire purchase basis and installments matured during
the period. Thus, the closing balance reflects the amount of ‘Unmatured installments’.
H.P. Debtors Account: It records value of goods sold on hire purchase basis and the collection from the
customers. Closing balance reflects both ‘Matured Installments but not yet received (customers paying)’ and
‘ Unmatured Installments’.
Under this method, the operating result (i.e Profit/Loss) gets determined through H.P. Trading Account.
Hire Purchase transactions under this method are accounted as follows:
Transaction /Items Journal Entry/Treatment

Opening balance of ‘Shop Stock’ or ‘Godown Stock’ Opening balance in Debit side of H.P. Trading A/c as
‘To Balance b/f’’.
Opening balance of ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock with Opening balance in Debit side of H.P. Trading A/c as
H.P. Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock ‘To Balance b/f’ at ‘Cost Equivalent’.
Opening balance in Debit side of H.P. Debtors A/c as
‘To Balance b/f’; and
Opening balance in Credit side H.P sales A/c as ‘By
Balance b/f’.

Transaction /Items Journal Entry/Treatment

Opening balance of ‘Overdue Installments’ or Opening balance in Debit side of H.P. Debtors A/c as
Installments Due (customers still paying)’ or ‘H.P. ‘To Balance b/f’
Debtors
Goods sent on H.P basis (at H.P. price) H.P. Debtors A/c Dr.
To, H.P. Sales A/c
Transfer of Purchases A/c H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
To, Purchases A/c
Installments matured (i.e. Recognition of matured H.P. Sales A/c Dr.
installments) To, H.P Trading A/c
To, H.P. Debtors A/c
Expenses related to H.P. transactions (Hire Expenses) H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
To, Expenses A/c
Repossession of goods H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
●● Unmatured installments on repossessed goods To, H.P. Debtors A/c
●● Matured installments/ Installments due on H.P. Sales A/c Dr.
repossessed goods To, H.P. Debtors A/c
●● Resale of repossessed goods Bank A/c Dr.
●● Value of repossessed stock Closing balance in Credit side of H.P. Trading A/c as
‘By Balance c/f’.
●● Loss of repossession No Journal Entry
Closing balance of ‘Shop Stock’ or ‘Godown Stock’ Closing balance in Credit side of H.P. Trading A/c as
‘By Balance c/f’.
Closing balance of ‘Stock out on hire’ or ‘Stock out Closing balance in Credit side of H.P. Trading A/c as
with H.P. Customers’ or ‘H.P. Stock’ ‘By Balance c/f’.
Closing balance of ‘Overdue Installments’ or Closing balance in Credit side of H.P. Debtors A/c as
‘Installments Due (customers still paying) or ‘H.P. ‘ By Balance c/f’.
Debtors’
Transfer of Profit earned from hire purchase H.P. Trading A/c Dr.
Transfer of Loss suffered from hire purchase General Profit & Loss A/c Dr.

Format of H.P Trading A/c:

Books of Hire Vendor
Dr. Hire Purchase Trading A/c for the year ended ….. Cr.

To, Balance b/f: By, H.P Sales [Matured Intsalments] xx
Stock at shop xx By, Balance c/f:
Stock with customer [C.P] xx Stock at Shop xx
To, Purchases xx Stock with Customer [C.P.] xx
To, Hire Expenses xx Repossessed Goods xx
To, General P/L A/c [ Profit on H. P xx By, General P/L A/c [Loss on H. P xx
transferred (Bal. Fig.)] transferred (Bal. Fig.)]
xxx xxx
Illustration 15
Beta Ltd. sells its products only on hire purchase terms, the hire purchase price being ‘cost plus 33.33%’. From
the given information, you are required determine the operating results from the hire purchase transactions by
drafting necessary accounts under each of the following methods:
[A] Debtors Method
[B] Stock-Debtors Method
[C] Final Accounts Method
1.4.2021 (`) 1.4.2022 (`)

Stock out on hire at H.P price 2,40,000 ?
Stock in hand at shop 30,000 42,000
Installments due from customers 18,000 30,000
Further information:
~~ Goods repossessed (installments not yet matured ` 12,000) valued at ` 4,800;
~~ Purchases made during the year 2021-22 amounted to ` 4,08,000;

~~ Cash collected from customers during 2021-22 was ` 4,80,000.
From the given information, you are required independently determine the operating results from the hire
purchase transactions by drafting necessary accounts under each of the following methods:
[A] Debtors Method;
[B] Stock-Debtors Method; and
[C] Final Accounts Method.

Method A: Debtors Method

Solution: Books of Beta Ltd.
Hire Purchasing Trading Account
To, H.P. Stock [at H.P. price: 1.4.2021] 2,40,000 By, Stock Reserve [2,40,000 × 1/4] 60,000
To, H.P. Debtors [1.4.2017] 18,000 By, Goods sent on H.P. [ Load: 5,28,000 × ¼] 1,32,000
To, Goods sent on H.P. [at H.P. Price 5,28,000 By, Cash Received
– W.N:1] By, Goods Repossessed [Unmatured 4,80,000
To, Loss on Repossession [WN:4] 7,200 Installments] 12,000
To, Stock Reserve [2,64,000 × 1/4] 66,000 By, H.P. Stock [at H.P. Price: 31.3.2022-
To, General P/L A/c [ Profit on H.P 1,18,800 WN:3] 2,64,000
transferred By, H.P. Debtors [ 31.3.2022] 30,000
9,78,000 9,78,000
Working Notes:
1. Goods sent on H.P. basis ( at H.P. price)
Memorandum Shop Stock Account
To, Opening Balance 30,000 By, Goods sent on H.P [at cost: Bal. 3,96,000
To, Purchases 4,08,000 Fig.] 42,000
By, Closing Balance
4,38,000 4,38,000
Therefore, Goods Sent on H.P [at H.P price] = 3,96,000 + 33 1/3% = ` 5,28,000.
2. Installments Matured during the year

Memorandum H.P Debtors Account
To, Opening Balance [Installments due] 18,000 By, Cash Received 4,80,000
To, Installments Matured [Bal. Fig.] 4,92,000 By, Closing Balance [Installments due] 30,000
5,10,000 5,10,000
3. Balance of H.P. Stock on 31.3.2022

Memorandum H.P. Stock Account
To, Opening Balance [ stock out on hire 2,40,000 By, Intsalments Matured [WN:2] 4,92,000
purchase at H.P price]


To, Goods sent on H.P [WN:1] 5,28,000 By, Goods Repossessed [Unmatured 12,000
installments]
By, Closing Balance [Stock with 2,64,000
customers at SP – Bal. fig.]
7,68,000 7,68,000
4. Loss on Repossession = Installments not yet matured on repossessed goods – Value on repossession =
` [12,000 – 4,800] = ` 7,200. It is to be debited to H.P. Trading A/c.
Alternatively, Instead of recording value of “Goods Repossessed” and “Loss on Repossession”, the value
on repossession ` 4,800 may be reflected on the credit side of H.P. Trading A/c.
Method B: Stock-Debtors Method

Books of Beta Ltd.
Dr. Shop Stock Account Cr.
1.4.21 To, Balance b/f [Opening 30,000 31.3.22 By, Goods Sent on H.P A/c 3,96,000
Stock at Shop] [Cost Price of goods sent:
31.3.22 To, Purchases A/c 4,08,000 Bal. Fig.]
31.3.22 By, Balance c/f [Closing 42,000
Stock at shop]
4,38,000 4,38,000
Dr. Goods Sent on H.P Account Cr.

31.3.22 To, Shop Stock A/c [Cost of 3,96,000 31.3.22 By, H.P. Stock A/c [Goods 5,28,000
goods sent] sent at H.P Price]
31.3.22 To, H.P Stock Adjustment 1,32,000
A/c [Loading on goods sent:
3,96,000 × 1/3]
5,28,000 5,28,000
Dr. H.P Stock Account Cr.

1.4.21 To, Balance b/f [stock with 2,40,000 31.3.22 By, H.P. Debtors A/c 4,92,000
customers at H.P Price] [Matured Installments]


31.3.22 To, Goods sent on H.P A/c 5,28,000 31.3.22 By, Goods Repossessed A/c 12,000
[at H.P Price] 31.3.22 By, Balnace b/f [Stock with 2,64,000
customers at H.P Price: Bal.
Fig]
7,68,000 7,68,000
Dr. H.P. Debtors Account Cr.

1.4.21 To, Balance b/f [ Installments 18,000 31.3.22 By, Bank A/c [Cash 4,80,000
overdue] Received]
31.3.22 To, H.P Stock A/c 4,92,000 31.3.22 By, Balance b/f [Installments 30,000
[Matured Installments: Bal. overdue]
Fig]
5,10,000 5,10,000
Dr. H.P. Stock Adjustment Account Cr.

31.3.22 To, Goods Repossessed A/c 7,200 1.4.21 By, Balance b/f [Load on 60,000
[Repossession Loss] opening H.P Stock: 2,40,000
31.3.22 To, General P/L A/c [ H.P 1,18,800 × ¼]
Profit transferred] 31.3.22 By, Goods Sent on H.P A/c 1,32,000
31.3.22 To, Balance c/f [Load on 66,000 [Load on goods sent:
Closing H.P Stock: 2,64,000 5,28,000 × ¼]
×¼]
1,92,000 1,92,000

31.3.22 To, H.P Stock A/c 12,000 31.3.22 By, H.P. Stock Adj. A/c 7,200
[Installments not matured] [Repossession Loss]
31.3.22 By, Balance c/f 4,800
12,000 12,000

Method C: Final Accounts Method

Books of Beta Ltd.
Hire Purchase Trading Account
To, Balance b/f: By, H.P Slaes 4,92,000

Stock at shop 30,000 [Matured Intsalments – WN:1]
Stock with customer 1,80,000 By, Balance c/f:
[2,40,000 × ¾ ] Stock at Shop 42,000
To, Purchases 4,08,000 Stock with Customer [2,64,000 × 1,98,000
To, General P/L A/c 1,18,800 ¾ ] (WN:2)
[Profit on H. P. transferred] Repossessed Goods 4,800
7,36,800 7,36,800
Working Notes:
1. Matured Installments during 2021-22:
Dr. H.P. Sales Account Cr.

To, H.P. Trading A/c 4,92,000 By, Balance b/f: Stock with customer 2,40,000
[Matured Installments- B/Fig]
To, H.P. Sales A/c [Installment due 12,000 By, H.P. Debtors A/c 5,28,000
on repossessed goods] [Goods sold on H.P. basis – WN:3]
To, Balance c/f: 2,64,000
Stock with Customer
7,68,000 7,68,000
2. Stock with customers at H.P. Price on 31.3.2022:
Dr. H.P. Debtors Account Cr.
To, Balance b/f: By, Cash A/c [Received during the 4,80,000
Stock with Customer 2,40,000 year]
Installment overdue 18,000 By, H.P. Sales A/c [Installment due 12,000
on repossessed goods]
To, H.P. Sales A/c 5,28,000
By, Balance c/f:
[Goods sold on H.P. basis – WN:3]
Stock with Customer [Bal. Fig.] 2,64,000
Installments due 30,000
7,86,000 7,86,000

3. Goods sent on H.P basis ( at H.P. Price ) during 2021-22

Cost of goods sent under H.P basis :
Opening Shop Stock + Purchases – Closing Shop Stock
= ` [30,000 + 4,08,000 - 42,000] = ` 3,96,000
∴ Goods sold on H.P. basis at H.P. Price = Cost of goods sold under H.P. basis + Profit
= ` 3,96,000 + 33.33 % = ` 5,28,000

Exercise
1. In the hire purchase system interest charged by vendor is calculated on the basis of
(a) Outstanding cash Price
(b) Hire purchase Price
(c) Installment amount
2. Excess of hire purchase price over cash price is know as
(a) Installment
(b) Cash down payment
(c) Interest
(d) Capital value of asset
3. In Hire Purchase system cash price plus interest is know as
(a) Capital value of asset
(b) Book value of asset
(c) Hire purchase price of asset
(d) Hire purchase charges
Answer:
1 A 2 C 3 C
1. The buyer gets immediate possession but not ownership of the asset under installment payment system
on signing of contract.
2. The possession and ownership of the asset is immediately transferred to the buyer under Hire- purchase
system on signing the contract.
3. Down payment plus installments including interest is termed as cash price .
4. The Hire-purchaser records the asset at Hire-purchase price .
5. Repossession of the asset is done by Hire-vendor due to non-payment of installments in due time.
6. Hire purchase price = Cash price + Total Interest
7. In hire purchase system, ownership of the goods passes from the seller to the buyer only when the full
and final payment is made.
8. The difference between the hire purchase price and cash price of the asset is known is known as Total
Interest.

9. There is no difference between hire purchase and installment purchase system.

10. Each installment is treated as hire charges till the last installment is paid.
Answers:
1 False 2 False 3 False 4 False 5 True

6 True 7 True 8 True 9 False 10 True

1. Selling price under Hire-purchase basis is___________ than selling price under cash basis.
2. In case of a Hire-purchase sale the act of revival of custody of the asset is called ___________.
3. The buyer gets possession and ownership of the asset under_____________system right from signing
the contract.
4. Under Hire- purchase system ownership of the asset is transferred as soon as _______________ last
installment is paid.
5. Every installment paid under Hire-purchase system consists of partly ______________ and partly
interest charge.
6. A machinery was purchased on Hire Purchase System. Its cash price was ` 5,20,000 which was payable
in annual installments of ` 1,80,000 each including interest @ 15 per cent per annum. The amount of
interest included in 2nd installment would be _______________.
7. The persons who obtained delivery of possession of goods from the owner under the hire purchase
agreement is known as _______________.
8. The different between the net hire purchase price and net cash price of the goods is termed as __________.
9. When an asset is acquired on hire purchase system, the asset account is debited with _______________
of the asset in the book of the hire purchaser.
10. The initial amount paid in hire purchase system is called _______________.
Answer:
1 more 2 repossession
3 installment 4 last
5 capital payment 6 ` 62,700
7 Hirer 8 Hire purchase charges
9 Cash price 10 Down payment
1. Shiva purchased a laptop on hire-purchase system. As per terms, he is required to pay ` 7,500 down,
` 10,000 at the end of first year, ` 7,500 at the end of second year, and ` 12,500 at the end of third year.

Interest is charged at 12% per annum. The interest payable with the installment at the end of second year
will be
(a) ` 900
(b) ` 1,999
(c) ` 804
(d) ` 1,760
2. Arti Ltd. purchased a machine on hire purchase system for a cash price ` 5,00,000 to be paid as ` 78,700
cash down and the balance by three equal annual installment of ` 2,00,000 each. If interest is charged
@ 20% per annum then amount of interest payable in second installment will be
(a) ` 1,00,000
(b) ` 61,112
(c) ` 33,328
(d) ` 84,260
Answer:
1 B 2 B
1. On 01.01.2019 Dola Ltd. purchased a Taxi from Sayan Ltd., on hire purchase system. A Down payment
of ` 15,000 and 3 equal installments together with interest @ 5% per annum on the outstanding balance of
capital sum are to be made. The amount of last installment payment was ` 15,750. Depreciation has to be
provided @ 10% under reducing balance method.
At the end of 3rd year the taxi was sold for ` 25,000 in cash.
Prepare Taxi Account and Vendor Account in the books of Dola Ltd.
[Answer Hint: Depreciation on 31.12.2010 — 31.12.2019 ` 6,000
31.12.2020 ` 5,400
31.12.2021 ` 4,860
Interest for 2019 — ` 2,250
2020 — ` 1,500
2021 — ` 750]
2. On 1st April, 2019 Gauru & Co. purchased a machinery on hire purchases system from Machinery Mart
for a cash price of ` 7,50,000 to be paid as ` 1,18,050 cash down and the balance by three equal annual
installments of ` 3,00,000 each. Interest is charged @ 20% per annum. Gauru & Co. has decided to write
off depreciation on machinery @ 15% per annum on diminishing balance method. Gauru & Co. paid the
installment due at the end of the first year but could not pay the next installments. On 31st March, 2021
the Machinery Mart took the possession of the machinery. On 15th April, 2021 the Machinery Mart spent
` 30,000 on the repairs of the machinery and sold it for ` 1,80,000 on 20th April, 2021. Installment due on
31.03.2021 was paid by Gauru & Co. on 10th April. You are required to prepare:
(i) Gauru & Co.’s Account and Returned Stock Account in the books of Machinery Mart.

(ii) Machinery Account and Machinery Mart’s Account in the books of Gauru & Co.
Answer Hint:
Calculation of Interest included in each installment.
Amount of
Interest Payment of Cash Price
Installment Installment
(`) (`)
(`)
1 3 4 (3 - 4)= 5
Cash down on 1-04-2012 1,18,050 — 1,18,050
(i) 31-03-13 3,00,000 6,31,950 × (20/100) = 1,26,390 1,73,610
(ii) 31-3-14 3,00,000 4,58,340 × (20/100) 2,08,332
(iii) 31-03-15 3,00,000 49,992 2,50,008
3. On 1st April, 2018 Guru purchased a machinery for cash price of ` 5,06,872 on hire purchase system from
Machinery Mart. Payment to be made ` 1,50,000 down and the balance by four equal annual installments.
Interest is charged @ 15% per annum. Guru depreciates machinery at 20% per annum on written down value
method. Guru paid down payment and first two installments but could not pay the remaining installments.
On 31st March, 2021 the Machinery Mart took possession of machinery.
You are required to prepare Machinery Account and Machinery Mart Account in the books of Guru.
Since the problem is silent regarding the amount of equal installment, it is assumed that the balance of cash
price will be paid equally along with the interest on the amount outstanding.
Answer:
Calculation of Interest
Opening Payment of
Installment (`) Interest (`)
Cash Price (`) Principle (`)
5,06,872 1,50,000 — 1,50,000
3,56,872 1,42,749 3,56,872 × 15% = 53,531 89,218
2,67,654 1,29,366 2,67,654 × 15% = 40,148 89,218
1,78,436 1,15,972 1,78,436 × 15% = 26,754 89,218
89,218 1,02,601 89,218 × 15%= 13,383 89,218
4. Exe Ltd. purchased a vehicle for ` 2,80,000, down payment to be made ` 91,000 and 3 installments of
` 76,000 each at the end of each year. Rate of interest is charged at 10% p.a.
Buyer depreciates assets at 15% on written down value method.
Because of financial difficulties, Exe Ltd. after having paid the down payment and first installment at the end
of 1st year, could not pay the second installment. Hence, the seller took possession of the vehicle. The Seller
after spending ` 9.200 on repairs of the asset, sold it for ` 1,50,000. Show the relevant accounts in the books
of the purchaser and the vendor.

Answer:
Calculation on Interest
Paid towards Cash
Total Cash Installment Paid Interest Paid
Particulars Price(installment -Int.)
Price (`) @10% Int. (`) (`)
(`)
2,80,000
Down Payment 91,000 91,000 NIL 91,000
1,89,000
End of 1st year 57,100 76,000 18,900 57,100
1,31,900
End of 2nd year 62,810 76,000 13,190 62,810
69,090
End of 3rd year 69,090 76,000 6,910 69,090
TOTAL Nil 3,19,000 39,000 2,80,000
5. Rudra Transporter purchases a truck on hire purchase from Sarkar Motor for `56,000 on January 1, 2019.
Payment to be made as `15,000 down cash and 3 installments of `15,000 each at the end of each year. Rate
of interest is charged at 5% p.a. Buyer depreciates assets at 10% p.a. on written down value method, because
of financial difficulties Rudra Transporter after having paid the down cash and the first installment at the end
of the first year could not pay the second installment and Sarkar Motors took possession of the Truck.
Prepare (a) Truck Account (b) Seller’s Account in the books of the buyer assuming that year ends on 31st
December.
[Answer: Value of Surrendered Asset `29,453, Transfer to Profit & Loss A/c `15,907]
6. Ashis purchased seven Machines on hire-purchase on 1st July 2021. The Cash Price of each Machine was
`50,000. He was to pay 20% of Cash Price at the time of delivery and the balance of five half- yearly
installments starting from 31.12.2021 with interest at 5% per annum. On his failure to pay the installment
due on 30th June, 2022, it was agreed that Ashis would return three machines to the vendor and the remaining
four machines would be retained by him. The returning price of three machines was `40,500. Ashis charges
depreciation @ 20% per annum. Vendor after spending ` 1,000 on repairs sold away all the three machines
for `40,000.
Show Machines Account and Vendor’s Account in the books of Ashis and Ashis’ Account and Goods
Repossessed Account in the books of the Vendor assuming that their books are closed on 30th June
each year.
[Answer: Loss on Surrender `79,500, Transfer to Profit & Loss A/c `1,500]
7. Go-kart Logistics acquired a delivery van on hire purchase on 01.04.2022 from Ashima Enterprises. The
terms were as follows:

Hire Purchase Price 180,000


Down Payment 30,000
1st installment payable after 1 year 50,000
2nd installment after 2 years 50,000
3rd installment after 3 years 30,000
4th installment after 4 years 20,000
Cash price of van ` 1,50,000. You are required to calculate Total Interest and Interest included in each
installment.
[Answer: Total Interest `30,000, Interest rate implicit on lease (IRR) 11.39%, Interest included in each
installment `30,182]

SECTION-F
Accounting Standards
Accounting Standards 9

9.1 Introduction to Accounting Standards
9.2 Specified Accounting Standards with Comparative Provisions under Ind AS

To gain application-oriented knowledge on identifying the impact of various standards on treatment of certain
transactions to ensure appropriate reporting. (CMLO 4a, c)

~~ Understand the basic concept of Accounting Standards;
~~ Get an overview of certain specified accounting standards (namely AS 1, AS 3, AS 10, AS 11, AS 12,
AS 16 and AS 22) along withtheir comparative provisions with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS).

Introduction to Accounting
9.1
Standards
A
ccountancy is often referred to as an art of recording, classifying and summarizing financial information,
which involves the use of accountant’s creative skills. However, if full independence is provided to the
accountants regarding the accounting system and practices to be followed, it is bound to result in lack of
uniformity, and in some cases may end up in manipulation of accounts. Thus, there arises a need for an
accounting framework on the basis of which the financial transactions should be recorded in the books of accounts
and ultimately make the resulting financial statements comparable. This need led to the framing of the Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP).
9.1.1 Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP)

The main objective of accounting is to provide financial information to the stakeholders, thus helping them in
taking informed decisions. This financial information is normally communicated via the financial statements, which
happen to be the interface between an organisation and its stakeholders. The financial statements are prepared from
the information contained in the books of accounts, which are based on certain Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP).
In simple terms, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) is a collection of commonly followed
accounting rules and standards meant for accounting of transactions and ultimately their reporting. It is an
embodiment of rules and standards which are accepted and practiced by the accountants. GAAP contains a set
of accounting standards, principles, and procedures that accountants must follow. These are basic accounting
principles and guidelines which provide the framework for more detailed and comprehensive accounting rules,
standards and other industry-specific accounting practices.
9.1.2 Accounting Standards (AS)

Accounting Standards are written policy documents which discuss the aspects of recognition, measurement and
treatment of specific accounting transactions, along with the presentation and disclosure thereof in the financial
statements of an entity. These are usually issued by specified professional accounting bodies, or by the government,
or other regulatory bodies. In India, accounting standards are governed by The Institute of Chartered Accountants
of India (ICAI). In the US, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) is responsible to lay
down the standards. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is the body that sets up the International
Accounting Standards. These standards basically deal with accounting treatment of business transactions and
disclosing the same in financial statements.
In India, the Accounting Standards for non-corporate entities including Small and Medium sized Enterprises,
are issued by the Accounting Standards Board (ASB) of Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), to
establish uniform standards for preparation of financial statements, in accordance with the Indian GAAP (Generally
Accepted Accounting Practices), for better understanding of the users. However, in the case of corporate entities,

the Accounting Standards notified by the MCA are applicable. These standards are mandatory on and from the
dates specified either in the respective document or as may be notified by the ICAI/ MCA.
It may be noted that MCA also issues the Accounting Standards for companies, based on recommendations made
by the ICAI. Accordingly MCA notifies such Accounting Standards vide Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules
and amendments thereto, applicable for companies including Small and Medium Sized Companies to whom Indian
Accounting Standards (Ind AS) are not applicable.
9.1.3 Convergence to Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) – Applicability and Scope
In the context of financial accounting and reporting, convergence refers to the process of harmonising the
accounting standards issued by various regulatory bodies of different countries of the world. It refers to the goal of
establishing a single set of high quality accounting standard that will be used internationally , and in particular the
effort to reduce differences between the local generally accepted accounting practice and International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS). IFRS are a set of accounting standards developed by the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB). These are the global standards for the preparation of public company financial statements
The objective of the convergence exercise is to produce a common set of high quality accounting standards to
enhance the consistency, comparability and efficiency of financial statements.
There are two aspects to the concept of convergence of accounting standards:
~~ International-level Convergence: It is the process within which the International Accounting Standards
Board (IASB) and National Standard-Setters (NSS) converge their respective accounting standards into
one global set of accounting regulations. This concept of a single global comprehensive set of accounting
standards is a conceptual ideal. It would help to ensure the comparability of financial statements. Further, it
would allow companies to enjoy a lower cost of capital as a result of their financial statements being more
readily comprehended and understood. A single set of accounting standards would also ensure lower barriers
to the free movement of accountants in business across jurisdictions.
~~ National-level Convergence: This involves the adoption of the international accounting standards as
national GAAP. For example, the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) has converged its
accounting standards with those of the IASB. The two aspects are clearly intertwined, the IASB works with
the national standard setting body in one country to converge IFRS and local generally accepted accounting
practices, which has implications for the convergence of local GAAP in another country with IAS.
In the Indian context, convergence means that the Indian Accounting Standards and the International Financial
Reporting Standards would, over time, continue working together to develop high quality, compatible accounting
standards. It would be worth noting here that conceptually ‘convergence of accounting standards’ is different from
that of ‘adoption of accounting standards’ which means full-fledged use of IFRS as issued by the IASB by the
Indian public companies.
The Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS), as notified under section 133 of the Companies Act 2013, have been
formulated keeping the Indian economic & legal environment in view and with a view to converge with IFRS
Standards as issued by the IFRS Foundation.
Applicability and Scope of Ind AS

Ind AS are the Indian version of IFRS which are global standards governing the accounting aspects. These are
basically standards that have been harmonised with the IFRS to make reporting by Indian companies more globally
accessible. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA), in 2015, had notified the Companies (Indian Accounting
Standards) Rules 2015, which stipulated the adoption and applicability of IND AS in a phased manner beginning

from the Accounting period 2016-17. The MCA has since issued seven Amendment Rules, one each in year 2016,
2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022 to amend the original 2015 rules.
Following is the timeline of applicability of Ind AS:
A. For Companies other than the Banks, Non-banking Financial Companies, and Insurance Companies
Phase-I
1. 1st April 2015 and onwards: Application on a voluntary basis for all the companies along with
comparatives.
2. 1st April 2016: Mandatory for the following companies:
~~ Companies listed or in the process of listing in India or outside India with a net worth equal to or
more than ` 500 crores
~~ Unlisted companies having a net worth equal to or more than ` 500 crores
~~ Holding, subsidiary, joint venture, and associate of the above companies
Phase-II: From 1st April 2017
●● All the companies that are listed or in the process of listing in India or outside India that are not covered
in Phase-I
●● Unlisted companies with a net worth of ` 250 crores or above but less than ` 500 crores
●● Holding, subsidiary, joint venture, and associate of the above companies
In this respect, the following points are to be noted:
●●Companies that are listed on the SME exchange are not required to apply Ind AS on a mandatory basis
●●Once the company starts to follow Ind AS, whether voluntarily or mandatorily, then it shall follow Ind
AS for all the subsequent financial statements even though any of the criteria does not subsequently
apply to it.
●● The companies who satisfy the above criteria in an accounting year shall immediately apply the Ind AS
in subsequent accounting year with comparatives. The Ind AS shall be applicable on both standalone
and consolidated financial statements.
●● The remaining companies not covered above shall continue to apply the existing Accounting Standards
as notified in the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
B. For Scheduled Commercial Banks (excluding Regional Rural Banks), Non-Banking Financial
Companies, Insurers, and Insurance Companies
(1) Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs)
Phase-I: From 1st April 2018:
~~ Listed or unlisted NBFCs with a net worth of ` 500 crores or more
~~ Holding, subsidiary, joint venture, and associate companies of the above companies excluding those
that are already covered under the corporate roadmap.
Phase-II: From 1st April 2019
~~ NBFCs with a net worth of less than ` 500 crores whose equity or debt securities are listed or in the
process of listing on the stock exchange in India
~~ Unlisted NBFCs with a net worth of ` 250 crores or more but less than ` 500 crores
~~ Holding, subsidiary, joint venture, and associate companies of the above companies excluding those
that are already covered under the corporate roadmap.

In this respect, the following points are to be noted:

The Ind AS shall be applied on both standalone and consolidated financial statements. Also, NBFCs with a
net worth of less than ` 250 crores shall not apply Ind AS on a voluntary basis.
(2) Scheduled Commercial Banks (Excluding Regional Rural Banks)
Ind AS were required to be implemented by Scheduled Commercial Banks (excluding RRBs) from 1st
April 2018. However, presently it stands deferred till further notice.
(3) Insurance Companies / Insurers
The insurance companies were required to prepare Ind AS based stand-alone and consolidated financial
statements for FY 2018-19 with comparatives of FY 2017-18. The IRDA issued a circular under Section
34 of the Insurance Act, 1938, which mandates insurers to comply with Ind AS and its implementation
Roadmap issued by the MCA.

Specified Accounting Standards with

Comparative Provisions under Ind AS 9.2
9.2.1 Disclosure of Accounting Policies (AS 1)
This standard deals with disclosure of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation and presentation
of the financial statements and is mandatory in nature.
The accounting policies refer to the specific accounting principles adopted by the enterprise.
Proper disclosure would ensure meaningful comparison both inter/intra enterprise and also enable the users to
properly appreciate the financial statements.
Financial statements are intended to present a fair reflection of the financial position financial performance and
cash flows of an enterprise.
Areas involving different accounting policies by different enterprises are:

~~ Methods of depreciation, depletion and amortization
~~ Treatment of expenditure during construction
~~ Treatment of foreign currency conversion/translation.
~~ Valuation of inventories
~~ Treatment of intangible assets
~~ Valuation of investments
~~ Treatment of retirement benefits
~~ Recognition of profit on long-term contracts
~~ Valuation of fixed assets
~~ Treatment of contingent liabilities
Fundamental Accounting Assumptions

Certain basic assumptions, in the preparation of financial statements are accepted and their use are assumed, no
separate disclosure is required except for noncompliance in respect of —
(a) Going Concern: continuing operation in the foreseeable future and no interim necessity of liquidation or
winding up or reducing scale of operation.
(b) Consistency: accounting policies are consistent from one period to another
(c) Accrual:
(i) Revenues and costs are accrued i.e. they are earned or incurred (not actually received or paid) and
recorded in the financial statements
(ii) Extends to matching revenue against relevant costs.

Factors governing the selection and application of accounting policies are:

Prudence : Generally maker of financial statement has to face uncertainties at the time of preparation of financial
statement. These uncertainties may be regarding collectability of receivables, number of warranty claims that may
occur. Prudence means making of estimates, which is required under conditions of uncertainty.
Substance over form : It means that transaction should be accounted for in accordance with actual happening
and economic relity of the transactions not by its legal form. Like in hire purchaser if the assets are purchased on
hire purchase by the hire purchaser the assets are shown in the books of hire purchaser in spite of the fact that the
hire purchaser is not the legal owner of the assets purchased. Under the purchase the purchaser, becomes the owner
only on the payment of last instalment. Therefore the legal form of the transaction is ignored and the transaction is
accounted as per as substance.
Materiality : Financial Statement should disclose all the items and facts which are sufficient enough to influence
the decisions of reader or /user of financial statement.
(a) As to the disclosure of all material items, individually or in aggregate in the context of fair presentation of
financial statements as a whole if its omission or misstatement could influence the economic or financial
decision of the user relying upon the financial statements.
(b) Depends on the size of the items or errors judged in the particular circumstances of its omissions or
misstatements.
(c) Is a cutoff point rather than being a primary qualitative characteristic which information must have.
(d) This is a matter of judgment, varies from one entity to another and over one period to another.
AS 1 requires that all “significant” (i.e. only accounting policy that is useful for an understanding by the user of
the financial statements) accounting policies adopted in the preparation and presentation of financial statements,
should be disclosed by way of ‘Note in one place as the note No. I (this is the basis of the preparation of financial
statements.)
Changes in Accounting Policies:
Any change in the accounting policies which has a material effect in the current period or which is reasonably
expected to have a material effect in the later period should be disclosed. In the case of a change in accounting
policies, having material effect in the current period, the amount by which any item in the financial statements, is
affected by such change should also be disclosed to the extent as ascertainable, otherwise the fact that the effect is
not (wholly or partially) ascertainable, should be disclosed.
The following are not considered as changes in accounting policies :
(a) Accounting policies adopted for events or transactions that differ in substance at present (introducing Group
Gratuity Scheme for employees in place of adhoc ex-gratia payment earlier followed.)
(b) Accounting policies pertains to events or transactions which did not occur previously or that were immaterial.
Illustration 1
Jivandeep Ltd. had made a right issue in 2020. In the offer document to its members, it had projected a surplus of
` 40 crores during the accounting year to be ended on 31st March 2022. The draft results for the year prepared on
the hitherto followed accounting policies and presented for perusal of the Board of Directors showed a deficit of `
10 crores. The Board, in consultation with the Managing Director, decided on the following:
(i) Value year-end inventory at works cost (`50 crores) instead of the hitherto method of valuation of inventory
at Prime Cost (` 30 crores).

(ii) Provide depreciation for the year on straight line basis or account of substantial additions in gross block
during the year, instead of on the Reducing Balance Method, which had been hitherto adopted. As a
consequence, the charge for depreciation at ` 27 crores is lower than the amount of ` 45 crones -which
would have been provided had the old method been followed-by ` 18 crores.
(iii) Not to provide for “after-sales expenses” during the warranty period. Till the last year, provision at 2% on
sales used to be made under the concept of “matching of cost against revenue” and actual expenses used
to be charged against the provision. The Board now decided to account for expenses as and when actually
incurred. Sales during the year total to ` 600 crores.
(iv) Provide for permanent fall in the value of investment-which fall had taken place over the past 5 years-the
provision being ` 10 crores. As chief accountant of the company, you are asked by the Managing Director
to draft the Notes on Accounts for inclusion in the annual report for 2021-2022.
Solution:
According to AS 1: “in the case of a change in accounting policies which has a material effect in the current
period should be disclosd, the amount by which any item in the financial statements is affected by such change
should also be disclosed to the extent ascertainable. Where such amount is not ascertainable wholly or in part, the
fact should be indicated.” Naturally, the Notes on Accounts must disclose the change.
Notes on Accounts
(i) Till last year, it was the practice of valuing inventory at prime cost but during the year the same was valued
at works cost. Due to this change the closing inventory was valued at ` 50 crores and, accordingly, profit
was increased by ` 20 crores (i.e. ` 50 crores - ` 30 crores) due to the change of the method of valuation.
(ii) During the year the company decided to change the method of providing for depreciation from reducing
balance method to straight line method. Due to this change, the amount of depreciation was undercharged
i.e., instead of charging ` 45 crores it was charged by ` 27 crores and, as a consequence, the profit was
increased by ` 18 crores (i.e., ` 45 crores minus ` 27 crores).
(iii) It was the practice of the company to make provision of @ 2% on sales for ‘After-Sales expenses’ during
the warranty period. It may be assumed that as a result of improved techniques and methods in production
the possibility of defects became very rare. Consequently, the company took decision not to make any
provision for after -sales expense’ during warranty period. As a result of this change, the profit would be
increased by ` 12 crores.
(iv) As a result of permanent fall in the value of investments which took place over the last 5 years the company
decided to make provision to the extent of ` 10 crores. Due to this effect the profit would be reduced by `
10 crores.
Illustration 2
Which one is the correct one? Fundamental accounting assumptions as per AS 1 are:
(a) Going Concern, Matching and Consistency;
(b) Money Measurement, Going Concern and Prudence;
(c) Accounting Period, Going Concern and Entity Concept; and
(d) Going Concern, Consistency and Accruals.
Solution:
As per As 1, the fundamental accounting assumptions are: Going Concern, Consistency and Accruals.

Illustration 3
Explain, in short, the relevant Disclosures of Accounting Policies as per AS 1.
Solution:
As per AS 1, the Disclosures of Accounting Policies are: All significant accounting policies adopted in the
preparation and presentation of financial statements should be disclosed.
The disclosure of the significant accounting policies as such should form part of the financial statements and the
significant accounting policies should normally be disclosed in one place.
Any change in the accounting policies which has a material effect in the current period or which is reasonably
expected to have a material effect in later periods should be disclosed. In the case of a change in accounting policies
which has a material effect in the current period, the amount by which any item in the financial statements is affected
by such change should also be disclosed to the extent ascertainable. Where such amount is not ascertainable,
wholly or in part, the fact should be indicated.
If the fundamental accounting assumptions, viz, Going Concern, Consistency and Accruals, are followed in
financial statements, specific disclosure is not required. If a fundamental accounting assumption is not followed,
the fact should be disclosed.
Illustration 4
Explain the methods/criteria for the selection and application of Accounting Policies.
Solution:
The major considerations governing the selection and application of accounting policies are:
Prudence – Generally maker of financial statement has to face uncertainties at the time of preparation of financial
statement. These uncertainties may be regarding collectability of recoverable, number of warranty claims that may
occur. Prudence means making of estimates that are required under conditions of uncertainty.
Substance over form – It means that transaction should be accounted for in accordance with actual happening
and economic reality of the transactions not by its legal form.
Materiality – Financial Statement should disclose all the items and facts which are sufficient enough to influence
the decisions of reader or/ user of financial statement.
9.2.2 Property Plant and Equipment (AS 10)

Objective
The objective of AS 10 is to prescribe the accounting treatment for property, plant and equipment so that users of
the financial statements can discern information about investment made by an enterprise in its property, plant and
equipment and the changes in such investment.
Scope
This Standard shall be applied in accounting for property, plant, and equipment except when another Standard
requires or permits a different accounting treatment.
This Standard does not apply to:
(a) biological assets related to agricultural activity other than bearer plants. This Standard applies to bearer
plants but it does not apply to the produce on bearer plants; and

(b) wasting assets including mineral rights, expenditure on the exploration for and extraction of minerals, oil,
natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources.
However, this Standard applies to property, plant and equipment used to develop or maintain the assets described
in (a) and (b) above.
Definitions
Agricultural Activity is the management by an enterprise of the biological transformation and harvest of
biological assets for sale or for conversion into agricultural produce or into additional biological assets.
Agricultural Produce is the harvested product of biological assets of the enterprise.
Bearer plant is a plant that (a) is used in the production or supply of agricultural produce; (b) is expected to
bear produce for more than a period of twelve months; and (c) has a remote likelihood of being sold as agricultural
produce, except for incidental scrap sales.
Biological Asset is a living animal1 or plant.
Carrying amount is the amount at which an asset is recognised after deducting any accumulated depreciation
and accumulated impairment losses.
Cost is the amount of cash or cash equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire
an asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or, where applicable, the amount attributed to that asset when
initially recognised in accordance with the specific requirements of other Accounting Standards.
Depreciable amount is the cost of an asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value.
Depreciation is the systematic allocation of the depreciable amount of an asset over its useful life.
Enterprise-specific value is the present value of the cash flows an enterprise expects to arise from the continuing
use of an asset and from its disposal at the end of its useful life or expects to incur when settling a liability.
Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable, willing parties in an
arm’s length transaction.
Gross carrying amount of an asset is its cost or other amount substituted for the cost in the books of account,
without making any deduction for accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
An impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount.
Property, plant and equipment are tangible items that:
(a) are held for use in the production or supply of goods or services, for rental to others, or for administrative
purposes; and
(b) are expected to be used during more than a period of twelve months. Recoverable amount is the higher of an
asset’s net selling price and its value in use.
The residual value of an asset is the estimated amount that an enterprise would currently obtain from disposal
of the asset, after deducting the estimated costs of disposal, if the asset were already of the age and in the condition
expected at the end of its useful life.

Useful life is:

(a) the period over which an asset is expected to be available for use by an enterprise ; or
(b) the number of production or similar units expected to be obtained from the asset by an enterprise.
Recognition
The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment should be recognised as an asset if, and only if:
(a) it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the enterprise; and
(b) the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
An enterprise evaluates under this recognition principle all its costs on property, plant and equipment at the time
they are incurred. These costs include costs incurred: (i) initially to acquire or construct an item of property, plant
and equipment; and (ii) subsequently to add to, replace part of, or service it.
Measurement at Recognition
An item of property, plant and equipment that qualifies for recognition as an asset should be measured at its cost.
The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment comprises:
(a) its purchase price, including import duties and non –refundable purchase taxes, after deducting trade
discounts and rebates.
(b) any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable
of operating in the manner intended by management.
(c) the initial estimate of the costs of dismantling, removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located,
referred to as decommissioning, restoration and similar liabilities’, the obligation for which an enterprise
incurs either when the item is acquired or as a consequence of having used the item during a particular period
for purposes other than to produce inventories during that period.
Examples of directly attributable costs are:

(a) costs of employee benefits (as defined in AS 15, Employee Benefits) arising directly from the construction
or acquisition of the item of property, plant and equipment;
(b) costs of site preparation;
(c) initial delivery and handling costs;
(d) installation and assembly costs;
(e) costs of testing whether the asset is functioning properly, after deducting the net proceeds from selling any
items produced while bringing the asset to that location and condition (such as samples produced when
testing equipment); and
(f) professional fees.
Examples of costs that are not costs of an item of property, plant and equipment are:
(a) costs of opening a new facility or business, such as, inauguration costs;
(b) costs of introducing a new product or service( including costs of advertising and promotional activities);
(c) costs of conducting business in a new location or with a new class of customer (including costs of staff
training); and
(d) administration and other general overhead costs.

The cost of a self-constructed asset is determined using the same principles as for an acquired asset.
Bearer plants are accounted for in the same way as self-constructed items of property, plant and equipment before
they are in the location and condition necessary to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management.
Measurement after Recognition

An enterprise should choose either the cost model or the revaluation model as its accounting policy and should
apply that policy to an entire class of property, plant and equipment.
Cost Model : After recognition as an asset, an item of property, plant and equipment should be carried at its cost
less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.
Revaluation Model: After recognition as an asset, an item of property, plant and equipment whose fair value can
be measured reliably should be carried at a revalued amount, being its fair value at the date of the revaluation less
any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses. Revaluations should be
made with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would
be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date. If an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, the
entire class of property, plant and equipment to which that asset belongs should be revalued.
An increase in the carrying amount of an asset arising on revaluation should be credited directly to owners’
interests under the heading of Revaluation Surplus. However, the increase should be recognised in the Statement
of Profit and Loss to the extent that it reverses a revaluation decrease of the same asset previously recognised in
the Statement of Profit and Loss.
A decrease in the carrying amount of an asset arising on revaluation should be charged to the Statement of Profit
and Loss. However, the decrease should be debited directly to owners’ interests under the heading of revaluation
surplus to the extent of any credit balance existing in the Revaluation Surplus in respect of that asset.
Depreciation
Each part of an item of property, plant and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of
the item should be depreciated separately.
The depreciation charge for each period should be recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss unless it is
included in the carrying amount of another asset.
Depreciable Amount and Depreciation Period

Depreciable amount of an asset should be allocated on a systematic basis over its useful life. The residual value
and the useful life of an asset should be reviewed at least at each financial year-end and, if expectations differ from
previous estimates, the change(s) should be accounted for as a change in an accounting estimate in accordance with
AS 5, Net Profit or Loss for the Period, Prior Period Items and Changes in Accounting Policies.
Depreciation Method
The depreciation method used should reflect the pattern in which the future economic benefits of the asset are
expected to be consumed by the enterprise. The depreciation method applied to an asset should be reviewed at least
at each financial year-end and, if there has been a significant change in the expected pattern of consumption of the
future economic benefits embodied in the asset, the method should be changed to reflect the changed pattern. Such
a change should be accounted for as a change in an accounting estimate in accordance with AS 5, Net Profit or Loss
for the Period, Prior Period Items and Changes in Accounting Policies.

Changes in Existing Decommissioning, Restoration and Other Liabilities

The cost of property, plant and equipment may undergo changes subsequent to its acquisition or construction
on account of changes in liabilities, price adjustments, changes in duties, changes in initial estimates of amounts
provided for dismantling, removing, restoration and similar factors and included in the cost of the asset. Such
changes in cost should be accounted for as under:
If the related asset is measured using the cost model:
(a) subject to (b), changes in the liability should be added to, or deducted from, the cost of the related asset in
the current period.
(b) the amount deducted from the cost of the asset should not exceed its carrying amount. If a decrease in
the liability exceeds the carrying amount of the asset, the excess should be recognised immediately in the
Statement of Profit and Loss.
(c) if the adjustment results in an addition to the cost of an asset, the enterprise should consider whether this is an
indication that the new carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable. If it is such an indication,
the enterprise should test the asset for impairment by estimating its recoverable amount, and should account
for any impairment loss, in accordance with AS 28.
If the related asset is measured using the revaluation model:
(a) changes in the liability alter the revaluation surplus or deficit previously recognised on that asset, so that:
(i) a decrease in the liability should (subject to (b)) be credited directly to revaluation surplus in the owners’
interest, except that it should be recognised in the statement of profit and loss to the extent that it reverses
a revaluation deficit on the asset that was previously recognised in the statement of profit and loss;
(ii) an increase in the liability should be recognised in the statement of profit and loss, except that it should
be debited directly to revaluation surplus in the owners’ interest to the extent of any credit balance
existing in the revaluation surplus in respect of that asset.
(b) in the event that a decrease in the liability exceeds the carrying amount that would have been recognised had
the asset been carried under the cost model, the excess should be recognised immediately in the statement of
profit and loss.
(c) a change in the liability is an indication that the asset may have to be revalued in order to ensure that the
carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the
balance sheet date. Any such revaluation should be taken into account in determining the amounts to be
taken to the statement of profit and loss and the owners’ interest under (a). If a revaluation is necessary, all
assets of that class should be revalued.
The adjusted depreciable amount of the asset is depreciated over its useful life. Therefore, once the related asset
has reached the end of its useful life, all subsequent changes in the liability should be recognised in the Statement
of Profit and Loss as they occur. This applies under both the cost model and the revaluation model.
Compensation for Impairment

Compensation from third parties for items of property, plant and equipment that were impaired, lost or given up
should be included in the Statement of Profit and Loss when the compensation becomes receivable.
Retirements
Items of property, plant and equipment retired from active use and held for disposal should be stated at the lower
of their carrying amount and net realisable value. Any write-down in this regard should be recognised immediately
in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Derecognition
The carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment should be derecognized:
(a) on disposal; or
(b) when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.
Gain or loss arising from the derecognition: The gain or loss arising from the derecognition of an item of
property, plant and equipment should be determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any,
and the carrying amount of the item. Such gain or loss should be included in the Statement of Profit and Loss when
the item is derecognised (unless AS 19, Leases, requires otherwise on a sale and leaseback). It is to be noted that
such gains should not be classified as revenue as per AS 9, Revenue Recognition. However, an enterprise that in the
course of its ordinary activities, routinely sells items of property, plant and equipment that it had held for rental to
others should transfer such assets to inventories at their carrying amount when they cease to be rented and become
held for sale. The proceeds from the sale of such assets should be recognised in revenue in accordance with AS 9,
Revenue Recognition.
Disclosure
The financial statements should disclose, for each class of property, plant and equipment:
(a) the measurement bases (i.e., cost model or revaluation model) used for determining the gross carrying
amount;
(b) the depreciation methods used;
(c) the useful lives or the depreciation rates used. In case the useful lives or the depreciation rates used are
different from those specified in the statute governing the enterprise, it should make a specific mention of
that fact;
(d) the gross carrying amount and the accumulated depreciation (aggregated with accumulated impairment
losses) at the beginning and end of the period; and
(e) a reconciliation of the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period showing:
(i) additions;
(ii) assets retired from active use and held for disposal;
(iii) acquisitions through business combinations ;
(iv) increases or decreases resulting from revaluations under paragraphs 34, 42 and 43 and from impairment
losses recognised or reversed directly in revaluation surplus in accordance with AS 28;
(v) impairment losses recognised in the statement of profit and loss in accordance with AS 28;
(vi) impairment losses reversed in the Statement of Profit and Loss in accordance with AS 28;
(vii) depreciation;
(viii) the net exchange differences arising on the translation of the financial statements of a non-integral
foreign operation in accordance with AS 11, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates; and
(ix) other changes.
The financial statements should also disclose:
(a) the existence and amounts of restrictions on title, and property, plant and equipment pledged as security
for liabilities;
(b) the amount of expenditure recognised in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment
in the course of its construction;

(c) the amount of contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment;
(d) if it is not disclosed separately on the face of the Statement of Profit and Loss, the amount of compensation
from third parties for items of property, plant and equipment that were impaired, lost or given up that is
included in the Statement of Profit and Loss; and
(e) the amount of assets retired from active use and held for disposal.
If items of property, plant and equipment are stated at revalued amounts, the following should be disclosed:
(a) the effective date of the revaluation;
(b) whether an independent valuer was involved;
(c) the methods and significant assumptions applied in estimating fair values of the items;
(d) the extent to which fair values of the items were determined directly by reference to observable prices
in an active market or recent market transactions on arm’s length terms or were estimated using other
valuation techniques; and
(e) the revaluation surplus, indicating the change for the period and any restrictions on the distribution of
the balance to shareholders.
Further, an enterprise is encouraged to disclose the following: (a) the carrying amount of temporarily idle
property, plant and equipment; (b) the gross carrying amount of any fully depreciated property, plant and
equipment that is still in use; (c) for each revalued class of property, plant and equipment, the carrying
amount that would have been recognised had the assets been carried under the cost model; (d) the carrying
amount of property, plant and equipment retired from active use and not held for disposal.
Transitional Provisions
Where an entity has in past recognized an expenditure in the Statement of Profit and Loss which is eligible
to be included as a part of the cost of a project for construction of property, plant and equipment, it may do
so retrospectively for such a project. The effect of such retrospective application of this requirement, should be
recognised net-of-tax in revenue reserves.
The requirements regarding the initial measurement of an item of property, plant and equipment acquired in an
exchange of assets transaction should be applied prospectively only to transactions entered into after this Standard
becomes mandatory.
The requirements of this Standard concerning separate depreciation of parts of an item of property, plant and
equipment and concerning capitalisation of cost of replacing such parts are applicable in respect of items of
property, plant and equipment on the date this standard becomes mandatory. The effect of application of this
requirement insofar as change in useful life of various parts is concerned, should be accounted for in accordance
with the standard except that where a part does not have any remaining useful life, the carrying amount of the part,
if any, should be recognised net-of-tax in the opening balance of revenue reserves.
On the date of this Standard becoming mandatory, the spare parts, which hitherto were being treated as inventory
under AS 2, Valuation of Inventories, and are now required to be capitalised in accordance with the requirements
of this Standard, should be capitalised at their respective carrying amounts. The spare parts so capitalised should be
depreciated over their remaining useful lives prospectively as per the requirements of this Standard.
The requirements regarding the revaluation model should be applied prospectively. In case, on the date of this
Standard becoming mandatory, an enterprise does not adopt the revaluation model as its accounting policy but
the carrying amount of item(s) of property, plant and equipment reflects any previous revaluation it should adjust
the amount outstanding in the revaluation reserve against the carrying amount of that item. However, the carrying
amount of that item should never be less than residual value. Any excess of the amount outstanding as revaluation
reserve over the carrying amount of that item should be adjusted in revenue reserves.

Comparative Provisions under Ind AS 16 and AS 10

Presently, in India, Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 16 Property, Plant, and Equipment deal with this issue.
Ind AS 16 differs from AS 10, with respect to the following points:
Ind AS 16 AS 10
Does not exclude accounting for real estate developers. Excludes the accounting for real estate developers
Specific recognition criteria for recognition of fixed No recognition criteria for fixed assets are laid out.
assets are laid out.
Components approach is followed. Does not require adoption of components approach.
Requires organisation to choose Cost model or Recognises the revaluation of fixed assets.
Revaluation model.
Change in method of depreciation is considered as a No specific guidance provided.
change in accounting estimate.
Does not deal with jointly owned assets. Deals with fixed assets that are owned jointly with
others.
Doesn’t deal with assets held for sale. Deals with fixed assets that have been put up for sale
and that have been retired from active use.
Additional costs incurred in construction of self- No specific guidance provided.
generated asset should not be considered.
Revaluation Surplus may be transferred to retained Guidance note provides recycling to income statement
earnings on derecognition of asset. in the ratio of additional depreciation.
Gain on derecognition should be considered as No specific guidance provided.
Revenue.
PPE acquired in exchange of non-monetary asset is PPE acquired in exchange is to be recorded at net
recognised at fair value. book value of asset given up.
Illustration 5
Machineries which appeared in the books of Dee Ltd. at ` 86,00,000 has been revalued at ` 90,00,000. The
accumulated depreciation associated was ` 28,00,000. The accountant suggested that revaluation should be
accounted for by adjusting accumulated depreciation account. You are required to discuss the treatment as per
AS 10.
Solution:
The suggestion of the accountant of Dee Ltd. is incorrect. As per AS 10, when fixed assets are revalued upwards,
the increase on account of revaluation should be credited to Revaluation Surplus Account.
Illustration 6
Jay Ltd., a chemical producing company changed a semi-automatic component in an existing machine with
a fully-automatic component incurring ` 85,000. This new component would result in increasing the output by
150%. The component changing exercise required the company to dismantle a part of the machine and also re-erect
the same for which the company incurred ` 38,000. How should the costs be treated as per AS 10?

Solution:
Cost of new component: As the new component results in increased output, it would result in increasing the
future benefits from the machine. So, the cost incurred ` 85,000 should be capitalised.
Cost of dismantling and re-erection: ` 38,000 incurred towards dismantling and re-erection should be charged
to the Statement of Profit and Loss.
9.2.3 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rate (AS 11)

This accounting standard deals with the reporting of foreign exchange transactions in the financial statements of
an organisation.
Objective
An enterprise may carry on activities involving foreign exchange in two ways. Firstly, it may have transactions in
foreign currencies, and secondly, it may have foreign operations. For these purposes, transactions must be expressed
in the enterprise’s reporting currency and the financial statements of foreign operations must be translated into the
enterprise’s reporting currency.
The principal issues in accounting for foreign currency transactions and foreign operations are to decide
which exchange rate to use and how to recognise in the financial statements the financial effect of changes in
exchange rates.
Scope
AS 11 deals with:
~~ Accounting for transactions in foreign currencies;
~~ Translating financial statements of foreign operations to reporting currency; and
~~ Accounting for foreign currency transactions in the nature of forward exchange contracts.
The standard however does not cover the following issues:
~~ It does not specify the currency in which an enterprise should presents its financial statements;
~~ Restatement of an enterprise’s financial statements from its reporting currency into another currency;
~~ Presentation in cash flow statements, of cash flows arising from transactions in foreign currency and
translation of cash flows of a foreign operation (AS 3 Cash Flow Statements); and
~~ Exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent they are regarded as adjustment
to interest costs (AS 16 Borrowing costs).
Definitions
Average rate is the mean of the exchange rates in force during a period.
Closing rate is the exchange rate at the balance sheet date.
Exchange difference is the difference resulting from reporting the same number of units of a foreign currency in
the reporting currency at different exchange rates.
Exchange rate is the ratio for exchange of two currencies.
Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable,
willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

Foreign currency is a currency other than the reporting currency of an enterprise.

Foreign operation is a subsidiary , associate, joint venture or branch of the reporting enterprise, the activities of
which are based or conducted in a country other than the country of the reporting enterprise.
Forward exchange contract means an agreement to exchange different currencies at a forward rate.
Forward rate is the specified exchange rate for exchange of two currencies at a specified future date.
Integral foreign operation is a foreign operation, the activities of which are an integral part of those of the
reporting enterprise.
Monetary items are money held and assets and liabilities to be received or paid in fixed or determinable amounts
of money. Cash, receivables, and payables are examples of monetary items.
Net investment in a non-integral foreign operation is the reporting enterprise’s share in the net assets of that
operation.
Non-integral foreign operation is a foreign operation that is not an integral foreign operation.
Non-monetary items are assets and liabilities other than monetary items. Fixed assets, inventories, and
investments in equity shares are examples of non-monetary items.
Reporting currency is the currency used in presenting the financial statements.
Foreign Currency Transactions

Meaning:
A foreign currency transaction is a transaction which is denominated in or requires settlement in a foreign
currency, including transactions arising when an enterprise either:
(a) buys or sells goods or services whose price is denominated in a foreign currency;
(b) borrows or lends funds when the amounts payable or receivable are denominated in a foreign currency;
(c) becomes a party to an unperformed forward exchange contract; or
(d) otherwise acquires or disposes of assets, or incurs or settles liabilities, denominated in a foreign currency.
Initial Recognition:
A foreign currency transaction should be recorded, on initial recognition in the reporting currency, by applying
to the foreign currency amount the exchange rate between the reporting currency and the foreign currency at the
date of the transaction. For practical reasons, a rate that approximates the actual rate at the date of the transaction
is often used. Eg: An average rate for a week or a month might be used for all transactions in each foreign currency
occurring during that period.
Reporting at Subsequent Balance Sheet Dates:

At each balance sheet date:
(a) Foreign currency monetary items: Such items should be reported using the closing rate. However, in
certain circumstances, the closing rate may not reflect with reasonable accuracy the amount in reporting
currency that is likely to be realised from, or required to disburse, a foreign currency monetary item at the
balance sheet date, e.g., where there are restrictions on remittances or where the closing rate is unrealistic
and it is not possible to effect an exchange of currencies at that rate at the balance sheet date. In such
circumstances, the relevant monetary item should be reported in the reporting currency at the amount which
is likely to be realised from, or required to disburse, such item at the balance sheet date;

(b) Foreign currency non-monetary items at historical cost: Such items which are carried in terms of
historical cost denominated in a foreign currency should be reported using the exchange rate at the date of
the transaction; and
(c) Foreign currency non-monetary items at fair value etc.: Such items which are carried at fair value or
other similar valuation denominated in a foreign currency should be reported using the exchange rates that
existed when the values were determined.
Recognition of Exchange Differences

An exchange difference results when there is a change in the exchange rate between the transaction date and the
date of settlement of any monetary items arising from a foreign currency transaction.
Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on reporting an enterprise’s monetary
items at rates different from those at which they were initially recorded during the period, or reported in previous
financial statements, should be recognised as income or as expenses in the period in which they arise. However,
exchange differences arising on a monetary item that, in substance, forms part of an enterprise’s net investment in a
non-integral foreign operation should be accumulated in a Foreign Currency Translation Reserve in the enterprise’s
financial statements until the disposal of the net investment, at which time they should be recognised as income or
as expenses. Such monetary items may include long-term receivables or loans but do not include trade receivables
or trade payables.
When the transaction is settled within the same accounting period as that in which it occurred, all the exchange
difference is recognised in that period. However, when the transaction is settled in a subsequent accounting period,
the exchange difference recognised in each intervening period up to the period of settlement is determined by the
change in exchange rates during that period.
Translation of Financial Statements of Foreign Operations

Classification of Foreign Operations: Foreign operations are classified as either “integral foreign operations”
or “non-integral foreign operations”. The method used to translate the financial statements of a foreign operation
depends on the way in which it is financed and operates in relation to the reporting enterprise.
Integral foreign operations: A foreign operation that is integral to the operations of the reporting enterprise
carries on its business as if it were an extension of the reporting enterprise’s operations. For example, such a
foreign operation might only sell goods imported from the reporting enterprise and remit the proceeds to the
reporting enterprise. In such cases, a change in the exchange rate between the reporting currency and the currency
in the country of foreign operation has an almost immediate effect on the reporting enterprise’s cash flow from
operations. Therefore, the change in the exchange rate affects the individual monetary items held by the foreign
operation rather than the reporting enterprise’s net investment in that operation.
Non-integral foreign operations: A non-integral foreign operation accumulates cash and other monetary items,
incurs expenses, generates income and arranges borrowings, all substantially in its local currency. It may also
enter into transactions in foreign currencies, including transactions in the reporting currency. When there is a
change in the exchange rate between the reporting currency and the local currency, there is little or no direct
effect on the present and future cash flows from operations of either the non-integral foreign operation or the
reporting enterprise. The change in the exchange rate affects the reporting enterprise’s net investment in the non-
integral foreign operation rather than the individual monetary and non-monetary items held by the non-integral
foreign operation.
Factors indicating that a foreign operation is a non-integral foreign operation: The following are indications
that a foreign operation is a non-integral foreign operation rather than an integral foreign operation:
(a) while the reporting enterprise may control the foreign operation, the activities of the foreign operation are
carried out with a significant degree of autonomy from those of the reporting enterprise;

(b) transactions with the reporting enterprise are not a high proportion of the foreign operation’s activities;
(c) the activities of the foreign operation are financed mainly from its own operations or local borrowings rather
than from the reporting enterprise;
(d) costs of labour, material and other components of the foreign operation’s products or services are primarily
paid or settled in the local currency rather than in the reporting currency;
(e) the foreign operation’s sales are mainly in currencies other than the reporting currency;
(f) cash flows of the reporting enterprise are insulated from the day-to-day activities of the foreign operation
rather than being directly affected by the activities of the foreign operation;
(g) sales prices for the foreign operation’s products are not primarily responsive on a short-term basis to changes
in exchange rates but are determined more by local competition or local government regulation; and
(h) there is an active local sales market for the foreign operation’s products, although there also might be
significant amounts of exports. However, it is to be noted that the appropriate classification for each operation
can, in principle, be established from factual information related to the above-mentioned indicators.
Translation of financial statements of an integral foreign operation: As Integral foreign operation is an
extension to the reporting entity’s business, there is a need to convert all the items of financial statements as if they
are of the reporting entity. For converting financial statements of integral foreign operations, the rate should be
taken as follows:
~~ For Monetary items and Contingent liabilities: Closing rate.
~~ For Profit and Loss items: Rate on date of transaction or Average rate.
~~ For Non monetary items, if carrying value is measured at Historical Cost then no need to revalue. If carrying
value is measured at Fair value/NRV – Rate on date of Valuation is used.
Translation of Financial Statements of Non-integral Foreign Operations

In translating the financial statements of a non-integral foreign operation for incorporation in its financial
statements, the reporting enterprise should use the following procedures:
(a) the assets and liabilities, both monetary and non-monetary, of the non-integral foreign operation should be
translated at the closing rate;
(b) income and expense items of the non-integral foreign operation should be translated at exchange rates at the
dates of the transactions; and
(c) all resulting exchange differences should be accumulated in a foreign currency translation reserve until the
disposal of the net investment.
Disposal of a Non-integral Foreign Operation

An enterprise may dispose of its interest in a non-integral foreign operation through sale, liquidation, repayment
of share capital, or abandonment of all, or part of, that operation. On the disposal of a non-integral foreign operation,
the cumulative amount of the exchange differences which have been deferred and which relate to that operation
should be recognised as income or as expenses.
Change in the Classification of a Foreign Operation

When there is a change in the classification of a foreign operation, the translation procedures applicable to the
revised classification should be applied from the date of the change in the classification.
Forward Exchange Contracts

An enterprise may enter into a forward exchange contract or another financial instrument that is in substance a

forward exchange contract, which is not intended for trading or speculation purposes, to establish the amount of
the reporting currency required or available at the settlement date of a transaction. The premium or discount arising
at the inception of such a forward exchange contract should be amortised as expense or income over the life of the
contract. Exchange differences on such a contract should be recognised in the statement of profit and loss in the
reporting period in which the exchange rates change. Any profit or loss arising on cancellation or renewal of such
a forward exchange contract should be recognised as income or as expense for the period.
A gain or loss on a forward exchange contract to which paragraph 36 does not apply should be computed by
multiplying the foreign currency amount of the forward exchange contract by the difference between the forward
rate available at the reporting date for the remaining maturity of the contract and the contracted forward rate (or the
forward rate last used to measure a gain or loss on that contract for an earlier period). The gain or loss so computed
should be recognised in the statement of profit and loss for the period. The premium or discount on the forward
exchange contract is not recognised separately.
Disclosure
An enterprise should disclose:
(a) the amount of exchange differences included in the net profit or loss for the period; and
(b) net exchange differences accumulated in foreign currency translation reserve as a separate component of
shareholders’ funds, and a reconciliation of the amount of such exchange differences at the beginning and
end of the period.
When the reporting currency is different from the currency of the country in which the enterprise is domiciled,
the reason for using a different currency should be disclosed. The reason for any change in the reporting currency
should also be disclosed.
When there is a change in the classification of a significant foreign operation, an enterprise should disclose:
(a) the nature of the change in classification;
(b) the reason for the change;
(c) the impact of the change in classification on shareholders’ funds; and
(d) the impact on net profit or loss for each prior period presented had the change in classification occurred at
the beginning of the earliest period presented.
Transitional Provisions
On the first time application of this Standard, if a foreign branch is classified as a non-integral foreign operation
in accordance with the requirements of this Standard, the accounting treatment as prescribed in respect of change
in the classification of a foreign operation should be applied.
Comparative Provisions between AS 11 and Ind AS 21

Presently, in India, Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 21 The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates deal
with the same issue. Ind AS 11 differs from AS 21, with respect to the following points:
Ind AS 21 AS 11
Forward exchange contracts are not covered. Forward exchange contracts are included within its
scope.

Ind AS 21 AS 11
Accounting of foreign operations is based on Accounting of foreign operations is based on integral
functional currency approach. and non-integral approach.
No specific guidance provided. Option to recognise exchange difference arising on
translation of certain long-term monetary items over
the period is available.
Presentation currency could be different from the local No such specification provided.
currency.
Illustration 7
During the financial year 2021-22, Zeds Ltd., an e-commerce firm entered into a foreign currency transaction
relating to fees for technical services paid to a Lucas Ltd., an Atlanta based organisation in the USA. The transaction
was for $24,000, which was entered into on 07.12.2021. The payment for the same was made on 20.05.2022. Given
that the exchange rates are: on 07.12.2021: $1 = ` 68.80; on 01.01.2021: $1 = ` 68.95; on 31.03.2022: $1 = ` 70.45;
on 20.05.2022: $1 = ` 71.50.
(a) ascertain the amount at which the transaction would get recognised in the books; and
(b) calculate amount of foreign exchange gain/ loss to be recorded in the financial statement for the years 2021-
22 and 2022-23.
Solution:
(a) As per AS 11, a foreign currency transaction should be recorded, on initial recognition in the reporting
currency, by applying to the foreign currency amount the exchange rate between the reporting currency and
the foreign currency at the date of the transaction.
⸫ Fees for technical services $24,000 would be recorded on 07.12.2021 applying the exchange rate existing
on that date = 24,000 × ` 68.80 = ` 16,51,200.
(b) For 2021-22:
On 31.03.2022, Outstanding fess for technical services should be reflected in the balance sheet using the
closing rate ($1 = ` 70.45) i.e. 24,000 × ` 70.45 = ` 16,90,800.
⸫ Exchange loss to be charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss = ` (16,90,800 – 16,51,200) = ` 39,600.
For 2022-23:
On 20.05.2022, Outstanding fess for technical services paid should be recognised using the existing rate ($1
= ` 71.50) i.e. 24,000 × ` 71.50 = ` 17,16,000.
⸫ Exchange loss on settlement to be charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss = ` (17,16,000 – 16,90,800)
= ` 25,200.
Illustration 8
Subhash Ltd. purchased a machine costing ` 216 lakhs on 1.4.2021 and the same was fully financed by foreign
currency loan (US $) payable in three annual equal instalments. Exchange rates were $1 = ` 67.50 and ` 70.45 as
on 1.4.2021 and 31.03.2022 respectively. First instalment was paid on 31.03.2022. The entire difference in foreign
exchange has been capitalized. Advice how the exchange gain/ loss should be accounted for by the company.

Solution:
Cost of machine (in US$) = ` 216,00,000/ 67.50 = $3,20,000.
⸫ Exchange loss on payment of first instalment = 3,20,000 × ` (70.45 – 67.50) = ` 9,44,000.
This entire loss due to exchange differences amounting ` 9,44,000 should be charged to the Statement of Profit
and Loss.
9.2.4 Accounting for Government Grants (AS 12)

Governments across the world provide different forms of incentives and grants to various organisations which
undertake activities that are of importance to the country. The grants received from the government are in various
forms such as subsidy, incentives, duty drawbacks among others. Accounting Standard 12 deals with accounting
for government grants.
However, this Standard does not deal with:
1. the special problems arising in accounting for government grants in financial statements reflecting the effects
of changing prices or in supplementary information of a similar nature;
2. government assistance other than in the form of government grants;
3. government participation in the ownership of the enterprise.
Definitions
Government refers to government, government agencies and similar bodies whether local, national or
international.
Government grants are assistance by government in cash or kind to an enterprise for past or future compliance
with certain conditions. They exclude those forms of government assistance which cannot reasonably have a
value placed upon them and transactions with government which cannot be distinguished from the normal trading
transactions of the enterprise.
Recognition
Government grants should not be recognised until there is reasonable assurance that:
(i) the enterprise will comply with the conditions attached to them; and
(ii) the grants will be received.
Mere receipt of a grant is not necessarily a conclusive evidence that conditions attaching to the grant have been
or will be fulfilled.
Methods of accounting for Government Grants

There are two broad approaches which can be adopted for the accounting treatment of government grants. They are:
1. Capital approach; and
2. Income approach.
It is generally considered appropriate that accounting for government grant should be based on the nature of the
relevant grant. Grants which have the characteristics similar to those of promoters’ contribution should be treated
under Capital approach, whereas Income approach is considered more appropriate in the case of other grants.

Capital approach: Under this approach, a grant is treated as part of shareholders’ funds. This approach is
followed because many government grants are in the nature of promoters’ contribution, i.e., they are given with
reference to the total investment in an undertaking or by way of contribution towards its total capital outlay and
no repayment is ordinarily expected in the case of such grants. These are credited directly to shareholders’ funds.
Income approach: Under this approach, a grant is considered to be an item of income over one or more periods.
This approach is followed when the government grants are not gratuitous in nature. The enterprise earns them
through compliance with their conditions and meeting the envisaged obligations. They should therefore be taken to
income and matched with the associated costs which the grant is intended to compensate.
Non-monetary Government Grants

Government grants may take the form of non-monetary assets, such as land or other resources, given at
concessional rates. In these circumstances, it is usual to account for such assets at their acquisition cost. Non-
monetary assets given free of cost are to be recorded at a nominal value.
Presentation of Government Grants in Financial Statements

Presentation of Grants Related to Specific Fixed Assets:
The primary condition of government grants related to specific fixed assets is that an enterprise qualifying for
them should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire such assets. Other conditions may also be attached restricting
the type or location of the assets or the periods during which they are to be acquired or held.
Two methods of presentation of grants (or the appropriate portions of grants) related to specific fixed assets are
regarded as acceptable alternatives:
First method: The grant is shown as a deduction from the gross value of the asset concerned in arriving at its
book value. The grant is thus recognised in the profit and loss statement over the useful life of a depreciable asset by
way of a reduced depreciation. Where the whole, or virtually the whole, of the cost of the asset, the asset is shown
in the balance sheet at a nominal value.
Second method: Grants related to depreciable assets are treated as deferred income which is recognised in
the profit and loss statement on a systematic and rational basis over the useful life of the asset. Such allocation to
income is usually made over the periods and in the proportions in which depreciation on related assets is charged.
Grants related to non-depreciable assets are credited to capital reserve as there is usually no charge to income
in respect of such assets. However, if a grant related to a non-depreciable asset requires the fulfillment of certain
obligations, the grant is credited to income over the same period over which the cost of meeting such obligations
is charged to income. The deferred income is suitably disclosed in the balance sheet pending its apportionment to
profit and loss account. For example, in the case of a company, it is shown after ‘Reserves and Surplus’ but before
‘Secured Loans’.
Presentation of Grants Related to Revenue: Grants related to revenue are sometimes presented as a credit in
the profit and loss statement, either separately or under a general heading such as ‘Other Income’. Alternatively,
they are deducted in reporting the related expense.
Presentation of Grants of the nature of Promoters’ contribution: Where the government grants are of the
nature of promoters’ contribution, and no repayment is ordinarily expected in respect thereof, the grants are treated
as capital reserve which can be neither distributed as dividend nor considered as deferred income.
Refund of Government Grants

Government grants sometimes become refundable because certain conditions do not get fulfilled. A government
grant that becomes refundable is treated as an extraordinary item (and treated accordingly as per AS 5).

Treatment of refund of government grant depends on the nature of grant recvd. These are discussed hereunder:
Refund of government grant is in the nature of promoters’ contribution: The amount refundable, in part or
in full, to the government on non-fulfillment of some specified conditions, the relevant amount recoverable by the
government is reduced from the capital reserve.
Refund of government grant is related to revenue: The amount refundable is applied first against any
unamortised deferred credit remaining in respect of the grant. To the extent that the amount refundable exceeds
any such deferred credit, or where no deferred credit exists, the amount is charged immediately to profit and
loss statement.
Refund of government grant is related to specific fixed asset: The amount refundable is recorded by increasing
the book value of the asset or by reducing the capital reserve or the deferred income balance, as appropriate, by
the amount refundable. In case the book value of the asset is increased, depreciation is provided on the revised
book value.
Disclosure
The following should be disclosed:
(i) the accounting policy adopted for government grants, including the methods of presentation in the financial
statements;
(ii) the nature and extent of government grants recognised in the financial statements, including grants of non-
monetary assets given at a concessional rate or free of cost.

Presently, in India, Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 20 Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure
of Government Assistance deal with the issue of government grants. Ind AS 20 differs from AS 12, with respect to
the following points:
Ind AS 20 AS 12
Disclosure required in financial statements with No specific guidance as does not deal with other forms
indication on other forms of government assistance of government assistance
received
Government grants in the nature of capital contribution Government grants as capital contribution are
are not recognized specifically recognized
Prohibition of recognition of grants directly to the Grants for non-depreciable assets are required to be
shareholder’s fund shown as a capital reserve under shareholder’s funds
Recognition of non-monetary grants at fair value Recognition of non-monetary grants at acquisition
cost or nominal value
No option to deduct the amount of grant from the book Optional to deduct the amount of grant from the book
value of the asset. value of the asset.
Illustration 9
Dee Ltd. received ` 80,00,000 from the Central Government as subsidy for setting up a factory in a backward
area. How would you treat the transaction in the financial statement of the company?

Solution:
When government grants are in the nature of promoters’ contribution, i.e., they are given with reference to the
total investment in an undertaking or by way of contribution towards its total capital outlay and no repayment is
ordinarily expected in the case of such grants. These are credited directly to shareholders’ funds. So, Dee Ltd.
should credit the amount of ` 80,00,000 to capital reserve and the same would get reflected in the Balance Sheet.
Illustration 10
Big Box Ltd., a start-up purchased on April 1, 2020, a machine worth ` 44,85,000 in relation to which it received
` 7,35,000 as grant from Government of India. The company decided to treat this grant as a capital receipt. It
is estimated that the realizable value of the machine at the end of its useful life of 4 years will be ` 15,36,000.
During the financial year 2022-23, the grant became refundable as the start-up company failed to comply with the
necessary terms and conditions of the grant.
You are required to calculate the amount of depreciation that is to be charged to the statement of profit and loss
for the years 2022-23 and 2023-24 given that the company follows straight line method of charging depreciation.
Solution:
As per AS 12, the amount refundable in respect of government grant is related to specific fixed asset is recorded
by increasing the book value of the asset or by reducing the capital reserve or the deferred income balance, as
appropriate, by the amount refundable. In case the book value of the asset is increased, depreciation is provided on
the revised book value.
Calculation of Depreciation for the years 2022-23 and 2023-24 ` ’000
Cost of machine on 01.01.2020 4,485

Less: Grant from Government of India 735
Net cost of machine 3,750
Estimated useful life 4 years
3, 750 1, 536 553.5

Depreciation p.a. under straight line method
4
Depreciation charged during 2020-21 and 2021-22 [553.5 × 2] 1,107

Book value of machine on 01.04.2022 [3,750 – 1,107] 2,643
Add: Refund of government grant during 2022-23 735
Revised Book value of machine 3,378
Remaining useful life of machine 2 years
921
Revised depreciation p.a. 3, 378 1, 536

2
9.2.5 Borrowing Costs (AS 16)

An entity shall apply this Standard in accounting for borrowing costs. The Standard does not deal with the actual
or imputed cost of equity, including preferred capital not classified as a liability. Further, an entity is not required to

apply the Standard to borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of:
(a) a qualifying asset measured at fair value, for example, a biological asset; or
(b) inventories that are manufactured, or otherwise produced, in large quantities on a repetitive basis.
Definitions
This Standard uses the following terms with the meanings specified:
Borrowing costs are interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.
A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use
or sale.
‘Substantial Period of time’ w.r.t Qualifying Asset

What constitutes a substantial period of time primarily depends on the facts and circumstances of each case.
Ordinarily, a period of twelve months is considered as substantial period of time unless a shorter or longer period
can be justified on the basis of facts and circumstances of the case. In estimating the period, time which an asset
takes, technologically and commercially, to get it ready for its intended use or sale is considered.
Examples of Qualifying Assets

Qualifying assets include manufacturing plants, power generation facilities, inventories that require a substantial
period of time to bring them to a saleable condition, and investment properties.
Other investments, and those inventories that are routinely manufactured or otherwise produced in large quantities
on a repetitive basis over a short period of time, are not qualifying assets. Assets that are ready for their intended
use or sale when acquired also are not qualifying assets.
Inclusions in Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs may include:
(a) interest and commitment charges on bank borrowings and other short-term and long-term borrowings;
(b) amortisation of discounts or premiums relating to borrowings;
(c) amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of borrowings;
(d) finance charges in respect of assets acquired under finance leases or under other similar arrangements; and
(e) exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an
adjustment to interest costs.
Borrowing Cost and Exchange differences arising from Foreign Currency Borrowings
Exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings and considered as borrowing costs are those
exchange differences which arise on the amount of principal of the foreign currency borrowings to the extent of
the difference between interest on local currency borrowings and interest on foreign currency borrowings. Thus,
the amount of exchange difference not exceeding the difference between interest on local currency borrowings and
interest on foreign currency borrowings is considered as borrowings costs to be accounted for under this Standard
and the remaining exchange difference, if any, is accounted for under AS 11, The Effects of Changes in Foreign
Exchange Rates. For this purpose, the interest rate for the local currency borrowings is considered as that rate at
which the enterprise would have raised the borrowings locally had the enterprise not decided to raise the foreign
currency borrowings.

Recognition of Borrowing Costs

The borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a
qualifying asset are those borrowing costs that would have been avoided if the expenditure on the qualifying asset
had not been made. Such borrowing costs should be capitalised as part of the cost of that asset. The amount of
borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation should be determined in accordance with this Standard.
Other borrowing costs should be recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.
Capitalisation of Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs are capitalised as part of the cost of a qualifying asset when it is probable that they will result in
future economic benefits to the enterprise and the costs can be measured reliably. For the purpose of capitalisation,
borrowings can be considered to be of two broad types:
1. Specific Borrowing: To the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a
qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation on that asset should be determined
as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any income on the temporary
investment of those borrowings. At times it may be difficult to identify a direct relationship between particular
borrowings and a qualifying asset and to determine the borrowings that could otherwise have been avoided,
and in that case the exercise of judgement is required.
2. General borrowing: To the extent that funds are borrowed generally and used for the purpose of obtaining a
qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation should be determined by applying
a capitalisation rate to the expenditure on that asset. The capitalisation rate should be the weighted average
of the borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the enterprise that are outstanding during the period,
other than borrowings made specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset. The amount of
borrowing costs capitalised during a period should not exceed the amount of borrowing costs incurred during
that period.
Commencement, Suspension and Cessation of capitalisation of Borrowing Costs

As per AS – 16, there are three situations arise in relation to capitalization of borrowing costs – Commencement
of Capitalisation of Borrowing Costs, Suspension of Capitalisation of Borrowing Costs, and Cessation of
Capitalisation of Borrowing Costs. These are discussed hereunder:
Commencement of capitalisation of Borrowing Costs

The capitalisation of borrowing costs as part of the cost of a qualifying asset should commence when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
(a) expenditure for the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset is being incurred;
(b) borrowing costs are being incurred; and
(c) activities that are necessary to prepare the asset for its intended use or sale are in progress.
Suspension of capitalisation of Borrowing Costs

Capitalisation of borrowing costs should be suspended during extended periods in which active development
is interrupted. However, capitalisation of borrowing costs is also not suspended when a temporary delay is a
necessary part of the process of getting an asset ready for its intended use or sale. Borrowing cost which are related
to the suspension period should be treated as an expense and transferred to P/L A/c.

Cessation of capitalisation of Borrowing Costs

Capitalisation of borrowing costs should cease when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the
qualifying asset for its intended use or sale are complete. When the construction of a qualifying asset is completed
in parts and a completed part is capable of being used while construction continues for the other parts, capitalisation
of borrowing costs in relation to a part should cease when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare that
part for its intended use or sale are complete.
Disclosure
The financial statements should disclose:
(a) the accounting policy adopted for borrowing costs; and
(b) the amount of borrowing costs capitalised during the period; and

Presently, in India, Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 23 Borrowing Costs deal with this issue. Ind AS 23
differs from AS 16, with respect to the following points:
Ind AS 23 AS 16
Qualifying Assets will never Include Biological Qualifying Assets may Include Biological Assets.
Assets.
No specific definition and explanation on the Specific definition and explanation on the
understanding of substantial period of time has been understanding of substantial period of time is provided.
provided; rather, it is a matter of judgement.
Inventories which are produced in large quantities Inventories may be considered as Qualifying assets if
should not be considered as Qualifying Assets. It condition of substantial period is satisfied.
implies that Inventories which are produced in lower
quantity only can be considered as Qualifying assets.
interest expense which is capitalized or not capitalized Disclosure is required to be made only if capitalization
during the period should be disclosed separately of borrowing cost has been made during the period.
Borrowing costs in hyper-inflationary situation is Inflation in interest rate is not addressed.
addressed. If interest cost increase due to hyper
inflationary situation then the increase in Interest cost
should be written off in income statement.
Weighted Average capitalisation rate on borrowings No specific guidance provided.
should be disclosed in Notes to accounts.
In consolidated financial statements, weighted average No specific guidance provided.
capitalisation rate on total borrowing of Holding &
subsidiaries is to be considered.
Illustration 11
T&L Ltd. is a large construction company which is presently involved in the construction of a railway bridge
over the Ganga river at Patna. The project cost is ` 125 crores, 40% of which is financed by borrowing from Asian
Development Bank at an interest of 3%. There has been a delay in the completion of the project, and the project

manager of the railway bridge construction site has identified that delay construction of the railway bridge has
happened due to high water levels during the monsoon months of July to September. Ms. Sonali Mathur, the
accountant of T&L Co. has not suspended the capitalisation of the borrowing cost and reflected the same in the
cost of the qualifying asset.
You are required to comment on the treatment
Solution:
In this case, the work got suspended due to temporary delay which is a necessary part of the construction
process. Capitalisation of borrowing cost would continue during the extended period during which high water
levels delay construction of the railway bridge, as such high water levels are common during the monsoon period
in the geographic region involved.
So, the treatment done by Ms. Mathur, the company accountant is correct.
Illustration 12
On 14.08.2021, Pushkar Ltd. obtained a loan from RBC Bank of ` 65 lakhs to be utilised as under:
Purchase of equipment: ` 19,50,000;
Construction of factory shed: ` 26,00,000;
Advance for purchase of delivery vehicle: ` 6,50,000;
Working capital: ` 13,00,000.
In March, 2022 installation of the machinery was completed and also construction of factory shed was completed
and the machinery installed. However, the truck was not delivered within 31.03.2022. Total interest charged by
the bank for the year ending 31.3.2004 was ` 11.70 lakhs. Discuss how the interest amount would be treated in the
financial statements of the company as per AS 16.
Solution:
In this case, only the factory shed is a Qualifying Asset (QA) as per AS 16. The amount of interest on borrowings
and its treatment is presented below:
Nature of Interest Interest charged to

Particulars
asset capitalised Income Statement
Purchase of equipment Not a QA 3,51,000
[11.7 × 19.5/65]
Construction of factory shed QA 4,68,000
[11.7 × 26/65]
Advance for purchase of delivery vehicle Not a QA 1,17,000
[11.7 × 6.5/65]
Working capital Not a QA 2,34,000
[11.7 × 13/65]
Total 4,68,000 7,02,000

9.2.6 Accounting for Taxes on Income (AS 22)

The operating results ascertained by drafting financial statements seldom match with the taxable profits. It would
not be prudent to ignore this difference between the two profits. AS 22 Accounting for Taxes on Income governs the
accounting for such differences. The objective of this Standard is to prescribe accounting treatment for matching
the differences between accounting income and taxable income.
Scope
This Standard should be applied in accounting for taxes on income. This includes the determination of the
amount of the expense or saving related to taxes on income in respect of an accounting period and the disclosure
of such an amount in the financial statements. For the purposes of this Standard, income taxes include all domestic
and foreign taxes which are based on taxable profits. Income taxes also include taxes, such as withholding taxes,
which are payable by a subsidiary, associate or joint arrangement on distributions to the reporting entity. However,
AS 22 does not specify when, or how, an enterprise should account for taxes that are payable on distribution of
dividends and other distributions made by the enterprise.
Definitions
Accounting income (loss) is the net profit or loss for a period, as reported in the statement of profit and loss,
before deducting income tax expense or adding income tax saving.
Taxable income (tax loss) is the amount of the income (loss) for a period, determined in accordance with the tax
laws, based upon which income tax payable (recoverable) is determined.
Tax expense (tax saving) is the aggregate of current tax and deferred tax charged or credited to the statement of
profit and loss for the period.
Current tax is the amount of income tax determined to be payable (recoverable) in respect of the taxable income
(tax loss) for a period.
Deferred tax is the tax effect of timing differences.
Timing differences are the differences between taxable income and accounting income for a period that originate
in one period and are capable of reversal in one or more subsequent periods.
Permanent differences are the differences between taxable income and accounting income for a period that
originate in one period and do not reverse subsequently.
Timing differences
Timing differences arise because the period in which some items of revenue and expenses are included in taxable
income do not coincide with the period in which such items of revenue and expenses are included or considered in
arriving at accounting income.
Example 1: A machinery purchased for scientific research related to business is fully allowed as deduction in the
first year for tax purposes whereas the same would be charged to the statement of profit and loss as depreciation
over its useful life. The total depreciation charged on the machinery for accounting purposes and the amount
allowed as deduction for tax purposes will ultimately be the same, but periods over which the depreciation is
charged and the deduction is allowed will differ.
Example 2: For the purpose of computing taxable income, tax laws allow depreciation on the basis of the written
down value method, whereas for accounting purposes, straight line method is used.

Example 3: Unabsorbed depreciation and carry forward of losses which can be set-off against future taxable
income are also considered as timing differences.
Recognition
Tax expense for the period, comprising current tax and deferred tax, should be included in the determination of
the net profit or loss for the period. Taxes on income are considered to be an expense incurred by the enterprise
in earning income and are accrued in the same period as the revenue and expenses to which they relate. Such
matching may result into timing differences.
The tax effects of timing differences are included in the tax expense in the statement of profit and loss and as
deferred tax assets (subject to the consideration of prudence) or as deferred tax liabilities, in the balance sheet.
Permanent differences do not result in deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities. Deferred tax should be
recognised for all the timing differences, subject to the consideration of prudence in respect of deferred tax assets.
The deferred tax in respect of timing differences which reverse during the tax holiday period is not recognised
to the extent the enterprise’s gross total income is subject to the deduction during the tax holiday period. Deferred
tax in respect of timing differences which reverse after the tax holiday period is recognised in the year in which the
timing differences originate. For the above purposes, the timing differences which originate first are considered to
reverse first.
Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets

This Standard requires recognition of deferred tax for all the timing differences. This is based on the principle
that the financial statements for a period should recognise the tax effect, whether current or deferred, of all the
transactions occurring in that period. Deferred tax assets should be recognised and carried forward only to the
extent that there is a reasonable certainty that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such
deferred tax assets can be realised. Where an enterprise has unabsorbed depreciation or carry forward of losses
under tax laws, deferred tax assets should be recognised only to the extent that there is virtual certainty supported
by convincing evidence that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax
assets can be realised. Determination of virtual certainty that sufficient future taxable income will be available is
a matter of judgement based on convincing evidence and will have to be evaluated on a case to case basis. Virtual
certainty refers to the extent of certainty, which, for all practical purposes, can be considered certain. Virtual
certainty cannot be based merely on forecasts of performance such as business plans. Virtual certainty is not a
matter of perception and is to be supported by convincing evidence. Evidence is a matter of fact. To be convincing,
the evidence should be available at the reporting date in a concrete form, for example, a profitable binding export
order, cancellation of which will result in payment of heavy damages by the defaulting party. On the other hand, a
projection of the future profits made by an enterprise based on the future capital expenditures or future restructuring
etc., submitted even to an outside agency, e.g., to a credit agency for obtaining loans and accepted by that agency
cannot, in isolation, be considered as convincing evidence.
Where an enterprise’s statement of profit and loss includes an item of ‘loss’which can be set-off in future for
taxation purposes, only against the income arising under the head ‘Capital gains’ as per the requirements of the
Act, that item is a timing difference to the extent it is not set-off in the current year and is allowed to be set-off
against the income arising under the head ‘Capital gains’ in subsequent years subject to the provisions of the Act. In
respect of such ‘loss’, deferred tax asset is recognised and carried forward subject to the consideration of prudence.
Accordingly, in respect of such ‘loss’, deferred tax asset is recognised and carried forward only to the extent that
there is a virtual certainty, supported by convincing evidence, that sufficient future taxable income will be available
under the head ‘Capital gains’ against which the loss can be set-off as per the provisions of the Act. Whether the
test of virtual certainty is fulfilled or not would depend on the facts and circumstances of each case. The examples
of situations in which the test of virtual certainty, supported by convincing evidence, for the purposes of the

recognition of deferred tax asset in respect of loss arising under the head ‘Capital gains’ is normally fulfilled, are
sale of an asset giving rise to capital gain (eligible to set-off the capital loss as per the provisions of the Act) after
the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are approved, and binding sale agreement which will give
rise to capital gain (eligible to set-off the capital loss as per the provisions of the Act).
Re-assessment of Unrecognised Deferred Tax Assets

At each balance sheet date, an enterprise should re-assess the unrecognised deferred tax assets. The enterprise
should recognise previously unrecognised deferred tax assets to the extent that it has become reasonably certain or
virtually certain that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can
be realised.
Measurement
Current tax should be measured at the amount expected to be paid to (recovered from) the taxation authorities,
using the applicable tax rates and tax laws. Deferred tax assets and liabilities should be measured using the tax
rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. When different tax
rates apply to different levels of taxable income, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using average rates.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities should not be discounted to their present value.
Review of Deferred Tax Assets

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets should be reviewed at each balance sheet date. An enterprise should
write-down the carrying amount of a deferred tax asset to the extent that it is no longer reasonably certain or
virtually certain that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which deferred tax asset can be
realised. Any such write-down may be reversed to the extent that it becomes reasonably certain or virtually certain
that sufficient future taxable income will be available.
Presentation and Disclosure

Offsetting Current Tax: An enterprise should offset assets and liabilities representing current tax if the enterprise:
(a) has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and
(b) intends to settle the asset and the liability on a net basis.
Offsetting Deferred Tax: An enterprise should offset deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if:
(a) the enterprise has a legally enforceable right to set off assets against liabilities representing current tax; and
(b) the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to taxes on income levied by the same governing
taxation laws.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities should be distinguished from assets and liabilities representing current tax for
the period.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities should be disclosed under a separate heading in the balance sheet of the
enterprise, separately from current assets and current liabilities. Deferred tax assets (net of the deferred tax liabilities,
if any) is disclosed on the face of the balance sheet separately after the head ‘Investments’, while deferred tax
liabilities (net of the deferred tax assets, if any) is disclosed on the face of the balance sheet separately after the
head ‘Unsecured Loans’. The break-up of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities into major components of
the respective balances should be disclosed in the notes to accounts. Further, the nature of the evidence supporting
the recognition of deferred tax assets should be disclosed, if an enterprise has unabsorbed depreciation or carry
forward of losses under tax laws.

Transitional Provisions Accounting for Taxes on Income

On the first occasion that the taxes on income are accounted for in accordance with this Standard, the enterprise
should recognise, in the financial statements, the deferred tax balance that has accumulated prior to the adoption
of this Standard as deferred tax asset/liability with a corresponding credit/charge to the revenue reserves, subject
to the consideration of prudence in case of deferred tax assets (see paragraphs 15-18). The amount so credited/
charged to the revenue reserves should be the same as that which would have resulted if this Standard had been in
effect from the beginning.
Comparative Provisions between AS 22 and Ind AS 12

Presently, in India, Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 12 Income Taxes deal with the same issue. Ind AS 12
differs from AS 22, with respect to the following points:
Ind AS 12 AS 22
Based on Balance Sheet approach. Based on Income Statement approach
Recognition is done based on difference between Recognises the difference between taxable income
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax and accounting income.
base.
Applies to two types of differences - Timing Applies to two types of differences - Taxable
Differences and Permanent Differences. Temporary Differences and Deductible Temporary
Differences. This standard does not address Permanent
Differences.
Deductible temporary differences are recognised to Deferred taxes are recognised only when and to
the extent that future periods are likely to provide the degree that there is a reasonable certainty of its
taxable earnings. realisation.
No concept of virtual certainty. When a corporation has unabsorbed depreciation or
losses carried forward, the deferred tax asset should
be to the degree that there is a virtual certainty backed
up by convincing evidence.
Current and deferred tax is recognised on income No specific guidance provided.
statement, except for tax that arises from transactions
done in Other Comprehensive Income or directly in
equity.
The disparity between carrying the amount of a The disparity between carrying the amount of a
revalued asset and its tax base is dealt with. revalued asset and its tax base is not covered.
No specific guidance provided regarding Minimum Specific guidance provided regarding tax rates for
Alternate Tax u/s 115JB. deferred tax assets/ liabilities Minimum Alternate Tax
u/s 115JB.
No specific guidance provided on deferred tax for tax Specific guidance provided on deferred tax for tax
holiday situations and capital gain cases. holiday situations and capital gain cases.

Illustration 13
Classify the following as Timing Difference and Permanent Difference and also state whether they would result
in Deferred Tax Asset or Deferred Tax Liability:
(a) Unabsorbed depreciation
(b) Income tax penalty
(c) Interest on loan taken from scheduled bank accounted in the books, but not paid till the date of filing Return
of Income.
Solution:
Particulars Nature of difference DTA/ DTL
Unabsorbed depreciation Timing Difference DTA
Income tax penalty Neither DTA nor
Permanent Difference
DTL to be created
Interest on loan taken from scheduled bank accounted in the Neither DTA nor
Permanent Difference
books, but not paid till the date of filing Return of Income. DTL to be created
Illustration 14
Parshuram Ltd., which commenced its operations in 2018-19, provides the following details:
Timing Permanent
Financial Profit before Corporate
Difference Difference Remarks
year tax (Rs.) tax rate
(Rs.) (Rs.)
2018-19 28,00,000 + 3,15,000 + 3,50,000 40% Reversible in 2021-22
2019-20 31,50,000 + 2,10,000 + 2,80,000 38% Reversible in 2020-21
2020-21 35,00,000 - 70,000 + 3,15,000 35% Reversible in 2021-22
2021-22 24,50,000 Nil + 4,20,000 30% --
You are required to calculate the amount of Current Tax for the four financial years.
Solution:
Calculation of Current Tax (in ` Lakhs)
Particulars 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22
Profit before tax 28.00 31.5 35.00 24.50
Timing Differences 3.15 2.10 (0.70) Nil
Permanent Differences 3.50 2.80 3.15 4.20
Taxable Income 34.65 36.40 37.45 28.70
Corporate tax rate 40% 38% 35% 30%
Current Tax (Taxable Income Tax rate) 13.86 13.832 13.1075 8.61

Illustration 15
The following information is available from the records of Vishnu Ltd.:
Depreciation charged to income statement ` 8,00,000; Depreciation u/s 32 of Income Tax Act ` 20,00,000;
Unamortised preliminary expenditure as per income tax records ` 1,50,000.
It is communicated that there is adequate evidence of future profit sufficiency. Given that the corporate tax rate
is 40%, you are required to ascertain the amount of deferred tax asset/ deferred tax liability to be created in this
situation.
Solution:
Timing Difference = Additional depreciation as per Income Tax Act (-) Preliminary expenditure to be allowed =
` (20,00,000 – 8,00,000) - 1,50,000 = ` 10,50,000.
Deferred Tax Liability = ` 10,50,000 40% = ` 4,20,000.

Exercise
A. Theoretical Questions
1. In India, Accounting Standards are governed by

a. The Institute of Cost Accountants of India
b. Financial Accounting Standards Board
c. The Institute of Company Secretaries of India
d. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
2. The Full form of GAAP
a. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
b. Generally Accepted Accountancy Principles
c. Globally Accepted Accounting Principles
d. Global Accounting Accepted Principles
3. In India, the Accounting Standards for non-corporate entities including Small and Medium sized
Enterprises, are issued by the ____________ of Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
a. Accounting Standards Board
b. National Standard Setters
c. Financial Accounting Standards Board
d. Accounting Standards Committee
4. The IRDA issued a circular under ______ of the Insurance Act, 1938, which mandates insurers to comply
with Ind AS and its implementation Roadmap issued by the MCA
a. Section 35
b. Section 34
c. Section 36
d. Section 40
5. Full form of IFRS
a. Indian Financial Reporting Standards
b. International Financial Reporting Standards
c. International Financials Reporting Standards
d. Indian Financial Reporting Standard
Answers:
1 d 2 a 3 a 4 b 5 b

1. Alpha Ltd. contracted with a supplier to purchase machinery which is to be installed in its one department
in three months’ time. Special foundations were required for the machinery which were to be prepared
within this supply lead time. The cost of the site preparation and laying foundations were `1,40,000.
These activities were supervised by a technician during the entire period, who is employed for this
purpose of ` 45,000 per month. The machine was purchased at `1,58,00,000 and `50,000 transportation
charges were incurred to bring the machine to the factory site. An Architect was appointed at a fee of
`30,000 to supervise machinery installation at the factory site. You are required to ascertain the amount
at which the Machinery should be capitalized as per AS 10.
[Answer: Total Cost of Machinery `1,61,55,000]
2. Mrs. A bought a forward contract for three months of US$ 1,00,000 on 1st December at 1 US$ = ` 47.10
when exchange rate was US$ 1 = ` 47.02. On 31st December when he closed his books exchange rate
was US$ 1 = ` 47.15. On 31st January, he decided to sell the contract at ` 47.18 per dollar. Show how
the profits from contract will be recognised in the books as per AS 11.
[Answer: Total Profit (1,00,000 × 0.08) ` 8,000]
3.
Particulars Exchange Rate per $
Goods purchased on 1.1.20 × 1 for US $ 15,000 ` 75
Exchange rate on 31.3.20 × 1 ` 74
Date of actual payment 7.7.20 × 1 ` 73
You are required to ascertain the loss/gain to be recognized for financial years ended 31st March, 2021
and 31st March, 2022 as per AS 11.
[Answer: Credited to Profit and Loss Account ` 15,000]
4. On 1.4.2021, AS Ltd. received government grant of `300 lakhs for acquisition of machinery costing
`1,500 lakhs. The grant was credited to the cost of the asset. The life of the machinery is 5 years. The
machinery is depreciated at 20% on WDV basis. The Company had to refund the grant in May 20 × 4
due to non-fulfilment of certain conditions. How you would deal with the refund of grant in the books
of AS Ltd. as per AS 12 assuming that the company did not charge any depreciation for year 20X4?
[Answer: Revised book value ` 914.40 lakhs]
5. Ashima Ltd. has obtained Institutional Term Loan of `580 lakhs for modernisation and renovation of
its Plant & Machinery. Plant & Machinery acquired under the modernisation scheme and installation
completed on 31st March, 20 × 2 amounted to ` 406 lakhs, `58 lakhs has been advanced to suppliers for
additional assets and the balance loan of `116 lakhs has been utilised for working capital purpose. The
Accountant is on a dilemma as to how to account for the total interest of ` 52.20 lakhs incurred during
20X1-20X2 on the entire Institutional Term Loan of ` 580 lakhs. Discuss how the interest amount would
be treated in the financial statements of the company as per AS 16.
[Answer: Total Interest to be capitalised ` 41.76 lakhs; Total Interest to be charged to
Profit and Loss Account ` 10.44 lakhs]

Notes
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Notes
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Notes
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament
www.icmai.in
Headquarters:
CMA Bhawan; 12, Sudder Street; Kolkata - 700016
Ph: +91-33-2252-1031/34/35/1602/1492/1619/7373/7143
Delhi Office:
CMA Bhawan; 3, Institutional Area; Lodhi Road; New Delhi - 110003
Ph: +91-11-24666100/24622156/57/58; 24666124/129
Toll Free: 1800 346 0092 / 1800 110 910
E-mail: studies@icmai.in
ISBN: 978-93-95303-05-7
Follow us on
Behind Every Successful Business Decision, there is always a CMA

P6 New

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

P6 New

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

P6 New

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the Institute of Cost Accountants of India?

What is the purpose of the Institute of Cost Accountants of India?

What are the vision and mission statements of the Institute?

What are the vision and mission statements of the Institute?

Intermediate

From ignorance, lead me to truth

Cover Image Source: https://www.istockphoto.com/search/2/image?phrase=FINANCIAL%20ACCOUNTING%20

Behind Every Successful Business Decision, there is always a CMA

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

M/S. Infinity Advertising Services Pvt. Ltd.

Module No. Module Description Weight

Module wise Mapping of SLOB(s)

Section C: Preparation of Financial Statements

Section D: Partnership Accounting

SECTION B: ACCOUNTING FOR SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS 83-162

SECTION C: PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 163-266

SECTION D: PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTING 267-424

SECTION E: LEASE, BRANCH AND DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTS ETC. 425-580

SECTION F: ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 581-622

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 3

Module Learning Objectives:

4 The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

Four Frameworks of Accounting

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 5

6 The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

Concept of Accounting Principles, Accounting Concepts, and Accounting Conventions

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 7

(e) Accrual Concept

8 The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 9

10 The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

Capital and Revenue

1.3.1 Capital and Revenue Expenditures

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 11

Capital Expenditure Revenue Expenditure

Certain Rules for Identification of Capital Expenditure

Deferred Revenue Expenditures

12 The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

1.3.2 Capital and Revenue Receipts

Capital Receipt Revenue Receipt

2. It is irregular and hence, non-recurring in nature. 2. It is recurring in nature.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 13

Capital Receipt Revenue Receipt

6. It may result in creation of liability. 6. It does not create any liability.

1.3.3 Capital and Revenue Profits

1.3.4 Capital and Revenue Losses

14 The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

Accounting Cycle, Analysis of

Stages of Accounting Cycle

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 15

Drafting Financial Recording in

Closing the Books

Drafting Adjusted Drafting Unadjusted

Fig: 1.1 Accounting Cycle

Events & Transactions

16 The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

Transaction 1: Mr. Suman De commences his business by investing ` 5,00,000 in cash.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India 17

Transaction 7: Goods sold on credit for ` 80,000.